The Sick American Soul

By Sidney Secular

October 25, 2022

The bad guys have shot a hole in our collective soul.

They say we are doomed if good men do nothing while evil takes over. But what if the few good men –  if you can still find them – have had their souls taken over by the Devil and his new world orderlies while their bodies were taken over by drugs and vaxxes to the point where they are impotent, powerless, insouciant, rootless, and blasé about everything except that which gets in the way of their fun, fun, fun? I suppose it would be easy to say that under those circumstances, they aren’t “good men” anymore! But we have seen that at least relatively good people because of apathy and/or fear have allowed great evil to take place even when they did not sponsor or commit it. Remember, Edmund Burke’s statement that evil wins when good men do nothing!

What’s going on in this country cannot all be explained by just the demented doings of the devil-driven Demonrats, although that is the public face of the assault on the body politic dividing and separating us along a fault line that may be termed a political “continental divide.” Finding fault always creates fissures that separate people into factions. The leftist faction is creating all the action now while the other faction appears incapable of mounting an effective defensive reaction. Thus, the leftist perps initiate campaigns that:

1] woo women into violently defending their supposed right to kill their babies (one-half of today’s woeful women consider the right to abortion as their number one concern);

2] create and welcome sexual deviants into our schools to indoctrinate children to deny their biological sex and become weirdos;

3] create a loss of respect for human life by harvesting embryos and organs for experimentation and commercial purposes working to merge humans with machines, successfully campaigning to destroy the family as the basic social unit of society and civilization;

4] conduct a frontal assault on private property and the privacy of our persons;

5] erode the First Amendment forms of freedom of expression, worship and association; and

6] persecute Christianity and erase the borders to allow America to be the dumping ground for the world’s dregs and drugs.

These are just a few of the present depredations that are destroying us. Alas, for all of these crimes against humanity, there has been little or no comparable reactions! All that we have seen – other than endless Trump rallies that bolster the soul but provide no help legally or politically – have been mainly wimpy excuses for inaction.

In the blink of an eye, America has lost its distinction as a moral, political and economic world leader and is busily destroying the natural distinctions between men and women, creating scores of new genders from an a la carte menu of cooked up gender-bender concoctions from which we are expected to choose, ingest and assimilate as normal using neutered language to make all sexuality – however deviant – “neutral” and normal. Our new overlords preach tolerance but won’t tolerate any deviation from their dispensations. Non-conformists are dispensed with by making of them social pariahs while economically neutering them and/or making them targets  of “lawfare.”  As to the “minorities” that now constitute a “majority of minorities” when they act together as a bloc to prevent whites from exercising their constitutional rights, their race is their uniform that allows them to receive unwarranted and undeserved respect along with artificial elevation to the top of the economic heap! Meanwhile, whites now receive the leftover crumbs after affirmative action and immigrant preferences have taken the best of the jobs that haven’t been outsourced overseas.  Whites have become the new untouchables, used to keep the wheels of what’s left of industry turning or as objects of rape and interracial “marriage” in order to create Count Kalergi’s “tan man” ideal. One of the results of these conditions is that the United States has become the world’s main producer, consumer, and purveyor of pornography while we are vying to become the leading consumer of dangerous so-called “recreational” drugs.

Moreover, for apparently unseemly and seemingly unfathomable reasons, a large segment of Americans have, apparently felt a great love and admiration for the devil, the devil’s advocates, devilish doings, and devil-inspired art forms such as horror flicks and modern art. Gangsters and bad guys are heroes and the stuff of legends – especially since the sixties – as their behaviors have been emulated or explained away with modern psychobabble by sympathetic and pathetic sophistries. The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly are for all intents and purposes interchangeable and have become all the same in our estimation since they are of equal moral and entertainment value, something we value above all else. Parenthetically, it is interesting to note that before the 1960s, Hollywood had a code that demanded the victory of good over evil. No “baddie” could win! “Good bad-guys such as Humphrey Bogart or James Cagney could only “win” if they paid their “debt to society,” after which they could get the girl – along with the approval of that society. Those days are long gone.

Explorer and leading Illuminati figure Albert Pike, for which Pike’s Peak is named, wrote with great praise about the “Luciferian Path”  and “the Prince of Darkness” circa 1871. In 1966, Anton LeVey wrote the “Satanic  Bible” and created The Church of Satan while in 1975, U.S. Army Lt. Colonel Michael Aquino, founded The Temple of Seth, consecrated to the Prince of Darkness who supposedly, according to Aquino, is a source of light. In 1971, Saul Alinsky, Hillary Clinton’s mentor, dedicated his Demonrat rulebook, “Rules for Radicals” to Lucifer, whom he described as the first and most successful rebel and radical. The fact that Alinsky saw his object of worship doomed to eternal torment gives one a good idea of what the man considered victory! In 1980, the satanic Georgia Stones, calling for world depopulation appeared out of nowhere and were just as mysteriously demolished this year, possibly by the same perps who put them up in the first place. This may have been a result of the Covid vaxxes starting to get the attention they deserve as mass killers. In 1995, the Denver Airport displayed a collection of disturbing devil-inspired murals. It is alleged there is a vast underground city two miles beneath Denver where dissidents are detained or devilish experiments conducted. Lately and unbelievably, monuments dedicated to Lucifer have been erected in states’ capitol buildings and in Washington itself.

On June 20, 2020, a “Luciferian March” for a One World Government was held in 22 American cities, appropriately during the darkness of a solar eclipse. The marches precipitated social chaos. Their organizers  announced plans to erect satanic monuments at sites where statues of Confederate and American heroes have previously stood.  “Presidunce” George W. Bush made no bones about habitually displaying the devil’s sign of the Skull and Bones Society to which he and other leading luminaries of the American firmament belong. But Joe Biden’s strange speech of September 1st, 2022, drenched in devilish symbolism was immediately condemned as satanic by alert MAGA Republicans. That apparently hit a nerve as that description was immediately mocked by the mockingbird mainstream media. It is hard to believe such a wretched display was not inspired by the devil and his minions. Satan must be getting over-anxious for a complete American capitulation because his main weapon – at least in “modern times” – is to induce people to believe that he doesn’t exist! Today, however, even the most blasé Christian and apathetic atheist can’t have helped but notice what is being shoved in their faces and down their throats. Because the “cat is out of the bag” so to speak, we must confront this evil everywhere and make this “war” into a personal fight, making certain that we do not succumb to the enticing blandishments to which the morally blind easily succumb.

Obama (BO) and the global conspirators purged thousands of Christians and right-thinking people from key positions in the military, judiciary, law enforcement, business, education, and the media. We listed those purged from the military for not being sufficiently “woke” in our last newsletter. This process has continued and, in fact, has been intensified under Biden and God knows how many millions have been purged by now. Biden, a surrogate of BO, is accomplishing BO’s dream of creating a civilian para-military force larger and more powerful than the shrinking military that can no longer fill its hiring quotas as many were put off by the Afghanistan debacle. In fact, the agencies of the Government – including such supposedly inoffensive bureaucracies as the Department of Education – presently have (and are willing to use!) more guns than the United States Marines! The IRS was “weaponized” with actual guns in the expectation that 80,000 new enforcement agents – and a “budget” of $80 Billion – will scare the bejabbers out of any right thinking American. Indeed, that was the idea in the first place! America for all intents and purposes is now a fully developed police state.

But why did Biden reveal the globalists’ devilish agenda in his recent satanic screech of a speech? There is a practice that occultists use called “revelation of the method.” When they become sufficiently powerful, they use an “in-your-face” admission of their evil plans knowing that their victims can’t do anything about it – and daring them to try. This not only intimidates their enemies, but they get their jollies knowing that they have you under their control – and that you are aware of your helplessness. Sadly, many Americans, especially the young, after generations of the exaltation of evil seem to adore evil doers who defy capture or control. These villains know that many Americans actually look up to them, embracing and accepting their fantastic crimes pulled off with impunity and immunity from consequences. To win this battle, we must get off the dime rise above the political left/right paradigm, which is itself a devilish diversion. You cannot win this war with your votes or even your guns, assuming that you get them out of mothballs. We must remember that the globalists control the levers of power and that includes the levers in the voting booth. As we found in 2020, it doesn’t matter what you do in the voting booth, the result will be what they want! Consider Stalin’s favorite quote, “It isn’t who votes that counts, it’s who counts the votes!”

On top of all of this assault on the Body Politic, the establishment has been “feeding” Americans a lot of bull by promoting the SAD (Standard American Diet) that features excessive animal eating, protein consumption, and empty calories that have led to the populace becoming grossly overweight and unhealthy in recent years. The food pyramid trotted out by Uncle Sam, places the best foods, large dollops of unprocessed fruits, vegetables and grains at the bottom of the structure, degrading their importance. It is not generally recognized that improper diet can damage your brain cells that, in turn, can color your thinking process, diminish your innate intelligence, reduce creativity and foster irrational thinking, irritability and depression all of which appear to be primary characteristics of today’s sheeple. And when you add to that the tremendous amounts of chemicals and drugs such as fluoride, aluminum and “preservatives” that are either ingested or inhaled, the falling standards of health of most Americans appear to be the rational results of our way of life. Meanwhile, American medicine seems oddly uninterested in the very food that keeps us alive, spending seemingly little effort to teach our future physicians how to feed their patients in such a way as to promote their health and well being.

But, in fact, the assault on the family begun in the 1960s and leading to a tremendous increase of divorce, single parent families, working parents and the breakup of traditional family living circumstances has produced chains like McDonald’s and the various burger copy-cats fostering the “fast” foods that are “fast” causing a massive health crisis in the Western world. As a result of the failure of our nutrition to support our bodies’ defenses, we see massive seasonal outbreaks of various flu strains and the slow, incremental increases in degenerative diseases like diabetes and cancer virtually unknown in more primitive societies. Of course,  this state of affairs has permitted Big Pharma to make billions keeping the population in need of their nostrums in a kind of vicious circle of cause, disease and cure. Even supposed “medicines” such as “traditional” vaccines – not the present “jabs” related to COVID – have produced health issues in children from fatal allergies to such benign substances as peanuts to autism. For instance, in the late 1950s, there were three vaccines recommended for children (and adults as well, of course), Smallpox, the DPT shot (Diptheria, Tetanus and Pertussis or Whooping Cough) and Polio. In 2020 the recommended vaccines include  DPT, MMR (Measles, Mumps and Rubella or German Measles), Polio, Hib, Hepatitis A and B, Varicella, Pneumococcal, Influenza and Rotavirus. And there are others. As can be seen, these “creations” have gotten far more numerous while any side or after affects are often ignored. For years, efforts have been made to find a connection between the increase in vaccinations for often very young children and autism but Big Pharma has managed to stifle those efforts to date.

The question then becomes, what will ultimately turn the tide of this sickness of our souls? Simply put, it is to turn away from materialism and immorality in massive numbers in a sort of nation-wide religious revival of the spirit. But are we, the so-called “masses” even capable of getting up the gumption and grit to give it a go? Huge numbers of our fellow man have been rendered zombies through psychological conditioning using the mesmerizing media to mess up our minds while the Covid vaxxes play havoc with our bodies, minds, spirits – and even our DNA. Dr. Naomi Wolf is one of now many medical authorities writing on the massive harmful effects of the Covid vaxxes, effects that seem to be reported in bits and pieces daily. She recently took a trip to New York City to confirm that a universal dystopia has now arrived and the essence of humanity has been drained from what have become a type of walking zomby. These tragic souls lack the spirit or at least the spirited movements and conversations that used to define New Yorkers.

It seems that every day we learn of some new atrociously harmful ingredient in the vaxxes and the stats show sharp rises in all kinds of maladies since the Covidiocy began, information denied to us by the media both social and mainstream. The “spike proteins” are causing massive blood clots with resultant deaths, debilities and disabilities. It is said these blood clots will be like time bombs in our bodies going off here, there and everywhere over the next several years! Meanwhile, the mandated boosters will only serve to boost the destruction being caused. In a titanic cover-up to hide the plague of problems caused by the vaxxes, these conditions are being identified as “long covid” and Sudden Adult Death Syndrome to shield the devils behind it all, and to provide yet more opportunity to vaxx the remaining deluded dolts to death.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




Joe Biden & His Handlers Place NO Value Or Respect For U.S. Citizenship

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 24, 2022

In fact: Ultimately, Joe Biden invites into our country the terrorists who will bring the next 9/11 event.  That’s a given.  Who dies? Answer: average American citizens.

Would you allow your front door to be unlocked if you lived in a big city?  Would you allow your children to become victims of anyone who might want to break into your house?  Would you allow such individuals to introduce your children to drugs, rape and/or violence?  Would such choices be a dereliction of your responsibility to your wife or husband or children?  How would you feel if someone who broke into your house got your kids hooked on fentanyl, heroin or meth?

Would anyone respect you or your actions for not protecting your family?  In fact, concerned neighbors would call the police and/or family services to have you handcuffed and taken to the local jail for dereliction of parenthood.

To date, President Joe Biden, in the past 21 months, has disrespected our laws, our country, our citizens, our legal immigrants, our right to defend our borders, and worst of all, our citizenship as Americans.

Since he took office in January 2021, he has invited and/or allowed…in excess of 4,000,000 illegal alien refugee border jumpers who have invaded our country.  He has degraded U.S. citizenship into the toilet.  He has invited drug cartels to distribute millions of fentanyl pills, heroin, meth, ecstasy, and other drugs into our elementary schools, high schools and colleges. He’s fed the drug habits of hundreds of thousands of homeless, veterans and mentally unstable American citizens.  Result?  In 2021, more than 107,000 American citizens died at the hands of Joe Biden’s choices to allow endless drugs into our country.  That number will be exceeded in 2022 as the number of drug overdoses is expected to explode beyond last year’s.

What else has he done to our once successful and thriving country?

As President of the United States, Joe Biden has degraded U.S. citizenship into the role of a third world country.  Corruption is a mechanism by which third world countries operate.  Joe Biden,  and/or his handlers has/have turned the United States into a massive crime wave in our cities, a horrifically drug-infested society, total loss of respect for our laws, and he’s taking us on a spiraling path where “crime is the norm” because it’s facilitated instead of punished.

In addition to allowing this illegal invasion against average American citizens, he’s spent more than $20 billions of our tax dollars to house, feed, educate, medicate and transport those four-million illegal border jumpers.

Along with that, we now have illegal alien gangs robbing stores in major cities across the country. We have MS-13 gangs distributing all those drugs to our children with no chance of being caught or punished.  He’s invited those third world refugees to shoplift $52 billion in mercantile  goods annually.  At the same time, he’s facilitating the largest underground economy in the world that works off the books, paid in cash and never taxed.

While that activity runs into the billions of dollars in cash transfers out of our country, more than $100 billion annually, we have to pay for illegal aliens’ kids as to their education at $8,000.00 annually per child, $2,000.00 for ESL classes, and as much as $5,000.00 per year per child for breakfasts and lunches, along with all medical costs.

Just last year, the  125,000 Somalian refugees in Minneapolis, Minnesota stole in excess of $100,000,000.00  (million) of our tax dollars in the form of EBT card rip-offs. The  money  was  never  recovered as they carried it back to Somalia in suitcases, or  distributed it among themselves in a massive graft and embezzlement scheme.

These same illegals will be siphoning off  all our welfare reserves, while at the same time, stealing jobs and displacing our working poor.  Those same  third world refugees will and are creating massive homeless slums in America.

If we absorb enough of them, they simply will drive our entire  civilization into poverty, slums, crime, racial conflict, illiteracy and devolvement of our society.

Ultimately, Joe Biden invites into our country the terrorists who will bring the next 9/11 event.  That’s a given.  Who dies? Answer: average American citizens.

Historian Victor Davis Hanson, author of Mexifornia, said it this way, “Citizenship then requires a large and self-reliant middle class—currently shrinking under enormous economic strains. Clearly defined and enforced borders are also essential to ensure a civic space in which citizens can nurture common customs, sustain traditions, and honor their own shared past.

“Yet borders are now increasingly fluid as mere residence and citizenship seem often indistinguishable. Pre-civilizational tribalism—identifying by superficial appearance rather than through shared culture and values—is returning to America as so often the salad bowl replaces the melting pot.”

Additionally, the mainstream media tells us that we already carry 11 million illegals in our country. The Yale Report of 2018 stated that we suffer 23 to 25 million illegals. At the very least, if you combine the 4 million from Biden’s 21 months in office and the mainstream media figure of 11 million, that means at least 15,000,000 (million) people living in our country who are all criminals and shouldn’t be here.  How many more can we survive?

In other words, you and I, legal American citizens take a back seat in our own country…while at the same time, we pay for Biden’s folly if not downright corruption at the  highest level in American history.  Is anyone appreciating that Joe Biden is complicit with his drug-addicted, lying and cheating son, Hunter Biden?  Like father, like son!

In the end, this tiny column exposes a miniscule amount of the fraud Biden and Congress are foisting on the American citizens who built this country.

Are you not tired of getting screwed by President Biden, and/or his handlers (really…does anyone think Dementia Joe is running this country?)  He can’t even finish a simple sentence or walk up a flight of  stairs.  How much worse do you think it will become in the next 27 months?

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Proof Mail-In Ballots Facilitates Voter Fraud

By: Devvy Kidd

October 24, 2022

The original intent of mail-in ballots was to accommodate military, their families, legally registered voters who might, for legitimate reasons (assisted living, scheduled surgery, long haul truckers) be unable to get to a polling place on election day.  An individual had to request a ballot ahead of time.

Over time, it’s morphed into an open invitation for voter fraud.  As someone who has been researching and writing on election fraud since 1993, between advanced technology, dishonest, partisan voters and political operatives, the situation has only worsened.

California has gone to all mail-in ballots sent to millions in that state – even to addresses which turn out to be empty lots, banks, gas stations or 16 ballots with different names to one home where only one individual lived and had never heard of those names.  This month a man in Michigan received a request for a mail in ballot addressed to his dog, Ruby.  Act surprised:  the project who sent the ballot is being paid for by the MI Democratic Party.

California has been sending mail-in ballots to voters who no longer live in California for years.

I moved my disabled brother from No. California in August 2019, to Big Spring, TX where I live so I can help him.  In Oct. 2020, he received a mail in ballot for the November election.  I notified their county elections division by certified mail my brother no longer lived in California; I hold his Power of Attorney.  Before leaving California, my brother filed a Change of Address with USPS.

The attempted recall of Democrat California Gov. Gavin Newsom was Sept. 14, 2021.  My brother again received pre-notice he would receive a mail in ballot and a couple of weeks later did receive another ballot to vote in that recall effort.  Last week my brother received a new mail-in-ballot from California to vote in the Nov. 8, 2022, general election.

In the 2020 general election, the State of Nevada, thousands of votes were cast by individuals who no longer lived in the State of Nevada.  A law firm representing President-Elect Trump notified the Clark County DA that 3,062 registered voters who now lived in other states cast votes for that election.  Only about 1/3rd of relocations are in the National Change of Address database.

The Nevada GOP came out with their final analysis, “In Nevada, we found 19,218 non-military, non-student voters who have an out-of-state mailing address but claim Nevada residency. We lined up the voter lists from all counties against publicly available USPS records on permanent change of addresses to other states. Out of the 19,218 voters, 15,164 voted by mail.”

How do mail-in ballots facilitate voter fraud?  Let’s say Mr. & Mrs. Anderson, registered Democrats, relocated from California to Austin, Texas.  They, like my brother, each receive a mail in-ballot to vote in California’s 2022 mid-term election.  On that ballot they would vote for members of Congress.  U.S. House and Senate (if it’s a year in which their senators are running for reelection).  Those two votes go for incumbents (or challengers to fill a vacancy) who go to Washington, DC and pass laws that directly affect Texans.

That’s two votes in California (husband, wife).  Mr. & Mrs. Anderson then both vote in Austin for Congressional seats on their party’s ticket.  They voted twice in two different states which is against the law.  Did they know this was illegal?  How could they not?  A sad commentary on the moral fabric of our republic when people of any party deliberately cheat just so their “party” can win.

On Oct. 7, 2022, the Delaware Supreme Court ruled mail in ballots unconstitutional as well as same day registration pushed through by Democrats because of COVID.  Voters in Delaware had to register by Oct. 15th and you either vote in person or register weeks in advance of the election to vote absentee.  A huge step in the right direction.

I sent the ballot my brother received for the 2020 election to our AG Ken Paxton, but never received a response.  I will do so again for this new one my brother received to vote in California’s election next month.  Paxton needs to direct the Texas’ Election Division to do the same as Nevada and find out how many ex-pats from other states are receiving mail in-ballots, did they vote by using those ballots and then voted again in Texas?

I hope it bothers you that individuals who’ve relocated mail in a ballot to their former state for members of Congress that pass laws that affect all Texans, Florida or your state and then vote in their new state.  If you live in Texas, make your voice heard by contacting AG Ken Paxton at:  800-252-8011

What about your state?  The Democrats will do anything they think they can get away with on Nov. 8th.  Candidates who allegedly lose have every right to file to stop certification and conduct a forensic audit.  Our republic is all but demolished.  This mid-term election is make or break so please vote and please get this out to your email lists and all social media platforms.  Knowledge is power and actions speak louder than words.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

MUST watch:  Elections Expert Jovan Pulitzer on How to Stop Fraud

SHOCKING VIDEO! Via MC4EI and Gateway Pundit — 13 Minutes of Never-Before-Seen Footage of Ballot Trafficking in Detroit, Michigan – Including Postal Workers!, sept. 6, 2022

BREAKING: Over 6% Of Florida Voters Reportedly Have Invalid Addresses, Massive Opportunity For Mail-In Ballot Election Fraud…What Is ERIC Doing?

“Curing” ballots has been a major weapon for Demorats during elections.  US Supreme Court Overturns Pennsylvania Court – Rules that Ballots with Even Minor Flaws Cannot Be Counted in Elections

Giving SCOTUS the finger:  Pennsylvania to Ignore Supreme Court’s Recent Order Regarding Illegal Mail-in Ballots (Act surprised:  PA Acting Secty of State Leigh M. Chapman is a member of the Democrat/Communist Party USA.  Cheating is their election currency.)

Does Michigan Have Multiple Voter Databases? And Why Were Nearly 100,000 Votes ADDED Months AFTER Michigan’s 2020 Election?

2022 Midterm Action List – SEVEN STEPS You Can Take to SAVE OUR ELECTIONS From Fraud

Most Dishonest Sec of State In America REFUSES To Investigate Explosive 13-Minute Video of Michigan Ballot Trafficking

Citizen Investigators Find BOMBSHELL Fabricated Documents. Submitted to Georgia State Elections Board – “The federal government hasn’t updated their guidelines for these machines and their “security” since years before the iPhone was in existence.  And now we find out that one federal agency may actually be fabricating documents to cover for their inadequacies.   This should not be a partisan issue: these machines must go.”

5 Big Election Fraud Stories Breaking Just Before The 2022 Midterms




When is Freedom of Speech Not Freedom of Speech?

By Paul Engel

October 24, 2022

  • Can Freedom of Speech be used to suppress speech?
  • Do the owners of corporations have the legal right to control what content is on the platforms they own?
  • Was the decision of the Circuit Court in NetChoice & CCIA v. Ken Paxton, Attorney General of Texas a win for free speech or a loss?

You may have heard about Texas bill H.B. 20, an attempt by the government of Texas to prevent censorship by social media companies. You might also have heard about the case making its way through the federal judicial system regarding this particular law. The central question we should be asking is: When is freedom of speech not freedom of speech? Put another way, can government, either legislatively or judicially, force private companies to share communication with which they disagree?

Social media censorship is a touchy subject, it tends to bring up emotional reactions on both sides. Here at The Constitution Study, we read and study the Constitution so we can place its actual language above our emotions and preferred outcomes. So let’s start at the beginning, with Texas H.B. 20

Texas H.B. 20

Texas Governor Abbot signed H.B. 20 into law in September, 2021. What is in H.B. 20?

relating to censorship of or certain other interference with digital expression, including expression on social media platforms or through electronic mail messages.

Texas H.B. 20

What basis did the Texas legislature use to justify this legislation?

SECTION 1 The legislature finds that:
(1) each person in this state has a fundamental interest in the free exchange of ideas and information, including the freedom of others to share and receive ideas and information;
(2) this state has a fundamental interest in protecting the free exchange of ideas and information in this state;

Texas H.B. 20

So far so good. Yes, every person has a fundament interest in the free exchange of information. You could even say we have the right to freedom of speech and the press. And since we create governments to protect our rights, the state has a fundamental responsibility to protect that right. However, from here on out, Texas’ case doesn’t fare so well constitutionally.

(3) social media platforms function as common carriers, are affected with a public interest, are central public forums for public debate, and have enjoyed governmental support in the United States; and

Texas H.B. 20

The Texas legislature cannot simply claim that social media companies are effectively common carriers. Legally, a common carrier is defined as:

An individual or business that advertises to the public that it is available for hire to transport people or property in exchange for a fee.

Common Carrier – The Free Legal Dictionary

Social media companies do advertise that they are available to the public, but not to transport people or property. They do exchange information, but not for a fee, so let’s go on.

A common carrier is legally bound to carry all passengers or freight as long as there is enough space, the fee is paid, and no reasonable grounds to refuse to do so exist. A common carrier that unjustifiably refuses to carry a particular person or cargo may be sued for damages.

Common Carrier – The Free Legal Dictionary

A common carrier is legally bound to carry all passengers or freight, but only as long as certain conditions exist. There must be enough space, the fee is paid, and there are no “reasonable” grounds to refuse. H.B. 20 doesn’t deal with advertising on social media, so there is no fee to be paid and space is generally not an issue, but what about reasonable grounds? Since every user must agree to terms and conditions before they are allowed to sign up for the account, they agree to the company’s reasonable grounds for access. Because of that, we are not done yet.

The states regulate common carriers engaged in business within their borders. When interstate or foreign transportation is involved, the federal government, by virtue of the Commerce Clause of the Constitution, regulates the activities of such carriers. A common carrier may establish reasonable regulations for the efficient operation and maintenance of its business.

Common Carrier – The Free Legal Dictionary

Unless the State of Texas requires that any connection to a social media app by a user within its state connects to a datacenter also within the state, we’re dealing with interstate commerce, which is regulated by the federal government, not the states. That means another important question is whether the regulations established by these social media companies is “reasonable” and who ultimately decides?

(4) social media platforms with the largest number of users are common carriers by virtue of their market dominance.

Texas H.B. 20

That’s not what the legal dictionary says. If all it takes for a government to declare a business a common carrier and regulate how it does business, is for the business to succeed, then private property is a joke. Nothing in the legal definitions of common carrier have anything to do with “market dominance”.

Regardless of all of these problems with the legislation, the focus has been on part of Section 7.

Sec. 143A.002. CENSORSHIP PROHIBITED. (a) A social media platform may not censor a user, a users expression, or a users ability to receive the expression of another person based on:
(1) the viewpoint of the user or another person;
(2) the viewpoint represented in the users expression persons expression; or
(3) a users geographic location in this state or any part of this state.
(b) This section applies regardless of whether the viewpoint is expressed on a social media platform or through any other medium.

Texas H.B. 20

NetChoice & CCIA v. Ken Paxton, Attorney General of Texas

This led two trade associations (referred to as “The Platforms” in the suit), to sue the Texas Attorney General in federal court to prevent the law from going into effect.

The district court issued a preliminary injunction on December 1, 2021. It first held that Section 7 is facially unconstitutional. The court start[ed] from the premise that social media platforms are not common carriers.” It then concluded that Platforms engage in some level of editorial discretion” by managing and arranging content, and viewpoint-based censorship is part of that editorial discretion.

NetChoice & CCIA v. Ken Paxton, Attorney General of Texas

I’ve already shown that the question of social media companies being common carriers is problematic. Since it’s almost assured that people in Texas are accessing systems in another state, that would make this a question of interstate commerce, and therefore a federal issue.

The district court brought up the question of “editorial discretion”. What is editorial discretion?

a : individual choice or judgment
b : power of free decision or latitude of choice within certain legal bounds

discretion – Merriam-Webster Dictionary

So editorial discretion is the power to make editorial decisions. Is this protected by the Constitution of the United States? Yes. Since social media companies own their platforms, they have the right to exercise control over them, including what content will be allowed. Before I get into the details, let’s finish this thought from the circuit court.

So according to the district court, HB 20s prohibition on viewpoint-based censorship unconstitutionally interfered with the Platformsprotected editorial discretion. The court did not explain why a facial attack on Section 7 was appropriate, other than asserting that Section 7 is replete with constitutional defects” and the court believed nothing . . . could be severed and survive.”

NetChoice & CCIA v. Ken Paxton, Attorney General of Texas

There are two areas where Section 7 of H.B. 20 violates the Constitution of the United States, and both are found in the Fourteenth Amendment.

No State shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States; nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV, Section 1

Most social media companies are owned by people, and logically, that would include citizens of the United States for U.S. based companies like Facebook, YouTube or Twitter. By demanding that these companies provide on their platforms speech with which they disagree, they are violating the free speech rights of the owners of these platforms by compelling speech. The only difference between this case and the case of Jack Phillips is the size of the company involved. Second, since the government of Texas wants to wrest control of these platforms from their owners, they are depriving the lawful owners of their property without due process of law. Both of these are violations of the constitutions of both the United States and the State of Texas, (Article I, Sections 8 & 19).

Texas appealed this decision to the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals, which found for the State of Texas. What I found most interesting in their opinion is its one-sided nature.

In urging such sweeping relief, the platforms offer a rather odd inversion of the First Amendment. That Amendment, of course, protects every persons right to the freedom of speech.” But the platforms argue that buried somewhere in the persons enumerated right to free speech lies a corporations unenumerated right to muzzle speech.

NetChoice & CCIA v. Ken Paxton, Attorney General of Texas

Inherent in the rights to freedom of speech is the right to not be compelled to speak in a certain manner. This is the argument behind the NIFLA case, where the Supreme Court recognizes that compelled speech is a violation of free speech.

The circuit court went on.

Whats worse, the platforms argue that a business can acquire a dominant market position by holding itself out as open to everyone—as Twitter did in championing itself as the free speech wing of the free speech party.” … Then, having cemented itself as the monopolist of the modern public square,” … Twitter unapologetically argues that it could turn around and ban all pro-LGBT speech for no other reason than its employees want to pick on members of that community,

NetChoice & CCIA v. Ken Paxton, Attorney General of Texas

This hyperbolic language shows the bias of this court. If a company, such as Twitter, claims to be a free speech platform, then turns out not to be, wouldn’t that be a case of false advertising? And since Twitter does business across state lines, that means a federal lawsuit could be used for redress? While they may have a “dominant market position”, that does not make them a monopoly. Neither does it cement their position, as the growth of numerous competitors shows.

Conclusion

According to the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals:

Today we reject the idea that corporations have a freewheeling First Amendment right to censor what people say. Because the district court held otherwise, we reverse its injunction and remand for further proceedings.

NetChoice & CCIA v. Ken Paxton, Attorney General of Texas

In point of fact, the court is using “freedom of speech” to suppress freedom of speech. It has placed “a freewheeling First Amendment right to censor what people say” squarely in the hands of government. When any government has the ultimate authority as to what communication a privately owned platform must allow, then government has become the censor. When any government has the power to dictate to a private company how they will be allowed to use their private property, then government has become the dictator. And what government can do to private corporations, it can just as easily do to you.

I am no fan of the censorship exhibited by many social media platforms, but placing that power in the hands of any government is far worse. Should the opinion not be overturned by the Supreme Court, then the State of Colorado could force Jack Phillips to place messages on his cakes or the State of California could demand that pro-life pregnancy centers advertise for abortion centers. For that matter, it could require that Jewish delicatessens sell pork or Muslim businesses celebrate Christian holidays. If those who claim to champion freedom and liberty use coercion and force to get their way, they are no better than those who are doing the censoring. If your ends justify your means, then you are no different than those who champion the Constitution when it benefits them, then throw it away when it does not.

What is the proper response to social media censorship? Stop using the censors. No one has a gun to your head forcing you to use Twitter, Facebook, or any other platform. Sure, it may be easier for you to reach more users, but that doesn’t give you the right to tell these platforms what content they must carry. That is what the fascists do. You must decide, what is more important to you: Using these platforms or your freedom of speech and press? That is why I recently posted a video on YouTube asking the opinions of my viewers about remaining on the platform. The best way to stop social media censorship is to deprive them of what they want most: Your money and that of your friends.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Inseparably Intertwined

by Rolaant McKenzie

October 23, 2022

A little more than 20 years ago we moved to a new area and started attending a church that my wife and I had scouted out beforehand and deemed to be a good place to worship the Lord, hear sound Biblical preaching, and enjoy Christian fellowship.

We met a family, the Zieglers, at this new church and we became fast friends. We fellowshipped with one another at each other’s homes, prayed together, and my wife and I on occasion would babysit their children. They graciously granted us the great honor and privilege of making their youngest son when he was born to be our godson.

One time when we were visiting the Zieglers at their home, their eldest daughter was at the time into making string bracelets. These bracelets are composed of threads tied together in intricate patterns to form lovely art. She kindly made a jellyfish friendship bracelet for us to take home.

Several years later the Zieglers moved out of state due to new and better work. The children grew up and are now pursuing their own educational goals and careers. All that time we remained close to them and still talk with them on the phone weekly.

For more than a decade, that string bracelet has been hanging from my computer monitor. Every time I see it, with its intricate artistic design, I am reminded of how our lives have become inseparably intertwined with the Zieglers in deep friendship and love that surpasses location.

In William Shatner’s 1989 film, Star Trek V: The Final Frontier, Captain Kirk was on a shore leave camping trip at Yosemite National Park with Mr. Spock and Dr. McCoy. While Kirk was free solo climbing the sheer vertical rock formation El Capitan, he slipped and started plummeting to his death thousands of feet below. Spock, hovering nearby in antigravity boots, was able to make use of the boot jets to speed toward Kirk and catch him before he hit the ground.

Later that evening around the campfire, McCoy scolded Kirk for not recognizing the preciousness of life by trying such a crazy stunt as climbing El Capitan and not realizing that he should have been killed when he fell. Kirk said he realized his life should have ended that day. But even as he fell, he knew he would not die. An amazed McCoy and Spock wondered why. Kirk said that he knew he would not die because they were with him.

During Jesus’ last supper with His disciples (John 13-17), He made some dire predictions that greatly disturbed them. But what unsettled them most was that Jesus was returning to the Father and would no longer be with them.

Jesus encouraged them not to be troubled in their hearts, but to trust in Him as the only way to the Father, in His promise that He would go to prepare a place for them, and that He would return to bring them home to be with Him forever (John 14:1-6).

Furthermore, it was beneficial to His followers that He be not physically present, otherwise they may be tempted to see their faith as an external, or even political, thing. Even immediately before Jesus ascended to the Father, His disciples asked if at that time He would be re-establishing the kingdom to Israel.

Jesus did not leave His disciples as orphans but promised the Father would send them another Helper who would be a Comforter, Advocate, and Intercessor. God the Holy Spirit would dwell in them (John 14:16-21). They would understand that an internal, personal faith would be established providing an unbreakable bond with Jesus. The presence of the Holy Spirit would empower them to fulfill their divine purpose, and comfort them through the challenges and persecution they would face in what would often be a very daunting and hostile world.

Close friendships, such as my wife and I have with the Zieglers, can be a source of comfort and joy in an uncertain, chaotic, disappointing, and threatening world. They can provide a strength that helps one to persevere through some of the most dreadful difficulties.

Even more so the presence of the Holy Spirit, who permanently dwells in those who trust in Jesus (Romans 8:1-17; 1 Corinthians 3:16, 6:19-29). The joy, hope, and peace He freely gives is especially precious when one is experiencing suffering or sorrow (Romans 15:13).

Through the Holy Spirit, God seals all those who trust in Jesus and makes them His children. The Bible describes Him as the deposit, seal, and pledge in the hearts of Christians (2 Corinthians 1:21-22, 5:5; Ephesians 1:13-14, 4:30). Like the part of the purchase money for something of value given in advance as security for the rest, the gift of the Spirit to believers is a down payment on the heavenly inheritance which Jesus Christ has promised and secured at the cross.

There are many challenges, dangers, heartaches, and trials we face in this life. Sometimes they are caused by our own failures and terrible mistakes. But those sealed by the Spirit are inseparably intertwined with God, ensuring a glorious future (Romans 8:28-30).

Captain Kirk was confident that as long as his friends were with him, he would not die. We can have a much greater confidence of life because of God’s presence. There is no where we can be where He is not (Psalm 139:7-12), and He never leaves or forsake us (Hebrews 13:5). For those who trust in Jesus alone for the forgiveness of their sins and redemption this connection with God and the eternal life that accompanies it is certain because no one can break His seal (John 3:36).

This assurance provides true joy, peace, perseverance, and hope no matter what comes.

“Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Will tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword? Just as it is written, ‘FOR YOUR SAKE WE ARE BEING PUT TO DEATH ALL DAY LONG; WE WERE CONSIDERED AS SHEEP TO BE SLAUGHTERED.’ But in all these things we overwhelmingly conquer through Him who loved us. For I am convinced that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor things present, nor things to come, nor powers, nor height, nor depth, nor any other created thing, will be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord.” (Romans 8:35-39)

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




The Divided Church in America

By Glynn Adams

October 23, 2022

America is a sinful nation with a religious church building in abundance throughout this nation but the true Body of Christ in this nation is not in obedience to the LORD Jesus Christ.  In the Body in this nation, we have lied to ourselves, we have lied to this world, and we have lied to God.  We are solely to blame for the spiritual mess in America and facts tell the story!!!  I believe in my heart that every praying Christian and every thinking American knows intuitively our nation has crossed a line of some kind – that God’s patience is near an end, and a day of reckoning is near.  The total blame goes to the Body of Christ in America for allowing this nation to be overtaken by evil without opposition.

First of all, I want to call your attention to two realities.  Jesus did not come to start a religion called Christianity.  He came to earth to reclaim dominion and the Kingdom lost by Adam.  Jesus spent His time on this earth explaining the Kingdom, the Kingdom Government, and conduct in the Kingdom.  Jesus did not build a church.  At the time of Jesus, there was no such word as church.  Jesus said I will build My ekkelsia which is a congregation or assembly and the gates of hell will not prevail against it.

While on this earth, Jesus gathered men and trained and equipped them to be disciples.  When Jesus went up, the Holy Spirit came down, and the disciples went out to do the work of the Kingdom.  The Book of Acts is a picture and the fruit of Jesus’ training and equipping those disciples for the work of the Kingdom.  They are the sons of God and they were called the Body of Christ.  If I use the corrupt word “church”, I mean religion/denominations.  If I refer to followers of Christ, I will say “the Body of Christ.”

The Body of Christ in America for years now has carried forth and allowed the lie to continue about what the requirements are to be a disciple of Christ.  We have minimized the meaning of what a true disciple is and what they are required to do.  A disciple is required to be obedient, submissive, committed, faithful, and to absolutely show our total allegiance to King Jesus and nothing and no one else.  Every word the King speaks in the Bible is law and we are to live by every word that proceeds out of the mouth of the King.  We are to live by His Word, be in His image, and do the works of Jesus on this earth.

The Body of Christ in America has allowed the lie to continue about King James and Constantine.  Constantine in 325 AD basically destroyed everything the disciples did in the First to Third Century and changed the ekkelsia of God into a religion and a building, a meeting house ruled by men.    King James demanded a word be found that would cloud the true meaning of assembly and congregation so the 1611 translators made up a word called “church.”   There is no Biblical basis for our order of worship we have chosen to practice today.

The ekkelsia (assembly) in the First Century met in homes.  They worshipped the LORD, talked about ministry, encouraged one another, comforted one another, prayer over one another, confessed their faults to one another, and loved one another.  Everyone participated in this assembly and their fellowship was in one accord under the Lordship of Jesus Christ.  Why?  Because they were getting ready to go back out into a hostile and dangerous world to share the gospel of the Kingdom of God; and to resist the evil before them,  and they were “all in” in obedience, commitment, submission, faithfulness, and allegiance to their LORD Jesus Christ to face death, persecution,  prison, or whatever Satan threw at them..   Jesus said in Mathew 12:30, “He who is not with Me is against Me, and he who does not gather with Me scatters abroad.”

The Body of Christ in this nation has allowed lies and a clouding of who a true believer is while the Bible is perfectly clear.  Not everyone who claims to be a believer in Christ is going to heaven.    Jesus said those who overcome and those who endure to the end will be saved.  If Jesus Christ is not your LORD, you are not going to heaven.  Why call me LORD, LORD and not do the things I say?   If you are not a doer of the Word, you will not enter heaven.  If you have trouble with total obedience, commitment, submission, faithfulness, and allegiance to the LORD Jesus Christ, you are not going to heaven.

This spectacle and side show we call “church” today is neither of nor for Christ.  They use the name of Christ but their fruit does not prove they are of Christ.   To gather in a beautiful and well-maintained building to listen to the main attraction – the sermon by the pastor.  To sat passively and listen to one man’s opinion is pure religion and fruit of Constantine and King James and not God!!!   There is more to being part of the Body of Christ than going to a building and be passive..

If you have been offended, then I did not wake you up or move you to truth.  Repent and get on the same page God is on.  Enough of our lies about the Body of Christ.  Jesus gave us dominion, all power, all authority, His Name, His Word, and His weapons of warfare.   We are in a war but we are not showing up for it in the Body of Christ.   We huddle in our little groups, with no plan, and we do what we feel is the will of God.   God has the plan.  We are to seek first the Kingdom of God.  We are to be obedient to the Lord Jesus Christ and live by every word that proceeds from His mouth.  If we do this, the Holy Spirit will direct us!!!!

The Body of Christ in this nation is inept and ineffective.  Jesus said we are to do His will on earth as it is done in heaven.  In reality, we are to be bringing heaven down to earth but we have allowed hell to overcome this nation.  We are to be pulling down strongholds and resisting the evil before us.  We have failed – we are a captured nation by Satan, we are ruled by Satan, we have become a dwelling place for demons that are manifesting themselves in our nation every day.  In the last sixty years, Marxists have made more disciples than the Body of Christ in America and has changed the way America thinks!!!

The Body of Christ in this nation attends hundreds of seminars, conferences, religious services, podcasts, tapes, radio broadcasts, and we even have “Christian” TV.  Most of what you hear is “positive teaching” and what is wrong with religion but never what is wrong with the Body of Christ and our sinful state.  We blame others like lying CNN while we lie about the condition of our Body in America.   We never omit that Satan’s capture of our nation, the fact he rules our nation, and that we have become a dwelling place of demons.  No. No.  We blame others.

Well, it’s time we acknowledge our shame on what we have allowed to happen in America, take responsibility for our evil and sinful ways, and repent before God so times of refreshing can come to us.  It is time we stop living out Isaiah 51:23b, “Lie down that we may walk over you, and you have laid your body like the ground and as the street for those to walk over.”  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?  We better face our demons and cast them off for if we don’t, more defeat and judgment is coming to the Body of Christ and our nation!!!!

There is another reality – The Satanic World that includes Humanism/Marxists/Globalism are present and operating openly in America today.   It is not that these two world views, God and Satan, are different only in how they understand the nature of reality and existence.   But these two world views inevitable produce totally different results.  The operative word here is “inevitably.”  It is not just  they happen to bring forth different results but it is absolutely inevitable that they will bring forth different results.

Why has the Body of Christ in America ignored and been so slow to understand that it is inevitable that Humanism/Marxists/Globalism will bring forth different results in this nation both for individuals and for society, including government and law? Why have we failed to resist this evil?

Because we no longer aggressively and continually resist the evil in this nation and because we once knew God but have forsaken God and there is no Christian Worldview in America, the gods of old have moved in.  Jesus explains this in Luke 11:24, “When an unclean spirit goes out of a man, he goes through dry places, seeking rest and finding none, he says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came.’  Then he goes and takes with him seven other spirits more wicked than himself, and they enter and dwell there, and the last state of that man is worse than the first.”  This applies not only to man but nations as well!!

So now the ancient gods of Molech, Baal, Zeus, Ishtar, and many, many others have moved in and are now openly operating in America.  Due to the progressive nature of these gods,  we will now have seven times more drugs, sexuality, sexual perversion, prostitution, suicide, corruption of marriage, child sacrifice, child trafficking, gender dysfunction, divorce, violence, lies, deception,  and on and on without end.  In the Body of Christ in this nation, we refuse to recognize how evil is progressing in this nation.  We are a captured nation, ruled by Satan and his powers of darkness.  We have become a dwelling place of demons, high places, demonic occults, and now these ancient gods and we remain in our safe zones, disobedient, and silent.  How much more demonic carnage will the Body of Christ allow before we are destroyed?

By God’s design, only an obedient, unified Body of Christ can effectively deal and defeat these powers of darkness.  Not the government, politicians, or carnal followers of Christ and not a divided Body of Christ.  But in America now, we mostly ignore our division and evil and are very reluctant to aggressively resist and to take on this demonic world of evil.  We are powerless and ineffective until we change our wicked ways.   Even Jesus could do no mighty works where there was disobedience, unbelief, and lack of faith.

At a time when the Body of Christ should be unified in one accord against the evil overtaking our nation and daily manifesting itself to our citizens  we are seriously divided and blatantly disobedient to our King.  The truth is we will not come together in one accord, we are not organized, and we have no plan to defeat this enemy that is in our nation.

For decades we have seen false pastors arise and their non-biblical ideas coming into the Body but we kept silent and disobedient to Matthew 18:15-20.   I guess we thought it would not matter but it does and we are still disobedient to Matthew 18 as false pastors, false religion, disobedience, and evil has gotten out of hand in this nation!!!

Jesus is very clear in John 17 that He and the Father are one and He strongly desires that all who follow Him may be one.   Jesus said in Matthew 12:25, “Every kingdom divided against itself is brought to desolation, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand.”  Religious America or the true Body of Christ does not believe what Jesus said about a divided house.  We just ignore and put it behind us as if it is not really happening in America.  Most refuse to even talk about it.

Jesus is clear that He desires the “people who assemble in His Name” (the ekkelsia) be united but In America, the Body of Christ is grossly and severely divided in our day.  While there is One Lord, one Body of Christ, one Holy Spirit, and one Bible, the Body of Christ in this nation, has separated ourselves from one another by theological issues, statement of doctrines, traditions of men, religious methods, and worship styles into denominations, Independents, and non-denominations.  False deceptions are numerous among those who see their particular group as “the true church or Body” and who feel they possess the sum total of God’s truth- “come join us and be complete in Christ.”

But the truth and reality of God is the Body of Christ in America is so fragmented and divided with our false deceptions that we do not understand that God sees us as sects who practice sectarianism.  The Greek word translated sect is “hairesis” and is translated as “sect”, “party”, “faction”, and “heresy.”  A Sect is a division or a schism.  It refers to a body of people who have chosen to separate themselves from the larger whole to follow their own tenets.  To say the least, God is not pleased because denominations and other divided groups are a clear sign of our carnality and immaturity – flesh at its worst.  Division in the Body of Christ in this nation has become a mindset that is so strong and powerful, it is no longer negotiable among the true followers of Christ in spite of what the Word of God says.

A classic example of the sin of sectarianism is found in 1 Corinthians 1:10-13.   This assembly meeting in the name of Jesus Christ had divisions and quarrels among themselves.  One was I of Paul, one I of Apollos, one I   of Cephas, and I of Christ.  If Paul’s rebuke had not been heeded there would have arisen four different sects in Corinth all, in false deception, claiming to be assemblies of Jesus Christ.  We have the same division today – 1 of Baptist, 1 of Pentecostal, etc. but we have not heeded the Scriptures

Let’s not mince words here, as long as the Body continue to separate ourselves from one another for whatever reason, we will be in false deception and seen by God as a sect out of God’s will,  disobedient to the Word of God,  practicing sectarianism, not pleasing to God and powerless.  Actually, the Body of Christ in America is quite comfortable in our sin being divided into sectarian groups and never seriously consider the subject while conveniently skipping over verses relating to unity!!!  In spite of what the Lord Himself said that a house divided against itself cannot stand, we go to our sects every Sunday or to our radio programs, or seminars, conveniently being in deception and pretending – “all is well.

Because division and disunity are contrary to the nature of God, to the extent to which we, as the Body of Christ, are divided, we are not like Him and misrepresent His nature to this world.  Paul charged the assembly at Ephesus to be “longsuffering, forbearing one another in love, endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace, for there is one Body…….” (Ephesians 4:2-4)  Those early Christians “lived together” in unreserved fellowship and unity and refused to allow their flesh to erect such fences.  Sometime it got real messy but they obeyed Matthew 18:15-20, and “took it to the congregation.”

The great Biblical experiment with its freedom of religion and speech, judicial rights, and protection from an intrusive government brought to this nation by the Puritans and Pilgrims is coming to an end.    It was wonderful and worked until 1960 when the Satanic and evil Frankfurt School, a Marxist/Globalists Think Tank and Saul Alinsky declared war on Christianity and our Republic.  The Body of Christ, with all power and authority of Christ, has failed to protect this nation from Satan and his power of darkness.    If His disobedient Body does not repent, God will continue His judgments on His Body and this nation.

Is our mindset of going our own way in division stronger than our faith and will to obey God?  The question is will the Body of Christ in America repent and return to Him and will His Body become totally obedient and unified in Him?   Will this happen through repentance and obedience or unspeakable bondage, pain and suffering?!!!!!!   Increase my faith LORD because my spirit tells me we had better prepare for unbearable pain and suffering.  Repentance changes the mind of God!!!  God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks for the spiritual insight of Frank Viola, Jon Zens, the late Milt Green, Jonathan Cahn, the late Dr. Francis Schaeffer, the late David Wilkerson, and Bill Sizemore)

© 2022 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




The Importance of Your Vote, Part 3

By Roger Anghis

October 23, 2022

Growing up I was taught that voting was an important part of living in a free society. People fought and died so that the American people could choose whom they wanted to represent them after all our constitutional republic is a representative government.  Well, it’s supposed to be. Most Democrats and too many Republicans simply ignore that function of our government and represent the will of the political party no matter what the people want.

Both parties push the non-existent climate change scenario. Ignoring the fact that over the last fifty plus years there have been sixty claims that the planet was going to go into a mini-ice age, all the polar ice caps were going to melt and sea levels were going to rise and destroy all the coastal regions.  That’s why Obama bought a multi-million dollar oceanfront property in Martha’s Vinyard. And I think he bought one in Hawaii too.  Yet out of the sixty disasters that were predicted, not a single one has occurred.

So even with, in my opinion, zero evidence of global warming, climate change, or whatever they want to call it now, the State of New Jersey now has a required class in elementary school that discusses climate change.  This goes along with gender studies classes, pronoun classes, and other non-existent non-essential trash.  Who knows if they teach history and if they do what kind of history do they teach? They Haven’t taught American history, at least our real history in fifty years.

Our Founders put a very high priority on education. Teaching our children from an early age was imperative for them.  John Adams stated in Dissertation on the Canon and Feudal Law: “It should be your care, therefore, and mine, to elevate the minds of our children and exalt their courage; to accelerate and animate their industry and activity; to excite in them an habitual contempt of meanness, abhorrence of injustice and inhumanity, and an ambition to excel in every capacity, faculty, and virtue. If we suffer their minds to grovel and creep in infancy, they will grovel all their lives.” Noah Webster who is called The Father of American Scholarship and Education firmly believed that the history of our nation should be taught to our children as soon as they are capable of understanding it. He stated: “Every child in America should be acquainted with his own country. He should read books that furnish him with ideas that will be useful to him in life and practice. As soon as he opens his lips, he should rehearse the history of his own country.” There is such a lack of knowledge concerning our history among our students it is embarrassing. This is 100% the result of the people that we have placed in positions of authority. We can blame the schools, the Department of Education, and the teacher’s unions, and yes they have a role to play in it but the voters have the biggest role. We have NOT vetted those that have sought public office. They no longer operate as representatives of the people. They don’t believe that they work for us!

Our Founders knew what type of person was to be put into places of authority. They followed biblical guidelines. They understood that we were to have godly men and women in those positions. Their foundation for that was Exodus 18:21  Moreover thou shalt provide out of all the people able men, such as fear God, men of truth, hating covetousness; and place such over them, to be rulers of thousands, and rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens. This is where we get president, governors, mayors, and city council. Notice that there are qualifications for these people. First, these men and women must be able, i.e., capable of handling the rigors of the office. We have a man in the White House that no more qualifies for that office than a third grader would qualify as a professor of anatomy.  The higher the office the more rigorous the duties. Second, they must fear God. Not many in the Democrat Party fear God. In 2006 Nancy Pelosi stated: “You don’t need God anymore; you have us Democrats”[1] Thirdly we are to elect men of truth. That eliminates virtually all of the Democrat Party and a good portion of the Republican Party. All day long they tell us that the southern border is secure yet we have had more people cross over our border illegally than at any time in our history. They pass a bill to reduce inflation that will not reduce inflation because all it does is spend causing inflation to get worse. Lastly, they are supposed to hate covetousness. Both parties engage in insider trading to gain wealth. Most members of Congress become millionaires while getting paid about $165,000 a year. During the ‘planedemic’ Anthony Fauci increased his net worth by $5 million on a salary of $417,608.00. A volume of books could be written about the illicit wealth our politicians have made while in office.

God gave His people authority over the earth and that includes the authority to stop corruption;  Genesis 1:26  And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth. We have forfeited that authority and we are now paying the price. We can take the authority back only if we act.  That ‘act’ is voting the right people into office and if we don’t, the American experiment may be gone forever. Can we do a 180 degree turnaround in November? No. But we can begin to turn it around. You can’t turn an aircraft carrier around on a dime or everything on the deck will end up in the sea and everything below deck will be on one side of the ship. But if we begin that turn it will be easier to do in 2024 to do more. As Christians, it is our mandate to correct where we have gone wrong.  God won’t judge the Democrats or Republicans; He’ll judge the church first.

I have included quotes from the Founders concerning voting, education, and the virtue of the people that are placed in positions of authority. Read them and understand the importance of these characteristics they held dear.

“Let each citizen remember at the moment he is offering his vote that he is not making a present or a compliment to please an individual — or at least that he ought not so to do; but that he is executing one of the most solemn trusts in human society for which he is accountable to God and his country.” – Samuel Adams

“Is there no virtue among us? If there be not, we are in a wretched situation. No theoretical checks-no form of government can render us secure. To suppose that any form of government will secure liberty or happiness without any virtue in the people, is a chimerical idea.” – James Madison

“Providence has given to our people the choice of their rulers, and it is the duty, as well as the privilege and interest, of our Christian nation to select and prefer Christians for their rulers.” – John Jay

“It is the duty of parents to maintain their children decently, and according to their circumstances; to protect them according to the dictates of prudence; and to educate them according to the suggestions of a judicious and zealous regard for their usefulness, their respectability and happiness.” – James Wilson

“Let the American youth never forget, that they possess a noble inheritance, bought by the toils, and sufferings, and blood of their ancestors; and capacity, if wisely improved, and faithfully guarded, of transmitting to their latest posterity all the substantial blessings of life, the peaceful enjoyment of liberty, property, religion, and independence.” – Joseph Story

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. Nancy Pelosi quoted in 2006: “you don’t need God”



Woke: the Culmination of the Marxist Education System

By Kathleen Marquardt

October 22, 2022

From Merriam-Webster Dictionary: Woke is now defined in this dictionary as “aware of and actively attentive to important facts and issues (especially issues of racial and social justice).

From Kathleen Marquardt Dictionary: Woke “is the state when the brainwashing has been completed to at or near 100%”. And the issues of racial and social justice are just tools of Cancel Culture. Those issues were pretty much eradicated in past decades; the Left has brought them back to use them; and mainstream media, being their propaganda arm, has done a great job of igniting hate in those they have since been brainwashed, gaslit, and programmed just for this. We are already there for way too many people. They have been programmed to believe that the family is corrupt and outdated and must be eradicated. And Communitarianism must be the rule.

Woke is thinking you are holier than thou because you care! But what you care about are all lies, but you’ve been told they are the absolute truth and need to be acted upon. That you may even need to loot, burn, destroy, even kill, to see that “justice” is done.

Take a look at some of the sick, Woke theory:

  • The new view is that the higher and more obligatory relation is to society rather than to the family; the family goes back to the age of savagery while the state belongs to the age of civilization”. [1]

What a piece of poppycock. Without the family, civilization and the human population die. And talking about savagery, what we are seeing now is about as savage as things can get sans war – wanting to allow abortions two days, or two years, after birth. What kind of societal mind can think that? And less than half the people are outraged? Illegal aliens who have killed, raped, and maimed people are given parole; and many who have been deported are welcomed back in.

  • Principles of mental health cannot be successfully furthered in any society unless there is progressive acceptance to the concept of world citizenship”.[2]

Where is the reason here? What we are seeing today is just the opposite. The mental health problems we are seeing today are growing – many thanks to the push to hook people on drugs and the desire to destroy the family which is our refuge from the vagaries and evils of the world. All via Cancel Culture through Woke.

  • “For activists, the purpose of literature and art should be to convey positive messages and correct the social imbalances. For example, in a paper published in the January 2021 issue of the School Library Journal, Amanda MacGregor, a librarian, bookseller, and freelance journalist, affirms that ‘Shakespeare’s works are full of problematic, outdated ideas, with plenty of misogyny, racism, homophobia, classism, anti-Semitism and misogynoir’ and should be banned in schools… many other US teachers refuse to teach Shakespeare questioning the ‘whiteness’ of his plays.”[3]

To that, I will just say, compare a 16-year-old Thomas Jefferson, with a many-lettered college graduate of today. No comparison. Jefferson’s knowledge was based on solid history, language, and higher mathematics. Today’s schools and colleges fill the students full of false history, make-believe science, and New Math; they are programmed not to use critical thinking, just follow the orders. Shakespeare gave us such a rich cache of literature. The world would be lesser without him and the many other writers being silenced in the name of Woke.

“Criticizing ‘woke culture’ has become a way of claiming victim status for yourself rather than acknowledging that more deserving others hold that status. It has gone from a virtue signal to a dog whistle. The language has been successfully co-opted – but as long as the underlying injustices remain, new words will emerge to describe them. [4]

First, why do people want to be victims? Wake up and get a spine. What language has been co-opted? I’ll tell you. The language of the literate who appreciate that Noah Webster defined the words we use. The Cancel Culture Marxists are not only changing the meaning of words but are redefining them to be opposite of what they are (think 1984). Cancel Culture’s political correctness is thanks to Marxists deeming many words are no longer acceptable, so they are erased or reinvented to mean the opposite. Also, we are not allowed to criticize Woke, Cancel Culture, political correctness, not because they are great ideas that reasoning people will support, but because they are not! They are designed to destroy – to destroy critical thinking, sound science, individual freedom, and moral absolutes.

  • Principles of mental health cannot be successfully furthered in any society unless there is progressive acceptance to the concept of world citizenship.” G. Brock Chisholm, Psychiatrist, Co-founder with Alger Hiss (Communist) of WHO and World Federation of Mental Health

The only way that statement can be construed as truthful is if it means that the meaning of mental health is “blind obedience to the world masters – with no deviance allowed”.

  • Our nineteenth Century legal theory (individual rights, contract, ‘a man can do what he likes with his own,’ etc.) was based on the conception of the separate individual. We can have no sound legal doctrine, and hence no social or political progress, until the folly of this idea is fully recognized.”[5]

No sound legal doctrine until “individual rights” are banished? In simple English (non-Woke version), until we are slaves!

  • “An academic at a teacher training college has claimed efforts to improve vocabulary in schools are ‘racist, classist and ableist’. Ian Cushing, lecturer in English and Education at Edge Hill University, believes tackling the ‘word gap’ – the difference between the language range of typical middle class and working class or disabled youngsters – has ‘colonial’ roots. In a study funded by his employers, he argues that helping children to learn standard English ‘perpetuates racial and class hierarchies.’” [6]

In case you are as behind as I am, ableism is discrimination in favor of able-bodied people. Is there anyone who cannot see the danger in this? Without words, we cannot communicate. And the more words you know, the better you can get your point across. Rappers may communicate with grunts, moans, and slang, but some of us want not to be in the gutter as we attempt to get our ideas across. Cushing believes that “helping children to learn standard English, perpetuates racial and class hierarchies.” Now we can understand why the Woke have been banning, canceling, condemning, burning books, especially great literature. They want the children (and the adults they become) to be single-syllable idiots with no ambitions to further their knowledge of the world and its would-be tyrants.

Whoa! I saved the best for last.

  • No progress until the folly of individual rights is understood. The vital relation of the individual to the world is through his groups; they are the potent factors in shaping our lives[7].

This is the perfect example of the folly, no, evil absurdity, of the “collective will”. Each person has a will. A group reacts from individual wills being expressed. We are living one of Follett’s statements: “The business world is never again to be directed by individual intelligences, but by intelligences interacting and ceaselessly influencing one another.”[8] She wrote that in 1918 and was a major influence on those who wrote Reinventing Government for Al Gore’s managing Clinton’s President’s Council on Sustainable Development. Reinventing government means:

  1. downsizing and shifting power from the federal level to the local level, i.e., the community level which includes communication associations and churches*;
  2. changing the balance of power by shifting responsibility from Congress to the executive branch and its agencies (Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms {BATF}, Environmental Protection Agency {EPA}, National Park Service, Forrest Service, Drug Enforcement Agency {DEA}, National Guard, National Security Agency {NSA}. And the President’s Council on Sustainable Development {PCSD}, to name a few; and
  3. establishing public-private partnerships to become the new nucleus of government. [9]

In Orwell’s 1984, O’Brien (the main antagonist) told Winston (the main protagonist), “It isn’t easy to be sane…. You are a flaw in the pattern, Winston. You are a stain that must be wiped out. We cannot allow an erroneous thought to exist anywhere in the world, no matter how harmless it may be. We must make your brain perfect before we blow it out.”

That is no longer science fiction. It is our world. What are we going to do about it? Sit and watch it consume us?

Social justice is not justice at all. The Cambridge English Dictionary defines justice as: “the condition of being morally correct or fair”. Social justice is neither morally correct nor fair. Like most things Woke, it might hold a grain of truth, but any truth in it is twisted to benefit the “victim” du jour – which changes with the climate.

In 1947, writer, Emil Ludwig wrote in his best seller “Doctor Freud: Last Warning to All Mankind: “Psychiatry is the ill it claims to heal, brutalizing man’s mind for Nazi and for Com’ on’ ism and so today, the self-loving godless half-truth of Karl Marx and Sigmund Freud, masquerading as ‘Socialism’ and ‘Psychiatry’ undermine all faith in God, undermine all character, courage, personal-initiative and responsibility, threatening to demoralize, threatening to divide and to destroy our whole Judeo, Christian, Civilization.”

Isn’t that exactly what the Woke are trying to do?

© 2022 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

A few Woke words and terms that mean the opposite of what they are:

Social justice – there is no justice; it is revenge for being Awake and not accepting Cancel Culture

Hate speech – truth spoken against those who are offended by it

Sustainable development – is not sustainable, but instead bans anything that furthers mankind and animals, and the development is a plan to use regional planning to control the world.

Climate change – (should have told everyone the fallacy of the term) the climate changes daily (and often hourly)

(Great) Reset – the Reset is a word to cover the action of tearing down civilization

Green New Deal – is not at all green, new, nor a deal. It is regurgitated Agenda 21

Critical thinking

Woke – is the opposite of being awake

[1] Arthur Calhoun, A Social History of the American Family”, Vol 3.  1919

[2] Mental Health and World Citizenship, National Association for Mental Health, 1948

[3] Thierry Vissol, “Woke et unwoke”

[4] Steve Rose,” How the word ‘woke’ was weaponized by the Right.” The Guardian

[5] Mary Parker Follett, The New State, p.61  1918

[6] https://vdare.com/posts/teaching-vocabulary-is-racist-says-british-professor-who-trains-future-teachers

[7] Follett, The New State, p.29

[8] Ibid. p. 112

[9] https://americanpolicy.org/2021/11/05/cancel-culture-reinventing-government/




Demand Your Legislators Obey The Constitution, Or Else

By Andrew C. Wallace

October 22, 2022

You must get in their faces and Demand that they obey the Constitution or you will find one honest judge and charge them with treason at the very least. Yes, treason because all of our federal elected officials from both parties are mostly ignorant, bribed and cowardly. Those few who are not corrupt are ineffectual.

Following is absolute proof of just some of the treason by officials, may they rot in hell for eternity. They are the real enemies of the Republic. If they would correct the Constitutional issues listed below we would have almost instant return of our Constitutional Republic with all its benefits, I guarantee it. I defy anyone to question a single statement.

Returning our American Dream, Prosperity and Freedoms is very simple, but requires real courage and patriotism. It is simple ( I did not say easy) because we know what has to be done from past experience, and we know the enemy.

Our primary enemy is the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), our wealthiest families, the corporations they control and the traitorous minions they bribe in government for total control.

The PSRRC are determined to destroy our Republic, impoverish and enslave us in order to rule us in New World order. Period.

I am only going to write about the most important issues that will break the back of the traitorous PSRRC, otherwise a book would be required that you would not take the time to read.

1. The most important thing we can do is break the financial back of the PSRRC by returning to tariffs so our manufacturing will return to the United States along with our middle class jobs. The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) will use the FBI and any other corrupt government agency to stop imposition of tariffs. Just look what they did to President Trump. Tariffs will finance government and allow termination of income tax.

2. We must make it unlawful for Financial whores like Black Rock to use fiat dollars generated by the Unconstitutional Federal Reserve Bank to buy single family homes to rent, thereby denying families from participating in the “American Dream” ( home ownership and accumulation of wealth).

3. The border must be closed using deadly force and all invaders deported forthwith. If the federal government won’t do it, then the states have to. Otherwise we are another destroyed Europe with millions of anti-American criminals where women can’t walk the streets. Officials and NGOs who assist invaders are guilty of Constitutional Treason and must be charged accordingly.

4. To prevent inflation, no win wars for profit and transfer of the peoples wealth to the PSRRC we must terminate the unconstitutional Federal Reserve Bank and return to the gold standard. This will absolutely raise the living standard of every man woman and child in the United States while putting an end to all kinds of government and corporate theft. Without fiat money it will put an end to 75 years of no win wars for profit.

5. We must end all foreign deployments of our military except by declaration of war when the security of the country is at risk. That is not now the case anywhere in the world. We must also end all foreign aid and take care of our own people.

6. The FBI must be disbanded at once. Corrupt officials must be prosecuted. There can never be a Constitutional Republic with the FBI intact.

7. The Federal government must end its usurpation of state powers and limit its functions to the Enumerated Powers in the Constitution. This will allow the government to reduce its size and expenditures by about half supported by tariffs. This would end PSRRCs plan that started with Lincoln to concentrate all power in the federal government so they could better profit and control us.

8. Any legislator who votes for an unconstitutional law should be charged with treason. A majority of Federal laws are unconstitutional because they do not comply with Enumerated Powers in the Constitution.

9. Remember major corporations under the control of the PSRRC are anti American and financed the burning, looting, and destruction of American cities ( which included their small business competitors). Democrat officials ignored the chaos or were complicit.

10. We must have a free press. Media must report all the facts without embellishment. They can’t be allowed to report narratives.

11. The Supreme Court is a major failure because it failed to declare countless acts to be unconstitutional, made decisions based on politics and refused to hear cases involving clear violations of election laws. Court also dodges issues by claiming citizens have “no standing”.. Could part of the problem be that most of the Justices have Harvard law degrees?

12. Donations to politicians must only come from “private constituents” in limited amounts to be specified

13. Foreign ownership of property, land or corporations must be prohibited. Foreign students must be prohibited if the institution receives any government funding. The abuses that this would correct are endless.

Legislators work for you. Either you know this, and get in their face and demand they obey the Constitution or you are a cowardly ignorant apathetic slob who deserves to starve, and are a disgrace to those who died to give you this Republic.

Just a reminder if you don’t do your duty there is a strong possibility of a French style “Reign of Terror and a Revolt” with copious destruction and bloodshed .

God Bless America

© 2022 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




Texas HB 20: Viewpoint Discrimination is Now Illegal in Texas

by James Jaeger

October 21, 2022

Texas House Bill 20 finally passed into Law, but did you hear about it in the Mainstream Media?

House Bill 20 is a piece of Texas legislation that prevents social media platforms with more than 50 million users (such as Twitter, Facebook and YouTube) from banning or censoring users for their political viewpoint.

Ever since 9 September 2021 — when Texas Governor Greg Abbott signed Texas House Bill 20 into law — the Speech Police at places like NetChoice and CCIA have been foaming at the mouth.  They then went insane when Governor Abbot authorized the new Law stating:

“We will always defend the freedom of speech in Texas, which is why I am proud to sign House Bill 20 into law to protect First Amendment rights in the Lone Star State.”

“Social media websites have become our modern-day public square.  They are a place for healthy public debate where information should be able to flow freely — but there is a dangerous movement by social media companies to silence conservative viewpoints and ideas.  That is wrong, and we will not allow it in Texas.”

The new Law makes it illegal for social media platforms to ban users for political content, what one of the Judges called, “viewpoint discrimination.”  H.B.20 also prohibits email service providers (such as Gmail, Yahoo and Earthlink) from “impeding the transmission of email messages” based on content.  This means Gmail must stop tampering with the U.S. Email, as discussed in the documentary, SPEECH – The Door Is Closing? (1)

But House Bill 20 was not passed with ease.  Speech Police,  representing Facebook and various other Internet companies, have been hard at work doing everything they can to crush First Amendment rights.  As Andrew Geronimo, a First Amendment lawyer, puts it:

“It’s not a social media platform’s job to host all speech.  Every social media company has its own editorial interests based in cultivating their own user base.”

Almost immediately after Abbot signed House Bill 20 in December of 2021,  District Judge Robert Pitman placed an injunction on the new Law claiming the law was guilty of violations of the First Amendment, “violations” like the ridiculous idea that the new law “infringes the right to censor.”

Abbot and his Texas White Knights immediately appealed Pitman’s pitiful injunction and Judges Edith Jones, Leslie Southwick and Andrew Oldham of the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals summarily blew it away on 11 May 2022.  As if revenge is a dish best served cold, Judge Oldham, a Trump nominee, wrote the majority opinion, stating in part the following:

“A Texas statute named House Bill 20 generally prohibits large social media platforms from censoring speech based on the viewpoint of its speaker.  The platforms urge us to hold that the statute is facially unconstitutional and hence cannot be applied to anyone at any time and under any circumstances.”

“In urging such sweeping relief, the platforms offer a rather odd inversion of the First Amendment. That Amendment, of course, protects every person’s right to “the freedom of speech.” But the platforms argue that buried somewhere in the person’s enumerated right to free speech lies a corporation’s unenumerated right to muzzle speech.”(1)

So what did the Speech Police do next?  They asked the Supreme Court to suspend the Law from taking full effect until the Fifth Circuit Court could complete its review.

Then, on 16 September 2022, the Fifth Circuit Court completed its review and in NetChoice v. Paxton blew away the injunction, stating:

“Today we reject the idea that corporations have a freewheeling First Amendment right to censor what people say. Because the district court held otherwise, we reverse its injunction and remand for further proceedings.”(2)

House Bill 20 is now the Law of the Land in Texas, much to the horror of the radical Left and their Speech Police at the “private” social media companies.

The chain of litigation censorship failures is thus why the Mainstream Media is freaking out. And it’s why they have used their “media power” to black out almost all network coverage on the subject of H.B. 20.  Just about the only one reporting on this monumentally important case is Dinesh D’Souza on his independent podcast, which you can watch below.

The Speech Police are irritated beyond belief because the new Texas Law requires social media platforms to actually be decent.  It makes “outrageous” demands like: social media platforms must create a complaint system, they must disclose content regulation procedures and they must provide reports of removed content.  But the provision that irks the Speech Police the most is the one that stipulates that their users in Texas — users who feel they have been discriminated against for political viewpoints — can sue them for injunctive relief and recovery of attorney fees.  Imagine, lawyers collecting legal fees from Twitter or Facebook because someone like Trump, who is just trying to make America great again, has sued the piss out of them.

Yes the hate-infested Speech Police are right to feel the new Law will wreak havoc on their “private” social media platforms.   Havoc like removing their ability to wantonly silence conservative ideas, religious beliefs and any other content that’s not politically correct.  Or content that does not meet their paranoid “community standard definitions” of hate-speech — a hate-speech list always populated by the pedophilia-, holocaust- or Nazi-card, endlessly invoked as “justification” to moderate and abridge any undesired speech or political viewpoint.

At this time H.B. 20 gives only TEXAS users the right to sue, but be assured the Speech Police are terrified that similar bills could be passed in the other 50 states, or even passed as a Federal Law.  Imagine that, a Federal Law that prohibits the “abridgement” of speech.  That sounds familiar.(3)

FILM IN PRODUCTION:

If you like the passage of Texas House Bill 20, you may be interested in knowing how it can be promoted.  It can be promoted through a new documentary film now in production, a film that will address the God-given right of speech.  The documentary is entitled, SPEECH – The Door Is Closing?.

SPEECH will explicate how Marxist social engineers developed a technology to censor, abridge, block and deplatform all manner of conservative speech across America — what we now call “cancel culture.”

To find out more about the production of SPEECH – The Door Is Closing? visit www.TheDoorIsClosing.us and review the trailers, synopsis and narration script.

If you see merit, help us complete the film by donating what you can at www.TheDoorIsClosing.us/donate

SPEECH will be our 11th public service documentary.  Donors are welcome to watch any of the past 10 documentaries free of charge and they are welcome to forward the access URL to their family, friends and associates by email.  The access URL is www.HomeVideo.net

Millions of people will eventually watch SPEECH – The Door Is Closing? even though the Mainstream Media does not really care about the God-given right of speech.  Let’s by-pass them.  Go to www.TheDoorIsClosing.us/donate and help us get SPEECH completed and disseminated.[4]

[BIO: James Jaeger is a Telly Award-winning filmmaker (grandfather, producer of the first medical training films in the United States (and the founder of the Department of Neurosurgery at Jefferson Medical College/Hospital), Mr. Jaeger began his career in entertainment around 1973 with the Valley Forge Music Fair working on such shows as THE CARPENTERS, THE DAVID BRENNER SHOW, THE PEGGY FLEMMING SHOW and THE SONNY & CHER SHOW.]

© 2022 James Jaeger – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail James Jaeger: contact@moviepubs.net

E-Mail James Jaeger: jjaeger@mecfilms.com

Footnotes:

[1] Appeal from the United States District Court, pdf

[2]  Text of U.S. Court of Appeals Fifth Circuit decision on NetChoice and Computer Communications Industry Association CCIA) v. Ken Paxton, Attorney General of Texas.

[3]   NetChoice and CCIA are continuing to challenge the constitutionality of the law saying, as Geronimo puts it, “the general public could be harmed irreparably if you let this law go into full effect.”  As it stands right now, HB 20 is currently “live” but both NetChoice and CCIA are appealing to the Supreme Court asking it to reinstate the stay that would pause the law once more as litigation of the bill continues.

[4]  You can listen to the narration here, mp3




Not Another Cuban Missile Crisis, Part 2

By Servando Gonzalez

October 21, 2022

In the first part of this article I explained in some detail why most likely the Soviet nuclear missiles on Cuban soil were dummies.

Now, the question remains: Why did Nikita Khrushchev placed the dummy missiles in Cuba? My answer is very simple: Because Khrushchev needed to get rid of troublesome Castro and wanted the Americans to do the dirty job on his behalf. Unfortunately, they didn’t fall in the trap.

Did Americans Give Cuba to Castro?

As Khrushchev admitted later in his memoirs, at the time Fidel Castro took power in Cuba, the Soviets had little contact with the Island and, therefore, very little knowledge of what was happening there. (Diplomatic relations between Cuba and the Soviet Union had been severed since 1952). To the Soviet intelligence Fidel Castro was a strange and enigmatic figure. By late 1959 they had gathered many fragments of information about him, but had not been able to put all the pieces together into a meaningful whole.

Something that attracted the attention of the Soviets was the American haste to recognize Castro’s government after president Batista’s escape on January 1, 1959. This haste was not only surprising to the Soviets, but also to some American diplomats. According to Ambassador Earl T. Smith, the U.S. were very hasty in its recognition of the Castro government. Usually the U.S. withholds recognition from a new government until it is formally established and operating. Normally, the U.S. does not want to be among the first nor among the last to recognize a new government. The U.S. usually waits until assurances are given that the new government will honor its international obligations. In Latin America it was the custom for the U.S. to wait until several Latin American countries had recognized the new government. However, in January 7, 1979, just six days after former President Batista fled from Cuba and one day before Fidel Castro arrived in Havana, the U.S. officially recognized the Castro government.

Also, some facts indicate that the CIA sent weapons to Castro. When he was in the Sierra Maestra mountains fighting Batista’s troops, Castro received some weapons delivered by the International Armaments Corporation, the company that sent weapons to Guatemala, under the CIA’s orders, to overthrow Jacobo Arbenz’s government, and also because the Company was organized by Samuel Cummings, a former CIA operative. Also, there is evidence, that between October 1957 and the middle of 1958, the CIA gave no less than fifty thousand dollars to Castro’s men in Santiago de Cuba.

One thing that seemed very suspicious to Soviet intelligence were the sudden American efforts to prove that Castro was a Communist. The Americans, who before Castro took power denied he was a Communist, now had changed their minds, and were accusing him of being a Communist. To top all, Castro himself was telling everybody that he was a Communist. But no one knew better than the Soviets that this was far from being true. According to the information the KGB had gathered, Fidel Castro never joined the strong Cuban Communist party, nor any of the Communist front organizations, because the Cuban Communists hated him. Moreover, he was not a crypto-Communist, nor was he ever recruited by the Soviet intelligence services. So, why were the Americans so eager to prove he was a Communist? But an unexpected event dissipated those suspicions.

Suspicious Snafu at the Bay of Pigs

Four days after Yuri Gagarin went into outer space, just three months after Kennedy’s inauguration, on the morning of April 7, 1961, 1400 Cuban exiles sent by the United States were wading toward disaster at a beach called Playa Girón, near a bay south of the central part of the island —the Bay of Pigs. The first news about the invasion that appeared in the Soviet press reflected the general consensus that Castro’s revolution was living its very last hours in the face of an American direct invasion. But then, the Soviet leaders and the intelligence analysts watched in disbelief as John F. Kennedy, with enough military force at hand to destroy the world, did nothing as Fidel Castro rounded up prisoners off the beach.

Plans for an underground uprising, coordinated with the invasion, were so mismanaged as to indicate deliberate sabotage. To be successful, even with air cover, such a small force had to be supported by uprisings all over Cuba. Some of the reasons why the uprisings never occurred were that the underground was never alerted about the landing date and did not know whether the Bay of Pigs operation was a real or a diversionary invasion. The CIA’s short wave broadcast station (Radio Swan) failed to broadcast the prearranged signals to trigger the waiting underground into action. Instead the station broadcasted a series of conflicting and false reports of uprisings in Cuba.

The Bay of Pigs adventure was not merely a military disaster; it strengthened enormously Castro’s iron grip over the island. The U.S. had given Castro a legitimacy he could not have won any other way. No other American act could have helped him any more. In addition, the invasion struck a mortal blow to the anti-Castro underground movement in Cuba. The invasion allowed Castro to easily neutralize his most active opponents without raising any criticism, because he seized the opportunity to appeal to the Cubans’ nationalistic sentiments. Since the image of the opposition to Castro had always been an American one, with Cubans in the U.S. appearing to participate in a subordinate capacity, the harsh treatment given to the anti-Castro underground appeared to be justified by the circumstances. All opposition to the regime had been identified in the Cuban mind as American-inspired and counterrevolutionary, thus playing right into Castro’s hands.

Then, on December 2, 1961, Fidel Castro delivered a televised speech in which he declared to his amazed audience that he had always been a Marxist-Leninist by heart and would remain so until the last day of his life. Castros non-Communist affiliation had been so widely taken for granted internationally, particularly in the U.S., that his speech caused a commotion. It was also received with extreme suspicion by the Soviet intelligence analysts. Evidently, Fidel Castro was trying to create for himself, a posteriori, what in intelligence parlance is known as a “legend,” a false biography to fool an enemy.

Obviously, Castro was frantically trying to sell himself to the Soviets under an image of anti-
Americanism, but the facts pointed to the contrary. The available evidence indicated that, contrary to conventional wisdom, Fidel, like most anti-Castro Cubans in Miami, was an admirer of the American Way of Life. His favorite sports were basketball and baseball. He only watched American cowboy films, and most of the women with whom he had been romantically involved were of the same profile: upper-class, Americanized, English-speaking, most of them blondes. The one he married to had worked as a secretary at the American Embassy in Havana.

Castro’s Deep Game

By the end of 1961 a great concern about Castro had been raised in Moscow, not only among the intelligence analysts, but among the Soviet leaders as well. First of all, Cuba under Castro had become a real economic embarrassment to the Soviets, who had made a great mistake in trying to undertake the development of a country whose tastes, needs, and economy had been modeled on American patterns.

Cuba, which was intended to be a showcase of the Soviet model of development in America, was in fact quickly turning into a showcase of Soviet inefficiency, mainly due to the Cuban leader’s inability to make good use of Soviet aid. Furthermore, Cuba was an ideological source of distress due to the propagation of Castro’s “heretical” ideas and his immature propensity to preach to the Soviets about how to conduct things in their own backyard. Castro’s behavior was creating a new focus of dissent in a field already engaged in internal quarrels. In addition, his front line position on the Latin American, Asian and African anti-imperialist struggle put a question-mark on the Khrushchev’s thesis of Peaceful Coexistence, and played right into Mao’s hands.

Therefore, notwithstanding Castro’s continued and persistent pounding at the Russian gates, the Soviet leaders, particularly Khrushchev, had some serious doubts as to where it might lead in the future. Though his defiance of the United States was according to their interests, the alliance with Castro presented certain problems. Was he real or was he the main element of a game of strategic provocation staged by the CIA? Also, accepting that he was real, were the Soviets able to contain Castro’s ambitions? How far would he embroil the USSR in Latin America and at what cost? Opposition to Castro was already strong among the Latin American communist parties; they were reluctant to endanger their precarious status by taking up arms. Furthermore, to adopt Castro’s tactics would had been an abrupt shift to “putschist” and “adventurist” policies, denounced by both Lenin and Khrushchev.

As early as mid-1959, the old-guard Cuban communists and the Kremlin leader were rightfully worried about Castro’s radical theories and concerned with the secret training of revolutionaries in Cuba for military adventures against Cuba’s neighbors. Yet, having mistakenly come to Castro’s rescue —if only for the initial bait of exploiting the political propaganda opportunities offered by the US-Cuban dispute — Khrushchev found itself with an unsolicited client on his hands which he cannot disavow, at least overtly, without great embarrassment and loss of prestige. Khrushchev had been caught on the horns of a dilemma: abandoning Cuba would mean jeopardizing Soviet pretensions of leadership of the Communist camp; but allowing Cuba to exist would probably have the same result, because Castro had his own aspirations for control over the international communist movement.

Castro’s guerrilla activities was also a big concern of the Soviet intelligence. On the one hand, even if Castro was what he claimed to be, the Soviet Union could simply never afford to have a bunch of Castros in Latin America. A Fidel-style takeover of Bolivia, Guatemala or the Dominican Republic would suck up Russia’s resources like quicksand, and the resulting fiasco could only hurt the Soviet’s and Khrushchev’s prestige. The Soviet Premier was not interested at all in Pyrrhic victories. On the other hand, there was the possibility that Fidel Castro was not what he purported to be. If this were the case Castro was acting as an agent provocateur, pushing the Soviet Union into unwanted, risky adventures.

Khrushchev’s Deep Game

The sequel to the Soviet commitment in Cuba had been a calamitous failure. In such circumstances the sensible course for Khrushchev was to cut his losses and get out of the game, particularly considering that the Soviet lines of supply to Cuba were long and extremely vulnerable. But to leave Cuba voluntarily would have been tantamount to an admission of failure and would had involved substantial loss of face. If, however, Castro could be eliminated as a result of American “aggression,” then Khrushchev and the USSR could retreat from Cuba, their honor relatively untarnished. After an American invasion of the island the failure of Communism in Cuba could be blamed not on deficiencies in Soviet-style communist management of Cuban affairs, but on “Yankee Imperialism.”

As seen from the Kremlin, Castro was unpredictable, volatile, undisciplined, and often nonsensical. His wholesale executions, mass arrests, and terrorist adventures against his Latin American neighbors, together with the sight of hundreds of thousands of Cubans attempting to flee his rule, raised the very Stalinist specter Khrushchev was trying to dispel and contrary to his doctrine of Peaceful Coexistence. Moreover, Castro was making a shambles of the Cuban economy and neglected to pay attention to “suggestions” coming from Moscow. Thus, even though Khrushchev never fully agreed with the theory that Castro was an American mole, the Soviet Premier decided to follow the KGB’s advice to overthrow Castro and replace him with an old-time Communist, obedient to the Soviet Union. Now Khrushchev faced the dilemma of getting rid of Fidel by force, but, given the Soviet role vis á vis the Third World and the Chinese, he couldn’t resort to direct action or threaten him with force. It was less easy, however, to resist the temptation to proceed to overthrow him by indirect means, with the help of the KGB’s section of Special Operations.

The first Soviet plan to overthrow Fidel Castro was handed over to the Soviet Ambassador in Havana, Sergei Mikhailovich Kudryavtsev, an experienced KGB officer who had been expelled from Canada accused of heading a Soviet spy ring. Since his arrival in Havana in 1960, Kudryavtsev had been a conspicuous figure in Cuban politics. Unlike many Soviet envoys, he never bothered to conceal his power or to limit himself to behind-the-scenes activities. Khrushchev’s plan consisted in eliminating Castro and replacing him with Aníbal Escalante, a trusted member of the pro-Soviet Cuban communist party.

There is evidence that Castro discovered the plot from its very beginning, early in 1962, but he let it go on for a while, playing a cat and mouse game with the Russians. Finally, at the end of May, he decided to move swiftly and detained the plotters and neutralized Kudryavtsev and his KGB operatives. In May, 30, 1960, the Cuban intelligence detained Ambassador Kudryavtsev and put him in a Soviet plane back to Moscow. Some time later Castro confessed that he “had expelled Kudryavtsev” for having engaged in “open and excessive political activities.”

And, what happened to him when the arrived in Moscow? Was he sent to a gulag in Siberia? Of course not, he was appointed as a Soviet delegate to the UNESCO in Paris —which indicates that his actions in Cuba had been following orders, most likely from Khrushchev himself.

When Nikita Khrushchev received the news of the failed coup he was furious. He now tried to find a way to, once and for all, get rid of his Cuban “Communist.” But, if Fidel was in his hands, he was no less in the hands of Fidel. After the purging of Escalante and several of the “old line” Cuban Communists, some members of the Cuban communist party, out of fear, were following Castro’s line and had become an instrument of his policies rather than Moscow’s.

This state of affairs highly irritated Khrushchev. Still, the Soviet Premier could not afford to openly destabilize the Castro government. The cost in terms of Soviet international prestige —vis á vis Peking, Washington and the Third World— would have been intolerable. Any direct Russian action against Castro would have led to serious political and ideological consequences for the Soviet Union.

Therefore, after the Kudryavtsev-Escalante frustrated coup d’état, Khrushchev conceived another plan.

This plan was simple: it consisted of provoking President Kennedy to invade Cuba and overthrow Castro. After Kennedy had invaded Cuba he would find himself empty handed because he would have no Soviet nuclear missiles to show to the American public. This would make Kennedy the laughing stock of the world and place the U.S. in a very embarrassing and difficult position before the world and its own conscience, as the big, powerful nation that unjustifiably attacks a very small, innocent one.

Thus, President Kennedy would unknowingly have helped Khrushchev in the dirty work of getting rid of Castro. With an American invasion of Cuba Khrushchev would have solved his Castroist problem and made good use of the U.S. loss of face. He would, in the end, have inherited Castroism, but without the troublesome Castro.

According to Khrushchev’s own version, it was during his visit to Bulgaria on May 14-20, 1962, that he conceived the idea of installing strategic missiles in Cuba-that is, just after he got the news of Kudryavtsev’s failure. Khrushchev was aware that a large part of the American public and a number of political leaders were calling for an invasion of Cuba. The American leaders were hysterical about Castro at the time of the Bay of Pigs and thereafter. The Kennedys had their Irish up, and were determined to get even with Castro at any cost.

In his memoirs Khrushchev claims that his main concern in sending missiles to Cuba was Castro’s fear of an American invasion. But it is very difficult to believe, however, that Khrushchev planned to install missiles in Cuba to protect Castro after he had tried to overthrow the Cuban leader just a few days earlier. Even if that were not the case, simple logic dictates that no great power is going to give missiles to any newcomer who just asks for them. The USSR installed missiles where it wanted, and nowhere else. When Mao asked for missiles the Soviets turned him down flat.

Moreover, neither before 1962, nor after, did the Soviets had deployed nuclear warheads beyond their borders. It was not many years later, only after they had developed reliable devices to control its arming, that the Soviets allowed a limited number of nuclear warheads to cross their borders, and always under strict KGB’s Spetsnaz units control. Why, then, would the Soviets would place missiles so close to the trigger-happy Castro? Khrushchev rightly believed he could exploit Castro’s megalomania. Castro would surely accept his offer because the Cuban leader harbored secret intentions. The Cuban leader secretly believed that, once in Cuba, it would be easy for him to capture the nuclear missiles and use them for his own purposes.

At that moment Khrushchev had practically unlimited powers and the authority to use them as he saw fit, not only at home, but also in foreign affairs. So he ordered that missiles be sent to Cuba, but without the nuclear warheads-which he never sent, and never intended to send to the island. Moreover, there is the possibility that the missiles, like the ones Khrushchev was displaying in Moscow’s parades, were a ruse de guerre, nothing but empty dummies.

Moreover, at the time there was a pro-Castro faction in the Kremlin as well as an anti-Castro one. The anti-Castro faction was headed by Khrushchev himself. So, he carried out his plan behind the backs of the pro-Castros.

To maximize the effectiveness of the missiles as a provocation, Khrushchev used every possible means to make the Americans believe that, after the installation and further training of Cuban personnel, the missiles would be under Castro’s control. This is clearly implied in the Soviets’ first statement of the crisis on October 23 in which they affirmed that Cuba alone had the right to decide what kind of weapons were appropriate for its defense.

The plan to set up the missiles was carried out in such a way that they would inevitably be discovered by the Americans. If one assumes that the antiaircraft SAMs (Surface to Air Missiles) were intended to protect the installations of the strategic missiles, then they should have been installed and ready to shoot the U.S. planes before the strategic missiles arrived. Actually the SAMs and other associated antiaircraft nets only became operational when the construction of the strategic missile sites was well along, and the Soviets employed almost no camouflage at all to hide either set of weapons. In any case, since the SAM’s could not shoot down planes flying below 10,000 feet, these antiaircraft missiles would not have been useful in the event of an American invasion.

But Khrushchev’s carefully conceived plans had not counted on the unexpected and apparently irrational behavior of both Castro and President Kennedy. All reports received in Washington about the strange developments in Cuba seemingly aroused less suspicions than Khrushchev thought they should provoke. Even the CIA, which is often denounced as unnecessarily alarmist, seemed, in this case, rather unimpressed.

Then, on the morning of October 14, 1962, a U-2 entered Cuban air space and flew over the province of Pinar del Río. The Cubans watched the plane on the radar screens, appalled as the Russians did nothing. Later Castro complained bitterly about the Russian inaction. Why were the Soviets allowing the American planes to discover the missiles? The Russians had warned him of an imminent U.S. invasion, but now were letting the Americans know about the missiles that were waiting for them. The always suspicious Fidel smelled a rat.

So, on October 22, just after President Kennedy’s address to the nation, Castro ordered a maximum alert of the Cuban armed forces. While Fidel was mobilizing all military forces, his brother Rauúl, chief of the armed forces, warned that an invasion of Cuba would unleash World War III. By October 26, Fidel had lost his patience with the bewildering Russian behavior and unilaterally announced that the Cuban antiaircraft guns would start shooting at American planes, even if the Russian-operated SAMs didn’t.

At that crucial hour it was convenient for Khrushchev to have the U.S. believe the missiles were under Castro’s control. If Americans believed so, they might very well launch a preemptive attack against the sites and follow with an invasion of the Island, confident that there would be no Soviet reprisals.

Following Castro’s orders, and disregarding Soviet advice, on the morning of October 27, antiaircraft batteries manned by the Cuban army began firing at American low-flying reconnaissance planes, damaging at least one. As Castro himself told Tad Szulc, “I am absolutely certain that if the low-level flights had been resumed we would have shot down one, two, or three of these planes… With so many batteries firing, we would have shot down some planes. I don’t know whether this would have started nuclear war.”

Then, on October 27, at the most critical moment of the crisis, Castro pulled an Ace he had up his sleeve. An American U-2, piloted by Major Rudolph Anderson, Jr., was detected over the eastern part of Cuba and a SAM site at Los Angeles, near Banes, in the Oriente province, fired one or several antiaircraft missiles and shot it down.

Who Pushed the Button?

Several conflicting interpretations have been advanced to explain the strange inci- dent of the downing of the U-2. It has been suggested that it may have been an attempt on the part of the Soviet hard-liners to sabotage efforts at a negotiated settlement of the crisis. It has also been suggested that some Russian officer in charge of the antiaircraft battery got nervous and fired the missile without it hav- ing been ordered by his superiors. Some American officials have also speculated that the U-2 was shot down by a Soviet SAM fired by an out of control Russian crew.

But Carlos Franqui, a Cuban writer who had been in exile for many years, has offered the explanation that it was Fidel himself who, during a visit to a Soviet SAM base, pushed the button that fired the missile. Franqui was the editor of Revolución , the 26th of July Movement’s official newspaper, and very close to Castro at the time.

Franqui wrote some time ago that Castro himself told him that he had personally pushed the button which launched the missile that shot down the U-2. According to Franqui, Fidel was itching for a nuclear confrontation between the U.S.S.R. and the United States and had been growing restless as the crisis evolved towards a possible agreement between the U.S. and the U.S.S.R. At some time, wrote Franqui, Fidel “went on to say that if he were in Moscow, he would send the government to the subway, which was supposed to be safe during a nuclear attack.”

Franqui’s account of the incident may contain at least one grain of truth. According to Seymour Hersh, there is strong evidence that, on October 26, 1962, a Cuban army unit attacked and overran a Soviet-manned SAM base at Los Angeles, near Banes, in the Oriente province, killing many Soviets and seizing control of the site. Hersh based his article on information partly drawn from an interview with former Department of Defense analyst Daniel Ellsberg, who was himself citing classified material from a post-crisis study of the event. The speculation is based on an intercepted transmission from the Soviet base at Los Angeles indicating heavy fighting and casualties. Adrián Montoro, former director of Radio Havana Cuba, and Juan Antonio Rodríguez Menier, a senior Cuban intelligence officer who defected in 1987 and is now living in the U.S., seem to confirm Ellsberg’s information.

In 1987 Cuban defector Gen. Rafael del Pino Díaz said that Soviet officers in Cuba were so outraged at Khrushchev’s compliance with the American quarantine that they shot down the U-2 without authorization from Moscow. According to del Pino, “the officers wanted to provoke a confrontation.”

And here comes another intriguing puzzle of the Cuban missile crisis. When the news that a U-2 had been shot down reached the Ex Comm, most members thought that war was just around the corner. In fact they had decided earlier that if a U-2 were shot down, the SAM battery responsible would be immediately knocked off. “It was the blackest hour of the crisis,” Roger Hilsman later recalled.

But, like Khrushchev, most of the Ex Comm members miscalculated: Surprisingly, President Kennedy backpedalled on his promise and decided not to give the order to the U.S. fighters on stand-by to destroy the SAM battery. Adding more to the surrealistic aspects of the story, instead of retaliating in Cuba, as he had agreed, Kennedy ordered in a rush to defuse the missiles in Turkey to be certain that they could not be used without his personal permission —which probably meant never using them. May it have been, one can only guess, that, like the Soviet missiles in Cuba, the American missiles in Turkey had actually been dummies?

The End of the Crisis

Finally, Soviet developments in Cuba were so blatant and political pressure in the U.S. so strong, that Kennedy was forced to act. But, when he announced the blockade of the island, he unexpectedly stated that American actions would not be directed against Cuba, but against the Soviet Union. Kennedy’s behavior was so surprising that Khrushchev was caught completely off balance and panicked before the possibility of a nuclear confrontation which he had not anticipated and was not prepared for.

The Cuban Missile Crisis was a further irritant to Khrushchev’s already risky political situation. Though the state of the Soviet economy was the main factor in his demotion in October, 1964, undoubtedly his Cuban misadventure contributed to his fall.

Not long after the end of the Cuban Missile Crisis David Rockefeller traveled to Russia and, after realizing that hard-headed Nikita would never become his obedient tool, David’s agents in the Kremlin overthrew Khrushchev. Not by a coincidence, Davids’ agents who overthrew Khrushchev were members of the pro-Castro faction.

So, again, I suggest you may use any name you want to name the present crisis with Russia. But, please, don’t call it another Cuban Missile Crisis. Russia is not the Soviet Union, David Rockefeller agents in the Kremlin do not control it, Joe Biden is not John F. Kennedy, Vladimir Putin is not Nikita Khrushchev and Putin’s nuclear missiles are not dummies.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




When Lawlessness Is Law

by Lee Duigon

October 20, 2022

In Britain they have a law against wasting police time with baseless or frivolous complaints. But what if it’s the police themselves who are wasting police time?

The Leicestershire Police Dept. got a thumping from the Home Secretary recently for putting out a social media message urging “transsexuals” to report “deadnaming” as a hate crime. “Deadnaming” is a made-up word for declining to address or speak of trannies using the names they had before “gender reassignment.”

The public didn’t like it, and Home Secretary Suella Braverman took the LPD out to the woodshed for an attitude adjustment. “This week,” she said, “I have seen confusion amongst police forces about what constitutes a hate crime. The police need to enforce actual laws and fight actual crime. Freedom of speech must be protected…” So the Leicester PD had to delete its controversial Twitter message.

Guess they were getting bored, trying to solve humdrum crimes like murder or robbery when there were all those juicy deadnaming incidents out there. Maybe they just took it upon themselves to Change The World—with or without actual laws to back them up. Maybe they don’t need no stinkin’ laws.

Meanwhile, here at home, our medical establishment—the American Medical Assn., the American Academy of Pediatrics, and the Children’s Hospital Foundation—have written to our corrupt and predatory Justice Dept. calling on the government to take “swift action” to prosecute (!) and punish parents who won’t “affirm” their children’s “gender identity”.

Hey! Remember when you had to, like, break a law before they could prosecute you? Well, why not skip that step and proceed directly to the prosecution? Why not skip the trial and go directly to the verdict?

Ah! That very thought has already occurred to a Virginia legislator who has introduced a bill to criminalize parents who don’t go along with a child’s “choice” to have a sex-change. She hasn’t decided yet whether that should be a felony or just a misdemeanor, but that can come later. The important thing is to show parents who’s the boss. Let’s get those FBI goon squads pounding on people’s doors at midnight! Who ever said Changing The World was easy?

That such a law would be flagrantly, boisterously, toweringly unconstitutional means nothing to the Far Left Crazy. “Damn the Constitution! This is Transgender Rights we’re talkin’ here!” Whether you’re the Leicestershire PD or the AMA, you’re on the right side of history! I don’t know what that means, but far lefties always say it.

Does the LPD simply not know that you can’t arrest people for breaking laws that don’t exist? Does the AMA not know that you have to break the law before you can be prosecuted? Does this doofus in the Virginia legislature not know that you simply don’t give 8-year-olds the power to make permanently life-changing decisions? I mean, they don’t give out drivers’ licenses and credit cards to children, do they? Does this dimwit not know that there are rather compelling reasons for that?

It’s bad enough that we often find ourselves governed—shall I say “lorded over”?—by people who hate us, despise us, and want to demolish our society. Must they also be so flaming stupid? And what kind of fools are we, calling it a “Justice” Dept. when it’s nothing but the Democrat version of the KGB?

We want our freedom back. We want our country to be sane again. And that is the message that had better come across loud and clear in next month’s midterm elections. We dare not settle for anything less.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit… before we’re all prosecuted for breaking laws that aren’t on the books. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




St. Louis, Baltimore, Chicago, Philadelphia, NYC, LA, And San Francisco Becoming More Like Detroit

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 20, 2022

The great science fiction writer, Robert Heinlein, author of, Strange In A Strange Land, said, “A society begins to fail when citizens lose respect for one another and themselves.”

His statement prophesizes exactly what’s going on in our big cities across America.  This week, a bunch of outlaw dirt bike motorcyclists surrounded cop cars, threw bricks and rampaged across our formerly “Great American City of Brotherly Love.”

In the past, we locked up people who disrespected others by committing crimes such as murders, shoplifting, robberies, arson, drunk driving, drug distribution, rape and all other uncivil activities.

But today, we’re seeing a U.S. Senator candidate, John Fetterman, from Pennsylvania promising to empty more than half the prisoners from that state’s prisons.  We’ve got NYC District Attorney Alvin Bragg failing to keep criminals off the streets by giving them immediate “bail-less” free passes.  We’ve got Chicago Mayor Lori Lightfoot who actively promotes criminals, gangs and shootings in the “Windy City.”  She possesses no respect for the law-abiding citizens of that area.  The elected officials of all those big cities refuse to enforce the laws.  Many of them push for “defund the police” and “no bail” releases of hardened criminals.

St. Louis is dying, just like Detroit.

“Resignations have continued piling up at the St. Louis Metropolitan Police Department this year, setting off concerns from top law enforcement leaders.

“We’re reaching critical mass,” St. Louis Police Officers Association President Jay Schroeder said this month of staffing issues on the city’s force. “About 819 officers have left the department since 2017, according to the St. Louis Police Pension Board. The department lost an average of 119 officers each year between 2017 and 2019. In 2020, 129 officers left the force, with an additional 174 leaving in 2021, according to the pension data.”

That’s happening in all the aforementioned cities.  New York City’s mayor stands eyeball deep in crime, but he’s impotent to stop it, because he chooses NOT to stop it.

According to national news, seven police officers have been shot to death in the past 14 days.  Would that number be an indication that our own citizens don’t respect our own law-enforcement citizens? What about the horrific number of killings across the country as of October 2022?   That’s a lot of disrespect of one citizen who shoots another citizen with a gun or stabs them with a knife.

MASSIVE INCREASE IN BLACK AMERICANS MURDERED WAS RESULT OF DEFUND POLICE MOVEMENT: EXPERTS

The Chicago Police Department reported the lowest number of employees in recent history at the end of March. The Seattle Police Department reached a 30-year staffing low this year. The vice president of the Philadelphia FOP Lodge sounded the alarm in August that the department is set to lose 800 officers in the next four years.

“We see law enforcement officers leave our profession at a rate we’ve never seen before,” National Fraternal Order of Police President Patrick Yoes said at the Faith & Blue conference in Washington, D.C., in August. “Our profession is dependent on the best and brightest stepping up and taking this job. And because of the actions, and because of the turmoil that has happened in the last two years, we have a crisis right now in manpower.”

St. Louis’ Murder Rate, Already the Highest in US, Soared Last Year: Mayor Tishaura Jones vows to defund the police

“We still have two separate police unions – one for Black police officers and one for White officers,” Tishaura Jones, the first black mayor of St. Louis told the outlet. “If they can’t trust each other, then how can they expect the public to trust them?”

The one item not mentioned in mainstream media news reports glares at anyone who lives in those cities:  it’s African-Americans killing African-Americans.  It appears to be a taboo to somehow hide the fact that our inner cities face horrific crime and killing rates among  blacks.  That’s why Detroit, Michigan dominated by African-Americans dropped from 1.85 million residents back in the 80’s to 650,000 in 2022. (And half of that number are Muslim immigrants)  Why?  Black Mayor Coleman Young facilitated crime out of his own office.  Over 1.2 million whites fled Detroit  (for fear of their lives) over a 15-year period.

All of us, black and white, have to ask ourselves how far down this rabbit-hole of allowing or facilitating criminals can we descend? Whether it’s D.A. George Gascon in Los Angeles or a Governor Gavin Newsom in California who oversees a crime-ridden state…somebody at some point needs to step up to reality.  “Woke”  doesn’t work. It’s failing miserably.

Yes, we must engage social programs that attempt to improve inner city ghettos.  But how do you stop 7 out of 10 black babies from being born to illiterate single mothers on welfare…while the illiterate sperm-donor runs around donating his sperm to the next illiterate teenage black girl?

If we are to recover respect for our laws as a society, we need to bring down the “hammer of the law” so hard that we lock all criminals up and keep them there…so they can’t continue their craft.  You kill a cop: immediate death penality.

If not, we’re going to see more Americans fleeing to smaller cities, more rural areas and more sane living.  What they leave behind will be more mass mayhem, killings, lootings, burnings, more welfare babies and destroyed cities like Detroit, Michigan.

One observer said, “Our cities are becoming self-cleaning ovens where the lawless simply annihilate one another.”

Personally, having traveled through and worked in all those cities, I don’t see any hope of their recovery to civil societies.  When you combine too many cultures, races, languages and illiteracy—it can only boil over into conflict and disintegration.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Carter Page’s Lawsuit Dismissed

By Paul Engel

October 18, 2022

  • “Operation Crossfire Hurricane” seems to be the gift that keeps on giving.
  • Can someone sue the federal government for lying to a court or violating the Constitution?
  • Can the federal government us the theory of “sovereign immunity” to prevent such a suit?

I’m sure you’ve heard of “Operation Crossfire Hurricane”, sometimes called “Russia-gate”. Carter Page was caught up in this investigation and sued the Department of Justice for lying to the FISA court in order to acquire warrants to surveil him. A district court recently granted the DOJ’s motion to dismiss the case. The reasons why and the logic behind them is worth looking into.

2016 was a very busy year. We had the Flint water crisis, the Pulse nightclub shooting, oh yeah, and a presidential election. While not the first time lies were used to impact an election, 2016 began the era of “fake news”. From the fake hacking of the DNC to the infamous “pee-pee tape”, lies seem to spread faster than wildfire. In the middle of this was “Operation Crossfire Hurricane”.

On July 31, 2016, the FBI opened a counterintelligence investigation named Operation Crossfire Hurricaneto determine whether individuals associated with the Trump presidential campaign were involved in coordinated activities with the Russian government.

Carter Page v. James B. Comey et al., Memorandum of Opinion

One of the targets of this investigation was Carter Page.

According to Page, the FBI obtained four successive FISA warrants to electronically surveil him, despite there being no probable cause to suspect that he was a Russian agent.

Carter Page v. James B. Comey et al., Memorandum of Opinion

The defendant in the case, James Comey and others, asked the District Court for the District of Columbia to dismiss the case on several grounds. Based on the evidence presented thought, it seems pretty bad for Mr. Comey and the other defendants.

As alleged, the FBIs conduct in preparing the FISA warrant applications to electronically surveil Page was deeply “troubling.” … Indeed, the government has conceded that it lacked probable cause for two of the warrants. … And the FISC has found that the government violated its “duty of candor in all four applications.Similarly, Page alleges that the individual defendants intentionally provided false information and omitted material facts in all four applications. To the extent these allegations are true, there is little question that many individual defendants, as well as the agency as a whole, engaged in wrongdoing.

Carter Page v. James B. Comey et al., Memorandum of Opinion

But the defendant’s motion to dismiss was granted. Why?

Even so, Page has brought no actionable claim against any individual defendant or against the United States.

Carter Page v. James B. Comey et al., Memorandum of Opinion

As is so often the case, the devil is in the details. So let’s look at those details. The judge lists three statutory roadblocks to Mr. Page’s case as justification for his opinion. Let’s look at them individually.

Private Right of Action

The first problem in the judge’s eye is a question of standing.

First, Congress has not created a private right of action against those who prepare false or misleading FISA applications.

Carter Page v. James B. Comey et al., Memorandum of Opinion

In short, when Congress passed the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA), they did not include the legal authority for private individuals to sue in this situation. How can that be?

Both the plain language and the structure of FISA make clear that civil liability under 50 U.S.C. § 1810 attaches only to those who conduct or perform electronic surveillance.

Carter Page v. James B. Comey et al., Memorandum of Opinion

Could that be true?

An aggrieved person, other than a foreign power or an agent of a foreign power, as defined in section 1801(a) or (b)(1)(A) of this title, respectively, who has been subjected to an electronic surveillance or about whom information obtained by electronic surveillance of such person has been disclosed or used in violation of section 1809 of this title shall have a cause of action against any person who committed such violation

50 U.S.C. §1810

The specific language of §§1810 & 1809 deal specifically with electronic surveillance, not providing false or misleading information in order to obtain a warrant.

Constitutional Violations

Second, the judge states that the FISA law does not allow for damages from violations of constitutionally protected rights.

Second, Congress has not provided for damages claims against federal officers for constitutional violations stemming from unlawful electronic surveillance in the national security context.

Carter Page v. James B. Comey et al., Memorandum of Opinion

I’m sorry, but that just is not true. While not in the FISA statue, Congress has provided for damages from any violation of the Constitution.

Every person who, under color of any statute, ordinance, regulation, custom, or usage, of any State or Territory or the District of Columbia, subjects, or causes to be subjected, any citizen of the United States or other person within the jurisdiction thereof to the deprivation of any rights, privileges, or immunities secured by the Constitution and laws, shall be liable to the party injured in an action at law, suit in equity, or other proper proceeding for redress,

42 U.S.C, §1983

As the judge has already noted, the government conceded that it lacked probable cause for two of the warrants, and violated their duty of candor for all four of them. This caused Mr. Page to be deprived of his right to be secure from unreasonable searches by cause the court to issue an invalid warrant.

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IV

Furthermore, by providing false information under oath of affirmation on the application for the warrant, agents of the FBI have committed perjury. While that is a criminal charge, not a civil one, it certainly was used to cause Mr. Page to be subject to a violation of his rights protected by the Constitution.

Sovereign Immunity

The last, and in my mind most egregious, is this idea of sovereign immunity.

And third, Congress has not waived the United Statess sovereign immunity for this kind of claim.

Carter Page v. James B. Comey et al., Memorandum of Opinion

What is “sovereign immunity”?

The legal protection that prevents a sovereign state or person from being sued without consent.

Sovereign Immunity The Free Legal Dictionary

While courts may claim that the federal government cannot be sued without the consent of Congress, this would seem to violate the Petition Clause of the First Amendment.

Congress shall make no law abridging the right of the people to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

Granted, Congress has not passed a law prohibiting the people from petitioning for redress in this circumstance, but by requiring that Congress explicitly allow such petitions in each and every section of the law, the courts have denied the people this right. This has effectively made Congress, and by extension the entire federal government, superior to the people. After all, what good is have the right to petition protected by the supreme law of the land if Congress has the power to allow or ignore it at their will.

Core Claim

But what about Mr. Page’s claim that the FBI misled the court in order to get a warrant?

When it comes to Pages core claim—that the defendants misled the FISC to obtain surveillance warrants without probable cause—the Court cannot create a cause of action that Congress did not enact. [P]rivate rights of action to enforce federal law must be created by Congress,” Alexander v. Sandoval, and courts may not usurp that power “no matter how desirable that might be as a policy matter,” … Any future remedy for these alleged FISA abuses must come from Congress, not this Court.

Carter Page v. James B. Comey et al., Memorandum of Opinion

But what about the supreme law of the land? If courts cannot enforce the Constitution without the blessing of Congress, does that not violate the oath the judges took to support it?

The judicial Power shall extend to all Cases, in Law and Equity, arising under this Constitution, the Laws of the United States, and Treaties made, or which shall be made, under their Authority;

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 2, Clause 1

The judicial power of the United States is not limited to the laws of the United States created by Congress, but cases arising under the Constitution itself, which this one is.

Conclusion

I guess this is what happens when we allow the opinions of judges, euphemistically called “constitutional law” to supersede the Constitution itself. While Congress did not include civil penalties under the FISA law for deceiving the court, they already exist in U.S. Law under 42 U.S.C. 1983 since it caused a deprivation of rights for Mr. Page. Furthermore, the claim of sovereign immunity deprives the American people of a method to petition for a redress of grievance, which violates the First Amendment. Claiming that the courts do not have the power to offer redress to a violation of the Constitution is a dereliction of duty, which certainly is bad behavior in my book.

I have not seen the suit that Mr. Page filed, so I am not entirely sure if this problem rests solely with the judge. After all, if Mr. Page’s attorneys didn’t realize that 50 U.S.C. 1810 only offered civil penalties for electronic surveillance and not deciding the FISA court, bad on them. Since the judge did not mention any claim of violation under 42 U.S.C. §1983, I am forced to assume the attorneys did not make such a claim. Another reason why it is so important that:

Every member of the State ought diligently to read and to study the constitution of his country…”

John Jay, First Chief Justice of the supreme Court of the United States

Remember, attorneys are there to counsel you, not be the sole word on the case itself.

I cannot say that I’m surprised at this opinion. It is pretty much what I’ve come to expect from our judiciary. Hopefully, this example to propel you into studying the Constitution and preparing yourself to defend your rights. Because being dependent on the legal system today to protect your rights is a fool’s errand.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




FBI Now Terrorizes Ohio Pastor: Americans Have Every Right Under God to Protest Corruption

By Bradlee Dean

October 19, 2022

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances. -Amendment I

What do American expect when they tolerate unconstitutional agencies targeting law abiding citizens? I’m talking about the FBI, ATF, TSA, Department of Homeland Security etc.  None of these agencies are constitutional, not a one (Amos 3:3); and yet, they are terrorizing the law-abiding people within this country.

If they were a constitutional agency, then they would arrest the very people that we all know that they are protecting because it is NOT the American people they are protecting (Psalm 94:20).

Furthermore, the DHS already identified who the domestic terrorists are and, once again, it is not corruption within this system of government.  Instead, they have identified those who protest and expose them for who they are (Luke 12:2).

[Rumble Video]

Friends, Americans have every right given unto them by their Maker to protest corruption within (Ephesians 5:11).

That is the history of this country that was demonstrated by our founding forefathers.  Apparently, those who are to serve “We the People” have forgotten this history lesson.

Therefore, there are Christian, patriotic Americans that are taking the time to remind them of that history lesson and they have every right to do so (Deuteronomy 4:6).

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

The Gateway Pundit reported: Stasi-FBI Arrests Ohio Christian Pastor for His Church Sermon on Stolen Election – And then Walking into US Capitol on Jan. 6 with Bullhorn.

The Biden regime arrested an Ohio Christian pastor this week for his public sermon in church in December 2020 where he refuted the 2020 election results. Pastor William Dunfee later walked into the US Capitol with a bullhorn on January 6th.

The regime raided his home this week — nearly two years after the stolen 2020 election.
God save us!
How dare he challenge the fraudulent election during church!

Tom Fitton responded to this outrageous event. “So Biden DOJ just arrested a Christian pastor for his sermon?”

Justice Dept announces arrest of pastor of New Beginnings Ministries of Warsaw, Ohio

Prosecutors say William Dunfee entered Capitol grounds w/ bullhorn saying “We are taking our house.”

In court filing, feds allege Dunfee said this to congregation after election ==> pic.twitter.com/Jmc2RFn1WP

— Scott MacFarlane (@MacFarlaneNews) October 5, 2022

The message being given to the American people today BY THESE terrorist agencies is that we are to shut our mouths and bow the knee to our masters at every given directive regardless of if it is lawful or not.  That just isn’t going to happen, friends.

For the FBI to attack the innocent in protecting the guilty is about as telling as it gets (Proverbs 17:15).

[Rumble Video]

We have rights, not privileges, and we must fight to uphold those rights (1 Timothy 6:12), and so we will!




The Specter of White Genocide Part III – the Great Replacement

By Sidney Secular

October 18, 2022

We are a stateless people with no political representation whatsoever. Non-whites have 535 politicians in Washington, DC representing them. Whites have none, zero, nada! As a result, white genocide continues apace because there is no real resistance to its implementation as discussed in the two previous articles in this series.

White genocide is well underway on another front – less immediately brutal but far more insidious –  a matter that the insightful have seen happening for many decades but to which the decadent, deluded and mostly decrepit politicians and clueless citizens are oblivious or uncaring. The frightful constellation of movers and shakers that manipulate the zeitgeist ever leftwards, lurching towards the abyss, include the “legacy media” that is leaving us with a legacy of their treachery, NGOs, “reformed” religious organizations, big corporations, tech tyrants, billionaires (many newly minted as a result of some of these ongoing “policies!”), and the increasingly traitorous US Government, that is purposefully and happily engaged in ethnic cleansing of the White race from the face of the earth. The legacy is much more than that of such matters as increased crime, wage depression, economic displacement and destroyed social trust and cultural continuity – although it does involve all of these things.

By drowning our nation with compliant third World ciphers together with competing Asian professionals, white political power is consciously and perniciously diluted as it moves towards complete political impotence even while such power as it has is already lying dormant. In swing states like Florida, Michigan, New Hampshire, North Carolina, Pennsylvania and Nevada, the number of new, foreign-born “voters” is enough to provide requisite margins of victory in elections. If and when many of the foreign non-voters become so-called “citizens,” the influence of the foreigners will be significantly enhanced. How many of you presently go outside and see an alien and often hostile landscape completely different from the one into which you were born and raised? Unfamiliar, emotionless, uncommunicative faces, a cacophony of languages, displays of decidedly unAmerican customs in conformance with a show-off  Babylonian “diversity” strutting around in Third World garb often with repulsive face coverings that render social interaction including conversation “mute” anyway. America’s foreign-born population is edging towards 50 million, a number that has tripled since 1970 and doubled since 1990.

The key here is that we just don’t know how many aliens reside in what used to be our country. The southern border has basically become a meaningless line in the sand. Enough illegal aliens entered America in 2021 to equal or exceed the ALL the number of Americans who live each of TEN states: Alaska, Delaware, Maine, Montana, New Hampshire, North Dakota, Rhode Island, South Dakota, Vermont, and Wyoming – and 2022 is showing exponential increases over 2021! This slow death is being excused by some conservatives, like the clueless Glenn Beck who endorses the goal of having one-billion Americans that he sees as crucial to keeping China from overtaking us as global top power. His conception seems to be that having millions on the dole in an expanded welfare-warfare state is a sort of utopia even if many of those millions are statistically anti-American. Beck is under the common illusion and delusion that immigrants work far harder than most Americans, “especially American kids.” He also seems to believe that numbers alone will save us when, in fact, vast numbers of the wrong kind of people will destroy us. China is full of Chinese, but America is no longer full of Americans. Beck needs to leave his cushy Beltway bubble and see what many especially middle class American kids can and will do if given the chance and not have their entry level jobs taken away from them by foreigners or, if they are white, be refused employment for that very reason. After all, they still do car washes, deliver newspapers and raise funds for charity functions, don’t they?

The regime uses our tax dollars directly or indirectly through tax funded resettlement agencies to put the invaders on midnight flights and buses, shipping them to rural, mostly white communities all over America in order to dilute existing actual or potential White power bases and to turn red areas blue. There usually is a dearth of local infrastructure and jobs to support these invasions, but no matter, the feds can fix that with public housing and welfare payments while encouraging the locals to move away so that the newcomers can take over their properties and spread “diversity” everywhere. The aim is to foster demographic warfare and displacement, and in the short term, turn red areas blue with hopes that the change will be permanent. One day there were 15,000 Haitians squatting under a bridge in Texas all of whom vanished the next day. Towns scattered all across the fruited plain are now chock full of Somalis and Afghans who are so notorious for their behavior that they are commonly called “rapefugees.” Even the most heinously criminal aliens don’t get deported. If they make it to the sanctuary cities they are free to carry on with their depredations while especially white Americans are free to suffer and die.

But that’s just the beginning. The number of “unaccompanied children” crossing the border is the highest it has ever been, facilitating a massive child sex trafficking operation, and including a high proportion of males in their late teens and early twenties who are excellent prospects to join gangs, engage in criminal activities and become foot soldiers in the mushrooming drug trade. This coterie of incipient criminals is the vector by which the opioids, fentanyl and many other dangerous drugs are ferried into and distributed throughout the US, a commercial enterprise managed by increasingly sophisticated and powerful Mexican drug cartels and transnational criminal networks most of whom have quantitatively more and even better state-of-the-art military munitions than either the American or Mexican militaries can bring to bear against them. In short, they are setting up their own fiefdoms on both sides of the border and it is now believed that they have actually gained control of the country of Mexico, thus ending any attempt by that government to resist their might.

The raw materials for the deadly drug fentanyl are brought into Mexico from our old friend, China with the final product created in clandestine Mexican labs just as COVID was created in China’s Wuhan lab. The opioid plague is second only to the Great Replacement itself as the most powerful tool of white genocide. Many on the “Dissident Right” call it the “White death” or the “White plague.”  The Sackler family along with the other big Pharma firms, incestuous and corrupt regulatory agencies and ignorant and/or compliant doctors and pharmacists have been either grossly negligent, unwittingly ignorant or criminally engaged and, as a result, have  unleashed this beast upon us. They have faced no meaningful pushback, regulatory restrictions or punishment for their continued dispensing of highly dangerous substances. The drug distributor, Amerisource Bergen, delights in gleefully depicting the “pillbillies” of Appalachia. Kentucky is derided as “OxyContinville”. Oxycodone, also called Oxycontin, is a widely distributed and wildly addictive painkiller that was pushed onto unsuspecting patients who have been led to believe it is not addictive. As a result, we have thus lost over one million Americans to opioid overdoses. That’s more than the number killed in all our wars, combined. The victims have been overwhelmingly white, but, of course, that was the goal all along of the drug dealers and war promoters. Vast areas of our nation have been ravaged and depopulated with the driving cause being almost solely opioids! When that is added to the effects of the frequently mandated vaxxes the inevitable results will be more de-populating and demoralizing. Fentanyl, the substance that killed that great black hero, George Floyd, is a poison that the Chinese are only too glad to foist upon us. It is now the number one cause of death for Americans aged 18-45. Beginning in the late 1990s, the white mortality rate has steadily increased in the US in a way that is exactly concurrent with the release of Oxycodone. This rise has occurred in all but six states, with the largest rise in death rates occurring in West Virginia,  Kentucky, Arkansas, and Mississippi. White life expectancy declined by one-tenth of one percent between 2013 and 2014, and has been accelerating year by year since, only falling by a full year around 2020, probably associated with optimism generated by Trump’s regeneration of the economy. In 2021, the decline in white life expectancy was entirely due to white deaths. In the book, “Deaths of Despair,” Anne Case and Angus Deaton note that any decrease in life expectancy is extremely uncommon in the modern world. American life expectancy had never fallen for three years in a row since 1933, in the depths of the Great Depression. We now approach a decade of decline with no end in sight.

And what has been our government’s response to the worst drug crisis in human history? Absolutely nothing but the continued lie regarding the same phony “war on drugs” that has been with us since the 1960s! Even in the face of the intrusion of this poison into America’s medical establishment there has been total silence. There has been no propaganda campaign or educational effort, but only some token funding for the corrupt corporate rehabilitation industry. Compare this to the government and media response to the “crack” epidemic, orders of magnitude smaller than the opioid plague, but which primarily affects blacks. Vast sums of money of our tax dollars were spent on massive media coverage  and a nationwide anti-drug campaign in schools and why? Because it primarily affects blacks! But even the exorbitant response to crack addiction is but a pittance when we look at the wealth our nation has squandered on futile efforts at black advancement. The “War on Poverty” and the welfare apparatus it created focused almost entirely on blacks, has cost us over $19 trillion, the equivalent of 40 Marshall plans. Think of the country we could have had without the blight of “diversity,” “equity” and “inclusion.”

The global regime wants white people to die and, as a result, we live in a genocidal state. Indeed, the state itself is compliant and complicit in the opioid plague. Prior to the American invasion of Afghanistan, the Taliban had outlawed and destroyed the opium trade. Poppy cultivation was negligible. Immediately after the American invasion and for twenty years thereafter, opium production skyrocketed. American soldiers literally guarded the poppy fields. And you wondered what they did with their time there? The US Government directly and intentionally fueled the drug crisis. I’ve heard it alleged from reputable sources that the money the FedGuv received from the drug dealing they were apparently involved in connected to the Afghan adventure helped make possible the black budget used in the “blackops” actions of the CIA and other government “agencies” as well as helping pay for the “war” including the mercenaries whose numbers were about equal to our regular troops sent there.

The opioid plague is but the most conspicuous aspect of a deeper problem. The ruthless war on white identity has introduced a corrosive agent into the white soul, devouring many whites from within. Our grinding, soul crushing system, in which every lever of power is aimed at dehumanizing and killing white men and women, is driving the intended victims to destroy themselves. A reflection of this is the escalating white suicide rate. Between 2000 and 2017, the American suicide rate surged by 40%, involving almost exclusively blue-collar workers in industries such as mining, oil, construction and auto manufacturing and repair – in other words, the industries that involve the majority of the white working class. The number of deaths from opioids, alcohol and suicide ascended to new heights in 2020, as the COVID government lockdowns ushered in a new era of isolation and hyper-atomization in our already alienated and lonely society. Indeed, it was almost as if this result was the true purpose of the lockdowns as we know that they had no apparent scientific or health basis.

One aspect of the current genocidal madness is a concerted attack on the victim group’s ability to procreate, to have children and to form families. We see this manifested in several ways. One is the crazed and out-of-control LGBT movement with its nullification of normal sexuality and its attendant – and intentional – barrenness. Unbelievably, polling indicates that between 20% and 40% of Generation Z born between 1997 and 2003 self-identify as LGBT along with 10% to 30% of Millennials. This is a true social cancer that continues to metastasize, showing no signs deceleration anytime soon. Of course, it doesn’t hurt that it has the entire support of the present culture including many so-called “churches.” Teachers in some schools report that upwards of 60% of their elementary aged students identify as LGBT! Just a few years ago such a characterization would have been an anomaly at most. Children’s entertainment programming is noxiously perverse with even PBS (“Public Brainwashing Service”) promoting drag queens and other degeneracies. Even the courts are now on board with this dangerous lunacy, serving as enforcers of transgenderism. Just as Merrick Garland’s Department of “Injustice” labeled white parents “domestic terrorists” for protesting genocidal anti-white propaganda in their children’s curriculum, there is a concerted effort to apply the same label to anyone who opposes the sexualization – including the genital mutilation – of underage children. Opponents of any state sponsored lunacies, including transgender and LGBT blasphemy have been characterized as members of “organized white supremacist groups.” Of course, this “definition” deliberately ignores those non-white parents who also wish to protect their children! Meanwhile, SWAT teams and snipers(!) have been employed to prevent parents from interfering with Drag Queen story hour events! And, of course, in solidarity with evil, the DHHS (“Department of Disservices to Humans”)  flies the transgender flag at its various locations.

Then, we have the pernicious ideology of woke feminism that affects many young women who have been indoctrinated against the traditional family and the very idea of motherhood. This leftist cause celebre is primarily directed at white women since it is white numbers that must be both limited and reduced. Then we have the contortion over abortion though, statistically, the percentage of Blacks who abort is greater than Whites but still, as Blacks only represent about 13% of the population, a dramatically higher number of white babies have died in this “medical procedure” than those of any other race. Meanwhile, white women advocates are recruited to influence their peers to pull the plug on procreation. Also, there is an increasing imbalance of female over male college students as women are induced to seek careers rather than having traditional families – and white babies. Contraception is yet another dysgenic attack on white America as whites are far likelier to use contraceptives than non-whites who are encouraged to have babies as a means of increasing their incomes in today’s welfare state, their benefits being based on the number of children they produce.

Then there was the COVID pandemonium over an alleged pandemic. One of the most common harms that result from the COVID vaccines are blood clots. It is hard to determine if any racial group is particularly affected by the poisons in these “vaccines” simply because the medical establishment refuses to acknowledge that the problem even exists much less investigating who has been most affected. Even more disturbing is that large numbers of young women who got their “clotshots” are reporting fertility problems including premature birth, miscarriage, damaged children and fetal deaths. A clinical trial showed that every single mother in the trial group injected with Pfizer’s vaccine miscarried! White fertility is in the midst of an unprecedented decline for, as we’re solemnly informed, “reasons not well understood” – a conclusion the medicos usually trot out when they are engaged in cover-ups or are looking in the wrong places for answers they don’t want to find or when they can’t or won’t think outside the box. In a span of over 40 years, sperm counts in Western countries have declined by over 50%. At that rate, most men may no longer be able to reproduce by 2045. While white fertility is debased through a coordinated system of attacks – pornography, climate alarmism creating a sense of despair, overpopulation scares that only whites take to heart, the gender-bender complex, feminism, and the poisoning of the environment through chemicals, dangerous drugs and food additives, etc. – the anti-white state “ups the ante” by pushing for basically unbounded levels of immigration supposedly to combat the infertility it has deliberately caused.

The modus operandi of the globalists is to create problems which they say only they can solve. This strategy has a theme: the Government invents the problem and then it proposes the solution – and the solution is never good. The idea is to make the people fear the problem and so embrace the solution. One of the consequences of this tactic is that the regime’s criminal justice system is engaged in a clear campaign of coddling criminals and decreasing or eliminating penalties for lesser crimes, especially those largely committed by minorities. This “problem” was introduced to Americans under the guise of racism and the ongoing “unfairness” to  minorities – and especially blacks – that has resulted in their high crime rate. The solution is, of course, as we noted above. Alas, however, this “solution” has only raised the crime rate and that itself produces the situation in which there are too many minority committed crimes for the police investigate, especially as police forces have been both restricted and reduced. Why has this occurred even as the crime rate skyrockets? Because the police too are being unjustifiably accused of picking on minorities merely because the criminals involved are mostly black.

Another consequence of this attack on the police is that cops are retiring first because they are not given the proper support and secondly, any response to a black criminal that results in injury or death to that criminal can find the cops involved in the dock. Naturally, the way things presently stand it has become increasingly difficult to obtain quality recruits. And, of course, feral, non-white thugs are emboldened by this permissive pattern knowing that they do not receive proper punishment for their depredations. During the 2020 BLM riots, there were several incursions into wealthier white suburbs, areas previously considered safe retreats from black crime. With diversity drives and social engineering mixing up populations that previously kept to themselves, these demarcations are quickly disappearing.

The final state of genocide is denial; first, the State involved denies it is happening or ever happened. This tactic occurs during the entire process even after it is completed. The news media has a stated policy of long standing of not reporting minority crimes on whites. Actual hate crimes against whites by blacks are downgraded to events containing no racial animus. Indeed, it is often assumed and/or implicitly understood that blacks especially are not capable of hate crimes. Why? Because to be considered capable, one must have power; it’s the same with “racism.” As only whites have power, only whites can be “racist” – or so it goes. Heinous crimes against whites are either under reported or reported only locally if unavoidable. Where ignorance cannot be maintained, then the race of the perpetrator(s) remains blithely unreported unless, of course, the criminal is white.

In the case of the Great Replacement, the perpetrators and even most of the general public have paroxysms of denial when the facts are pointed out to them. In their denial, they label it paranoia or an anti-Semitic white supremacist conspiracy theory, but the simple and ample facts prove otherwise. Meanwhile, New York Times columnist Michelle Goldberg wrote a piece entitled, “We can replace them . . .” and Joe Biden applauds the “unrelenting stream of immigration” with which he and his Marxist cronies are drowning America. Last year, census data revealed that the number of white Americans had declined for the first time in history to which stupid leftist luminary Michael Moore responded by calling it, “the best day in US history.” When comedian Jimmy Fallon read that news, his audience erupted in wild applause. Mark Potok, a former SPLC operative, maintains a chart using graph paper on his wall tracking white demographic decline.

At this point, I believe that we have established the reality of white genocide! It is happening and it is rapidly accelerating towards its inevitable conclusion. This process was set in motion long ago and it is difficult to know where to begin to trace its progress or even if that is required. Knowing how a fire started is far less important than knowing how to put it out. Historically, frequent wars among white combatants over many centuries have decimated the cream of white leadership removing many from the breeding pool. As well, such wars that became even more destructive in the last century have gradually taken their toll on the number of whites in the world to the point at which the white population that once stood at about 30% of the world’s population is down to around an alarming 9%. In many of these conflicts, various enemies of the white race played a significant part in stirring the pot  and providing the needed financing  to create major conflicts and even the two world wars. Certainly, the two World Wars of the 20th Century that bracketed the worldwide Great Depression were the result of the advocates of the New World Order including the Jews who were so prominent in finance.  But that is the subject for another time.

The American War for Southern Independence, aka the “Civil War” was the first conflict that decimated the American, and most especially Southern white population. The North engaged in a policy of total warfare upon Southern civilians and their farms, properties and possessions, laying waste to the land and committing wanton acts of barbarism upon the people, leaving the region in the death grip of forced famine and helplessness. A specific target of the Yankee war machine were churches and townhalls where the documents including birth and property records were deliberately destroyed. During so-called Reconstruction, black gangs of freedmen roamed the land and rape became a common feature of life for Southern women while many white men – and especially crippled Confederate veterans – were murdered outright. The elite core of white male Southern society was decimated by the war itself, thus sharply reducing the procreative and creative capabilities of white Southern society. The region thus did not recover economically until the entire nation was mobilized in World War II.

The unconstitutional – and never ratified – Fourteenth Amendment has served as the anti-white regime’s indispensable tool for a dizzying array of assaults upon the Historic American Nation and its founding stock. Two examples are the court cases Shelly vs. Kraemer and Brown vs. Board of Education. The Kraemer case of 1948 was the opening salvo of the war against freedom of association, specifically the assault on white Americans’ right to associate or disassociate with whomever they pleased. This case was codified and expanded in the Civil Rights Act of 1968, known as the Fair Housing Act. Because they lost a right that all people from time immemorial have enjoyed, many whites incur massive costs to try to ensure they are able to live in basically white communities. In response to former President Obama’s declaration against “white enclaves,” the regime is currently using HUD to transform white suburbs into slums by eliminating exclusionary zoning that mandate single-family dwellings within these areas. The plan is to facilitate the building of government housing (Section 8) projects in these areas with the inevitable decay and crime such projects engender.

The latest foray into the destruction of desirable domiciles is the Great Reset agenda’s goal to eliminate private home ownership itself – indeed to destroy the very concept of private property! It has been shown that whites psychologically desire a family home rather than an apartment; that is, a place in which they can fully develop their hobbies, talents, home improvement projects and outdoor activities. The agenda desires to cramp White living spaces and any style of private and expansive living, thus causing emotional distress. The present regime ‘s artificially created hyperinflation is driving the price of even modest homes out of reach, thus forcing some young white couples back to their parents’ basements. This is especially true for first time home buyers. Meanwhile megacorp Black Rock has been quietly acquiring massive numbers of single-family homes including entire neighborhoods, thereby decreasing housing supply and simultaneously increasing home prices. We have already lost the ability to choose our neighbors; now we are losing our ability to choose where – or how – we want to live at all.

The widely and wildly unpopular 1954 Supreme Court decision Brown vs. Board of Education was one of the greatest atrocities inflicted upon our nation. But it must be remembered that the problem was not the decision itself, but the use the government made of it. The original decision involved a Black child who was bused miles away from his (or her) home to attend an all-Black school when a White school was located within walking distance of the child’s home. Brown determined that a child could not be sent miles from his home simply because of his race. He must be permitted to attend the school closest to his residence. Of course, as we know, this is not how the Court’s decision was utilized by the government. Indeed, as the government “interpreted” Brown the entire American public education system and by extension, the entire American educational system itself was destroyed! Brown said nothing about the racial profile of a school at all, but it was presented by the government to mean that schools had to be “mixed,” an outcome that had more children being bused over longer distances than had happened in the attempt to keep the schools segregated! Totalitarian enforcement mechanisms were perforce produced that put the final nail in the coffin of our freedom of association. It created a new racial hierarchy with whites at the bottom and gave the bottom feeders elevated status. A new ideology took root that unrelentingly hammered home the nonsensical and destructive idea that whites were natural and eternal oppressors and that non-whites were their perpetual patsies and victims requiring ongoing government protection and support. Republicans, always following in lockstep behind the Democrats in the race towards promoting and adopting laws and practices that degrade whites, love to preach their admiration for the preacher and Communist trained sex predator, womanizer and plagiarist Michael (Martin Luther) King, Jr. and sing paeans to his supposed “colorblindness,” blinding themselves to the realities of the situation they face. They think that the “woke” phenomenon is some sort of deviation from our great egalitarian trajectory, a mutation or mutilation of King’s dream, but actually, it’s the same old song on steroids steering us down the fork in the road leading to white extinction.

A major step in bringing about the death of white America was the 1965 Hart-Cellar Immigration Act, the legislative instigator of the Great Replacement and the product of a forty year effort by the usual suspects to destroy the 1924 Immigration Act that at the time set in stone immigration policies that had been veering back and forth over the years regarding whether our nation would remain predominantly white northern European as was originally intended. With the 1965 Immigration Act, we were brutally thrust open to the Third World while limiting immigration from those countries that had created the nation we knew, displacing the original founding stock with Third World people totally foreign to our way of life. As of the 2020 census, whites are now only 60% of the population and that rate is falling fast. Whites make up from 8% to 10% of the world’s population, depending on the criteria used to define the race. Whites are already in the minority in Hawaii, DC, California, New Mexico, Texas and Nevada. Other states including Maryland, Georgia, Florida, Arizona, New York, New Jersey, and Mississippi are approaching the precipice. By 2013, the majority of newborns nationwide were non-white despite the large percentage of minority abortions. In 2014, the majority of public school students were non-white. In the post-World War II crusade against the ill-defined “fascism” that was used as ploy by bad actors against especially the Germans, the West has constructed a cultural communist, globalist, anti-nationalist, anti-populist, anti-white edifice to fundamentally transform society away from Christianity and true patriotism towards a deracinated, “atheistic theocracy” premised on  unworkable egalitarianism and utopian schemes. In so doing, the State has consciously turned on the nation as the latter is historically understood. With the reality of white genocide bearing down upon us, we are forced to ask, as did the author of a book about the fate of our race, “Which Way, White Man?”

Today, the sickness has progressed to the point at which you are not hated merely because you are a Trump supporter, a conservative, a Christian or a patriot, but mainly because you are white. And so, the only effective response to this race-based warfare is through “white identity politics.” The American Right cannot reverse our plight unless it places white identity “front and center” and abandons the fear of being characterized as “racist.” For the simple fact is, all whites are considered “racists” no matter how much they kowtow to blacks! This nation was founded on its documents and sentiments that are fundamentally and basically white! It is – or rather was – a Christian nation founded by whites from Europe seeking refuge from wars and religious persecutions. A direct byproduct of that founding is the white culture and English language that goes with it and from which it cannot be separated and survive. This reality was so well understood by the founders that they thought it didn’t need to be reiterated in the Founding documents.

Therefore, we must proceed from the premise that whites have legitimate interests as a separate and unique group as do all other groups under the law. All the minority groups unwilling to assimilate but rather who choose to retain their national identities, interests and special cultures, even though they – and their political handlers – may call themselves Americans are not Americans and should not be permitted to influence the future of America! If we refuse to assert our white American identity, we will just disappear as a group and eventually as individuals. Furthermore, we must understand and accept that our unique interests will often place whites in direct opposition to the interests of other groups. This is the nature of class warfare whether the class be ideological, economic or racial. And in consequence of this “right,” whites have the moral duty to preserve and even increase the majority white population portion of the overall population. This means that the governmental jurisdictions such as towns, counties, regions and states must represent white interests even when whites are a minority as in many large cities. This is especially true when the consequence of “black run” areas of the country are a total disaster economically, culturally and morally for such “leadership” doesn’t even serve the needs of the minorities who run it. Whites must adopt the analytical framework that every other racial group has as second nature. When we approach a policy, a situation, an event, or an individual, our first question must be: Does this situation advance white interests? Because in point of fact, “white interests” frequently also advance the interests of non-whites even if they do not understand that. Ask the black residents of Detroit or Chicago or New Orleans if they lived better when those cities were white run! If the answer to the above situation is “no”, whites must then fight the situation “tooth and nail.” Our mission as whites is not racial hatred, but first the survival of our race and love and compassion for our own kind – yes, and even for those not of our kind. Whites alone have succored the downtrodden and suffering in the Third World though those actions seldom resulted in the thanks of those we helped.

Donald Trump’s popularity with most Americans is mainly based on his focus on issues of American – and hence white – interests such as immigration management including at this point, a reversal of the invasion permitted in the Biden years. Although  this may not be explicitly stated, anything that Trump plans needs to have enough power to overcome the onslaught we are presently facing. The media has a vested interest in presenting white identity as the threat to our future. This has been presented in such a way as the manipulated official polling indicates that only 10% of those polled express a favorable view of what has been called “White Nationalism” or, more accurately, white supremacism. But as we have seen with official polls, these should be taken with a ton of salt. The result of polls are clearly determined by the way the question is asked as well as the people being asked. If presented properly and forcefully by enthusiastic leaders, the necessity for an immigration moratorium or ending anti-white discrimination will result in standing ovations from our oppressed populace not all of whom would be white!

The anti-white state is attempting to boil the frog too fast and in its genocidal zeal, has dropped its mask! Blinded by hatred and assured of the support of all non-whites, including Asians, and even many weak-minded liberal whites as well as many Jews, it can no longer hide the ravenous bloodlust it holds for white Americans, as concretely expressed through the critical race theory imposition which has become a dinner-table talk topic no longer tabled in the homes of intelligent white Americans. A large number of Republican voters demand ending it as one of their highest priorities. Legions of enraged white parents are storming school board hearings and staging protests, advocating for themselves and their children – not as “one race, the human race” but proudly as whites. These are the first swells of a sea change that will rock and overturn the weapons attacking us in our cultural lifeboats in the hopes of drowning us.

One of the biggest challenges whites face, is a generalized sense of apathy and malaise, particularly on the part of part of ordinary working class whites who for decades the anti-white system has methodically  disfranchised, demonized and spiritually hollowed out. The major sources of employment for these people was embodied in the industrial base sent by our leaders to China, and so unable to find a sufficient means of living, they often turned to mind numbing drugs and alcohol rather than go out of their minds in despair. This course aggravated their health issues and precipitated their increasing turn to suicides as well as lowering marriage and procreation rates. The Republican political establishment takes these white ciphers for granted and does nothing for them but promise better days ahead if elected. However, they do pander to non-whites, something that is pretty much a lost cause because the experienced Democrats will beat them at that game. If there’s one thing the Dems know how to do it is to steal money from the productive in order to buy the votes of the unproductive.

There are those who believe that the GOP never seems to learn its lessons and fails to take advantage of opportunities presented to them, sometimes on a silver platter, but the fact is, as Pat Buchanan once said, the Democrats and Republicans are two wings on the same bird of prey. With the exception of men like Ronald Reagan and Donald Trump, most Republican “leaders” are very happy to help the Democrats bring about whatever their agenda may be. As well, there simply is not enough time to find and elect the thousands of true patriots needed to take over the GOP in all its venues, especially from the bottom up. Separation of some sort seems like a sanguine solution but when all the cards are in the other fellow’s hands, there is little hope for a major sustained victory – ask Donald Trump! Meanwhile, those few politicians willing to take the intense heat running for major political offices on an explicit white advocacy platform might bring the needed attention to our plight and the major issues involved, and possibly hasten the resolve and perhaps even the process leading to separation. Now, this is a very difficult concept though even blue states have called for a separation from their red state neighbors. But any plan showing the distribution of States red and blue make clear that such a separation is untenable. And remember, this was tried by the States of the South, in 1860 and it was not allowed for the same reasons our “government” would not allow it today – money and power!

The scenario in which overwhelmingly red states secede from the rest of the “blue” union independently (as Texas has threatened to do) and forming a latter day confederacy which would reconstruct itself as a sovereign nation is unlikely to succeed as the Potomac regime will go to any lengths to prevent it including calling in UN forces and making the final move toward a global government. It is also questionable whether the political will of most Americans would be strong enough to carry it out. More feasible solutions are nullification and a sort of de facto secession, a situation that is, at this moment, rather in place. It is most unusual for a state to ship its illegals to other states as Florida did with some of its “immigrants” when they were sent to Martha’s Vineyard in Massachusetts! This, of course, didn’t work for the wealthy liberals simply had the military remove these unwelcome guests though the lawns of most of the homes there had signs welcoming these invaders albeit to very different areas of the country well away from those same elites!

For any type of residential segregation to work, a process needs to begin whereby white Americans make it their business to move to select areas of the country with conservative and right-wing populist leanings. These would include Greater Appalachia, the lower Midwest, the Great Plains and many parts of the West. Attention should be paid to select counties with the “right stuff” though even that will not prevent the wrong way of life if the more populated areas of the chosen state are blue. As such successful strategic relocation occurs, our people must make it their business to seek offices that will assure that the move was not useless. For instance, such offices as sheriff, mayor, county prosecutor, and school board member(s) in smaller communities are essential. If the residents are the sort of folks that the new residents believe, their participation in local government will be gladly accepted. Here and there, there will be a vacancy where there is no Republican or other conservative running for a post and to do so will give the newcomer an edge in not having to compete with the usual run-of-the-mill politician for whom the ordinary citizen would usually vote. Instead, these often abandoned voters  would be able to turn to you because you have an accepted party label. All these offices can be power positions in which new residents would be able to exert great influence and as a result,  the concept of a parallel society could be implemented.

Schooling is an essential example of the need to get out of “the system!” Given the danger of our nation’s “schools,” homeschooling has become for most decent people the only option available to both protect and educate their children. Families that homeschool should get together in a community and either create their own community schools or provide support for homeschooling parents. These “community schools” must join to form power blocks, creating governing influences in their areas. In such a way, decent Americans can conquer existing political structures over time. The simple fact is that there has never been a successful revolution without a parallel system in place prepared to take over when the opportunity presents itself. Our own national revolution is an example of that. There was no great change when the colonies became independent. State governments and interstate cooperation continued as it had done for generations before the revolution. Similarly, parallel legal entities must be prepared to step in while, at the same time, we will need to create co-ops and economic groupings in which members work together to satisfy their economic and practical needs to the extent feasible. Business enterprises thus formed will take in doxxed dissidents and those discriminated against by the system for their expressed political leanings. Barter/social credit systems and scrip developed especially for this group will be employed for in-group transactions.

There are many ways to fight and possibly win without directly confronting the system. Good people must find a Christian church that’s not yet of the devil – they do exist! – and become active in it in order to form a coalition of church members in the society to help create the required groups for an established Christian society. It is easier to make important connections with church members than with associates from parochial settings. In these dangerous days in which the Deep State is able to see and know everything, it is wise avoid cocktail chatter over the insanities of the present system including national debt, balanced budgets and etc. because these are beyond anything the average person can influence. Furthermore, they encourage the interest of Big Brother! Rather, we should discuss the issues that individuals and small groups can influence and especially issues pertaining to the war on whites and how we can survive it.

The average person is both uninformed and misinformed but above all, most people are afraid. The government knows that and uses our fear as a weapon against us. If anyone wishes to see the present fear “blueprint,” read what knowledgeable people have written about the so-called “COVID” pandemic and how the whole world virtually in days was able to cooperate enough to destroy our individual freedoms in the every part of the globe! Many of us have become so gun-shy that what we most fear is being considered different or “making waves.”  Unfortunately, cowardice is a great burden to any struggle against a demonic agenda and many, to escape discomfort, gradually turn from frightened obedience to apathy and sloth so that the moral coward will not even lift a finger to help even when he could do so without anyone being the wiser. We see this in the very fact that there were no large groups of white people chanting “white lives matter” outside the courthouse when the McMichaels were legally lynched in an unprecedented and grievous miscarriage of justice. There would have been danger in such a response as we have seen in many instances, the January 6th “insurrection” being a prime example of the war on decent, law abiding whites making our grievances known.

Of course, such a demonstration could have been kept under wraps without stirring up the usual suspects but again, as we all know, there is no guarantee of being allowed our constitutional right to freedom of assembly or the freedoms of speech and dissent. It seems the illegality of being white “trumps” the United States Constitution. Nevertheless, rather than run the risk of the tyrannous lash of the Deep State, many of the people with our sympathies rather than voicing their outrage against the destruction of our rights and liberties, were home watching that basically anti-white humiliation ritual known as “professional sports.” It seems that far too many conservatives are so lazy and/or apathetic that they will not boycott even a sporting event or refuse to purchase a product from an offending manufacturer though such actions are both infinitely easy and uniformly safe in that they are without such consequences as dozens of heavily armed flak-jacketed FBI goons breaking down one’s door at 2 A.M.

Finally, there should be ongoing and widespread protests all over the country by all decent people and not just whites over the J6 kangaroo court proceedings as the entire illicit false flag operation has been pretty much exposed for what it was as and the media has been called out for their collusion in the matter. There needs to be a deep sense of consciousness of our plight and the engendering of a spirit of solidarity and sacrifice evidenced by all whites getting involved in organizing and participating in useful activities as opposed to spending time in the “bread and circuses” provided by the Deep State. Hollywood and sports have done more damage to us and our country than Hitler ever did! At present, we have the most heavily armed civilian population in history but most sit idly by while our constitutional rights are trashed and our slavery and/or death arranged. Preppers and Libertarians invoke and practice useless “individualism” while caches of custom AR-15’s and ammo gather dust. The Deep State loves “individuals.” Individuals have never won any battle! Rather, they are overwhelmed by groups and especially armed groups!

Our present “individuals” will have to get with it and (surreptitiously) form community militias if they do not want to have such weaponry as they possess taken from them, a campaign that has been waged virtually for decades! Of course, once that happens – and it has happened elsewhere in the West as in Australia! – it is very easy to take their rights and their lives away. But today, they waste their time “defending” stupid and useless “rights,” many of which are favorites of our oppressors such as the right to an abortion and to produce and view pornography as well as the right to declare one’s own pronouns as one chooses one’s own gender! Free speech has never been about pornography or obscenity but about making one’s God-given beliefs known in the public square and having the right to refuse what this evil culture demand that you accept! Remember, in Law, silence means assent!

And, finally, for those who do “show up,” some may praise them as patriots but when the audience feels threatened, they will immediately be condemned as “Nazis” or “fascists” for their attempt to enlighten people with the truth of our current condition. These warriors will live in fear as much as anyone else but they will consider their duty to others more important than their own well-being. These are heroes that during the early Christian Church were called witnesses – that is, martyrs. But do not be fooled! The future belongs to those who show up! Those with important talents should use them for the cause and not fritter away their talents and lives over meaningless trifles. The war on whites is indirectly a war on humanity itself – it is even a war on God! Our enemies aren’t just trying to rebuild the Tower of Babel but are trying to undue God’s creation – Mankind – and especially as that creation appears in certain races and nations. When all seems lost, remember that it was white men that built Western Civilization. If we stand together and with our God, we can – and will – rebuild it.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




If I Was Running for Political Office Today…

Ms. Smallback

October 18, 2022

If I was running for office in America today, I’d prefer to run as an independent, unaffiliated candidate.  Of course, that’s not an option in our political system so I would be forced to choose one that doesn’t really reflect or represent who I am or what I specifically stand for, considering the two primary party’s current platforms.

With that said, I would run on that party’s platform that I could closest relate to, which would be a poor representation of my beliefs.

If I were running today, I would run on the following principles…

A representative, not a politician

I would run as a representative of the people as close to the truest intent of representation as I could do.  My goal and my aim would be to be a voice for the people I was elected to represent (district, municipal, county, state, etc.).  My primary objective would not be to bring my personal interests into the legislative and/or governmental arenas.  My primary objective would be to be a voice for the people of my given arena.

I would have two basic qualifiers for my representation of the will of the people:

  • Does it preserve personal liberty? (without causing harm)
  • Does it violate the U.S. Constitution?

Whatever legislation or matter was on the governmental table at the time of my service, those would be my baseline criteria.

Does it violate someone’s personal liberty?  Let’s define that:  the ability to make choices for your own life without causing harm to another or violating another’s ability to make choices for their own life.

Does it fall within the U.S. Constitution’s guidelines or does it violate them in any fashion?  I recognize there is a lot of gray area in some of these realms, and that’s where the discussion needs to occur, both in the community and in the political arenas.  (But basically anything that violates the Bill of Rights I could never endorse.)

How would I attempt to represent my constituents?

I would set up a transparent forum, probably multiple forums [phone, email, social media, etc.], where my constituents, the people who elected me, could voice their concerns on any matter.  If there’s pending legislation, even past legislation, or proposed future legislation, I want to hear from the people I’m representing.  I want to be their voice.  If they have concerns, if they’re angry, worried, happy, whatever, I want to hear it.  If they have suggestions, I want to hear it.

I will publicly post my position on said matter and if at least fifty percent of my constituents do not voice or in some way record their will in the matter in difference (or opposition), I will vote according to my publicly posted stance.

As an issue arises, I will represent the will of the people in my area insomuch as they have communicated with me.  I will represent the majority with my vote – even if I disagree with the majority – as long as it falls within the two guidelines mentioned prior.   (It cannot violate the U.S. Constitution and cannot infringe personal liberty).

I would be, after all, hired to represent the will of the people in my area.  That’s what representing their voice means.

What about the minority?

This is where the public discussion and dialogue needs and in fact, must, take place.  The minority voice must be heard (at least by me).  I will meet with those with a minority voice to hear their concerns and try to form viable options or solutions to their concerns with other legislation or otherwise solution-oriented actions.

I will be as accessible as possible, will encourage town hall meetings or otherwise public gatherings for public discussion, and/or will have an online forum for discussion and (appropriate) debate.  I will seek to find outlets, people and/or organizations to hear, address, and actively pursue solutions to relevant needs represented by people groups in my area, as much as humanly possible.

Often meeting the needs of the majority can create difficulties for the minority, or leave glaring voids in the needs of the minority.  One man’s solution can become another man’s obstacle or even detriment.  Representing Americans means representing as many as possible, not just the majority.  I would strive to find or form viable solutions for as many as possible, insofar as the government is able.  I would not rest with merely representing the majority.

I would even seek to find solutions outside the government as much as I could.  Most of the times the private sector has handled problem solving far more efficiently than the government.

Speaking of discussion….

The public arena has become less and less a venue for viable discussion on societal concerns.  It used to be in America that people gathered in homes, in churches, in parks and other places to discuss matters concerning public life.

Today social media has taken the place of many of those public gatherings, for the most part.  That would be acceptable if all voices could be heard.  But such is not the case anymore.  Because of growing censorship, there are now qualifiers for statements, punishments for contradictory statements, and a lack of basic good manners over all.  People are quickly losing the ability to have a public discussion with multiple perspectives being discoursed.

Regardless of methodology, the discussion must happen for societal growth.  Bad ideas are exposed when they are fleshed out and challenged.  Good ideas are birthed from exposure to multiple perspectives of an issue.

Possible conflicts….

I am a Christian.  I happen to believe there’s a better way for a lot of the issues that are out there today.

That said, if I were to be honest, I’d assess that America is a post-Christian nation.  While there may seem to be a majority of Americans that profess to be Christians, they don’t necessarily follow the tenets and principles of the faith as outlined in the Scriptures.  Most don’t seem knowledgeable about the principles of God, the character of God, or the will of God.  Most seem ignorant of even the written Word of God.  Calling oneself a Christian isn’t a benchmark for reflecting Christian principles in one’s life.

That’s not a judgment; it’s just an observation of our nation today.  I find America to be a post-Christian nation.

I realize that my Christian convictions and beliefs would be archaic to some, out of touch to others, restrictive to many, and any number of other criticisms you could think of.  But I would not be running for office as a Christian; I’d be running as an American that believes in the voice of the people within the parameters of the U.S. Constitution and the principles of freedom, personal liberty.

If a matter of legislation was to be voted on that countered my Christian principles, I would vocally dissent to the matter with explanation.  But if the majority of my constituents were in favor of the legislation I disputed, I would vote with my constituents, unless it violated the U.S. Constitution or one’s personal liberty.

I’m not God.  As a Christian I am an ambassador for Christ.  That means I represent the kingdom of God to the kingdom of the world.  The kingdom of the world can reject God’s kingdom, and choose ways contrary to God’s kingdom.  I, as a Christian, choose not to.  But I’m not here to tell you what to choose, only to show you what I understand God’s will in any given matter.  The choice is still yours.  That’s part of the burden and privilege of freedom.

Let’s talk about freedom for a minute.

Freedom is precious to Christians, and it should be precious to Americans.  Until recently, we have had the right to criticize our rulers, to challenge what we interpret as injustice, and to congregate to affect change (to name a few).  That is not possible without fear of repercussions (some quite severe) in most other nations of the world.  (and is quickly becoming the same here)

Freedom is the basic tenet of the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution of the United States of America, and especially the Bill of Rights.  Freedom is what sets America apart from almost all the other countries of the world.  Freedom is what drives millions of people from other nations to seek refuge and citizenship in America.  Without freedom, we are just another European, South American, or Asian country.

The ability to make one’s own decisions, to determine one’s life course insomuch as it does no harm to another and does not impede another’s abilities to make decisions for their own life, is freedom in its purest form.  That’s what America was founded upon.  Remove the guarantee and foundation of freedom and you kill America.

There are a lot of laws in America that impede freedom right now.  There are a lot of laws in America that promote immorality.  As a Christian, I oppose both.   I could glean from my understanding of God to help shape public policy insofar as my constituents would allow.  But understand this:  God allows us the freedom to choose our own welfare, to choose life and death, to choose straight or crooked, to choose health or sickness.  And with every choice comes a consequence.

As a Christian we learn that it is for freedom’s sake itself that Christ sets us free.  (Galatians 5:1)  We’re admonished to stand firm in our freedoms or we can unwittingly be placed into bondage, serving something or someone against our will.  This is most precious to every serious Christian, and is reflective in the principles of America as well.  Freedom is the highest ideal.  If it’s the premise of our nation, I allow you the freedom to choose your path and convictions, just as you allow me mine.  We don’t have to agree or be the same, but the sake of freedom allows us to — up to the point we infringe on another’s ability to be free (without causing harm).

Scripture tells us that as a Christian all things are permissible (because we are free) but not all things are beneficial (healthy).  So we choose to limit some of our freedoms and to exercise restraint against things that hinder health and growth.  (1 Corinthians 6:12, 10:23)  This reiterates there is a law of cause and effect, choice and consequence of choice.

For example, sexual sins carry the weight of sexually transmitted disease, unwanted pregnancy, physical illnesses, seared consciences that lead to depravity like pedophilia and child trafficking, etc.  Those are just some of the consequences for choices that counter the principles of God.

Redefining humanity, human DNA, human biology, etc. apart from God’s design comes with its own consequences, some of which we may not discover until the damage is done.

Failing to enforce the sanctity of life, whether it be the security to live in one’s own home, on one’s own land, or the preservation of the frail and weak, or differences in culture, or any number of other scenarios of honoring life comes with consequences of violence, death, destruction and societal disruptions.

Freedom is choice and choices have consequences — some instant, most not.  The choice to murder the unborn carries consequences that pollute the land, but most are unwilling or unable to see such.  Being in a post-Christian nation does not easily allow Christian truths to enter the public arena for much more than ridicule.  But ignoring or disregarding such truths does not eliminate the consequences of them.

Americans may indeed choose to legislate immorally, and as a Christian I may understand there is a better way.  I’m happy to share what I’ve learned and understand of God’s higher ways, but the freedom to choose them is even more important than the value of the higher ways.  It is the highest emulation of the love of God to allow freedom, for that is both what God has given us and who God is.

As an elected representative, one is supposed to represent the will of the people within the parameters of the Constitution of the United States, and to preserve the liberty of Americans’ personal lives.  It would be my hope as a Christian these are not exclusive to the principles of Christianity, but if we’re rightly governing America and America should choose to establish immoral laws, my freedom as an American Christian should enable me to follow my God morally even in the midst of an immoral society.  That is, after all, what liberty in America is about.




There Was No Insurrection in DC

By Lex Greene

October 18, 2022

Socialist governments all over the world are facing angry citizens rising up to depose them in true “insurrections.” But not in the USA, yet…

Governments are notorious for constantly lying to “the people,” usually because they think “the people” don’t have a need to know, a right to know, or any interest in knowing. The simple truth is, politicians seldom tell the truth, and our current government controlled news and social media outlets, seldom tell the truth either.

In this case, U.S. government officials and their media have continued a trail of outright lies concerning the events of January 6, 2021, Washington D.C. – If you think J6 was an “insurrection,” you have just proven that you have no clue what an insurrection is!

For going on two years now, a small cabal of anti-American far left extremists in congress have spent millions in taxpayer funds to allegedly “investigate” the so-called “insurrection” via the very carefully selected “Select Committee.” The nine member committee is made up of seven far left democrats and two RINO republicans, both of whom recently lost their bids to remain in congress. (a 78% to 22% democrat controlled committee, and the two RINOs are the 22%)

(These nine idiots are the only nine people in the country you are allowed to hear from on the matter.)

All nine members have led the anti-Trump circus in congress since Trump came down the escalator to announce his bid for the White House in 2015. Most, if not all of them, have been directly involved in the fake “Russian Collusion” DNC conspiracy, initiated, funded, and run by the Hillary Clinton campaign and DNC in 2016.

In June of 2022, the (very) “Select” Committee ended its mock investigation with no criminal referrals to the Department of Justice. Yet, today, they are still holding more and more hearings, including recently issuing a subpoena for former President Trump to appear before congress. The dog and pony show continues, merely due to a critical election cycle taking place in just a few weeks.

What an INSURRECTION Really is…

In brief, an insurrection is an attempt to overthrow a legitimate duly elected government, by force. It’s an “uprising” by the citizenry with the clear stated purpose of deposing one system or government to replace it with another. True insurrections are almost always “armed,” due to the armed forces protecting the government.

1776 is a good example of a real “insurrection,” wherein “the people” took up arms to overthrow the British in the American Revolution, replacing the British government with their own independent government, of, by and for the people. That’s an “insurrection.”

The proper word for what happened on January 6, 2021, is something between a “political rally and/or a political protest,” nothing more.

Where it Happened

The rally took place on the public square at the nation’s capitol. The so-called “insurrection” happened when some of “the people” entered “the people’s House.” Clearly, the “public servants” who work inside that House, have forgotten who that House actually belongs to. It belongs to “the people,” not the public servants of “the people.”

Those people were let into the building by capitol police that day. There’s plenty of video evidence showing exactly that. The only people armed that day were government employees and the only person shot that day, was an unarmed rally goer Ashli Babbitt, who was no threat to anyone.

If you know what an insurrection is, then you know that what happened on January 6, 2021, wasn’t one, not even close.

Why they falsely labeled J6 an “INSURRECTION”

  1. In the USA, “the people” have an inalienable protected Right to “peaceful public assembly” and “redress of grievances.” (1st Amendment)
  2. “The people” also have an inalienable Right to “Keep and Bear Arms,” although they didn’t that day. (2nd Amendment)
  3. The U.S. Government is prohibited from using military force against “the people” under the Posse Comitatus Act. (With one exception, below)
  4. “The people” have an inalienable Right to “alter or abolish” government when that government becomes a threat to Life, Liberty, Sovereignty, Security and Justice. (Declaration of Independence)

Democrats and a couple RINOs who hate Trump and the USA, labeled the events of January 6, 2021, an “insurrection” because that would allow the President of the United States (Joe Biden) to bypass the Posse Comitatus Act and use military force against the American people. The Constitution grants the President that authority, but only in the event of an “insurrection.”

U.S. Law under 18 U.S. Code § 2383 – Rebellion or Insurrection – reads as follows…

“Whoever incites, sets on foot, assists, or engages in any rebellion or insurrection against the authority of the United States or the laws thereof, or gives aid or comfort thereto, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both; and shall be incapable of holding any office under the United States.”

Now, honestly, that’s a great definition for BLM and ANTIFA, or the leftists threatening the USA from within, like George Soros and Bill Gates, or from abroad, like Klaus Schwab and his evil World Economic Forum, the nine panel committee itself, and folks like Barack Obama, Nancy Pelosi, Chuck Schumer and Maxine Waters, all of whom openly told their supporters to “get in the faces of their political opponents” at restaurants, grocery stores and even their homes, not to mention all of the accessories to their crimes.

However, because those are the people in charge of the USA at present, they have turned it all against the American people, especially anyone who still believes in the founding principles and values of the greatest country ever known to mankind.

In the end, we currently have a government that believes that all Rights and Privileges come from them, at their pleasure. Our founding documents exist to prevent them from doing that. But I know from experience that most Americans have never even read those documents, in fact, many who never read them agree with the idea of getting rid of those protective documents.

A simple reality is…you can’t possibly know what’s wrong…unless you first know what’s right. Opinions are entertaining, but most of them are not based upon any facts or reality today. If you don’t know what’s true, you can’t know what’s false.

In the case of the J6 events, because “the people” have every Right to public assembly and a redress of their grievances, as well as a Right to occupy a House that belongs to them, there can be no truth to the claim of any “insurrection” on January 6, 2021.

Because ALL government power is “derived from the people,” that government has no ultimate authority over the people.

Just because a handful of highly partisan corrupt politicians claim it, and their corrupted mass media megaphone regurgitates it around the clock, doesn’t make it true at all. No matter how many times a lie is repeated, it’s still a lie.

But in order for the people to know what’s wrong with this (or any other) picture, they must first know what’s right. In sum, the J6 “investigation” is a complete and utter fraud against the American people. Numerous whistleblowers are finally coming forward to expose that truth.

“The People” are the source of ALL governmental powers in the USA. Therefore, government is a mere servant of the people, with no ultimate authority over their masters. It’s called “freedom and liberty.”

There is an ongoing debate over the origin of the following quote, originally attributed to Thomas Jefferson in a separate speech given in 1914, but now disputed by the democrat party “fact-checkers.” But no matter who first said it, the statement is 100% true.

“When governments fear the people, there is liberty.

When the people fear the government, there is tyranny.”

We happen to have both today. Millions of Americans fear their government, because the current government has acted in despotic tyrannical form against “the People,” going so far as to falsely label half of the citizenry “insurrectionists and “domestic enemies.” But it’s clear that the government also fears some of its’ People, specifically, the AMERICA FIRST segment of the population.

If you have seen any of the pictures of the crowd in DC that day, you know that the size of that crowd could have removed everyone from DC that day, if that’s what they set out to do, and they wouldn’t have even needed weapons to do it. If that’s what they intended to do, it would have been done that day, nothing could have stopped them, especially since Speaker Pelosi declined any security.

Just because the masters (the People) have not monitored or held their servants (politicians) accountable for many years now, doesn’t mean that they can’t, or never will. Sooner or later, human nature will demand nothing less than freedom, liberty, and justice.

Until then, the political foxes will continue to wreck the People’s henhouse.

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




This is NOT Another Cuba Missile Crisis

By Servando Gonzalez

October 17, 2022

Several articles have appeared in the past weeks alleging that the present situation with Russia could become another Cuban Missile Crisis. Nevertheless, I will show below why I don’t think so.

According to common lore, the Cuban Missile Crisis of October 1962 was a direct and dangerous confrontation between the United States and the Soviet Union during the Cold War and was the moment when the two superpowers came closest to nuclear conflict. Nevertheless, the Cuban missile crisis is still a very elusive historical event. For sixty years it has captured the imagination of the media, scholars, and the public alike, producing a veritable mountain of articles, scholarly essays and books. Still, after so much effort by so many privileged minds, some aspects of the Cuban missile crisis continue to defy any logical explanation and are as puzzling today as they were at the time of the event. Below, I am going to study some of the alleged evidence of the presence of strategic missiles and their associated nuclear warheads in Cuba in 1962.

Is “Photographic Evidence” Evidence at All?

The official story offered by the Kennedy administration, and accepted at face value by most scholars of the Crisis and later popularized by the American mainstream media, is that though rumors about the presence of strategic missiles in Cuba had been widespread among Cuban exiles in Florida since mid-1962, the American intelligence community was never fooled by them. To American intelligence analysts, “only direct evidence, such as aerial photographs, could be convincing.”

It was not until Sunday, 14 October, 1962, that a U-2, authorized at last to fly over the Western part of Cuba, brought the first high-altitude photographs of what seemed to be Soviet strategic missile sites, in different stages of completion, deployed on Cuban soil.

Once the photographs were analyzed by experts at the National Photographic Interpretation Center (NPIC), they were brought to President Kennedy who, after a little prompting by a photo-interpreter who attended the meeting, accepted as a fact the NPIC’s conclusion that Soviet Premier Nikita S. Khrushchev had taken a fateful, aggressive step against the U.S. by placing nuclear-capable strategic missiles in Cuba. This meeting is considered by most scholars to be the beginning of the Cuban missile crisis.

Save for a few non-believers at the United Nations —a little more than a year before, U.S. Ambassador to the UN Adlai Stevenson had shown the very same delegates “hard” photographic evidence of Cuban planes, allegedly piloted by Castro’s defectors, which had attacked positions on the island previous to the Bay of Pigs landing, which later found to be fakes— most people, including the members of the American press, unquestionably accepted the U-2 photographs as evidence of Khrushchev’s treachery.

Beginning with Robert Kennedy’s classic analysis of the Crisis, the acceptance of the U-2’s photographs as hard evidence of the presence of Soviet strategic missiles deployed on Cuban soil has rarely been contested. CIA director John McCone reaffirmed the same line of total belief in a Top Secret post-mortem memorandum of 28 February 1963 to the President. According to McCone, aerial photography was “our best means to establish hard intelligence.”

But both Robert Kennedy and John McCone were dead wrong. As Magritte’s picture The Treachery of Images masterly exemplifies, a picture of a pipe is not a pipe, and a picture of a missile is not a missile. A photograph of a UFO is not a UFO. Clint Eastwood was not Dirty Harry. Charlton Heston was not Moses. Tom Cruise is not a Naval Aviator. A picture, by itself alone, can hardly be accepted as “hard” evidence of anything. Linguist Alfred Korzybski masterly expressed it when he wrote, “The map is not the territory.” The fact is so obvious that no time should be wasted discussing it. It seems, however, that the very fact that it is so obvious —somebody said that the best way to hide something is by placing it in plain view— has precluded scholars from studying it in detail. Therefore, let’s analyze the obvious.

We are so used to dealing with photographs that most of the time we refer to them as if they were the real thing. A typical example is when a coworker pulls out of his wallet a photo of his family and says “this is my daughter, this is my wife, this is my dog, this is my house.” Of course, what you see in a photograph is not the real thing, just an image of the thing.

Missiles vs Images of Missiles

Most studies about the Cuban missile crisis repeat the extended opinion that the U-2 photographs were the hard, irrefutable evidence provided by the photo interpreters at the NPIC as the ultimate, incontrovertible proof that the Soviets had secretly deployed strategic missile bases in Cuba. But, in
order to become meaningful information, photographs need to be decoded (interpreted) by an
interpreter.

Being a subjective process, however, decoding is full of pitfalls. There is always the risk of aberrant decoding, by which a sign is interpreted as something totally different from what the creator of the sign originally intended to communicate. The process is known as aberrant decoding. In the case of the U-2 photographs, the NPIC photo interpreters incorrectly decoded the objects appearing in them as strategic missiles, instead of images of strategic missiles. But accepting the images of missiles as the ultimate proof of the presence of strategic missiles in Cuba was a big jump of their imagination, as well as a semantic mistake. A more truthful interpretation of the things whose images appeared in the U-2’s photographs would have been to describe them as “objects whose photographic image highly resemble the auxiliary equipment used in Soviet strategic missile bases.” But the photo interpreters at the NPIC confused —or rather felt forced to confuse— the images of the objects they saw in the photographs with the actual missiles. Afterwards, like mesmerized children, the media and the scholarly community have blindly followed the Pied Piper of photographic evidence. But, as in Magritte’s painting, a picture of a missile in not a missile.

With the advent of the new surveillance technologies pioneered with the U-2 plane and now extensively used by imaging satellites, there has been a growing trend in the U.S. intelligence community to rely more and more on imaging intelligence, now provided by satellites, and less and less on agents in the field (human intelligence, HUMINT). But, as any intelligence specialist can testify, photographs alone, though a very useful surveillance component, should never be passed as hard evidence. Photographs, at best, are just indicators pointing to a possibility which has to be physically confirmed by other means, preferably by trained, qualified agents working in the field.

Moreover, even disregarding the fact that photographs can be faked and doctored, nothing is so misleading as a photograph. According to the information available to this day, the photographic evidence of Soviet strategic missiles on Cuban soil was never confirmed by American agents working in the field. The highly quoted report of a qualified agent who saw something “bigger, much bigger” that anything the Americans had in Germany, omitted the important fact that what he actually saw was a canvas-covered object resembling a strategic missile. Actually, the missiles were never touched, smelled, or weighed. Their metal, electronic components, and fuel were never tested; the radiation from their nuclear warheads was never recorded; their heat signature was never verified.

According to philosopher Robert Nozick, the main criteria for considering a fact objective is that it is invariant under certain transformations, and he gives three characteristics that mark a fact as objective: First, “an objective fact must be accessible from different angles. Access to it can be repeated by the same sense (sight, touch, etc.), at different times; it can be repeated by different senses of the same observers. Different laboratories can replicate the phenomenon.” Second, “there is or can be intersubjective agreement about it.” Third, objective facts must hold “independently of people’s beliefs, desires, hopes, and observations or measurements.”

One of the golden rules of intelligence work is to treat with caution all information not independently corroborated or supported by reliable documentary or physical evidence. Yet, declassified Soviet documents, and questionable oral reports from Soviet officials who allegedly participated directly in the event, were accepted as sufficient evidence of the presence of strategic missiles and their nuclear warheads in Cuba in 1962. But one can hardly accept as hard evidence non-corroborated, nonevaluated information coming from a former adversary. Even if some day this becomes accepted practice in the historian’s profession, I can guarantee my readers that it will never be adopted in the intelligence field.

Photographs are just information, and information is not true intelligence until it has been thoroughly validated. As a rule, most counterintelligence analysts believe that only information that has been secretly taken from an opponent and turned over is bona fide intelligence. But, if the opponent had intended it to be turned over, it is automatically considered disinformation.

One of the principles of espionage work is that what is really important is not what you know, but that your opponent doesn’t know that you know. As CIA’s Sherman Kent pointed out, once the U-2 brought (what seemed to be) photographs of strategic missiles in Cuba, the main thing was to keep it secret. “Until the President was ready to act, the Russians must not know that we knew their secret.”

The fact that the Soviets had been so clumsy, failing to properly camouflage their missiles, surprised the American intelligence community. As it happens most of the time, however, American scholars found plausible explanations a posteriori for the Soviets’ behavior. These explanations ranged from flawed bureaucratic standard operating procedures to political-military disagreements, and pure and simple carelessness. Nevertheless, still today the fact constitutes one of the most unexplainable Soviet “mistakes” during the crisis. Probably one of the most known explanations was the one offered by scholar Graham T. Allison.

According to him, the failure to camouflage the missiles had a simple answer: bureaucratic procedures in the Soviet Army. Before the crisis, missile sites had never been camouflaged in the Soviet Union, so, the construction crews at the sites in Cuba did what they were used to doing, building missile sites according to the installation manuals, because somebody forgot to retrain them before they were sent to work in Cuba.

But, knowing the operational procedures of the Soviet Army, Allison’s explanation seems a bit too simplistic to be credible. First of all, the personnel assigned to do the job of building the missile sites were not common soldiers, but specially trained personnel. Secondly, even without disregarding the bureaucratic procedures common to all armies, it is a naive assumption to suppose that the Soviets could have made this type of gross mistake, particularly if they were trying to deploy the missiles in Cuba using deception and stealth, as the U.S. official version of the event claimed. Of course, this is only a variation of the “the-Russians-are-stupid” argument. This may also explain why the Soviet soldiers involved in Operation Anadyr (code name for the Cuban operation) were supplied with skis and cold weather gear and clothing before traveling to Cuba. But now we know that this was not because of an error, but part of the maskirovka designed to disguise the operation. According to U.S. intelligence sources, missile sites had never been camouflaged in the Soviet Union.

However, after Gary Power’s U-2 was shot down, the flow of information about Soviet missiles almost stopped completely. Aside from the fact that, being in the so-called “denied areas,” where no in situ verification by agents in the field was possible, we don’t know if the U-2 photos never detected camouflaged sites because the camouflage was so effective it avoided the missiles being detected. Also, there is the possibility that most of the missile sites photographed by the U-2s on Soviet territory had actually been decoys.

Also, one can safely assume that, after the Gary Powers U-2 was shot down in 1960 and the Russians discovered the high quality of its surveillance cameras, the Soviet Missile Forces would have changed their procedures and would have camouflaged their missile sites. Furthermore, Soviet military literature strongly emphasizes the importance of surprise (udivlenie) and deception (loz’n) in modern warfare.

Among it, the literature on camouflage (maskirovka), is particularly abundant. The Russian tradition of using camouflage to mislead goes back to the times of count Potemkin and the fake villages he ordered to build to fool Catherine the Great. Consequently, it is difficult to avoid the conclusion that, if the Soviet personnel in charge of installing the missiles failed to camouflage them, it was not because they were stupid, but because they were specifically ordered to do so.

The lack of adequate camouflage to hide the missiles from American observation is such a gross mistake that author Anatol Rappoport assumed that it was part of a Soviet plan by which the missile sites were meant to be discovered by American spy planes. During the height of the crisis, the Wall Street Journal reported that “the authorities here almost all accepted one key assumption: that Mr. Khrushchev must have assumed that his Cuban sites would soon be discovered.” The report also added that, according to one authority who had studied the photographic evidence, “The Russians seem almost to have gone out of their way to call attention to them.”

Similarly, the Cubans were aware of the quality of American air surveillance technology. In 1961, Life magazine published a report about the anti Castro guerrillas fighting in the Escambray mountains.

Some of the photographs illustrating the article had been taken by the U-2s. On several occasions Castro asked the Soviets to give him SAMs, and let his people operate them, but the Russians were reluctant. Although most of the Cubans assigned to the SAM bases were engineering students from the University of Havana, the Soviets only allowed them to operate the radars.

To the evidence offered above of the Soviets’ willingness to let the missiles be discovered, I can add some of my own. As a Cuban Army officer during the crisis I was assigned to headquarters and sent on inspection visits to several military units to assess their combat morale and battle readiness. One of these visits was to the Isle of Pines, where I visited a unit, deployed in an area close to the Siguanea peninsula, not far from a Soviet missile base located on the top of a nearby hill, not far from the coast.

The Cuban soldiers had aptly nicknamed the base “el circo soviético,” (the Soviet Circus), because of the canvas tarpaulins surrounding it. But the most interesting detail is that, though the tarps precluded observers from seeing the base from the ground, the base itself remained uncovered on top and in plain view to American spy planes. So, it seems that, though the Soviets apparently were eager to allow longdistance detection, they didn’t want any short-range observation of the missiles by the Cubans.

In another inspection I visited a Cuban Air Force base at San Antonio de los Baños, south of Havana. The visit occurred after president Kennedy had alerted the American public about the presence of missile bases in Cuba. Low-level American reconnaissance flights had begun, and Castro had ordered the antiaircraft batteries under his command to fire at American planes. Once at the base, we drove our jeep to the runway, where I saw in the distance several Mig fighter planes, which looked to me like MiG 15 or 17 models, lying like sitting ducks on the apron. On close inspection, however, we discovered that the planes were clumsy dummies made out of wood, cardboard and painted canvas. An officer at the base told us that the real planes were well protected and camouflaged.

As we were talking to other officers at the end of the runway, the antiaircraft batteries received a phone call telling them that American planes had entered Cuban airspace, and one of them was flying in our direction. A few minutes later, what seemed to me like a RF-101 Voodoo reconnaissance aircraft overflew us at treetop level, too fast for the inexperienced young soldiers manning the four-barreled
antiaircraft guns to open fire.

Though the dummies on the runway were perhaps good enough to fool the high-flying U-2s, they were too clumsily made to fool low-flying reconnaissance planes. The fact, however, that the Soviets had used decoy planes (and probably other types of decoys) in Cuba during the Crisis has never been mentioned in any of the U.S. declassified documents pertaining to the Crisis. Also, it is difficult to believe, to say the least, that Soviet maskirovka had worked so well on other aspects of the Cuban operation, but failed on the most important part of it: covering the strategic missile bases from prying American eyes. Therefore, there is a strong possibility that the missiles deployed in Cuba, like the ones Khrushchev was displaying in Moscow’s parades, were a ruse de guerre; nothing but empty dummies.

It is known that, after Gary Powers’ U-2 was shot down in May, 1960, the Soviets hurriedly began building dummy SAM silos. Dummy tanks, guns, and other types of war matériel were regularly deployed to confuse the sky spies. According to some sources, as late as 1960, even some units of the newly created Soviet Strategic Rocket Forces were not getting real missiles, but dummies.

Camouflage in warfare can be used either passively, to conceal from the enemy the true thing, or actively, to mislead the enemy into accepting a false one. From the point of view of semiotics, camouflage is intentional false encoding with the purpose of deceiving the decoder. Furthermore, in semiotic terms, camouflage can be defined as the art of confusing the enemy to make him believe that a sign of a thing is the thing itself, that is, to induce the enemy into magical thinking.

The case I have developed above is based on the unavoidable fact that even if the U-2 photos showed what looked like Soviet MRBMs in Cuba in 1962, photographic evidence alone cannot guarantee that real missiles were there. But now comes the most extraordinary thing about the alleged presence of strategic nuclear missiles in Cuban soil in 1962. High resolution copies of both the U-2 photos and the low-altitude photos taken later, are available on the internet for everybody to see. Nowhere in these photos, however, you can find anything resembling a Soviet intermediate-range ballistic missile. The photos show no missiles at all!

What you can see, though, are some elongated objects covered by tarps, which we have been told are MRBMs, and some small concrete bunkers, which we have been told contained the nuclear warheads for the missiles. Of course, only Cold War true believers can take those claims as facts.

The photo interpreters at the NPIC allegedly had positively identified the missiles when they spotted what looked like tail fins sticking out under the tarpaulins. They were identical to the fins of the MRBMs they had photographed in Moscow in the may day parade that year. But, again, making a dummy of a box containing a missile is even easier than making a dummy of a missile.

So, you may use any name you want to name the present crisis with Russia. But, please, don’t call it another Cuban Missile Crisis. Vladimir Putin is not Nikita Khrushchev and Putin’s nuclear missiles are not dummies. Moreover, as any hunter can tell you, provoking a bear is not a good idea.

For a detailed analysis of the Cuban Missile Crisis you may read my book The Nuclear Deception: Nikita Khrushchev and the Cuban Missile Crisis.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com




What About America’s Conflicted and Confused Future?

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 17, 2022

In the October 2022 rendition of Time Magazine, Pulitzer Prize winning writer Jon Meacham wrote a deliriously idealistic piece titled: “How Our Great President Saved Democracy and We Can Too.”

In his commentary, he noted how Lincoln brought the South to its knees, freed the slaves and saved the Union. He talked about how polarized the north and the south were in 1861. He spoke to the super-polarization of America in 2022.

With incredible naivete, he felt that we can sew the nation back together by repeating what Lincoln said, “We are not enemies, but friends. We must not be enemies.”

But in 2022, we don’t have a “Great President.” We’ve got a senile, old man suffering from dementia and advanced age.

That might be okay for Mecham, but he lacks any understanding that America is no longer made up of a majority of European Americans. We’ve become a disastrously multiculturalized and culturally diverse nation.

Not wanting to see the editors pretend that Meacham actually understands his inane position, I wrote Time editors:

Dear Time editors: (letters@timemagazine.com)

Re: “How our Greatest President Lincoln Saved Democracy and We Can Too” by Jon Meacham, October 24, 2022, Time, page 42

The future of America resembles current-day Europe: death by immigration and cultural disintegration. Today, these two factors are splitting America at the seams. The fate of multicultural America coincides with the fate of the Roman Empire. Rome faced barbarians invading from the north, and the USA faces its own demise by Biden’s inviting 2,000,000 third-world illegal migrants pouring across our southern borders annually, as well as being invited into the country legally at over 1,000,000 per year. All of them carry different world views, contentious religions, incompatible cultures, and languages that cannot and will not coalesce with America—and, they possess no affinity for the American Way of Life.

While Lincoln faced one great question, which was slavery, 21st Century America faces a plethora of racial conflicts like Black Lives Matter, La Raza, CAIR, LuLac, Muslim Brotherhood and White Power. Like Rome, the majority descended in numbers while the minorities ascended in numbers toward ultimate power.

We can no longer pretend that we are a nation of compatible immigrants transforming into a melting pot. This past week in Dearborn, Michigan, with 300,000 Muslim immigrants, Jihadis Openly Called for Enforcement of Sharia Law in Michigan Schools While Non-Muslims Remained Clueless by John D. Guandolo.

“Jihadi leaders in Dearborn, Michigan put out the call to flood last Monday’s school board meeting and sharia-adherent Muslims turned out in droves to enforce sharia. Islamic schools in the United States teach the purpose of Islam is to impose “Allah’s divine law – sharia – on all humans on earth.” Sharia mandates that all non-Muslims convert to Islam or be subject to capital punishment.” (Source: UTT Newsletter, October 15, 2022)

Those Muslim immigrants cannot stand LGBQIA+ adherents who push for Gay Rights, Transgender Rights, Lesbian Rights, Queer Rights, Bisexual Rights and + Rights. In the Quran, it calls for death to all homosexuals and any other type of sexual proclivity. In Muslim lands, they throw them off the tops of buildings, behead them, cut their throats, hang them and shoot them. All in the name of the “all-merciful Allah.” If you can figure that one out, you’re a religious genius.

At the Dearborn City Council, the Muslims trashed the place because they only understand violence…to their women, animals and anyone who opposes them. The Quran will never tolerate or abide by the U.S. Constitution. That’s why Dearborn, Michigan lives by de facto Sharia Law, i.e., honor killings, female genital mutilation, no women’s rights, no animal rights, majority of them on welfare, and no allegiance to the U.S. Constitution.

And, there is nothing American laws can do about it because of their numbers, their enclave and their Quran.

When you see bumper stickers that read, “Celebrate Diversity…Celebrate Multiculturalism,”—-which American women do you see lining up at the local female genital mutilation clinic or can’t wait for their turn at an honor killing? Note: there are 20,000 honor killings in Muslim-dominated lands annually. (Source: United Nations “Honor Killings”) What American woman would love to be controlled by her man 24/7? What American woman would want her education taken away by devout Muslims who want to keep their women illiterate?

At the same time, we’re facing 800 languages being spoken in New York City by immigrants refusing to learn English. Much the same in California. You must understand that a person with a different language than English, understands and sees the world in a totally different context than an American citizen. As we allow more linguistic confusion to overrun our own language, we shall see more conflict. It’s inevitable.

When you add catastrophic climate destabilization, toxic air pollution over our cities, species extinction rates, gridlocked traffic, water shortages, energy exhaustion, accelerating human population growth to add 100 million people to America by 2050, and resource depletion—you’ve got a recipe exploding ten times worse than what took down the Roman Empire. It will take us down, too.

The late Colorado Governor Richard D. Lamm said at a speech in Washington DC in 2003: “If you believe that America is too smug, too self-satisfied, too rich, then let’s destroy America. It is not that hard to do. No nation in history has survived the ravages of time. Arnold Toynbee observed that all great civilizations rise and fall, and that, “An autopsy of history would show that all great nations commit suicide.”

That’s where we’re headed.

I’m a certain that Time Magazine’s Jon Meacham lacks any understanding of history, diversity’s dangers, multiculturalism’s insanity and the results of tossing endless languages onto the American landscape.

The third world suffers because it/they are overpopulated, suffer from mass illiteracy, conflicted religions, brute-force leaders who, themselves, cannot solve their problems.

And all of them are invading our country. At some point, their numbers will overwhelm our ability to function. I can see it coming as surely as the coming of the dawn.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




The Importance of Your Vote, Part 2

By Pastor Roger Anghis

October 16, 2022

The subject of abortion has been a very volatile subject for quite some time. Liberals demand that it be made available up to and including after birth. The election of Donald Trump assured the voters that he would appoint jurists that would adhere to the Constitution and not read something into it as the 1973 Supreme Court did.

The liberals call it ‘reproductive healthcare’ when it is nothing more than after-the-fact birth control.  Even when using contraceptives about half of the women become pregnant.  In 2014, about half (51%) of abortion patients in the United States reported that they had used a contraceptive method in the month they became pregnant, according to a new analysis by Guttmacher researcher Rachel Jones. This proportion represents a slight decrease from 54% of abortion patients in 2000, the last time these data were examined. The methods most commonly used by abortion patients in 2014 were condoms (24% of patients) and the pill (13%).[1] You play adult games, and you win adult prizes. What we are seeing is people refusing to accept the responsibility for their actions and the life of an innocent child is thrown away for the convenience of its parents. I’m sorry, that isn’t ‘reproductive healthcare’, it is nothing short of premeditated murder.  But to hear liberals they want you to believe that every woman that wants an abortion, not needs but wants one, will die if they don’t get one.

Democrats are not satisfied with just aborting American babies they demand that the American taxpayer foots the bill for abortions around the world. On pages 82 and 83 of the Democrat platform, we see this:  Democrats will always protect sexual and redproductive health and rights. We believe that comprehensive health services, including access to reproductive care and abortion services, are vital to the empowerment of women and girls. We will support the repeal of the global gag rule (also known as the Mexico City Policy) and measures like the Helms Amendment, which limit safe access to abortion. We will also restore and expand American contributions to the United Nations Population Fund to help guarantee access to health care for women and children around the world and eliminate child, early, and forced marriage.[2] It is more than obvious that the Democrat Party is bound and determined to kill as many babies as they can.

In looking at the Republican Party Platform we see an entirely different outlook towards the unborn. On pages 13-14 in the platform it states: The Constitution’s guarantee that no one can “be deprived of life, liberty or property” deliberately echoes the Declaration of Independence’s proclamation that “all” are “endowed by their Creator” with the inalienable right to life. Accordingly, we assert the sanctity of human life and affirm that the unborn child has a fundamental right to life which cannot be infringed. We support a human life amendment to the Constitution and legislation to make clear that the Fourteenth Amendment’s protections apply to children before birth. We oppose the use of public funds to perform or promote abortion or to fund organizations, like Planned Parenthood, so long as they provide or refer for elective abortions or sell fetal body parts rather than provide healthcare. We urge all states and Congress to make it a crime to acquire, transfer, or sell fetal tissues from elective abortions for research, and we call on Congress to enact a ban on any sale of fetal body parts. In the meantime, we call on Congress to ban the practice of misleading women on so-called fetal harvesting consent forms, a fact revealed by a 2015 investigation. We will not fund or subsidize healthcare that includes abortion coverage. We support the appointment of judges who respect traditional family values and the sanctity of innocent human life. We oppose the non-consensual withholding or withdrawal of care or treatment, including food and water, from individuals with disabilities, newborns, the elderly, or the infirm, just as we oppose euthanasia and assisted suicide. We affirm our moral obligation to assist, rather than penalize, women who face an unplanned pregnancy.[3]

Without a doubt, even though not perfect, the Republican Party stands for the life of both the unborn and the living.  We don’t have a culture of death like the liberals do. There are more differences between the two parties than I can cover in a couple of columns.  But the differences are stark. Democrats have exhibited the demand to control all we do, the jabs, mask mandates, lockdowns, and now demanding that we all drive electric vehicles and then tell us we can’t charge them like they just did in California. The Republicans believe that the Tenth Amendment should govern what the federal government can and cannot do. On pages 15-16 the Republican platform states: Federalism is a cornerstone of our constitutional system. Every violation of state sovereignty by federal officials is not merely a transgression of one unit of government against another; it is an assault on the liberties of individual Americans. Hence the promise of the Tenth Amendment: “The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the states, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.” The Constitution gives the federal government very few powers, and they are specifically enumerated; the states and the people retain authority over all unenumerated powers. In obedience to that principle, we condemn the current Administration’s unconstitutional expansion into areas beyond those specifically enumerated, including bullying of state and local governments in matters ranging from voter identification (ID) laws to immigration, from healthcare programs to land use decisions, and from forced education curricula to school restroom policies. We pledge to restore the proper balance and vertical separation of powers between the federal government and state governments — the governments closest to, and most reflective of, the American people.[4]

This election will decide if we stay free or continue down the road to socialism. Remember that you can vote your way into socialism but you have to shoot your way out. I think we just vote to stay out of socialism and that means we have to show up in droves to outvote the cheating that will be done by the liberals.

I may get a lot of mail on this but the most uninformed thing I have ever heard from the mouth of a Christian voter is: “I’m not going to vote for the lesser of two evils.” I’ve made a few of them mad by asking them when was the last time Jesus ran for public office. Of course, they have to answer He never did, my response then is: “You’ve never had anything but the lesser of two evils to vote for.” God expects us to put the least ’evil’ in office and to not vote is to vote for the worst of the two. Wake up and know we can’t play that game anymore. It is now or never that we have to take action to save the republic.

Wake up the other lions, we don’t have time to wake the sheep up.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. https://www.guttmacher.org/news-release/2018/about-half-us-abortion-patients-report-using-contraception-month-they-became
  2. https://democrats.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/08/2020-Democratic-Party-Platform.pdf
  3. file:///D:/Start_Here_Mac.app/File%20Hogg/NewsWithViews/The%20Importance%20of%20Your%20Vote/2016_Republican_Platform.pdf
  4. file:///D:/Start_Here_Mac.app/File%20Hogg/NewsWithViews/The%20Importance%20of%20Your%20Vote/2016_Republican_Platform.pdf



What Are You Holding On To?

By Rob Pue

October 16, 2022

What are you holding on to, that’s holding you back from being the bold, courageous, Christian soldier the Lord has called you to be?  I’ve stated many times that we will all be tested and face many trials and tribulations in this world — especially now, when every precept of God and His Word is  being tossed aside and trampled underfoot, while the world grows darker and more sinister by the day.

There ARE those who have stood strong in the face of these fiery trials.  Men and women of God who have remained steadfast and faithful — in speaking the truth, fighting for justice and doing spiritual battle against the dark forces that seek to destroy our lives and capture our very souls.  A pastor friend of mine was arrested by the FBI lasdt week — for simply being present in DC on January 6, 2021 — and for the content of one of his sermons.  He’s a bold, courageous pastor, and he’s led his church to push back against strip clubs in his town, against abortion, against the lies of the “transgender” movement and the LGBTQP+ agenda.  But he’s also a humble man, a non-violent man.  He’s never hurt a fly or encouraged anyone to engage in violence.  He simply speaks the truth, and for that, he has been “swatted” by the FBI.

I’m honored to call this man my friend.  Several other friends have already been visited by our now-weaponized FBI and questioned, for various things.  We can also see what’s happened to faithful pastors like Tony Spell from Louisiana, or Pastor Art Pawlowski in Canada as they’ve fought unjust tyranny and continued to minister the Word of God — even when government officials have told them to be silent, preach no more, and close their ministries down.

I’m reminded of Peter and John, having been arrested by the religious rulers.  In Acts 4, we read, “And they called them, and commanded them not to speak at all nor teach in the name of Jesus.  But Peter and John answered and said unto them, ‘Whether it be right in the sight of God to hearken unto you more than unto God, judge ye.  For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.’  So when they had further threatened them, they let them go, finding nothing how they might punish them, because of the people: for all men glorified God for that which was done.”

Then we have, as an example, the apostle Paul, who was sent to prison at least seven times, but that didn’t stop him either.  From prison, he wrote much of our New Testament.  These men, who gave up so much to preach the Word of God and salvation through Christ, remained steadfast in their service to the Lord, even though it cost them everything — and eventually their lives.

How completely different Christianity has become today.  The situation we find ourselves in now didn’t happen overnight.  Whether you want to believe it or not, our nation was founded on Christian, Biblical principles.  The martyrs of Scripture were examples to countless thousands of others who fought the good fight, ran the race well, and gave their all down through the centuries, for the sake of the Gospel — in service to their Lord and Savior.

But over the past few generations, the people of America and the world have chosen darkness rather than light.  They’ve chosen luxury and ease over engaging the wicked culture around us.  No one needs to wonder why our country and our world is writhing in despair today.  There’s no question why so many have been driven to madness and suicide, why so many now question even their own gender, why there’s so much violence, hatred and injustice.  God Almighty gave us a choice between darkness and light, between life and death, and we’ve chosen death.

Even our modern churches offer nothing of any significance.  The people in the pews may worship God with their lips, but their hearts are far from Him.  Their hearts are set on the things of this world.  Things they don’t want to let go of or lose.  They cling to the things of this world so tightly, that THINGS have become their “god.”  While church-goers may well have five or ten copies of the Bible in their homes, the vast majority of them are never opened.  Prayer has become a “last resort” after they’ve tried every other earthly thing they can think of in their times of desperation.

Romans 12:2 reminds us, “ Do not be conformed to this world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind, that by testing you may discern what is the will of God, what is good and acceptable and perfect.”  How many professing Christians actively pursue that advice from Paul today?  No, sadly, most are, indeed, conformed to this world; so much so that they cling to it tightly, as if they have no hope other than the stuff they possess.

Most Americans have become victims of their possessions.  Those things they covet so much and cling so tightly to, which they feel make their lives better, easier, more comfortable and luxurious are, in most cases, holding them as prisoners.  A secular song from the 1970s had these words: “So many times it happens, that we live our life in chains, and we never even know we have the key.”  Indeed.

In 1 John 2, we have this: “Love not the world, neither the things that are in the world. If any man love the world, the love of the Father is not in him.  For all that is in the world, the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life, is not of the Father, but is of the world. And the world passeth away, and the lust thereof: but he that doeth the will of God abideth for ever.”

Still we cling to our luxuries.  Our nice homes filled with fancy furniture, our cars and trucks, our big screen TVs, our computers, tablets, smart phones and other similar devices; many cling to snowmobiles, four-wheelers, campers and boats — all things that occupy our hearts and minds and suck away our time that could and should be used more wisely in doing exploits for the Kingdom of God, in service to the One we call our “Savior.”

A dear friend of mine, Coach Dave Daubenmire, heads up the Salt and Light Brigade.  I’m honored to have ministered alongside and under the direction of Coach’s leading in doing street ministry.  He taught me, and thousands of others how to do street ministry, by taking us there — showing us how.  And showing us we have nothing to fear as we preach the Gospel to the lost and perishing, as we seek to save babies being led away to slaughter, as we uphold a righteous Godly standard, even in the midst of hundreds of thousands of lost souls participating in “pride” parades.  Coach has been my “Paul,” and I’ve been his “Timothy.”

Besides street ministry though, the Salt and Light Brigade, which now has chapters in nearly every state, also responds to natural disasters.  Brigade members volunteer their time to do “disaster relief” after storms, tornadoes and hurricanes.  They go to these places, in the name of Jesus, and they get their hands dirty helping with cleanup.  They also feed hot meals to hungry people who have lost everything.  And they’ve re-built countless homes that have been utterly destroyed.  They do all this at no cost to the people they serve, because what they do, they do “as unto the Lord.”

A couple of things Coach Dave has noticed in these disaster areas is, first of all, the local churches almost never open their doors to help people in their own neighborhoods.  While Brigade members come from all parts of the country, some driving 24 hours or more to get there at their own personal expense, churches a block or two away from where they’re working remain closed, offering no help and no hope.

The other thing that really impacted Coach while doing disaster relief is how people view all their “stuff” after disaster strikes.  Prior to a hurricane, they hold onto it tightly, they value it highly, they protect it all and consider it all precious.  But after a hurricane, storm or tornado, when everything is destroyed, all they want to do is get rid of it all, but so many just can’t find a way to do that.  With trees uprooted and roofs badly damaged, all the furniture from these homes is soaked with smelly, filthy water; cars are wrecked, electronics destroyed, and all the boats, campers and other recreational vehicles have become heaps of rubbish.  What they once held so precious has all now become a curse that they can’t get rid of.

Friends, this is when people are most able to see clearly those things that matter most.  This is when they’re able to understand that the desires of the flesh, the desires of the eyes and the pride in possessions — is not from God, but of the world, and in the end, it’s all just meaningless, and even worse, a curse.

This is when Colossians 3:2 begins to make some sense: “Set your minds on things that are above, not on things that are on earth.”

After the recent devastation in Florida from Hurricane Ian, I dare say that many are finding that out today.  I suppose with enough insurance coverage, all the “stuff” can be replaced.  But how much better it would be if people would realize that all the “stuff” just doesn’t really matter in the end.  Survivors of disasters like these are grateful to be alive.  So considering again, then, the choice God has presented us all with: life or death, I’m sure most would choose life.

But life in this world is so insignificant to the eternal life that only Jesus can provide.  Only when we turn to Him in humble repentance and faith can we be assured of that life.  And when we earnestly seek Him and study His precious Word, He will reveal Himself to us — and fill us with His Holy Spirit, Who will be our Counselor and our Friend.  It’s only those who truly have Christ as their Lord and Savior who can stand in the midst of mounds of ruined “stuff” and maintain peace that passes all understanding.

Nothing is more important for us than to pursue God and Jesus Christ with all our hearts, minds and lives.  No luxuries, no conveniences, no form of entertainment can ever possibly measure up to the joy we can have by knowing we’re walking in the will of God and serving Him — indeed, doing EXPLOITS for His Kingdom — in this life.

So what is it that you hold most dear in this world?  Many will say their spouse or their children or grandchildren.  Yes, in this world, that would be the correct answer.  But an even better answer would be the MISSION that God has for you… and we all have a mission we were created to carry out for the Lord.  If you don’t know what your particular mission for God is, then draw close to Him.  Pursue Him, and He’ll show you what your job is supposed to be.  It’s not simply attending a church and then living like the rest of the world the rest of the time.  It’s not just doing “good deeds” either, though once you’re truly saved that will become more and more important to you, because it’s the fruit that grows from a saved soul.

Most of all, you’ll have a deep desire to turn away from the things of this world.  All that “stuff” that used to be so important to you, you’ll find just doesn’t matter that much anymore.  As you learn to live for the King, your priorities will fall in line.  And if you’ve been living in fear, you’ll find that fear falls away too, and is replaced with power, love and a sound mind.

You can still expect great persecution, because that’s part of the Christian life here on this earth, and even more so as the world grows darker and more wicked and evil.  You’ll find that the closer you draw to Christ, the more the world will hate you, and Jesus said it would be that way.  After all, it hated Him first.  But those who stand strong ‘til the end shall be saved.  That’s eternal life.  For most people, life in this world is the only “heaven” they’ll ever know.    For those whose names are written in the Lamb’s Book of Life, life in this world is the only “hell” they will ever know.

So refuse to allow any falsehoods or lies — about any topic — to go unchallenged.  Stand up for righteousness and justice, in whatever venue it’s needed… get involved in your school board, your library board, your city counsel, and wherever public policy is made.  Be there, to be the Salt and Light of God to everyone you come in contact with.  You have nothing worthwhile to lose, so be bold, be courageous and do exploits for God in these dark days, while you still can.  Proverbs 10:5, “He that gathereth in summer is a wise son, but he that sleepeth in harvest is a son that causeth shame.”

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 374.




The Gift of Perseverance Is Never Obsolete

by Rolaant McKenzie

October 16, 2022

Most Americans and Canadians probably still remember the popular anthology television series called The Twilight Zone, created by Rod Serling, which aired from 1959 through 1964, and continues in syndication today. Each episode tells a story in which the characters deal with often disturbing or unusual events, usually with a surprise ending and a lesson to be learned. Even today the phrase “twilight zone,” inspired by the series, is used in popular Western culture to describe strange or difficult-to-explain experiences.

One of the most memorable episodes was The Obsolete Man (Season 2, Episode 29, 6/2/1961). It described a future society ruled by a totalitarian state that took the tenets of Hitler, Stalin, and Mao to a greater extreme. Citizens determined to have no useful function to the state were declared obsolete, or nonessential, and executed. Romney Wordsworth was brought in and put on trial before the Chancellor to determine his existence in society. He professed his occupation as a librarian, and his belief in God. Since the state had eliminated books and libraries, it determined there was no use for librarians. Also, since the state had determined that God did not exist, all those who expressed faith in God were deemed to be without value. After an acerbic exchange, the Chancellor determined Mr. Wordsworth to be obsolete and sentenced him to death.

Mr. Wordsworth was granted the right to choose his method of execution as long as it was done within the mandatory 48-hour time period. He requested that he be granted a personal assassin, who would be the sole person knowing the method of his death, and that his execution be televised nationwide from his room. While highly unusual, the Chancellor agreed to both requests.

The Christian Martyrs’ Last Prayer by Jean-Léon Gérôme (May11, 1824 – January 10, 1904)

After technicians installed lights, a microphone, and a camera in his room, Mr. Wordsworth invited the Chancellor for the last hour before his execution at midnight. Out of curiosity he accepted this invitation, but also out of a desire to prove the fearlessness and strength of the state. With derision the Chancellor said to the condemned man,

“In a few moments you’ll be cringing and pleading just like they all do. You’ve got a worthless miserable little life, but you’ve also got an instinct for survival. And in a few minutes when you feel life slipping away, when you feel that your survival is just a question of minutes, we’ll see then which is the stronger, the state or the librarian.”

After a brief conversation, the librarian revealed the method of execution he chose. A bomb was set to explode in the room. The Chancellor expressed his approval of such a quick and painless death. But to his dismay, Mr. Wordsworth informed him that the door was locked, and they would die together, providing viewers with an opportunity to see how a librarian considered insignificant and obsolete by the state and a high authority of the state would react to facing imminent death.

With less than 30 minutes remaining, Mr. Wordsworth pulled out a worn, leather-bound book from a small wooden cabinet on the floor. He said,

“So, for myself, I am going to sit down and read my Bible. It has been hidden here for over 20 years. It’s a crime punishable by death, so it’s the only possession I have that has any value at all to me. So I am going to sit down and read it until the moment of my death.”

He read passages from the Psalms (23, 53, 59, and 130) expressing his trust in God. Mr. Wordsworth’s calm acceptance of death stood in sharp contrast with the Chancellor’s increasing panic as the countdown to midnight neared its end.

With less than a minute remaining, the Chancellor broke down and pleaded,

“Please, please let me out! In the Name of God, let me out!”

Mr. Wordsworth said to him,

“Yes, Chancellor. In the Name of God, I will let you out.”

And immediately he unlocked the door to let him out. The Chancellor with great relief and haste rushed out the door.

The last image those in the nation watching this televised spectacle saw was Mr. Wordsworth alone in his room with a peaceful look on his face, calmly holding his Bible close to him as the bomb exploded.

The librarian revealed in the story that, at the risk of death, he had a Bible hidden in his room for more than 20 years. He read it through the years to bolster his faith in God in a godless society. His habit of reading God’s Word helped him to trust Him, even to the point of facing death with calm assurance.

Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego faced a great test when Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, commanded all his government officials to bow down and worship the golden image he set up in the plain of Dura (Daniel 3). They could have rationalized obeying the king’s command since a fiery death awaited them if they failed to do so, or that it was done under great duress and God would understand since they did not mean to worship the image in their hearts. But they did not respond in this way.

Not fearing the anger of the king, they told him that their God was able to deliver them from the fiery furnace put in place to deal with those disobeying his mandate. And even if God did not rescue them, they would in no way worship the golden image. They would rather die than disobey God. The wrath of Nebuchadnezzar was kindled even more than before, so he increased the intensity of the fire seven times and had them thrown in. To the king’s amazement, not only were they not consumed, but he saw a fourth Person with them. This was a theophany, a pre-incarnate appearance of Jesus Christ. He Himself came and rescued His faithful children.

Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, because of their faith in the Lord and His Word (Daniel 1-2) had the divinely granted courage they needed to stand for God even though they did not know beforehand that they would be delivered. They were determined to remain faithful unto death.

Daniel himself, faced a similar situation when a law was put in place that prayers or petitions be made only to King Darius for 30 days, or else be thrown into a den to be consumed by lions (Daniel 6). He could have acquiesced and told himself that it was only for 30 days and that God would understand the impossible situation in which he was thrust. But because Daniel read, believed, and trusted the Word of God, he was gifted by Him to remain faithful and continue his prayers to Him only. Those seeking his demise prevailed upon the king to throw Daniel into the lion’s den, but the Lord kept shut the mouths of the lions so that they did not harm him. He did not know beforehand that God would deliver him, but he was determined to trust in Him alone in the face of a terrible death.

Polycarp, who lived between 70 and 155 AD, was a disciple of the apostle John, and is considered a father of the early Church. Several ancient sources document his written contributions, including letters written to the church at Philippi, where he encouraged the believers to remain strong in their faith and to flee from materialism. He served as bishop of Smyrna and was a defender of the faith against heresies like Gnosticism.

Perhaps the greatest contribution Polycarp made to Christianity was his martyrdom. During his life Roman emperors unleashed bitter persecution and death against Christians for denying the gods of Rome and proclaiming another Lord, Jesus Christ, instead of Caesar. The Roman government instituted a policy where its subjects were required to offer a small pinch of incense to Caesar’s statue and declare, “Caesar is Lord.” Those doing so would receive a certificate indicating that they did this and be allowed to participate in society. Those refusing would be executed.

Eventually Polycarp was arrested on the charge of being a Christian. His guards urged him to drop the pinch of incense and declare, “Caesar is Lord.” He could have done so and reasoned that he did not really mean it in his heart, just as some professing Christians had already done. But he did not do so. When brought before the Roman proconsul, an angry mob howled for his blood. But the proconsul took pity on the gentle old man and pleaded with him to acknowledge Caesar as Lord. If he did so he could avoid being torn apart by wild animals or being burned alive. He could at that hour go home in peace. To this Polycarp responded, “Eighty-six years I have served Christ, and He never did me any wrong. How can I blaspheme my King who saved me?” His full trust in Jesus and His Word granted him the fortitude from above to refuse to compromise his faith. As he was burned alive at the stake, he uttered his final prayer on earth:

“O Lord God Almighty, the Father of Thy well-beloved and blessed Son Jesus Christ, by whom we have received the knowledge of Thee, the God of angels and powers, and all creation, and of all the family of the righteous who live before Thee, I give Thee thanks that Thou hast counted me, worthy of this day and this hour, that I should have a part in the number of Thy martyrs and in the cup of Christ, to the resurrection of eternal life, both of soul and body, through the incorruptible blessedness of the Holy Ghost. Among whom may I be accepted this day before Thee as a rich and acceptable sacrifice, according as Thou, the faithful and true God hast foreordained, hast revealed beforehand to me, and now hast fulfilled. Wherefore also I praise Thee for all things, I bless Thee, I glorify Thee, through the eternal high priest, Jesus Christ, Thy beloved Son. Through whom glory be to Thee with Him, and the Holy Ghost, both now and forever. Amen.”

Jesus says in Mark 8:35,

“For whoever wishes to save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for My sake and the gospel’s will save it.” (Mark 8:35)

The apostle Paul in 2 Timothy 3:12 says,

“Indeed, all who desire to live godly in Christ Jesus will be persecuted.”

Today all over the world Christians face similar kinds of situations and choices. In numerous countries, identifying as a follower of Christ can lead to family estrangement, social ridicule, or loss of employment. In many Islamic and communist nations, believers preaching the gospel and gathering with other Christians face imprisonment and death. Increasingly in Western countries that formerly believed in freedom of religious expression, godless politicians and bureaucrats have forbidden believers from gathering together to worship and encourage one another. They have commanded that they cannot sing praises to God or corporately recite His word to bolster faith.

It would be easier to give in to fear and go along to avoid persecution as have many. However, others have faced fines and imprisonment for their obedience to Christ. God gifted them, and believers in many parts of the world facing greater persecution, with the courage and perseverance they needed because they trusted Him and His Word.

Leaving a religious organization or philosophy that denies the gospel brings its own challenges and can lead to some of the same kinds of consequences mentioned before. Forsaking family, home, culture, and other things that provide comfort for the sake of the gospel can seem to be an impossible thing. Especially if this includes imprisonment or loss of life. But things that are impossible for us are possible with God (Mark 10:23-30). The same God who caused us to be born again to a living hope through faith in Jesus Christ (1 Peter 1:3-5) also granted the gift of perseverance and encouragement.

“For whatever was written in earlier times was written for our instruction, so that through perseverance and the encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope. Now may the God who gives perseverance and encouragement grant you to be of the same mind with one another according to Christ Jesus, so that with one accord you may with one voice glorify the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ.” (Romans 15:4-6)

Reading and studying God’s Word in context helps us to trust in Him. The accounts in Scripture of the faithful who faced daunting tests and remained true to the Lord when it was easier to take a different path are not obsolete. They were written for our edification so that we may have hope and be encouraged to persevere in the tribulations of our time.

“Who will separate us from the love of Christ? Will tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword? Just as it is written, ‘FOR YOUR SAKE WE ARE BEING PUT TO DEATH ALL DAY LONG; WE WERE CONSIDERED AS SHEEP TO BE SLAUGHTERED.’ But in all these things we overwhelmingly conquer through Him who loved us. For I am convinced that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor things present, nor things to come, nor powers, nor height, nor depth, nor any other created thing, will be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord.” (Romans 8:35-39)

Knowing that nothing can ever separate us from the love of God through Jesus Christ gives us the divinely granted courage to leave false religion with all its worldly advantages for the gospel, suffer persecution with patience and hope, and even face death with calm assurance.

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




Mass Murder is Not a Hoax

By Cliff Kincaid

October 15, 2022

Stephen K. Bannon and Darren K. Beattie were on “Real America’s Voice” claiming the jury’s $1 billion verdict against Alex Jones is somehow a threat to the First Amendment and free speech. Nonsense. Jones lied about the victims of Sandy Hook and was taken to court for inflicting mental pain and suffering on the families of the victims.

This is not a First Amendment case.

It’s funny how conservatives complain about two standards of justice but in the Jones case they gripe that a jury of ordinary Americans rendered the verdict and then decided upon the damages, stemming from inflicting stress and anguish on the families. That is the way the system is supposed to work.

Are conservatives sympathetic to crime victims or not?

Jones repeatedly claimed the 2012 shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Newtown, Connecticut, which killed 26 people, including 20 children, was a hoax aimed at promoting tougher gun control laws. On this basis, he made money from gullible people who bought his vitamins, thinking they were promoting his “research” into the case.

Why Adam Lanza shot these people is something to be further investigated. Some evidence indicates he was involved in pedophilia.

But Jones did not do serious research. Instead, his claims of a hoax fed the media’s effort to make American conservatives look like morons and paranoid lunatics.

Jones told Bannon, “They’re coming after everybody else.” In fact, he is not a conservative and never has been. Yet the media persist in calling him “right-wing.”

Bannon’s defense of Jones should give pause to those legitimate conservatives who sometimes go on his show. They are making the conservative cause look bad. They are also hurting the Republican Party, which Bannon is associated with.

Jones will go down in history for making some of the most outrageously false claims in the history of American media. They include:

  • The Sandy Hook school massacre was a hoax.
  • Muslim terrorists were not responsible for 9/11.
  • The Boston Bombing was a “false flag” operation.
  • NATO and Israel provoked the Russian invasion of its former republic of Georgia in 2008.

You need to understand what this is all about.

Jones was a regular on Russia Today (RT), the English-language state-owned TV propaganda channel for the Russian government. Russia Today aired a three-part television series about 9/11 being an “inside job,” a claim also made by Jones. The Kremlin propagandists must have been laughing out loud at the thought that some Americans actually believe the U.S. Government engineered an attack on itself on 9/11 and blamed the Muslims.

The Jones film, “The Obama Deception,” featured a former member of the Lyndon LaRouche organization who believes that Karl Marx was a British agent. LaRouche began his career as a Marxist and, like Jones, claimed that the 9/11 terrorist attacks were an “inside job” carried out by U.S. operatives.

Russia Today was eager to publicize Alex Jones and his claims about 9/11, the Bilderbergers, bankers, and various other villains and culprits because they diverted attention from the nature of the communist threat in Russia.

This is not to say that there may be some truth in some of the claims that Jones makes about some of the groups and individuals manipulating U.S. policy. But Jones takes these claims to a ridiculous extreme, in order to create the impression that he somehow has inside information about the government and the forces behind it. That has been the key to his “success.”

Don’t be duped by Jones and his followers. They are not conservatives.

In researching school shootings and the rising crime in America, we need serious efforts to understand the demonic forces responsible for the murder and mayhem.

Consider the fact that Parkland school shooter and pothead Nikolas Cruz was just sentenced to life in prison for the 2018 massacre that killed 17 people. Cruz had told police about extensive drug use, including marijuana, and “demons” in his mind. His mother abused alcohol, cocaine and marijuana.

Personally, I believe he should have received the death penalty. That might be a deterrent of some kind to future such events. But that’s what a jury, brainwashed into believing Cruz was somehow a victim of his upbringing, decided.

A “Review of Cases of Marijuana and Violence” exposed numerous cases of marijuana linked to violence and mass murder. We need these facts before Maryland votes on November 8 to legalize (question #4) the drug state-wide.

Liberals who favor marijuana legalization react to these cases by urging more “gun control” laws, regardless of whether they are effective or not. It’s appropriate and necessary to challenge this claim and look into the motivations behind these tragedies and then impose the right punishment for the crime.

But when Alex Jones reacts, with no basis in fact, by saying that a particular mass shooting was a hoax, leading to harassment of the families of the victims, that’s unacceptable and wrong. He has been ordered to pay, based on the millions of dollars he made exploiting the tragedy. I do not sympathize with him.

What should be done, in general, is highlight the fact that millions of Americans and their families and children are not safe. Featuring Alex Jones as a victim of the justice system, somehow linked to a left-wing conspiracy, is a joke.

Bishop E.W. Jackson is sponsoring a special broadcast, “Stopping the Killing of Children in America’s Cities,” to focus attention on the top 10 cities in child killing since January 2020. “More people must express outrage at the sheer carnage of innocent children that the media overlook while demonizing police,” he says. For example, nine children under the age of 18 were shot dead in Chicago in 2020 between June 20 and July 8.

The father of one victim “asked why there haven’t been protests on behalf of victims like his daughter the way Black Lives Matter has staged events castigating police.”

Indeed, that’s one of the big questions.

But when conservatives embrace the scam artist Alex Jones, they make a mockery of their professed belief in law and order. They undermine their own “conservative” principles and can’t be taken seriously. In fact, they may not be conservatives at all.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Cuban Missile Crisis 60th Anniversary

By Dr. Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

October 18, 2022

This October 16 marks the beginning of the 60th anniversary of the Cuban Missile Crisis of 1962. What follows is my longer than usual research article about what actually happened during that crisis, which has been portrayed for the last 60 years as President Kennedy’s triumph over the Soviets. Actually, the Soviets won the confrontation.

With the recent television documentary, “Nuclear Nightmare: Inside the Cuban Missile Crisis,” there is renewed interest in Graham Allison’s path-breaking book, ESSENCE OF DECISION. In his book, Allison asked the basic questions: Why did the Soviet Union decide to place offensive missiles in Cuba? And why and how did the United States react the way it did by establishing a quarantine around that island nation?

At the conclusion of the 1962 Cuban missile crisis between the United States and the Soviet Union, the withdrawal by the U.S.S.R. of offensive missiles from Cuba was heralded as a great victory for President Kennedy. But in exchange for this withdrawal, the president guaranteed the safety of Castro’s Cuba from additional invasion attempts from the United States. What a few of us have asked since that time was, what if the guarantee was what the Soviets expected all along?

In late January [1989], top-level Soviet, American and Cuban officials who had been involved in the missile crisis held a two-day conference in Moscow in which Sergei Khrushchev, son of the late Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev, admitted, “Even in event of an American invasion of air strike, Soviet officials in Cuba had no orders to use the missiles.”

That only stands to reason, because what sense would it have made for the U.S.S.R. to risk nuclear confrontation with the United States just to obtain offensive missiles in Cuba, 90 miles from the American mainland, when nuclear-armed Soviet submarines could come even closer to our Eastern, Southern and Western coasts? Would it not have made more sense for the Soviet Presidium to conclude that because the United States was militarily superior, there was no way to win a nuclear fight?

However, since American missiles were still in Turkey (despite earlier orders by the president to remove them), this gave the Soviets an excuse to place missiles in Cuba. Of course, this would be followed by an American objection to their presence, and the U.S.S. R. could then appear conciliatory by offering to remove the missiles in exchange for the removal of ours from Turkey along with a guarantee for the safety of Castro’s Cuba from American intervention.

But what evidence is there that the Soviets expected an eventual withdrawal of missiles from Cuba in exchange for the safety guarantee? This evidence is as follows:

  • In his [book] Graham Allison stated: “Missile deployment and evidence of Soviet actions toward détente poses an apparent contradiction.”
  • The Soviets knew of Cuban U-2 flights.
  • The missiles were left uncamouflaged.
  • The Soviets did not coordinate installation of the medium-range ballistic missiles with the completion of the surface-to-air missile covers.
  • The Soviet Union had never before placed missiles in any nation beyond its borders, not even in its satellites in East Europe.
  • Cuba hypothetically could eventually expel the Soviet technicians (as Anwar Sadat later did in Egypt) and do whatever it pleased with the missiles – perhaps take actions that would result in World War III (a situation not to be encouraged by the U.S.S.R.) or perhaps allow American acquisition of the missiles if friendly relations were re-established between Cuba and the United States.
  • The United States had already attempted one invasion and would certainly succeed with a second one if it so chose.
  • The Soviets desired to avert a nuclear confrontation, yet wanted to use Cuba as a training ground for Latin American revolutionaries.
  • And perhaps the best argument for this hypothesis is the post fact one of recent history – the missiles were removed in exchange for the safety guarantee, and Cuba has been used for the training of revolutionaries.

In contrast to the frame of analysis used by Stanley Hoffman at the time, Allison assumed that “governmental behavior can be most satisfactorily understood by analogy with the purposive acts of individuals,” and attempted to answer the aforementioned questions by utilizing three models of analysis: (1) along one dimension they represent different levels of aggregation: nations or national governments, organizations, and individuals; (2) along a second dimension, they represent different patterns of activity: purposive action toward strategic objectives, routine behavior toward different organizational goals, and political activity toward competing goals. However, he admitted that “the three models of the determinants of governmental action do not exhaust the dimensions on which they are arranged.”

The author also admitted at the beginning of his book that he was confused about where the models begin and end (“which is the head and which is the tail of my own dog”). In answer to the question of distinction regarding the beginning and end of the respective models, it is the opinion of this writer that there is no distinction, that all three models should be combined with the organizational model serving as the foundation for the bureaucratic perspective, which in turn is the foundation for the rational model – each perspective moving from lesser decision-making points, and from a large number of actors to an ever smaller number with the realization that the actors are conditioned by their perception of national ideology, personal, and political motives. Therefore, in the summary and analysis of this work, each model will be described in that order (MII: the Organizational Mode, MIII: the Bureaucratic Model, and MI: The Rational or Classical Model).

With regard to MII, Allison maintained that the primary questions are of what organizations and organizational components does the government exist; which organizations traditionally act on which problems; how do they make information available, generate alternatives to solutions about problems, and implement alternative courses of action? To support this model, he maintained that government consists of a conglomerate of semi-feudal, loosely allied organization, …and perceives problems through organizational sensors (even their perception of the national interest is shaped by their organizational self-interests)… acting as these organizations enact routines (SOPs: Standard Operating Procedures).

Still, it seems to this writer that a decision has to be reached, especially in crises, and it is difficult to believe that the decision the United States made to respond to the Soviet action in a particular manner can be best explained in terms of the views and actions of several organizations. Rather it would seem that the goals, weighing of alternatives, and political and ideological concerns of a president, group of men, or a “victorious group” over opposing groups would be a more viable explanation. Other, more specific, reasons exist for questioning MII:

  • Allison did not distinguish between “a unified group of leaders” in MII and “leadership clique” in MI.
  • The author used Herbert Simon’s “bounded rationality” (a reaction to “comprehensive rationality”) regarding “uncertainty avoidance” which states “people in organizations are quite reluctant to base actions on estimates of an uncertain future.” Yet, people might find themselves compelled to do just that in a crisis situation such as the CMC.
  • Allison also referred to Cyert and March of the Carnegie school who emphasize organizational decision “as choice made in terms of goals, on the basis of expectations.” But as with Simon, they have the same problem with their reasoning concerning “uncertainty avoidance.”
  • He utilized business organization theory to a slight degree, but that theory incorrectly assumes a perfectly competitive environment.
  • SOPs explain how something might have had to occur if it did actually occur, but this is nothing more than saying for a human being to perform some physical exercise, it is necessary to move some part of the body. SOP’s do not explain the all-important “why” when decisions are made.
  • MII lacks an explanation of the actual crisis moves, made by each side in response to the opposition’s actions, and the attendant results.
  • The author made far-reaching assumptions about Soviet motives with little evidence at all to support them.
  • To make assertions such as “an organization in the United States intelligence made an incorrect prediction that the Soviets would not introduce offensive missiles into Cuba” in no way answers the questions, “Why did the Soviets choose to place the missiles there?” and “How did the United States make the decision it did to quarantine Cuba?”
  • In this section Allison actually made statements that seem to support MI:
  1. a) “The Soviet decision to place missiles in Cuba must have been taken within a very narrow circle and implemented with utmost secrecy.”

b)“The final decision to put missiles in Cuba must have been made in the Presidium.”

Of course, organizations have influence, their own unique perspectives, control of certain information, and effect the decision-making process; but to explain the CMC in those terms alone seems no more useful than to explain it in terms of either MIII or MI alone.

Concerning MIII, Allison stated that the essential questions are: what are the existing action channels for producing actions; which players are involved; what pressures and deadlines are there; and what foul-ups are likely? In support of this model, he asserted:“

  • leaders who sit on top of organizations are not a monolithic group.”
  • A Presidential or high directive does not necessarily guarantee action by the bureaucracy.
  • “government action is a political resultant. What happens is not chosen as a solution to a problem but rather results from compromise, conflict, and confusion of officials with diverse interests and unequal influence.
  • Positions define what players both might and must do.
  • ‘solutions’ to strategic problems are not discovered by detached analysts focusing coolly on the Each player focuses not on the total strategic problem but rather on the decision that must be made today or tomorrow.
  • Most problems are framed, alternatives specified, and proposals pushed by ‘Indians,’ (as opposed to ‘Chiefs’).

Yet there seem to be several flaws in the MIII perspective:

  • Under the section, “Goals and Interests,” there is no mention of possible political goals and interests.
  • The implication that the CMC was a resultant of bargaining within each government’s bureaucracy is difficult to imagine.
  • In this section the author emphasizes personal characteristics and opinions in Ex Com, which supports MI – the “victorious actors” over the other actors – rather than the MIII.
  • Also, emphasis is placed on the intense interaction between Kennedy and Khrushchev, with the implication that the fate of the world was in the hands of two individuals (MI – “first… both the President and the Chairman bypassed the formal machinery in favor of ad hoc groups”).
  • In the section on “the Deal,” Allison speaks of presidential conversations, the President acting against advice, and presidential decisions (MI).

Naturally, just as with organizations, bureaucracies have influence, their own unique perspectives, control of certain information, and effect the decision-making process; but again, to explain the CMC in these terms alone seems no more useful than to explain it in terms of either MII or MI alone.

Regarding MI, Allison stated that the main questions are what is the problem; and what are the alternatives, strategic costs and benefits, pattern of national values, and external or international pressures? MI is a value-maximizing model in which behavior reflects purpose or intention and action is chosen as a calculated solution to a strategic problem. Values and goals are defined and ranked by priority, and then one chooses among several alternatives how to achieve a particular goal by considering the risks and costs of choosing each alternative. Contrary to what one might expect, MI is not as limited as Hans Morgenthau’s attempt to explain national action by reference to a single goal, but it rather follows Raymond Aron’s explanation that “governments pursue a spectrum of goals.”

Allison was quite correct in asserting that “the ‘maker’ of government policy is not one, unitary, rational, centrally controlled, completely informed, value-maximizing, calculating decisionmaker.” But no one seriously believes that anyone is “completely informed’ anyway. He was on more solid ground with his criticism of the inelastic, explicit “rigorous model of action” in MI, for often the decision-making process is elastic and implicit.

This writer will not waste the reader’s time by summarizing each hypothesis for the placement of missiles in Cuba given by the author under MI but will only offer an additional hypothesis and judge which of Allison’s hypotheses seems most convincing. As stated earlier, it is the hypothesis of this writer that the Soviet Union actually wanted the missiles discovered during construction in order to bargain for a guarantee for the safety of Castro’s Cuba from an attack from, by, sponsored by, or funded in any way by the United States.

It seems that one must distinguish in the matter of the CMC between what the Soviet Union might have “hoped for” and what they “wanted or expected.” They might have hoped for all they could get (e.g., offensive missiles in Cuba). On the other hand, it is possible that they psychologically pushed the stakes up in order to obtain their “fall back” objective of the guarantee. President Kennedy had not performed well at Vienna and may have backed down – if that were the case, so much the better for Khrushchev. If the President became tough though, the Soviets did not want a third World War. Allison remarks that commentators speculated that the Soviets wanted the missiles discovered during construction, but he says, “a Soviet desire to be found out hardly squares with the clandestine fashion in which the missiles were transported to Cuba and from the docks to the sites.” On the contrary, it squares exactly – what good would it have done for the Soviets to “announce,” for all intents and purposes, that they were going to send missiles to Cuba or at the dock there? What concessions could have been gained? The United States could have more effectively quarantined Cuba or made surgical air strikes more confidently, among other alternatives. With the missiles already in Cuba and at their sites, on the other hand, a quarantine would not have removed the missiles there and even surgical air strikes would have hit civilians and placed the United States in an unfavorable light in world affairs, especially in Latin America.

If one does not find this writer’s additional hypothesis tenable yet accepts the distinction between what the Soviet Union “hoped for” and what they “wanted or expected,” then it seems that Allison’s fourth hypothesis is most believable. Though in retrospect most people find Hypothesis Five the most obvious, the fourth hypothesis serves as a better venue for supporting the use of MI over MII or MIII:

  • The CMC set the climate of opinion in which the United States government would react to hostilities in Vietnam, Latin America, and elsewhere during the 1960’s.
  • This hypothesis would explain better than MII or MIII foul-ups why the Soviet Union proceeded with the installation of the missiles even though President Kennedy had spoken in terms that Chairman Khrushchev could not misunderstand about “the grace consequences that such an action would set in motion.”
  • Most importantly, according to Theodore Sorensen, President Kennedy himself explained the Soviet action in terms of Hypothesis Four.

Still, why did the Soviet Union seemingly push the situation to the brink of nuclear war? Allison commented that “perhaps some deal” was made. Though not proposing that there is conclusive proof of anything conspiratorial in this regard, a “deal” would help to explain many of the author’s unanswered questions. Possible indications that such a deal might have been made are as follows:

  • After the Bay of Pigs and Vienna, President Kennedy needed something by which he could regain prestige.
  • Chairman Khrushchev took the U-2 flight over the Chukotka Peninsula “extremely” well considering the existing tense situation; and President Kennedy’s response to news of the errant flight was an “ironic laugh,” and his statement, “There is always some son-of-a-bitch who doesn’t get the word.”

With regard to Allison’s assertion that the response of the United States to place a quarantine around Cuba was a good “middle course” of action, he felt that decision placed the burden of response on Khrushchev. However, one might offer the exact opposite interpretation that the American action took the final decision out of President Kennedy’s hands, and the reader will remember the result of a similar action taken by President Woodrow Wilson concerning the German’s use of submarines in World War I. The author further contended that a naval confrontation in the Caribbean would be perhaps the best type of engagement possible if one had to occur, but one might ask what if the Soviet Union was willing to lose a few ships and missiles in Cuba to have a pretext for striking Berlin or American missiles in Turkey? Even if one were to accept the argument that what President Kennedy did would, in fact, make Khrushchev back down, what would have been the harm in issuing publicly both an ultimatum – “get the missiles out of they will be blown out” – and a concession – “our missiles will be withdrawn from Turkey” (which President Kennedy had already ordered done anyway)? Some maintain that the President could not afford to show weakness after Vienna, but would not the United Nations have seen and world opinion supported Chairman Khrushchev as having the more valid argument that if missiles were in Turkey, why not in Cuba? At any rate, the entire matter does not seem to have been handled in the most “rational” manner; yet perhaps much of the difficulty in accepting MI lies within the meaning of the term “rational” itself. Even though there may be several alternative solutions to one problem, there is ultimately only one decision which will be made by a unitary person or group of decision-makers in regard to that problem. The fact that the person or group may err does not mean that the decision was not a rational one at the time, for “time” is a great factor in how one (or several people) perceive(s) a problem.

Thus, though this writer believes that governmental problems and decision-making should be analyzed in terms of all three models interconnected (MII to MIII to MI), if one had to choose which model would be most useful in looking at events such as the CMC, MI would be chosen. Despite the difficulties posed by finding an acceptable definition of “rationality” and the effect which time has had on how one perceives a problem, MI has several points which make its use more desirable than MII or MIII regarding major problems or crises:

  • With MI, “the intuitions and expectations of the average citizen” can be used to ask, “What would I do if I were the enemy?”
  • Analytical and predictive international war games can be developed by “Think Tanks” through the use of MI better than through the use of MII or MIII. “The Rational Actor paradigm is functional in a practical analytic framework” for more situations – at times it is harder to weigh specific organizational and bureaucratic influences on certain problems and decisions.
  • There is a broader range of interpretation possible with MI: action can be explained in terms of –
  1. a) the aims of the unitary national actor of government.
  2. b) a nation or national character (now Secretary of State Kissinger, who incidentally advocates “defining goals and priorities,” a characteristic of MI, once remarked that one should focus on the “national character, psychology, and preconceptions in explaining failure of American foreign policy.”
  3. c) an individual leader (President Lincoln when voting “aye” on an issue at a meeting once was voted down by all present, yet said, “The ‘ayes’ have it.” Or leadership clique.

4) most importantly, in dealing with situations involving nations like the Soviet Union, MI is far more useful in analyzing decision-making activities, simply because one cannot readily ascertain the effect of their internal organizations and bureaucracies upon their foreign policy.

Moreover, with respect to the specific crisis of Soviet missiles in Cuba, there were statements made which would tend to support the use of an MI framework of analysis over either MII or MIII:

  • “Leaders in the White House talked directly with the commanders of the destroyers in the quarantined area.”
  • President Kennedy, when he first learned of the placement of Soviet missiles in Cuba, exclaimed in very personal terms, “He (Khrushchev) can’t do that to ME!”
  • Robert Kennedy intimated that “if six of the members of the ExCom had been President, I think the world might have been blown up.”

Unfortunately, however, with regard to the CMC, none of Allison’s models provides a complete explanation of what occurred. For example. There is no examination in any of the models of all the hypotheses for why the Soviets finally decided to withdraw the missiles. In the author’s own words: “The full story of the withdrawal of Soviet missiles cannot be told: the information is simply not available.”

In the final analysis, it seems to this writer that the best picture of governmental decision-making cannot be obtained if one is limited to the use of a single model. Allison speculates at the end of the book that it might be beneficial to combine two or more of the models. Indeed, one is caused to wonder why he had not realized this earlier in reviewing his own remarks:

  • “The presence of Soviet missiles in Cuba cannot be understood apart from the political leaders’ decision to direct Soviet organizations to install them.” (MI and MI)
  • “The ExCom’s choice of the blockade cannot be understood apart from the context in which the necessity for choice arose.” (MI, MII, and MIII)

He even admitted at one point in his work that, in reality, not only do “analysts shift from variant to variant of a model,” but they also probably “deal with several models,” and that is the way it should be. Allison concluded that MI should be “supplemented by,” not “supplanted by” MII and MIII. Perhaps better arguments can be made for the use of MII or MIIII alone in non-crisis or less significant decision-making situations (If there is no crisis or important policy to be made, decision-making obviously can be delegated to individuals within an organizational or bureaucratic structure, but that fact does not justify an entire framework of analysis whereby decision-making is regarded solely in those terms). However, it is the opinion of this writer that all three models should be combined with MII serving as the foundation for MIII in which turn is the foundation for the MI – each perspective moving from general decision-making points to specific decision-making points, and from a large number of actors to an ever smaller number with the realization that the actors are conditioned by their perception of national ideology, personal, and political motives. What good then, one might ask, was Allison’s effort to develop three distinct methods whereby one might analyze the decision-making process within government? In addition to the “collective” use of the models described above, the most important use which can be made of these frameworks of analysis is in the area of “predicting futures” by their application to the development of international systems models. Therefore, Allison’s ESSENCE OF DECISION remains a valuable contribution in more ways than one to efforts being made to understand how American government works and in what ways it might be improved in the future.

In dealing with Vladimir Putin today, though, America cannot afford to be duped again by the “Russian Bear.”

We must remember the words of Rudyard Kipling in 1898: “When he shows at seeking quarter, with paws like hands in prayer, that is the time of peril – the time of the Truce of the Bear.”

© 2022 Dennis Cuddy – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com




Why Democrats WILL lose 2022 BIG

By Lex Greene

October 15, 2022

Leftist controlled pollsters are doing the best they can to make it look like democrats are running close races in the 2022 mid-terms. Certainly, election fraud will play a major role in the election, just like 2020. But democrats are so far behind this time, that efforts to steal another election will be blatantly obvious to everyone. Cheating is the only chance democrats have now, so they WILL cheat.

Here’s how socialist democrats have painted themselves into a corner that they won’t be able to escape this time, so long as every AMERICA FIRST voter shows up to vote in person on November 8th.

To sum it all up, today’s democrats are not democratic at all, nor are they liberal or progressive. Instead, they are anti-American socialists, working in concert with demonic global criminals like Klaus Schwab in a maniacal “global reset” scheme designed to destroy the sovereignty, security, freedom, peace, and tranquility of every nation on earth, including the USA. Even card-carrying Marxist Bernie Sanders is calling out democrats for being “dangerously too far left.” Lifelong democrats like Tulsi Gabbard are speaking out more harshly towards democrats than even republicans do.

But specifically, here’s the corner democrats have painted themselves into, and every sane Citizen can see it now.

CONSTANT VIOLATIONS OF THE CONSTITUTION

Our Federal Government is created, directed, and authorized by the US Constitution. The government has no right to exist at all, other than by that document. The stated purpose is as follows…

  1. To form a more perfect Union
  2. Establish Justice
  3. Insure domestic Tranquility
  4. Provide for the common defense
  5. Promote the general Welfare
  6. And secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity

Six simple foundational purposes of our government, and democrats have openly worked to undermine and destroy all six.

  1. Instead of working around the clock to “form a more perfect union,” democrats have worked around the clock for decades to divide Citizens, pitting each against another over race, creed, color, religion, gender, and sexual orientation, along with political views, going so far as to openly label half of the country “domestic terrorists, insurrectionists, extremists, bigots, and white supremacists.” They are the party of division, not unity.
  2. Instead of establishing and upholding justice, democrats have weaponized federal agencies like a gestapo against their AMERICA FIRST political opponents. Democrats have replaced justice with social justice, the business of government dictating winners and losers. They have destroyed “equality” in favor of Marxist “equity.”
  3. BLM and ANTIFA are both Democrat Party street gangs organized, funded, directed, mobilized in an instant, and defended by democrats, have burned and looted cities all across the country, funding through ACT BLUE (a DNC international money laundering scheme). They have created chaos, destruction, death and billions in financial losses, the total opposite of domestic tranquility.
  4. Provide for the common defense? The democrats have insisted upon a wide open border flooding the USA with millions and millions of illegal aliens, shipping them to cities all across the country and then fighting to gain voting rights for those illegal invaders, many of them violent criminals in their own countries. Democrats are actively engaged in an overt takeover of the USA via illegal “migration” from 3rd world toilets all over the globe. They are also engaged in causing wars around the world, now threatening war on US soil, or even a nuclear exchange.
  5. As to promoting the general welfare of all Citizens, democrats are directly infringing upon the protected Rights of all Citizens, focused on providing “taxpayer funded welfare” for their democrat voters, illegal aliens, foreign Middle Eastern terrorists, terrorist states like Afghanistan (Taliban, ISIS, and Al Qaeda) and nearly a trillion dollars for the “general welfare” of their puppet government in Ukraine.
  6. Last, but certainly not least, all of their actions directly threaten the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity. Worse than at any time in US history, our younger generations see no positive future for themselves, leading to record violent crime in our cities, and skyrocketing suicide rates.

In short, today’s democrat party has violated every foundation for freedom and liberty in the USA and that is the corner they have painted themselves into now.

The DNC is a single issue minority group party made up of terminal anti-American malcontents voting for “free stuff” from taxpayers, by electing dictators like Biden.

The top campaign issues for democrat politicians in 2022 are…

  • ABORTION – A right to murder your own children in the womb
  • DRUGS – A right to be drugged up and dumbed down, easy to control
  • A GLOBAL COMMUNE – Making the USA a 3rd world member of Klaus Schwab’s Great Reset
  • WAR – Causing military conflicts with Russia, China, Iran, North Korea while backing the Taliban in Afghanistan, including current threats of a global nuclear event
  • HATE TRUMP – and all AMERICA FIRST voters
  • WEAPONIZED FEDERAL AGENCIES – directed to violate the Natural Rights of all Citizens for benefit of their “global community”
  • DESTROY US ENERGY SECURITY
  • DESTROY ALL SUPPLY CHAINS FOR BASIC NECESSITIES
  • ADVANCE SOCIALISM USING FAKE SCIENCE REGARDING INFECTIOUS DESEASES AND FAKE CLIMATE CHANGE
  • PROMOTE THE DESTRUCTION OF THE TRADITIONAL FAMILY
  • TARGET ALL POLITICAL OPPONENTS FOR TOTAL DESTRUCTION

The only people in the USA who will vote for this democrat utter destruction of the USA come November, are those who know no better, deaf, dumb, and blind to facts right in their faces.

Today’s democrats are the most anti-American group on earth, far more dangerous to the USA than any foreign enemy.

You bet democrats will try to steal another election on November 8th. They have been advancing election fraud methods for years now and they have literally perfected the art. Meanwhile, current republican politicians have perfected the art of doing absolutely nothing about it at all.

But this time, they will have no choice but to cheat on such a grand scale, that everyone with a heartbeat and temperature around 98.6 will see it. This time, they must and will be exposed and stopped.

The ONLY way democrats win in November is if good men and women do nothing. After the past two years of Biden disasters, millions are ready to take control of their own futures by putting AMERICA FIRST in the 2022 elections. Most can now see exactly why socialism fails everywhere it’s tried.

Millions of AMERICA FIRST voters will show up and vote in person on November 8th, not to support any political party, but rather to save themselves by saving freedom and liberty and ending the current tyrannical assault on our country, coming from the halls of our own corrupt government and global Nazis like Schwab.

Pollsters will continue to make races look much closer than they are, because that provides cover for a stolen election. But these races aren’t even close in reality.

The people will take back control of their runaway government, voting in person, en masse, on November 8th.

Make sure you don’t sit this one out. This is the most important mid-term election cycle in US history!

Electing a new crop on political leaders is the very least every American can do. Holding their feet to the fire after the election is the very least every American MUST do.

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




Another Reason to Be a VIP Voter on Election Day!

By Kat Stansell

October 14, 2022

Now that others are finally – at long last – out and talking about the trouble with ERIC, the Electronic Registration Information Center, as we at the American Policy Center have been doing for so many months, I thought it a great time to take a look at another piece of the formula for fraud, ballot curing.

Ballot curing is the process by which election workers are allowed to “fix problems” on mailed-in ballots so that the votes can be counted. OK, right up front, you can smell that litter box again. *

No signature? NO problem? Signature that doesn’t match yours on file with the state? NO problem. No voter ID information, no date? Get the ballot in late? Don’t worry!

Technically “curing” is a two-part procedure of correction and notification. If someone “forgets” to sign a ballot, or the signature does not match that on file with the state, those sweet people working the elections can fix that. We begin to see why Republican poll workers are kept at bay in thousands of precincts across the nation. Although there is notification procedure in place in many of the curing states, to contact the voter, that is often not done, for obvious reasons.

Let your mind roll a little on this…. What would this procedure look like? Do we call them, and ask them to come into the election office where it was too inconvenient for them to have to gone to vote in the first place? How about we mail something to their listed address, when so many of those addresses belong to the phantom voters? All that does is waste time, money, and thousands of yellow “undeliverable mail” stickers! You can see why notification and follow-through are often dropped. Reconnecting with voters on highly bloated rolls is a fools mission. The notification process is the most futile/insecure/inaccurate part of the curing methodology, so we can understand why is avoided. It is, however, the only possible way that ballot curing could be legitimate, and it would take a lot of work. Thus, “curing” is better suited for fraud than for clean elections.

In November, 2020, five of the biggest “battleground” states (AZ, PA, GA, MI and WI) allowed voters to cure or fix their ballots– for weeks, apparently, until the totals were what was desired by the Globalists, not the voters. First ask how and why these states had so many “mistakes” as to change vote totals. Oh, well. Never mind. We already know.

According to the US Election Assistance Commission (USEAC (that federal organization with foreign language translation tools on their website), ballot curing prevents their old bogeyman, disenfranchisement. They believe that ballots which show up with mistakes should be fixed, and the votes counted.

Instead of declaring these bad ballots invalid, the process of “curing” all those “sick” ballots has been installed, now in 25 states.

Ok. We’re all capable of a mistake, even on something so important as our ballots. Where I grew up, though, there were consequences for a screw-up. But, the Left doesn’t believe in responsibility OR consequences, as we already know. With ballot curing, someone who messes up their vote – or “someone” who doesn’t exist at all – is spared the horror of their vote not counting.

Allow me to put it a different way: if someone cannot follow directions on a ballot – or, does not read English well enough to do so – they have NO BUSINESS VOTING! This is about simple comprehension.

How can a “voter” understand the issues or know whom to choose to represent them, if they do not have the capacity to follow simple directions?

We already know that the Left believes the worst of their voters. Now, we know that they assume that their voters are incapable of voting a ballot correctly, in great enough numbers to require a fix, or a “cure”. What an insult!

It is no wonder that millions are switching parties. Good people are just sick of being considered idiots and fools.

Of course, the voters that they continually insult, the blindly led, uninformed lemmings, are the favorites of the Left, so for them, the Progressives will develop rules like ballot curing. In other words, in the name of people they consider idiots, another method to alter the outcome of elections is developed. Think it’s for “the people” or the Steal? Yeah. Me, too.

Let’s face it. The ballot curing procedure is very important to the election criminals because of the increasing numbers of ballots being voted by mail. The more votes come in by mail, the better chance the fraud machinery has to change them.

In 2020, 69% of all ballots were cast “non-traditionally” either by mail or early. This year, the Left hopes for an even higher percentage of all votes to be cast by mail, many of which, I predict, will need “curing”.

Lady Liberty hopes America will wake up and vote only in person, on election day! Help keep her torch burning.

Keeping our freedom is up to you.

Here’s another little wrinkle in honest elections and a big opportunity to increase voting by mail…a ballot sent to every voter!

Currently twelve states** – California, Colorado, Hawaii, Nevada, New Jersey, Oregon, Utah, Washington state and the District of Columbia – mail a ballot to EVERY VOTER, whether or not one is requested. (11 of these are ERIC members. Another “coincidence”?) In these states, everyone on the rolls receives a ballot, whether or not the rolls are current – whether or not that “voter” even exists. And, of course, as of last month, Pennsylvania mails a ballot to anyone registering to vote.

As of 2018, Real Clear Politics reported that over 28 million mailed ballots were still unaccounted for in the previous four elections. (2012 – 2018) *** Why do we continue this? Sheer numbers point to inaccuracies which may well equate to fraud.

The greater the number of mailed ballots in circulation, the more opportunity there is to find sick votes that need “curing”.

Is there even an eligible voter at the addresses to which all these ballots are sent? Who knows?? We do know, however, that, thanks to ERIC, there are millions of phantom names and addresses on those bloated rolls in 33 states, to which ballots can be sent. We also know that, in states like Florida, thousands of ballots sent to undeliverable addresses have been returned voted for the 2022 midterms.

Houston, we have a problem.

Mail-in voting along with this tool of “ballot curing” will be responsible for millions of fraudulent votes if we let it. The more mailed ballots we allow, the more potential for fraud there will be. Period.

Why give the cheaters a chance??

Be a VIP VOTER and NEVER VOTE BY MAIL OR EARLY!

Carry that message to everyone you know to do the same, whether next door, at the grocery store, at work or church, or on social media. Get the word out! Use the graphic above for flyers, signs, social media contact, and in every email you send.

Show up to vote on election day. Take a friend. Give a ride to some seniors. Make voting an event! Feeling tired or rushed? Tough. Too much trouble? Hardly. Complacency has brought us to this point. It’s now or never. Inconvenience yourself for the sake of our nation. It is just one day, and we have just this one last chance.

*https://ussanews.com/2022/08/22/the-world-of-the-left-is-like-a-well-used-litter-box/

**the official number is impossible to determine, so I am not quoting a single source. Various numbers from 9 – 14 appear, but the Covid designations, some of which are still in place, make this another truth difficult to call.

***https://www.realclearpolitics.com/articles/2020/04/24/28_million_mail-in_ballots_went_missing_in_last_four_elections_143033.html#!

© 2022 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




Marriage, Family and the God Who Created Everything

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

October 14, 2022

This essay is excerpted from the book by the author titled “The Living Compass of Kindness and Compassionate Love: Essays on Love, Beauty, and the Mystical Path.”

In the twenty-first century, two of the interconnected pillars of civilization have been called into question: marriage and family and the existence, relevance, and nature of God. Although many religious people around the world are holding firm to their long-held beliefs, an increasing number of people—especially young people—are challenging everything and abandoning the view that marriage and family were designed by an intelligent creator.

God Versus the Void

If there is no God, and humans somehow evolved from a black and loveless void that had no moral compass, then humans, by definition, are simply animals competing to survive. A void of nothingness can not give birth to a timeless and transcendent set of ethics. Since the ultimate source of humans would be the void, any human attempt to define ethical values could not be held up as anything more than opinion.

In that scenario, marriage has little meaning beyond biology and animalistic pleasure. Family has no meaning at all, and children become products to be used or discarded at will. Nothing has meaning because where would meaning come from? From the void? Thus, nothing matters, life is cheap, death is the end, and there’s really no reason to avoid acting in whatever fashion a person wishes.

This is a bleak picture, but what would one expect from creatures spawned by an unfeeling void? If we review what can happen when nations or groups abandon a respectful awareness of God, as was the case under Marxism in the Soviet Union or today in North Korea and China, we can see that horrors often follow. Under Marxism (and Nazism as well), children are owned by the state, and marriage and family relations are unimportant.

In the West, as large segments of society have rejected any substantial relationship with God, the boundaries of what is good and what is evil have significantly eroded. The definitions of marriage have changed, and now, in 2022, boundaries are slipping even further, with the hypersexualization of children becoming commonplace and traditional gender definitions castigated as oppressive and intolerant.

The very concept of God is under attack, along with thousands of years of Judeo-Christian standards of morality. To many modern adults, the Bible and other religious texts are outdated and irrelevant. Of course, none of this has happened by accident. Our modern society is the end result of a battle between religious world views and secular humanism that has lasted for millennia. One could say—at least metaphorically speaking—that the serpent in the garden was the founder of all the movements that rejected or banished God.

Who Owns the World?

The long war of ideologies has been a conflict about the question of ownership.

Does God own the world, or do humans? Another way to say it, from the immature inner child of a human, is to shout, “You’re not the boss of me!” Careful observation of the proponents of secular humanism and atheism reveals a marked lack of humility and often a tragic deficit in their quality of compassionate love for others.

This is a natural result of living a life in which one denies the existence of, or at least the relevance of, a transcendent and eternal Intelligent Creator of life. When there is no God, humans reign, and when humans reign without the moral compass created by a loving God, unfettered arrogance and hell quickly follow. This is so because human beings are born as immature children who have free will. They are not just creatures of instinct. They have to be taught to be good.

All of this has tremendous relevance to marriage and family because without God anything goes, and truth is whatever you want it to be, but with God one must consider the thoughts, feelings, hopes, intent, and designs of God, the source of life, love, and all things.

This may sound outrageous—to suggest that we can explore what God wants for marriage and family, but it really is not. Humans are intelligent and brilliantly creative and have endless mystical depth. Human imagination and sensitivity to the invisible worlds of thought and spirit are infinite—and rightly so, since God created us that way.

Some will point to various religious doctrines to examine the structure of marriage and family. Others will condemn some of those doctrines or traditions as oppressive and, in some cases, evil. One example is the ancient Druidic practice of human sacrifice. However, violent and unkind religious traditions and doctrines should not affect our attitudes toward doctrines that are rooted in love.

For example, the Biblical instruction by Jesus to love our enemies is, as far as I can tell, the most advanced religious teaching in history. It stands in stark contrast to religions that don’t support that ethic of love. Thus, spiritual and religious teachings can be immensely valuable and even priceless.

Physical Truth

Yet, it is my view that the truth about marriage and family—if it is to be effective—must also go beyond doctrine and should be explained in a way that all humans will be able to agree with if they search within themselves honestly.

Thus, I believe that humans need to go deeper and explore these topics using logic, common sense, humility, love, wisdom, and a strong desire to find answers that are as plain and truthful as arithmetic and, at the same time, spiritually inspiring. In other words, one can explore the questions about male and female genders, marriage, parenting, and family from two angles: one that starts with the assumption that God exists and the other based on an examination of physical reality—an empirical search for what is. It is my belief that both methods will reach the same conclusions.

To start this exploration, let us turn to biology with a supporting reference from the Bible. Genesis 1:27 states, “So God created man in his own image, in the image of God he created him; male and female he created them.”

It is an indisputable truth that a human baby is created from the union of a female egg and a male sperm. There’s no getting around that scientific fact. Humankind’s long history confirms that the sexual relationships between males and females allowed the species to continue to exist. For eons, baby boys and girls were born, grew into adulthood, found partners of the opposite sex, often got married, and had children, repeating a pattern that has been defined as normal since humans walked the earth.

A religious view would add that the invisible and eternal spirit of God is meshed with the sperm and egg and imbues the child who is born with the invisible attributes of spirit, heart, and character that make each person unique. A critical factor for this discussion is that—except for a minuscule minority—each child is also born gloriously and unabashedly male or female, based on God’s blueprint for humanity.

It is clear from an evolutionary viewpoint that both males and females were integral to the human condition. Writing for Aeon Magazine, in the January 17, 2019 article “The marvel of the human dad,”1 evolutionary anthropologist Anna Machin led with this question:

“Among our close animal relatives, only humans have involved and empathic fathers. Why did evolution favour the devoted dad?”

She wrote:

“But crucially, dad has not evolved to be the mirror to mum, a male mother, so to speak. Evolution hates redundancy and will not select for roles that duplicate each other if one type of individual can fulfil the role alone. Rather, dad’s role has evolved to complement mum’s.”

Millennia have passed with the men who contributed their sperm watching as the baby grew in the womb and was subsequently delivered as a child who was intrinsically connected to both parents—not just the mother. Men were integral to the creation and maturation of their sons and daughters, who were—in optimal situations—loved and raised by both parents.

This, then, is an external, biological truth about the way life is. The attributes of male and female are intertwined with creation, and the reality of fathers and mothers and boys and girls are physically observable facts.

What conclusions can we draw from the histories of marriages and families? One is that men and women are deeply attracted to each other. The male and female sexes are complementary and fit together spiritually, emotionally, and physically. When we examine how men and women are designed, it is immediately apparent that they are meant to live together. A marriage between a man and a woman, broadly speaking, is a natural fit.

Their complementary relationship continues when they have children and take on the roles of a father and mother. It is easily seen that children who are loved by both a father and a mother develop in an optimal and healthy fashion and are better off, generally speaking, than children raised without a male and female parent.

Since this is historically true and is apparent to anyone who examines the evidence with unbiased common sense, we can conclude that the male/female paradigm of marriage and family is indeed the most successful formula for a healthy human society.

Spiritual Truth

Confirming this fact on a physical level is useful, but we can take it a step further and logically assume that the God who created everything designed marriage and family to operate in this fashion. The system that has allowed humanity to exist and flourish for millennia did not develop randomly.

The mystery and awe of God’s creation is illustrated in Ecclesiastes 11:5:

“As you do not know how the spirit comes to the bones in the womb of a woman with child, so you do not know the work of God who makes everything.”

The evidence demonstrates that God really loves love and created a brilliantly designed framework to help human beings mature in their capacity to give love to others. A young boy or girl experiences and feels the unselfish love coming from their father and mother and grows both physically and emotionally until they too can find a husband or wife of the opposite sex and repeat the pattern all over again. Love is the fundamental, uncreated essence of God. Thus, it is logical to believe that God feels real, substantial joy when every individual becomes a mature being of love.

What is described here is, of course, the ideal structure of human life. Tragically, the human condition is such that men and women are at varying degrees of immaturity when they get married and are often broken and damaged because of pain that they received as they grew up. They then struggle to impart the highest quality of God’s love to their children, repeating a vicious cycle of inadequate love.

Yet, the failure of humans to live up to a Godly ideal does not in any way invalidate the ideal. Over millennia, humanity has advanced, and the world has improved. For example, much of the world disapproves of child slavery, and children are generally treated with more kindness and love than in the past.

A discussion of the history of God and humankind and what the future might hold is beyond the scope of this essay, but goodness can still be affirmed and supported, and critical questions can be asked.

Children Must Be the Priority

What is best for the majority of humans? What is best for children? In any discussion of marriage and family, children need to be the priority because we all were children once. Is there anyone who has never been a child? No one, of course. Then this is very personal to each of you! Everything starts with children, and the birth of sacred love should begin in our childhood.

If we believe that every individual has sacred, inalienable rights given to them by God, then we must also acknowledge that those rights did not begin at the age of twenty-one but became active at the moment of conception and most assuredly and obviously at the moment of birth. I mention both conception and birth because of the controversy of abortion. I personally believe that life begins at conception. But even if someone does not share that belief, they should—if they are at all humane—believe that sacred rights begin at the moment of birth.

That means that every child must be cared for based on those rights. The personal desires of adult parents or caregivers should never violate the sacred rights of children.

So, what are the rights of children, in the most fundamental, spiritual, transcendent, God-affirming sense?

First, all children have the sacred right to be loved and raised by their own biologically male father and biologically female mother. Their birth was caused by the joining together of a sperm and egg produced by a specific male father and a specific female mother. Connected to this biological reality is the historical and spiritual truth that children have a deep-seated desire and need to be loved by their real father and mother.

Second, all children have the sacred right to experience a childhood that fosters a pure and sacred environment surrounding sexuality, gender, love, and marriage. Destroying a child’s sexual purity is a crime against that child’s heart and future. That destruction could be caused by rape, incest, pornography, sex trafficking, induced or supported gender confusion, hypersexualization, or other factors. In all cases, the theft of purity and innocence is a spiritual and physical tragedy.

These are sacred rights, but they have also been the foundation for the maturation of emotionally healthy and loving children since the beginning of the human race.

It is true that not every child sees these rights fulfilled. Some children lost their parents and had to be adopted. But unfortunate happenstance is very different from the normalization of systems in which the child is denied these fundamental rights because of the personal desires of adults.

The Vision of Eternal Love

It is my belief that God created human beings as sacred individuals who are meant to grow in love, and then marry as husband and wife, have children, raise a family, and then, when old age comes, move to a spirit world where they are once more young and fit. In that realm, love reigns supreme. As their children and grandchildren eventually join them there, family relations deepen and grow into true friendships.

If we examine the history of the world, the most important element that has been lacking is the quality of love in the human heart. This is why it is so vital for humanity to focus on that realm of spiritual growth—the internal realm of love that will resolve so much of the suffering of humans.

Marriage and family are where love is born, nurtured, and developed to maturity. For that reason, we must protect those institutions and ensure that they are not warped, destroyed, or cast aside. A bright future for humanity is, in my opinion, completely dependent upon our decision and ability to successfully harmonize the principles and definitions of marriage and family with the God who created them.

The Living Compass of Kindness and Compassionate Love: Essays on Love, Beauty, and the Mystical Path is available on Amazon, via the author’s website.

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Notes

  1. Anna Machin, “The marvel of the human dad,” January 17, 2019, Aeon Magazine

Image Credits

Photo of Couple with Children
Courtesy of Holly Stevenson Photography

Photo of A baby wearing many items of winter clothing, 2007
by Andrew Vargas from Clovis, United States
Creative Commons Attribution 2.0 Generic




Is There Something Drastically Wrong With American Society?

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 13, 2022

This week in Georgia, a white football star high school student, Elijah DeWitt, college bound, suffered a shooting death at the hands of two teenaged black kids at a mall.  His girlfriend went into a burger joint to bring them food. He stood outside waiting for her. The two boys shot him on a whim.  She walked out after hearing the gunfire to find her boyfriend dead on the mall floor. He was at the wrong place at the wrong time.

How do you process that kind of insanity if you are his girlfriend or his parents? Or his teammates?  How do the parents of the two black kids process such cruelty by two of their kids facing a lifetime in prison?

Here is another nut case!

A self-described “incel,” or “involuntary celibate,” from Ohio on Tuesday pleaded guilty to plotting a mass shooting of about 3,000 women, including sorority girls, according to the Department of Justice.

Tres Genco, 22, of Hillsboro admitted to planning a hate crime to shoot women at an Ohio university in 2021.

“Genco wrote a manifesto in which he stated that he would “slaughter” women “out of hatred, jealousy and revenge,” referring to death as the “great equalizer.” In another note obtained by law enforcement, Genco said he wanted to “aim big” for a 3,000-person kill count, according to the DOJ.”  News Report

National News report:  “A Florida bodybuilder is accused of killing and cremating his ex-wife after federal investigators say they found bone fragments in a 50-gallon drum on his property that “reeked of decaying flesh.”

“Ian Christopher Baunach, 43, an International Federation of Bodybuilding and Fitness competitor, faces a slew of charges, including first-degree premeditated murder, illegally cremating a body, drugs possession and violating federal firearms law.

“Deputies allegedly found stockpiles of both steroids and unregistered silencers when they searched his house for missing ex-wife Katie Baunach, who was a 39-year-old nurse, according to a Facebook profile. The couple shared two children, according to investigators.”

The radio talk host Alex Jones faces a $1 billion payout to victims of Sandy Hook:  “A Connecticut jury ordered Alex Jones to pay nearly $1 billion to families of the victims of the 2012 Sandy Hook Elementary School shooting for spreading lies about the massacre.  Six adults and 20 children were killed during the shooting in December 2012 in Newtown, Connecticut, just 20 miles away from where victims’ families gave tearful testimony in Waterbury Superior Court during the trial.

Jones repeatedly told millions of listeners on his Infowars show that the shooting was a hoax and the victims were crisis actors hired as part of a scheme to impose gun control laws.”

If you follow the daily news in America, you might think we’re living in a nuthouse society.  Yes, you’re seeing all these various violent events all around the country, and, they are accelerating.

In Chicago, in the last four weekends,  54 shot…8 died; 38 shot…7 died; 34 shot…5 died; over Labor Day 55 shot 11 died.  In Chicago as of September 2022…2,021 shooting victims that actually got shot, but lived.

You gotta’ being kidding me!  That’s nothing!  New Orleans stands as the new  “Murder Capital of America.”

Gun Deaths Annually in America

May 2, 2022: Using CDC mortality data, the analysis revealed that overall firearm-related deaths increased by 15% in 2020 to 45,222, the highest number ever recorded by the CDC since it began tracking firearm deaths in 1968. This translates to 124 individuals on average dying from gun violence every day.

Is America going collectively nuts or what? How did those two teen black kids in Georgia obtain guns and then, blatantly kill that high school football player before he could even begin his life?

How can millions of American citizens, or illegal aliens or inner city  youth, shoplift $52 billion annually out of mercantile  stores—and think that’s normal or okay?

How can we send $63,000,000,000.00 (billion) worth of war materials over to Ukraine,  when we’re $31,000,000,000,000.00 (trillion) in debt?  And how does our president give away that much money to a foreign country when we’ve got 540,000 homeless in our own country that need our help…including thousands of veterans?

A Drug Addicted Nation

Last year, 107,000 America citizens died from fentanyl and other overdoses.  But Biden left the border open for more drugs to cross!  How can you measure THAT many people living such miserable lives that they  killed themselves with drugs?

“Drug and alcohol addiction impacts millions of Americans each year. More than 20 million people in the U.S. have an addiction. Yet only 10% of these people receive any addiction treatment. Drug and alcohol addiction costs the United States an estimated $600 billion each year.” (Source: CDC, USA)

Are We A Moral, Ethical and Decent Society?

“There are over 463,000 rape victims in America each and every year. Young Americans are at the highest risk for sexual violence. 90% of adult rape victims are women. 1 in 3 women and 1 in 4 men experience sexual violence in their lifetime. 1 in 2 transgender Americans will experience sexual violence.” (Source:  www.planstreetinc.com)

How could our country’s parents raise 463,000 men who go out and rape 463,000 women annually?  What kind of monsters could do that to  young girls?

How Cruel Is American Society to Animals?

Jan 8, 2022;  “Disturbing Animal Cruelty Facts. One animal is abused every minute. Annually, over 10 million animals in the US are abused to death. 97% of animal cruelty cases come from farms, where most of these creatures die. Laboratory testing kills 115 million animals in experiments every year. Dogs comprise 65% of all abused animals.” (Source: www.pawsomeadvice.com)

You have to ask yourself,  “What kind of a society am I living in, and how  can I change it away from these devastating realities?”

Well fellow American, I am sick to my stomach at how we treat ourselves and how we treat our animals. Is there a way to solve this daily nightmare across America? Or is it just too big, too much and too pervasive to change? Or, is it simply human nature to be SO violent, SO heartless,  and SO inhumane to ourselves and our fellow animals?

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Stirring Up Racial Strife

by Lee Duigon

October 13, 2022

Someone claiming to represent “WHITE POWER” posted a terrorist threat on social media recently, promising to massacre “NEGROES” at the Lee County Fair in Alabama. Investigators traced the post back… to a black teenager in Louisiana. Honk if you’re surprised.

Far Left crazies are always running to the authorities with lurid “threats” made against them by “extremists”—and how often does it turn out that they made those threats against themselves? The threats are hoaxes. They vandalize their own cars and say “extremists” did it. But investigating them, as the police must do, wastes police time and resources. We could spend all day guessing why these hoaxes are made. Are they that starved for attention, or are they seriously trying to make trouble?

I think what we like to call “education” in America has a lot to do with it. For instance:

The Maryland State Education Assn., which has 75,000 members and is affiliated with the big teachers’ union, the National Education Assn., has offered teachers bonuses of $1,000 each if they’ll agree to keep on teaching “Critical Race Theory”. You know: the doctrine that all white people are natural-born racists, and all non-whites hapless victims that need to be rescued by white liberals. The problem for the unions is that almost everybody in America detests Critical Race Theory, with good reason. Even a lot of teachers: and some have left the union rather than take part in a purposeful campaign to foment racial strife.

In addition to trying to solve the problem by waving a thousand bucks under teachers’ noses, the unions seek to fool the plebs by renaming CRT and pretending they don’t teach it anymore. So now they call it “restorative justice,” among other things. We’ll never see through that, will we? Plus we’ve got the Biden administration with a $468 million package for “community schools,” rewarding race-baiting and promotion of transgender, chock-full of brand-new euphemisms for CRT. Their idea of “community” is to break it all up into mutually antagonistic mini-communities defined by skin color and sexual practices.

Anyone would think they hoped to start a race war. At the very least, they’re inspiring race-hate hoaxes like the one described above.

Why do this? I don’t think you have to look any farther than “Divide and rule.”

Keeping us at each other’s throats, preventing us from ever coming together for the common good, is how Democrats hope to stay in power. Forever. Please understand that this is the Evil Party. Once upon a time it was inhabited by sane and normal people. It isn’t anymore.

So… let’s teach black kids that white kids have it in for them, and teach white kids that they’re born rotten and need taking down, and teach everybody that the only hope they have of not being crushed by the others is… ta-dah! The government! At least, as long as it’s a Democrat government. Republicans, according to our eminently defective “president,” want “to put y’all back in chains.” We’re “a threat to our democracy,” he says. I thought we had a republic, not a “democracy,” but evidently SloJo and Beto and the gang don’t see it that way.

What are the public schools, totally captive to the teachers’ unions, doing besides indoctrinating children to hate and fear each other, their country, or even their own families? They’re not going to stop doing it.

The only way we can stop them is to pull our children out of the unions’ schools and give them a Christian education, preferably at home. Parents, don’t forget all that Far Left guff you heard the “teachers” feeding your kids when the schools were locked down and they had to do “remote learning” at home—and remember how they tried to pressure you not to listen. You didn’t like what they were “teaching” your children, did you?

Break the teachers’ unions—and save America.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and check it out… while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




How Stupid Are Some Americans, Anyway?

By Steven Yates

October 13, 2022

Not too long ago, Yahoo!’s news aggregator restored allowing comments on the site. Comment options were ended not long after the start of the plandemic. Their reason illustrates the old saw that for every corporate decision there’s the official reason and the real reason. The official reason was the need to upgrade. The real reason was the absence of narrative control, which meant too many anonymous posts dissenting from government / corporate approved doctrine, be they on coronavirus origins, the effects of immigration, black-on-white crime, Trump, or anything else.

Now it’s restored — with full narrative control (I posted a few times but quit when every comment of substance met with the common Big Tech bromide, “This might offend readers and violate our Community Standards …”).

Doubtless algorithms on the site are keyed to detecting certain words or phrases or patterns of usage. I doubt that a human ever sees them. So what gets past the algorithmic censors? The other day I perused the comments following a few articles Yahoo! had aggregated on recent events of interest. If the bulk of what I saw really reflects a large enough portion of the American public, then it is small wonder that those in the world’s uppermost echelons, or those approved by the uppermost echelons, can get away with murder (sometimes literally!).

Not to mention testifying to a theme I’ve been hammering for about as long as I can remember: the collapse of education in America.

Consider this sampling of unedited comments on Alex Jones’s second defamation trial (I discussed the first here). Background: Jones elected not to take the stand in his own defense, as the judge had threatened him with contempt of court if he defended himself, or said anything in open court about (gasp!) free speech, or any other staples of the America that was.

From “1angry”: Him [sic.] and his Qanons [sic.] are lower than pond scum

From “Maluco8541”: Conspiracy theorist Alex Jones should be sent to prison for the lies and deceits he’s spread throughout the years!

From “Phillip”: He HAS no defense!! He said what he said!! It’s all on tape!! He is going to pay MILLIONS to those families!! A stroke can’t come soon enough!!

From “mark”: Special place in hell for him… Should have lots of company with the rest of his conspiracy nutjobs.

From “Paul”: Republicans are absolute trsh [sic.].

From “Larry”: How sad is our society to have believers in alex’s [sic.] spewing lies!

From “Michael”: Jones should buy a nice long length of rope and make himself a necktie.

From “patrickt”: hope they take everything he has – except for the rock he crawled out from under. let him crawl back.

(There came a reply: No, take the rock.)

From “Ray”: Does any punishment involve him being banned from doing his shows?

Those weren’t selected at random. Nor did I choose the worst and most illiterate comments I could find. Those were typical. I chose (roughly) every third one, having selected newest from the pulldown menu.

Note the utter disregard for anything resembling due process.

“Ray” wants him censored. “Maluco” wants him imprisoned. “patrickt” wants him financially destroyed. “Michael” and “Phillip” wish him dead. “mark” wants him in Hell!

This, from “Gregory,” somehow got past the algorithms:

Did any of you watch the trial? It appeared there was no defense he could make that the court didn’t shut down. Folks don’t realize that there’s been a number of what is termed false flag events. The Oklahoma City Murrah Building bombing is a good example. Innocent people were killed, and the public was handed an “official story” that everyone believed, but an independent explosives expert and Retired Army Brigadier General claimed otherwise. BTW, that Retired Brigadier General, Benton Partin, was asked by the then Senate House Majority leader, Trent Lott to examine the wreckage, because Senator Lott had doubts based on how he saw it being handled. The OKC event, 911, and other events have set in motion anti-terrorism legislation, that will lead to legal precedents being changed. Most likely against our civil rights. Franklin Delano Roosevelt said, “Nothing in politics happens by accident”. I’ve been a labor rights activist for over thirty years. It started for me at the age of 31. Our country is not changing for the worse, it’s being changed for the worse. By moneyed interests that have always wanted to bring America down. Don’t take my word for it. Stop being lazy in your thinking, and research it yourself.

This sensible (and surprisingly literate) comment garnered this response from “Phillip,” probably the same dude who wants Jones to have a stroke:

I have a bunch of tin foil if your hat needs another layer! If OKC was a “false flag”, why did EVERY participant admit (and even take pride in) their personal involvement??? You farking [sic.] conspiracy nut jobs [sic.] are what is making America worse, not some imagined boogieman!!!

And you wonder why some of us have concluded that many Americans are indeed basically sheep who haven’t had an original critical thought in their lives.

The worrisome thing: these people vote!

Now consider the Nord Stream Pipeline. An abundance of evidence points to involvement by the U.S., including Joe Biden’s own past threats. Tucker Carlson drew attention to this evidence (so did Paul Craig Roberts, James Howard Kunstler, Caitlin Johnstone, Glenn Greenwald, and others).

To corporate media and the sheep, this is “Russian propaganda.”

Carlson offered this riposte to critics using that line.

The title of leftist online rag Huffpo’s account of his riposte:

Tucker Carlson’s ‘Complete Meltdown’ Night Captured in Bonkers Supercut.”

For starters, no one reproduced the whole thing, just segments taken out of context. This is a typical leftist ploy.

Just to note in passing, I often see complete meltdown (or some variant) used by leftists when anyone answers one of their hit pieces. This, coupled with the out-of-context segment, is supposed to convince you to think that their target is indeed nuts, and that no level-headed person could disagree.

Yet another reminder of how language gets weaponized, whether in the hands of those who know exactly what they are doing, or the simply clueless.

Comments on the Yahoo! — aggregated reproduction:

“SoTexSailer” says: CUckerTarlson [sic.] gets paid 6 milllion [sic.] a year to make you dumber

“Jack” says: He’s taking [sic.] to cretins, they respond to noises like that.

“gman” says: Looks like it’s about time for that straight jacket measurement. It’s bound to happen sooner or later.

Some confuse facts with official narratives in a superficially more civil fashion. “russell w” elaborates: More than 1/2 of my family including my elderly parents watch Fox “news”. I force myself to watch it just so I can understand the other side. The problem is, most Fox watchers actually believe all of the stuff they are being fed. They “think” it is real news, when really it is just a continuation of Kellyanne’s “alternative facts”. There is only one set of facts folks, and Fox news is not interested in those facts, so they make up their own “theories” like Tucker’s craziness in this clip. This is dangerous rhetoric that is at least partly to blame for the division within the USA. Fox viewers need be aware they are being used as pawns, and Fox is their Queen.

Geez, what would this guy come up with if he read my stuff??? (I’m not even a regular Fox viewer. I only access what others bring to my attention.)

By the way, this (full video) is what was taken out of context and posted by a member of the Twitterverse mob, taken seriously on HuffPo. Continuing:

“Stephen” says: Tucker is on Putin’s payroll along with trump [sic.].

“Mike” says: he represents everything wrong in this country. A whiny, self-entitled privileged white guy who lies through his teeth just for the almighty dollar

Ah, some wokester had to get Tucker Carlson’s “whiteness” or “white privilege” in there. Anything to distract from the issue at hand: reasons for thinking the U.S. (or the U.S. in cooperation with NATO) sabotaged the pipeline knowing Russia would be blamed.

“Beach Girl” [sic.] says: After seeing the clip (I don’t watch the show or the network the show is on), I just cannot fathom how millions of people can be so ignorant to think that show is news for years upon years. At some point, even the network referred to it as news, in certain “unofficial” responses to criticism.

I have a hard time “fathoming” what she is even saying. Did these people graduate from high school? College? Educational collapse illustrated again, producing garble.

Again, the fact that these people might vote next month is scary.

It doesn’t matter what the hot-button issue is. The response is invariably the same.

Take Trump’s recent lawsuit against CNN for defamation. He stated, “Prove the big lie. The big lie is not a big lie at all. The big lie is the opposite…. All the stats — we have everything. Unfortunately we haven’t had judges that want to look at it.”

Previous commenters were kind compared to those below!

Again, these are unedited:

“James”: Only fools believe Twice Impeached’s big lie. And each time he repeats it, fewer fools believe than the time before. Twice Impeached is lying his way into prison.

“eric”: Just another scheme to grift the dumb and gullible.

“Bittweaker”: Trump makes Hitler look good…

“Hugo”: ITs called Trump lost in over 60 federal court room [sic.] about 2020 election and his lawyer lost his law license

“Captain Cupcake”: The delusional rantings of a raving lunatic.

“franklin”: I can’t wait until the last door clicks and he is locked in a cage forever. No contact with his 3 adult children, as they too, will be felons in their own perfect cages.

“Ray”: So orange man wants CNN to prove the big lie since he certainly could not in his multitude of lawsuits. His Minions better keep on donating to his lawyers or he might actually have to pay them himself.

“Joe H”: This guy needs”more time” to defend his inexcusable document theft, but has plenty of time for frivolous lawsuits? What a giant piece of human excrement

“Tom”: I think we are seeing every day how corrupt, and stupid trump is. How he ever became president is a mystery too [sic.] me.

“Just Facts” (!): How ignorant trump [sic.] is. It will be real easy to prove trumps [sic.] big lie. Attorney general barr [sic.] found not enough fraud to support trumps [sic.] lie. 60 court cases found trump [sic.] lied. Trumps [sic.] a cancer and the people who support trump know it.

“He Who Hates With Fire” (!!!): here’s proof, trump is at home and Biden is in the white house, I mean what other proof is there

Wow! I’m convinced!

This is beyond mere educational collapse. Many of these comments combine blind faith in official narratives with a level of hostility that leaves me no longer wondering why there are mass killings, road rage, or cases of Democrats simply killing Republicans in cold blood.

It’s not like I hover over comment sections. I have better things to do. I perused the first set out of curiosity after the one I mentioned was censored. After what I saw there, it dawned on me to check out a few others. It dawned on me that in at least some circles (big cities come to mind), hostility to the point of sadism directed toward that minority of Americans who can still think is not the exception.

On mainstream news sites, it is now the rule.

The narrative police have their man (and woman) in the White House.

What I’d like to know is: what do we do when dissent from approved narratives regarding “conspiracies,” the covid shots, Election 2020, January 6, Hunter B.’s laptop, Russia-Ukraine, you name it, is either criminalized as sedition or opens you to lawfare from those who take offense or claim their feelings were hurt — or simply have it in for you if you are a conservative?

The danger of the Alex Jones defamation suits is that they are precedent-setting. What can be done to Jones today, can be done to lesser-known voices tomorrow on lesser pretexts.

I am not denying that some of Jones’s listeners crossed lines that should never be crossed. But I’ve neither seen nor heard anything to indicate that Jones directed them to harass anyone.

Never have I said that stupidity is limited to left-liberals. It isn’t. There are people caught up in the “conspiracy” cosmos who cannot distinguish the credible from the silly. Several emails in response to my article illustrated that.

Where Jones failed was in not realizing that American society has filled up with lunatics and sociopaths all across the ideological spectrum. Before sending him to the gallows (figuratively speaking), one might consider having his recent book The Great Reset: The War for the World (2022) a look. You can read the first two chapters for free on Amazon (I’d do it before Amazon removes the book).

From that alone, you’ll see why the Establishment wants him gone.

Not that the judge, the court, or the attorneys in the Jones defamation lawfare suits are “in on it.” That’s just stupid.

They are what Lenin called useful idiots.

As are the unknowing thought police who show up in comment sections, probably because, like the average Internet troll, they do not have lives. This doubtless frustrates them, and so they lash out at politically-approved targets when they can do so anonymously, i.e., safely, without consequences.

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

While admittedly the real world can be scary enough, he has also written a novel of cosmic horror. The Shadow Over Sarnath will be published soon.

The Patreon.com campaign I have been running appears to have been a bust, with just one new Patron in the entire second and third quarters of this year. Meanwhile several Patrons have exited, one informing me that due to the increased cost of living in Bidenista-era America, he no longer has the luxury of supporting an independent, truth-telling writer.

Odds are good I will cancel my account on the site at the end of the year and return to pursuing copywriting, copyediting and ghostwriting clients as a source of income in this era of roaring inflation.

Thank you, ‘Joe Biden’!

This will mean reduced visibility on NewsWithViews.com. It might even mean a “farewell” piece in December, even if only temporarily. Those are the breaks. I am not independently wealthy. To reverse this while there is still time (i.e., before a new client accepts my offer), please consider pledging today by going here and signing up.




Tulsi Gabbard’s Sudden Conscience

By Lex Greene

October 12, 2022

In politics today, things are seldom what they seem. Some things might be though, like the sudden timing of Tulsi Gabbards urgent leap from the sinking Socialist Democrat Party ship, while hundreds of other rats are jumping off as fast as they can.

On February 21, 2022, Tulsi’s name still appeared on Klaus Schwab’s WEF Young Global Leaders list, which was collected and reported by TNALC.org HERE, with over 7000 views. Less than a month later, her name was scrubbed from the list of Young Global Leaders on the WEF web site, reported HERE.

For quite some time now, Gabbard has been saying a lot of things that seem on the surface, to align with Republican Party Platform positions. Yet, she remained a member of the Socialist Democrat Party until 30-days out from a mid-term election cycle that pretty much everyone agrees, may totally destroy America’s socialist democrats. That’s when Tulsi finally decided to jump ship…along with others.

Now, I don’t claim to know what’s in Tulsi’s heart or mind, or what this recent leap from the DNC really means, and no one else knows either, except Tulsi, or maybe her political handlers. But she sure wouldn’t be the first democrat to run for office as a Republican or Independent, that wasn’t really Republican, Independent, or conservative. This is what we now call “RINOs” in the Republican Party, pretend conservatives in speech, but not in practice after elected.

One thing is certain, when political firebrand President Trump answered the call of the people to enter the sewer of politics in 2015, causing an all-out open global assault on everyone and everything that bears the Trump name, he unified an AMERICA FIRST movement that had been swelling up for years. That movement may have now become the most powerful political movement in the USA and even the world, as people rise up against their failed socialist governments all over the globe.

Even card-carrying communist Bernie Sanders is now openly attacking his Democrat Party for going “so far left” that no sane person can vote for any democrat or socialist in 2022. Since Obama’s Biden regime seized power in January 2021, the USA has been racing downhill like a snowball headed for hell, as my ole buddy Merle once said

Maybe Gabbard has simply read the tea leaves. With record inflation, supply line shortages, the deepest divisions in U.S. history, O’Biden wars on every corner, rising violence in U.S. cities, and her party leadership labeling more than half of the country “terrorists, extremists, insurrectionists” and calling to “eliminate” everyone who holds a different political point of view, can anyone with even half a mind claim this insanity now? Seems Tulsi can’t any longer.

Forty-two years ago, it was Ronald Reagan who first made it popular to jump from his lifelong democrat party and join the GOP, claiming that the party had left him long ago. He ran democrat failure Jimmy Carter from office in a landslide and made millions proud to be American again. But he also launched the idea of an all-inclusive “BIG TENT” republican party, which is now half full of democrats (aka RINOs).

Many have left the democrat party since for the same reasons. But many have left the GOP too, as RINOs gained an ever growing presence within the GOP, in great part, due to democrats jumping parties, or just running on republican tickets in deep RED districts, where a democrat has no chance. That’s about 90% of the voting precincts in the country.

There are no “blue states” in the USA, just a handful of blue cities. Democrats win elections once they control major population centers. Even New York, Illinois and California are mostly RED states. But their voters are outnumbered by the massive voting power in their major cities, nearly all of which are democrat controlled and in rapid decline. Texas too now…

The thing about “facts” is they stand on their own side, and they don’t care if you like them or not. To say that “facts” are a stubborn thing is a gross understatement. Hating them won’t change a thing. Ignoring them will cause your own demise.

Because democrats have such a long distinguished history of lying to gain power, going back more than a hundred years, creating mass-divisions everywhere they can, and turning on their own as fast as they turn on their opponents, we simply cannot take anything for granted, or at face value today. We must question everyone and everything.

To be certain, politics is a TEAM sport and if you are not part of a winning TEAM, you’re not really in the sport at all. The single largest voting bloc in the USA today claims “independent” status. But most are not actually “independent.” They just can’t stand to be publicly associated with any political party today, because on some level, they are all full of corruption.

Has Tulsi truly had a sudden political epiphany? Is she really abandoning her lifelong democrat party belief system? Or is she really still a Young Global Leader for Klaus Schwab and his demonic Great Reset underway globally?

I don’t know the answer to this question, and most likely, neither do you. But she did endorse Joe Biden in 2020…and she is a Klaus Schwab trained “global leader,” whether she still appears on their web site or not.

Right now, would be the worst time in history to make such a mistake. In less than 30-days, The People will have a chance to wipe out the tyrannical totalitarian leadership in DC and beyond, creating our own AMERICA FIRST reset. If we don’t pay close attention and get it right, there’s no one to blame but ourselves.

Fool me once, shame on you! But twice, shame on me!

You see, political campaigns are not about “Making America Great Again.” Political campaigns are solely about raising money and garnering votes. Most politicians know what you want to hear, so that’s what they will tell you, not intending to do it, but just to extract your money and gain your vote. After they raise the money and gain your vote, their top priority is to be re-elected, not because they deserve to be, but because they are an incumbent now, hard to remove from office.

If the DOJ investigated every member of government who has become wealthy via “insider trading” in the market, or international money laundering like the Bidens, we would have no one left in government…which is why the DOJ looks the other way and focuses on what you did wrong instead.

I too agree with much of what Tulsi is saying lately, and I too hope she means every word of it. But I won’t risk the future of freedom and liberty on it! Will you?

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




Every Place Has Its Secrets

By Cliff Kincaid

October 12, 2022

The only explanation for the suppression of the Hunter Biden laptop story is that the intelligence agencies are in command and control of our political system, including the major media companies, and that Joe Biden and/or members of the Biden family are their agents or assets.

The Intelligence Community is above the law and they will lie, as we saw in their statement dismissing the laptop as Russian propaganda.

The report that federal agents have gathered enough evidence to charge Hunter Biden with tax and gun crimes has no bearing on how the suppression of the story was part of a plan to swing the 2020 election away from Trump and toward Biden.

We know they have the evidence. But the evidence also implicates them.

Sadly, we know that Republican leaders in the House and Senate do not have the courage to defund the intelligence agencies and hold them “accountable” for subverting our system of government and protecting their own wealth and power.

This means that Republican control of the Congress, even both Houses, in the November elections, will, at best, be an impediment to the disastrous course we’re on. More important is the fact is that Biden was installed through manipulation of the electorate by the intelligence agencies working in tandem with social media.

So how are the people supposed to get justice in a case like this? If not through an insurrection, then what?

Congress understands this. However, one of the best members, Rep. Devin Nunes, former chair of the House Intelligence Committee, left to go to work for Trump. Another, former Rep. Steve King, who called for a new House Internal Security Committee, was forced out by House Republican Leader Kevin McCarthy. Jason Chaffetz, former chairman of the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee, left Congress to make big bucks at Fox.

Members of Congress who seriously try to defund or expose these agencies face retaliation of the most personal nature, just like Trump has endured. Or worse, they might end up like former Clinton White House lawyer Vincent Foster, whose dead body was dumped in a public park after obtaining documents regarding NSA surveillance procedures and practices.  Not to mention Seth Rich, the Democratic National Committee staffer who was fatally shot in July of 2016 and was the subject of an extensive FBI investigation relating to the release of DNC emails to Julian Assange and Wikileaks. The FBI has tried to cover-up the facts in the case.

Over the course of decades, my group, America’s Survival, Inc., sponsored several National Press Club conferences and published a series of books warning of how the “progressives” were implementing a Marxist one-party state in America, primarily through the 8 years of Barack Hussein Obama’s presidency. Our warnings fell on deaf ears.

But after the intelligence agencies derailed a second term for President Trump through the Russia-gate hoax, awareness began spreading rapidly that Obama’s Democratic Party had become America’s Communist Party and that, as Obama predicted, America has been transformed.

Resistance to the Federal Government

Today, it is clear that we have a corrupt federal political system but a private sector of independently-minded and forward-thinking people such as Elon Musk. Though not a conservative, he understands the dangers of the current system having been corrupted by the “progressives” elites. He seems committed to freedom of action and thought.

Another, of course, is the My Pillow guy, Mike Lindell, who has made it his mission in life to eliminate electronic voting machines that are susceptible to manipulation and fraud.

With the knowledge of America’s turn into a Marxist state, these people have to redouble their efforts and figure out ways to outrun the federal government and its rapidly increasing system of command and control over every aspect of our lives.

One big hope is an alternative monetary system that bypasses the Federal Reserve system through crypto currencies based on new technology. Here, Republicans are leading the way. For that reason alone, they are preferable to the Democrats. Successful investor Cathie Wood, a Christian, is emphasizing innovations such as AI, robotics, energy storage, DNA sequencing, next generation Internet, and blockchain technology, including crypto assets.

We also have possibilities of change on the state and local levels, where political participation can truly make a difference. In Pennsylvania, for example, former Army Colonel Doug Mastriano, who has written about how the military has been subverted from within, is running for governor. Pennsylvania is a state where voter fraud has been well-documented through mail-in voting and drop boxes.

On another level, local sheriffs can resist the chaos and conflict being deliberately created by “progressives” in the criminal justice system.

Biden Family Corruption

But to return to the topic this column began with, the only explanation for the official suppression of the Hunter Biden laptop story is that the intelligence agencies, such as the FBI and CIA, were implicated in the Biden Family’s dealings with China and other foreign countries and are themselves corrupt. I suspect Hunter may have been a CIA agent or asset, probably a role arranged by his father, who was always committed openly to a New World Order.

Congress can’t and won’t get to the bottom of this scandal unless it completely defunds the FBI and CIA and a real Department of Justice prosecutes top officials of those agencies for corruption and treason.

Hearings and investigations are welcome. But if they only lead to the impeachment of this or that official, it won’t be enough.

I believe the unraveling the Biden case may also lead to the truth about the death of Jeffrey Epstein, who had the best lawyers that money could buy, as well as associates in such eminent organizations as the Council on Foreign Relations and Trilateral Commission.

And it may also help us understand other mysterious deaths.

With the assistance of high-powered lawyers such as Ken Starr, the special prosecutor who “investigated” the Clintons but covered-up the murder of Clinton lawyer Vincent Foster, Epstein had protected himself and his network, serving only 13 months in a country-club arrangement at a local jail. Finally, of course, he ended up dead in a federal jail in New York City.

Foreign Wars

Now, with potential wars with Russia and China on the horizon, and our own military shrinking under the weight of diversity, we have a pressing need to focus on how the elites are maneuvering to protect themselves, their wealth, and power, and then we need to take parallel action to protect our own families and neighbors from the escalating dangers of economic collapse, rising crime and chaos.

I recently came upon a book, Secrets of Catoctin Mountain, which includes a chapter on how America’s elites ran secret military and intelligence camps, compounds and nuclear hideaways outside of Washington, D.C. in Maryland. The author, James Rada, Jr. signed my copy, “Cliff, every place has its secrets.”

In the event of a nuclear exchange with Russia over Ukraine, you can bet the elites will retire to a secure compound, with no worries about shortages of money, food, or health care.

We can continue to expose these secrets, in an effort to shame and embarrass them. But don’t operate on the assumption that those who run America will either protect you and your family or give up power voluntarily so that our Republican form of government can return. They would not hesitate to use America’s military as cannon fodder in another no-win foreign war, like the one already underway in Ukraine, which could break out with China or North Korea or Iran.

The American people are quickly understanding that the elites have stolen our wealth and mortgaged our future. They are criminals of the worst order and their institutions are corrupt to the core. They have almost complete control of our destiny as a nation.

There is some hopeful news – primarily a conservative Supreme Court that can push back, as well as Elon Musk’s Twitter takeover, assuming he will make it into a true free speech platform. But if November’s elections are stolen, all hope will be lost.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




This is No More Biden’s Government Than It Was Trump’s

By Bradlee Dean

October 12, 2022

—It’s Our Government Under God!

“We the People, under God, are the Government, period!”

Most recently, someone posted that our government is Biden’s government, as if to suggest that he can do what he wills with it.  This is not true in any sense of the word.  He simply does what the people allow and prohibit him to do, nothing more and nothing less. They are not a government unto themselves. After all, the Declaration of Independence, “under God,” tells us just that.

“That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed.”

This is no more Biden’s government than it was Trump’s government or Obama’s government or Bush’s government, etc.

WHERE ARE PEOPLE GETTING THEIR INFORMATION FROM?

This Bible is for the Government of the People, by the People, and for the People.“ – John Wycliffe

If the American people do not want to take responsibility in righting those that are doing the wrongs the way that their forefathers did, then the American people will get exactly what it is that they deserve (Article II, Section 4; Article I, Section 3, Clause 7 US Constitution; Amos 6:3).

[Rumble Video]

As we all know, the Declaration of Independence is just that, a declaration of the abuses and usurpations of the tyrant king that would not be ruled by God, just as I wrote what it is that we are now seeing today in the present.

Remember our forefathers penned: “That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness.”

[Rumble Video]

They did not bow the knee to him and his lawless acts of tyranny (Daniel 3).  Instead, they merely threw off his murderous and oppressive rule and put themselves under Him who makes men truly free, that is if they love Him enough to obey Him (2 Corinthians 3:17).

Thomas Paine, the man who has been labeled by many as the least religious forefather, wrote in his book “Common sense”:

“But where some says is the King of America? I’ll tell you, friend, He reigns above, and doth not make havoc of mankind like the Royal brute of Britain. Yet, that we may not appear to be defective honors, let a day solemnly be set apart for proclaiming the charter; let it be brought placed on the divine law, the Word of God; Let a crown be place thereon, by which the world may know, that so far as we approve of Monarchy, that in America THE LAW IS KING!”

In conclusion: If your said representatives will not be ruled by God in upholding His laws,  though they swore to Him and the people under oath with their hand on the Bible (Numbers 30:2; Deuteronomy 23:23), then the people are to take lawful responsibility and do the same that was set forth as an example set before us by our forefathers (Psalm 94:16)!

[Rumble Video]

We the People, under God, are the Government, period – This is our Government!

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Positive New Treatments Aren’t Rocket Science

by Dr. Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

October 11, 2022

In June 2022, a new dominant Omicron subvariant, BA.5 (followed by BA.2.75) arose because of its ability to evade immunity, and hospitalizations were slowly trending higher. That is why it is more important than ever to look treatments for Covid-19, and recently new treatments have been developed for Alzheimer’s, Dementia and Covid-19. Importantly, they are not rocket science. During the last half of the 20th century, there was an increasing problem with Alzheimer’s at the same time many people were dying with lung cancer from smoking. Cigarette smoke slowly kills the tiny blood vessels in the lungs that carry oxygen throughout the body, providing healing. Scientists have known for a long time that oxygen assists in healing, and for decades, athletes and others with serious wounds have been placed in hyperbaric chambers with forced oxygen helping heal their wounds.

So, it doesn’t take a rocket scientist to know that forced oxygen might also heal patients with Alzheimer’s and dementia. However, it took until 2021 for “a team of university scientists to reduce brain trauma by hyperbaric oxygen therapy, preventing the core biological processes for the development of Alzheimer’s disease” (from “Israel Study: Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy Reverses Signs of Alzheimer’s and Dementia,” September 9, 2021). This treatment can be expensive, but if Congress can fund “bridges to nowhere” as they have in the past, I am sure the American people will demand that Congressional help in funding this solution for Alzheimer’s and Dementia. At the very least, I am calling for clinical trials to see if the Israelis’ success can be duplicated here.

Similarly with Covid-19, from the beginning of the pandemic, it has not taken a rocket scientist to know that the virus SARS-CoV2 caused inflammation of the lungs (Inflammo Thrombotic Response) which, if left untreated, became the disease Covid-19, which the body’s immune system fought so fiercely that small holes were poked through the lungs through which Covid-19 was then blown by forced air vents blowing oxygen into the lungs to improve breathing. The Covid-19 thus spread throughout the body resulting in multiple organ failure and death. As a non-rocket scientist, it seemed clear to me that the solution to Covid-19 was simply a matter of conducting clinical trials of medicines that were both antiviral and anti-inflammatory, such as Sabizabulin. In fact, the recent clinical trials of this breast cancer drug were so successful that they have been stopped and a request for emergency authorization has been sent forward for its use in treating Covid-19. Eating bananas also provides potassium and increased energy.

Months after I wrote this article, CBS News reported on July 6 that “Newly published study shows cancer drug (Sabizabulin) cuts risk of death for hospitalized high-risk COVID-19 patients.” Even earlier in February 2021, Israel had developed 2 inexpensively produced drugs, EXO-CD24 and Allocetra, which in clinical trials including seriously and critically ill hospital patients had improved at least 90% of them within 2-3days, and most were discharged within 3-5 days!. Some began feeling better within just 2 hours! Because these drugs focus on reducing inflammation, their success does not depend upon mutational variants like the newest one that combines properties of both omicron and delta.

© 2022 Dennis Cuddy – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com




Bombshell Covid-19 Lawsuit – Finally

By: Devvy

October 11, 2022

In my last two columns on the carnage from those experimental gene therapy injections being passed off as vaccines I mentioned a lawsuit which I couldn’t go into detail about as I’d given my word last month not to announce it.  I wanted to so badly to because this is the case that is going to bust this Hell wide open.  It was finally filed October 5, 2022;  a major undertaking for the attorney’s involved, their staff and sources.

This is a civil jury trial and you can bet when whoever the judge is reads it is going to fill his/her drawers.  The defendants have no where to hide because the proof and the truth cannot be denied.

It’s said the wheels of justice turn slowly.  I say when corruption is involved with big names and lots of filthy money, yes, defendants and judges would sell their own mother to keep from going to trial.  Such is the lawsuit which I covered June 16, 2021, by my dear friend, Larry Becraft, whose been a constitutional criminal defense attorney for over 35 years and several other attorneys.  That lawsuit is on the EUA (Emergency Use Authorization) and those dangerous experimental injections that legally are NOT vaccines.

That lawsuit was filed on June 10, 2021 and still has not gone to trial.  The defendants have and continue to use every legal trick and maneuver they can think of to keep from going in front of a jury.  You can read the original Complaint here.  It is 113 pages but don’t let that stop you from getting FACTS vs the monstrous lies fed the American people from early February 2020 through today.  Try reading page 86, for example.

I’ve known about this new lawsuit since last month and read several draft copies.  Been anxiously awaiting it following Tom Renz (attorney) 57-page document I covered Sept. 21, 2022 in a column, Bombshell: Sars-Cov2, Those Responsible by Name and How it Was Done:

“Well, Renz just released for the public what I consider to be the BOMBSHELL document:

BREAKING: The Origins of SARS-COV2Fauci, Wuhan, EcoHealth & More – “Renz Law in collaboration with Make Americans Free Again have put together a report presentation documenting 133 Citations, Declaration of an employee of EcoHealth under penalty of perjury, months of research and consulting with experts. Below you find a copy of the presentation and the full report.”

“This is a 57-page document that must be read in its entirety.  It is the story of SARS-CoV-2 from start until now.  Criminal acts by named individuals paid for by you and me.  You will be absolutely shocked regarding intelligence agencies and guess whose name pops up in that document?  Hunter Biden.

“Not speculation but hard scientific facts and evidence, some of which has been provided by a whistleblower on the inside with impeccable credentials.  I suspect we’ll see more to come in the way of those wanting to do the right thing or…the old tactic of the first one who sings gets the best deal.  Better hurry up as the iceberg is dead ahead.”

An odd thing happened.  Larry Becraft emailed me the court docket on Oct. 5, 2022.  Rockland County Supreme Court Assignment of Index Number 10/05/2022.  I clicked and read the Complaint on line.  The very next day speaking with Larry, I informed him when I clicked on the link again this came up:

“This document is not available for public viewing at this time.  If you are a participating NYSCEF user in this matter and are not currently logged into the system, you may view this document by logging into NYSCEF and selecting it from the Document List in this matter,
or by selecting the link below.  Log in and view document.”  Seems overnight the court decided the public didn’t need to see the lawsuit.

However, they forgot to shield all the exhibits!  Just two of them and hopefully they’ll still be there for you to see when this column is posted.  One and two.

Nice try but the lawsuit is now posted on Renz’ web site.  It is definitive proof backing up the 57-page document above the true history and the defendants responsible for the nightmare which crippled the world in early 2020 and totalitarian governments – including ours – want to see continue.

People around the world continue to die in record numbers as well as those now permanently disabled – tens of thousands of our fellow Americans in agony, pain and no longer able to work or even function post-injection.  Teens – especially those involved in sports – are dropping on the fields of America at alarming and unprecedented rates as well as professional athletes.  Myocarditis.  Their lives with never be the same.  And still the illegitimate Biden “administration” and mass murderers like Anthony Fauci continue to vomit everyone needs to get vaccinated.

Doctors, whore politicians, DoD and ignorant Americans all yell get vaccinated you selfish pigs! Damn judges who are either in denial (if they took the injections), ignorant of the carnage or too afraid to make the right decisions to protect the lives of those who’ve refused to be guinea pigs for massive billions in revenues either kick lawsuits to the curb (like Un-Supreme Court Justice Amy Comey Barret) or continue to drag them out going on more than a year.

To repeat myself from previous columns, Prof. Dolores Cahill (among thousands of highly qualified doctors and scientists world-wide all censored) warned about what was going to happen if people took those mRNA experimental injections way back in Jan. 2021:  Don’t take them.  If you don’t die within a few weeks, it can take 4-18 months after injection for the technology pumped into your cells to begin destroying your natural immune system.  Then develop autoimmune diseases and premature death 3-5 years.  Some, depending on their health at the time of injection, it may take longer to begin destroying your natural immune system; could be up to ten years.  Tragically, they’ve all been right from predicted spikes (deaths in clusters) to the horror I and so many others have been writing about for nearly two years.

Now, because so many have taken the injections, it’s no longer just spikes every 4-6 months, the deaths are increasing at a huge, steady rate world-wide because billions of humans have been injected plus those worthless boosters.  The numbers don’t lie but OUR government and governments in other countries do to protect themselves as they allowed this to happen.

READ:  The Pfizer Effect: Hundreds of Thousands of People are dying due to COVID Vaccination every week according to official Government data, Oct. 2, 2022

Exhibit B: Covid-19 Vaccination can damage the heart, that is a FACT

“Let’s look at the fact that it is now known without any doubt that Covid-19 vaccination can cause serious damage to the heart. Myocarditis and Pericarditis are just two of the handful of adverse events medicine regulators have been forced to admit can occur due to Covid-19 vaccination.

“They claim it is rare, but they are lying. The fact their hand has been forced in admitting they can occur means they are much more common than the average person on the street would like to think.

“A quietly published study conducted by the US Centers for Disease Control and Food and Drug Administration actually found that the risk of myocarditis following mRNA COVID vaccination is around 133x greater than the background risk in the population.”

As I wrote in my Sept. 26, 2022, column, COVID Experimental Injections: Criminal Prosecutions Must Happen Now it’s time for criminal prosecutions.  Below in Related are new items from my last column.  More tragedy and it won’t stop until those injections are pulled from the market.

Here is the new lawsuit.  Read it.  And please remember about the all-important discovery process and depositions.  There’s no place for these murderers to hide any longer.

Attorney Tom Renz Discovers Disturbing DOD COVID Files, Oct. 1, 2022

As I covered recently OUR government has lied and covered up the truth about TWA flight 800, WACO, Ruby Ridge, OKC, 9/11 and COVID-19 and more.  My dear friend who passed away in December 2019, Ret. Brigadier General Ben Partin, gave a presentation at an event I put together in No. California in 1998 everyone should watch as he proves the lies.  Watch video here.  Now we have proof and evidence proving the lies about COVID-19 and those experimental injections.

The two lawsuits above are civil, but now the truth is out in the open and it’s time for just one state Attorney General to convene a grand jury and their house of lies will implode.  Doubts increasing in scientific circles on Big Pharma’s beastly mRNA jab claims, Oct. 4, 2022

COVID-19 Patents: State Little RICO Acts Prosecution?, July 19, 2021.

As it so happens, I know our county attorney.  I’m going to give him the 57-page report and a copy of this new lawsuit along with, probably 3-4 pages of headlines like the ones at the bottom of this column.  My goal is to get him to take it to our state Attorney General Ken Paxton (Texas).  Of course, nothing will happen until after Nov. 8th when the mid-term elections are over.

So many of us can keep writing about the number of dead, permanently disabled and the millions now suffering from those experimental injections with many millions more who will die a premature death from developing autoimmune diseases.

But the only way to stop this monstrous crime against humanity is to get the truth in front of juries AND for US – each one of us – to get this to all your email lists and every social media platform possible.  The American people MUST rise up against those deadly injections.  He who yells the loudest gets the most attention.  Make our voices heard, save a life because as sure as I’m typing this there will be another big push to muzzle you with face masks and forced “vaccination” as winter approaches and more of our freedoms destroyed.

As for the prostitute media:  You people have disgraced journalistic ethics.  You lie with a straight face every night on the stupid tube (TV), in newspapers, on-line and are nothing but ignorant robots repeating the same lies while calling the truth disinformation.  You can continue to align with the illegitimate Biden “administration” and big tech partisan billionaires to censor the truth.  But, We the People are more and stronger than you.

Again:  Here is the new lawsuit.  Read it.  (Click on Pop Out to the right to expand.)  Pg. 10:  “d. At all times relevant, Defendant Daszak, individually, and acting in concert with the other above-captioned Defendants, engaged in the oversight, direction, control, funding, research, development and creation of the genetically modified coronavirus, resulting in the SARS-CoV-2 global pandemic and Plaintiffs’ injuries suffered therefrom.

“e. At all times relevant, Defendant Daszak engaged in a cover-up of the origins of SARS-CoV-2 to mislead the public and health officials as to his role in the origin of SARS-CoV-2, and the lethality, virulence and transmissibility of the ultra-hazardous lab-made virus released into the environment by the Defendants.”

This is just the beginning, I hope.  Since those injections are not vaccines, are Pfizer, Moderna and others immune from liability?  Key: Learn Why the 1986 Vaccine Protection Act Does Not Protect Covid-19 Injections, video interview, May 5, 2021

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related – These are all new from my last column on those injections, Sept. 26, 2022.  They’re just a tiny number I’ve saved and only from credible sources.

“What I’ve Seen In The Past Two Years Is Unprecedented”: Renowned OB/GYN tells Dr. Drew That He Has Seen an “Off the Charts” Rise in Miscarriages and Fetal Abnormalities Since the Vaccine Was Introduced – (VIDEO), Oct. 8, 2022  //  BREAKING BIG: FL Surgeon General Finds 84% Increase in Cardiac-Related DEATH in Males 18-39 Following mRNA Vaccine – Recommends Young Males Refrain from Receiving COVID Vaccine, Oct. 7, 2022

Mainstream science is FAKE science: Hundreds of peer-reviewed studies to be RETRACTED because they were “manipulated”, Oct. 7, 2022  // URGENT!: Multifocal Necrotizing Encephalitis & Myocarditis after Pfizer vax, Oct. 3, 2022  //  Air Force moves forward with vaccine mandate despite court order, Sept. 28,2022 //  Funeral Embalmer: 85% of Dead Bodies Now Have Strange Blood Clots Since COVID Vaccine Roll-outs  //  17-Year-Old Fully Vaccinated Daughter of Illinois Democrat Rep. Sean Casten Died of Sudden Cardiac Arrhythmia, Oct. 8, 2022

Something I warned about in a Nov. 23, 2020, column after reading an interview with Dr. Margarite Griesz-Brisson MD, PhD who is a Consultant Neurologist and Neurophysiologist with a PhD in Pharmacology:  German Neurologist Says Masks Cause Oxygen Deprivation and Permanent Brain Damage, Especially in Children  //  “Kaiser discovered that people who are triple-vaccinated not only are more likely to be infected with COVID-19, they are more likely to suffer severe illness and die from the disease, reported investigative journalist Daniel Horowitz.”

Of course, back then and still, so-called “fact checkers” say it’s all hooey.  None of these highly educated, experienced doctors and scientists around the world know what they’re talking about.  Only hacks in rag newspapers and web sites are credible.  Shove it.  This Frankenstein experiment is killing and maiming millions world-wide.

URGENT!: Multifocal Necrotizing Encephalitis & Myocarditis after Pfizer vax, Oct. 3, 2022  //  New paper confirms the COVID vaccines kill brain cells and heart cells leading to death – “The CDC isn’t going to tell you any of this. Today, it’s the job of “misinformation spreaders” like me to let you know what is in the most respected peer-reviewed scientific journals”, Oct. 2, 2022  //  CDC Data & Scientific Study suggest 1.2 million Americans may already have died due to COVID Vaccination, Oct. 4, 2022  //  Edward Dowd: New Actuarial Report Reaffirms Trail Of Death Caused By Vaccine Mandates!, August 20, 2022 (Video interview)

A Brain-Damaged Nation: Neurological Diseases Explode in 2021 After COVID-19 Vaccines – 100,000%+ Increase in Strokes, Oct. 5, 2022  //  WATCH:  Security Cameras Reveal COVID-19 Vaccinated People Suffering Strange Hallucinations Before Collapsing, Oct. 6, 2022  //  Red Cross Admits They do Not Separate Vaccinated from Unvaccinated Blood – Mother Claims Baby Died from Blood Clots of Donated Blood, Sept. 30, 2022  //  Doctor Surprised as Patient Refuses to Receive Blood Transfusion if Donor had been Vaccinated Against COVID-19, Oct, 5, 2022

Why Did the CDC Hide the V-Safe Data From the American People for Almost 2 Years? – “Because it clearly shows that these vaccines are the most dangerous vaccines we’ve ever created, that’s why”, Oct. 7, 2022  //  20-Year-Old Nursing Student Dies Suddenly of Cardiac Arrest One Day After Being Forced to Get COVID-19 Shot, Oct. 1, 2022  //  Unvaxed vice Vaxed. The death rates are staggering! Must See & Share, April 29, 2022 (Video) //  Buy their comic books or see their movies?  When pigs flyPfizer Partners with Marvel to Release a Digital Comic Book Encouraging People to Get their Covid Shot and Become an ‘Everyday Hero’, Oct. 9, 2022

Inflammatory Disorders, Cancer Markers on the Rise, Sept. 4, 2021 – “Dr. Ryan Cole, a Mayo Clinic-trained, triple-boarded pathologist, also said that he’s seeing potential cancer-causing changes, including decreases in receptors that keep cancer in check, and other adverse events post-vaccine:

“I’m seeing countless adverse reactions … it’s really post-vaccine immunodeficiency syndrome … I’m seeing a marked increase in herpetic family viruses, human papilloma viruses in the post-vaccinated. I’m seeing a marked uptick in a laboratory setting from what I see year over year of an increase of usually quiescent diseases.

“In addition to that — and correlation is not causation — but in the last six months I have seen — you know, I read a fair amount of women’s health biopsies — about a 10- to 20-fold increase of uterine cancer compared to what I see on an annual basis. Now we know that the CD8 cells are one of our T-cells to keep our cancers in check.

“I am seeing early signals … what I’m seeing is an early signal in the laboratory setting that post-vaccinated patients are having diseases that we normally don’t see at rates that are already early considerably alarming.” (This, tragically, is just the beginning.)

Dark -Field MicroscopicAnalysis on the Blood of 1,006 Symptomatic Persons After Anti-COVIDmRNA Injections from Pfizer/BioNtech or Moderna, August 12, 2022  //  Getting on an airplane anytime soon?  “There Was a Lot of Harm and Lawbreaking” – WATCH LIVE: Josh Yoder, President of US Freedom Flyers, Tells TGP’s Jim Hoft Lawsuits Are Coming (VIDEO), Sept. 29, 2022  – “And Josh broke the news that that a major lawsuit will be filed in the coming days against the airlines and unions. Josh’s organization and their team of attorneys are looking at everything that happened and how best to proceed in court against these organisations and the dangerous experimental vaccines they were requiring.”

New film:  Safe & Effective A Second Opinion

CDC confirms aluminum in vaccines linked to childhood asthma and AUTISM, Oct. 6, 2022 //  How a Physician Cured Her Son’s Autism, August 1, 2011  //  Video interview with the amazing Dr. Natasha Campbell-McBride




What is Judicial Review?

By Paul Engel

October 10, 2022

  • Do the federal courts have the legal authority to overturn federal law?
  • Can the only unelected branch of the federal government rule over the elected branches?
  • What are the consequences of “constitutional law” overruling the Constitution itself?

If you spend any significant time discussing court opinions, you’ve encountered the concept of “Judicial Review”. What is judicial review, where does it come from, and is it used today the way it was originally defined? These are the questions every American should have a basic understanding of if they wish to live free. So that’s what we’re going to look at in this article.

When it comes to understanding a term, the best place to start is with a dictionary definition:

A courts authority to examine an executive or legislative act and to invalidate that act if it is contrary to constitutional principles.

The power of courts of law to review the actions of the executive and legislative branches is called judicial review. Though judicial review is usually associated with the U.S. Supreme Court, which has ultimate judicial authority, it is a power possessed by most federal and state courts of law in the United States. The concept is an American invention. Prior to the early 1800s, no country in the world gave its judicial branch such authority.

Judicial Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

For a contemporary understanding of judicial review, this is an accurate definition. Is that the original understanding of judicial review though? Is that what our framers intended when they drafted the Constitution? What does the Constitution say?

The judicial Power of the United States, shall be vested in one supreme Court, and in such inferior Courts as the Congress may from time to time ordain and establish.

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 1

So what is this judicial power the Constitution is talking about? The closest definition I can find from Noah Webster is:

That branch of government which is concerned in the trial and determination of controversies between parties, and of criminal prosecutions; the system of courts of justice in a government.

JUDICIARY – Websters 1828 Dictionary

So where does this idea the federal courts have the authority to invalidate acts of Congress or the President come from? What happened in the early 1800s to bring this power into existence? The answer is the case Marbury v. Madison.

Marbury v Madison

When John Adams lost his bid for re-election in 1800, he, along with other federalists in Congress, attempted to pack the courts by passing the Judiciary Act of 1801 and appointing 16 new circuit judges and 42 new justices of the peace. While these appointments were approved by the Senate, their commissions were not delivered before the Jefferson administration was inaugurated. James Madison, Jefferson’s Secretary of State, refused to deliver the commissions. William Marbury, one of the new Justices of the Peace, petitioned the Supreme Court to compel Mr. Madison to deliver his commission via a writ of mandamus.

A (writ of) mandamus is an order from a court to an inferior government official ordering the government official to properly fulfill their official duties or correct an abuse of discretion.

Wex Legal Dictionary

Does the court have the legal authority to issue such a writ?

It has been insisted at the bar, that, as the original grant of jurisdiction to the Supreme and inferior courts is general, and the clause assigning original jurisdiction to the Supreme Court contains no negative or restrictive words, the power remains to the Legislature to assign original jurisdiction to that Court in other cases than those specified in the article which has been recited, provided those cases belong to the judicial power of the United States.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

You see, lawyers playing games with words is nothing new. The Constitution clearly states that:

In all Cases affecting Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls, and those in which a State shall be Party, the supreme Court shall have original Jurisdiction. In all the other Cases before mentioned, the supreme Court shall have appellate Jurisdiction, both as to Law and Fact, with such Exceptions, and under such Regulations as the Congress shall make.

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 2, Clause 2

So the Constitution delegates original jurisdiction to the Supreme Court in this case, since it involves a public minister, Secretary of State James Madison. Did you notice the twist? Congress can make exceptions for the question of jurisdiction, and set regulations for the process of the court, but does that mean it can grant to the court a power not delegated by the Constitution?

To enable this court then to issue a mandamus, it must be shown to be an exercise of appellate jurisdiction, or to be necessary to enable them to exercise appellate jurisdiction.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

This is an important question, and what drove the court to the question of judicial review. The Tenth Amendment to the Constitution is quite clear:

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

So if the Constitution does not grant to the courts the general power to issue writs of mandamus against another branch of the government and it’s not included as part of their jurisdiction, then Congress cannot give to the court a power not delegated to it by the Constitution of the United States.

The authority, therefore, given to the Supreme Court by the act establishing the judicial courts of the United States to issue writs of mandamus to public officers appears not to be warranted by the Constitution, and it becomes necessary to inquire whether a jurisdiction so conferred can be exercised.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

That brings us back to the question of judicial review.

Judicial Review

It is emphatically the province and duty of the Judicial Department to say what the law is. Those who apply the rule to particular cases must, of necessity, expound and interpret that rule. If two laws conflict with each other, the Courts must decide on the operation of each. …

If, then, the Courts are to regard the Constitution, and the Constitution is superior to any ordinary act of the Legislature, the Constitution, and not such ordinary act, must govern the case to which they both apply.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

Notice the definition of judicial review used by Chief Justice Marshall. It’s not a question of invalidating a law, but determining, in the context of a specific case, whether laws are in conflict with one another. And if one of those laws happen to be the Constitution of the United States, then it must win.

Compare this with how courts use judicial review today.

A courts authority to examine an executive or legislative act and to invalidate that act if it is contrary to constitutional principles.

Judicial Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

See the difference? Chief Justice Marshall made the point that in a case where both a legislative and constitutional law apply, the Constitution must govern the case. Yet today, that has morphed into courts invalidating laws they believe violate the Constitution. This is not a question of applying the law to a case before the court, but of the nullification of laws created by the representatives of the people. Chief Justice Marshall went on.

Thus, the particular phraseology of the Constitution of the United States confirms and strengthens the principle, supposed to be essential to all written Constitutions, that a law repugnant to the Constitution is void, and that courts, as well as other departments, are bound by that instrument.

The rule must be discharged.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

Yes, an act repugnant to the Constitution is void and invalid. Yes, the court claims that the rule must be discharged, but do you see the Chief Justice claiming that the courts can invalidate a law with a simple opinion, much less order other courts and departments to follow their opinion? Yet for as long as I have been following their decisions, courts have used this language to not only overturn laws of the United States, but to place their opinions above the law.

Modern Judicial Review

The most blatant example of this violation of judicial review I can think is the question of “levels of scrutiny”.

In U.S. constitutional law, when a court finds that a law infringes a fundamental constitutional right, it may apply the strict scrutiny standard to nevertheless hold the law or policy constitutionally valid if the government can demonstrate in court that the law or regulation is necessary to achieve a compelling state interest”. The government must also demonstrate that the law is narrowly tailored” to achieve the compelling purpose, and uses the least restrictive means” to achieve the purpose. Failure to show these conditions may result in a judge striking down a law as unconstitutional.

The standard is the highest and most stringent standard of judicial review and is part of the levels of judicial scrutiny that courts use to determine whether a constitutional right or principle should give way to the governments interest against observance of the principle. The lesser standards are rational basis review and exacting or intermediate scrutiny. These standards are applied to statutes and government action at all levels of government within the United States.

Strict scrutiny – The Free Legal Dictionary

Do you see the inversion here? According to Article VI, Clause 2 of the Constitution:

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

Yet today, using the concepts of judicial review and “constitutional law”, courts claim that they can overrule the Constitution if, in their opinion, the government has a good enough reason. Compare that to the origins of judicial review in the Marbury v Madison opinion and you’ll see the courts have not only claimed to rule over the representative branches of government, but have placed their opinion, and those of their predecessors, above the supreme law of the land. Why has this abomination of the republican form of government, not to mention the idea of self-government, been allowed to continue? Because those in the federal government, state governments, and yes, We the People, are generally ignorant about the Constitution. We have all simply sat back while this oligarchy has been allowed to take over our republic. When was the last time you demanded that your representative in the House impeach a justice for such bad behavior? We should not use impeachment against every judge who issues an opinion we disagree with; that is not what I’m saying. I’m not talking about disagreements about the law, but the fundamental usurpation of the Constitution and the violation of the judges’ oaths to support the Constitution. That borders on the level of a coup d’etat against the rightful law and government of this nation. So how can that be considered “good behavior”?

The Judges, both of the supreme and inferior Courts, shall hold their Offices during good Behaviour,

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 1

Conclusion

I hope this explanation of judicial review, along with the abuses thereof, have opened your eyes to the tyranny of the oligarchs in black robes that currently rule over our country. I do not think it is an exaggeration to state that what the courts have done is usurp the Constitution, the supreme law of the land, and replace it with a government of their own design. Isn’t it about time those we employ to represent us do their job to oversee the judicial branch? There is a reason why the only non-elected branch of the federal government was not given any power.

Whoever attentively considers the different departments of power must perceive, that, in a government in which they are separated from each other, the judiciary, from the nature of its functions, will always be the least dangerous to the political rights of the Constitution; because it will be least in a capacity to annoy or injure them. … The judiciary, on the contrary, has no influence over either the sword or the purse; no direction either of the strength or of the wealth of the society; and can take no active resolution whatever. It may truly be said to have neither FORCE nor WILL, but merely judgment; and must ultimately depend upon the aid of the executive arm even for the efficacy of its judgments.

Alexander Hamilton – Federalist Papers #78

Isn’t it time We the People, through our elected representatives, restore the courts to their rightful place in our government? Shouldn’t we remove the force and will the courts have stolen from us, and return them to a body of mere judgment? Unless We the People stand up to the long train of abuses the federal courts have committed against us and throw off such despotism, we condemn our children to live as subjects of an oligarchy rather than a free and secure people in a constitutional republic.

But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




The STASI Overlords of America’s Medical Industry

By Kelleigh Nelson

October 10, 2022

The trend is forcing doctors who exhibit critical thinking to face an existential choice: join the mob and support what many of us believe are dangerous policies without a sound scientific basis, or stand up and risk losing your livelihood. —Dr. Pierre Kory

The truth will eventually come out; you can’t hide it forever. And everything they have said, everything, from masks from lockdowns, from social distancing from vaccination, from remdesivir, from Paxlovid is a big fat lie. They have a real problem with the truth.  —Dr. Paul Marik

Covid has shown an absolutely bright light on the corruption in medicine.  I’ve realized now that almost everything I was taught in medical school was wrong.  I have to unlearn everything I was taught because it’s dominated by Pharma and it’s completely and utterly false. It’s a fraud.  —Dr. Paul Marik, four-minute interview with Del Bigtree

Medical knowledge is always evolving. No one has a monopoly on good ideas. Our leaders in government should encourage doctors to pursue new ideas and innovate, not threaten to end their careers for disagreeing. —Dr. Pierre Kory

American socialists have long been promoting the nationalization of health care.  After Democrats took control of Congress in 1964, President Lyndon Baines Johnson’s “Great Society” gave us Medicare and Medicaid Act, also known as the Social Security Amendments of 1965.

With nationalization, small medical practices disappeared into group practices, factory like hospitals and out-patient clinics were established throughout the country, and many insurers restrict physician availability.

With the form and amount of medical care dependent upon budgetary availability, slowly but surely, the state-controlled benefits are diminished.  After Obama Care, the costs have risen exponentially to where yearly deductibles are rarely met, with out-of-pocket costs soaring.

The goal is total control of the US medical industry and with COVID, there has been a giant leap forward in the destruction of America’s once highly touted health care.

Not only have the medical Stasi been active, but Gestapo like tactics against physicians have cost them their careers.  Senator Ron Johnson exposed so much of this in his five-hour January 2022 roundtable.  Apparently the Senator is the only DC politician who cares.  Too many of them are funded by Bill Gates and are members of the World Economic Forum.

Corporate medicine run by the state has arrived.  Marx would be proud.

America’s Police State

On October 7, 2022, Joseph Biden signed an Executive Order on Enhancing Safeguards For United States Signals Intelligence Activities.  It is 25 pages long, nearly 8,000 words, and difficult to read and understand.

It does make clear that all 18 intelligence communities will have the ability to spy on American citizens.

Steven Fishman wrote, “‘Signals Intelligence’ means A-I or ‘Artificial Intelligence.’  All our freedoms and privacy are now gone and in the toilet. But it’s far worse than that.  Spying is only part of the equation.  It gives the 18 intel agencies the right to label each and every one of us a domestic terrorist arbitrarily.”

The military is part of the intelligence network.  It appears that posse comitatus may be put aside and the military used as enforcers.  Afterall, the Department of Defense is actually funding Socialist Democrat propaganda.

Every government agency is owned, lock, stock and barrel, by the American Stasi.

Subversion and Sabotage

Starting with the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, Americans have been continually subjected to an endless stream of totalitarian medical orders by the highest-level officials of the United States government and state governments from both political parties; by federal, state, and local public health authorities; by life scientists; and by doctors.

The COVID jabs and their related mandates violate the Nuremberg Code on Medical Experimentation that the United States government used to prosecute, convict, and execute Nazi doctors at Nuremberg. The inoculations and their related mandates are a Nuremberg Crime against Humanity under international criminal law.

Yet, only the dissident docs are courageous enough to speak out.

We must stop dead in its tracks this developing American medical police state and hold legally accountable those responsible for the COVID-19 pandemic lies and its lethal consequences for millions of our fellow Americans.

Leo Hohmann’s article from April 2020, Rasputin in the White House: Trump Must Boot Dr. Fauci from His Inner Circle or Lose Everything He’s Fought For spelled it out. We know the end result. The article was dead on!

Leo told us, “All roads lead to the mad doctor, Mr. Fauci, who sits on the Leadership Council of Bill Gates’s Global Vaccine Action Plan. Fauci is among the cadre of world health leaders who helped Gates launch his ‘Decade of Vaccines Collaboration.’”

Gates media announced their decade of vax collaboration in 2010.  Their first paragraph tells the whole story:

“The World Health Organization (WHO), UNICEF, the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation have announced a collaboration to increase coordination across the international vaccine community and create a Global Vaccine Action Plan.  This plan will build on the successes of current work to achieve key milestones in the discovery, development and delivery of lifesaving vaccines to the most vulnerable populations in the poorest countries over the next decade.”

In December of 2020, the first COVID jabs were administered in New York City.

Lockdowns ruined the economy; 26 million jobs were lost along with countless American lives and not just from COVID.  Millions were driven into poverty and government dependence and have never come back.

All but seven state governors were influenced by the medical Stasi to trash the Bill of Rights, “making a mockery of its very existence.”

How pleased the police-state Stasi must have been when the masses donned their masks, locked their doors, kept six-feet apart and abstained from worshipping together.  Americans eagerly fell in line with the medical tyranny to keep themselves “safe.” The obedient little Nazis made sure they scorned and verbally attacked every person free of a face diaper.

The God hating globalist elites were thrilled, and our deliberately dumbed down citizenry went along with the entire evil scenario.

Fauci remained in the spotlight to sell fear throughout the nation.  Two million will die!

Pence gave us that little self-aggrandizing worm along with Fauci’s lying cohort, Deborah Birx.

Trump listened to his Deep State advisors and didn’t give Fauci the boot until the damage had been done.  What took Trump three years to build was wiped out in a matter of weeks.  Had he listened to his gut instincts that the virus was nothing more than a bad flu which could have been treated with repurposed drugs, he would have saved us from two and half years of a hellish nightmare.  Instead, he listened to Big Pharma’s toady and galloped headlong into pushing his Operation Warp Death jabs.

As President of the greatest nation on earth, the buck stopped with Trump.

When Fauci announced his retirement, Florida Governor DeSantis slammed him saying, “someone needs to grab that little elf and chuck him across the Potomac.”

Muzzling Physicians

Dr. Paul Marik is board certified in Internal Medicine, Critical Care Medicine, Neurocritical Care and Nutrition Science. He has written over 400 peer-reviewed journal articles, 80 book chapters and authored four critical care books. He is the 2017 recipient of the Outstanding Educator Award from the American College of Physicians for his work with medical residents and fellows.

Dr. Marik, MBBCh, the East Virginia Medical School (EVMS) Foundation Distinguished Professor in Internal Medicine and Chief of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, believes he has developed a cure for the life-threatening infection of sepsis. His innovative treatment breakthrough – a product of medical intuition and serendipity – promises to revolutionize sepsis care worldwide and produce results that are nothing short of astonishing.  This was in January of 2016.

Watch this 2½ minute video of Dr. Marik’s discovery:

Today, Dr. Marik no longer practices medicine at EVMS because of his stance on the COVID hospital protocols.

He is a believer in vaccines and took the C-19 injections in November of 2020.  He now knows that was a huge mistake and these injections are dangerous to everyone who submits to them.

As a critical care physician for over 30 years, he was treating COVID patients with repurposed drugs and having far better results than his colleagues.  But then the hospital system sent out a memorandum to the entire 18 hospitals, essentially targeting Dr. Marik, but basically saying the pharmacy would no longer dispense the medications he had been using to save lives.  These were all FDA approved drugs including Vitamin C.  All the good doctor was left with was Remdesivir, a toxic drug which kills patients.

Sentara Norfolk General Hospital in Norfolk, Virginia was sued by Dr. Marik, but the lawyers and witnesses lied and he did not prevail.  Then the hospital did what is called peer review.  It’s a sham peer review where Dr. Marik was accused of many things and was guilty until proven innocent.  He wasn’t even allowed legal representation. The American Board of Internal Medicine even accused Dr. Marik of spreading misinformation.

Ultimately, he had no choice but to leave the hospital.  In doing so, the patients he could have saved lost their lives.  Sentara Norfolk General Hospital went out of their way to destroy Dr. Paul Marik’s stellar career.

The hospital care was all about the bottom line, it had nothing to do with the proper care of the patient.  If the patient was on Medicare, and treated with Remdesivir, the hospital received US tax dollars from the federal government of 20% of the hospital bill, which usually would run about $400 to $500K.  The incentivization was to allow patients to die.  The Board of Medicine accused Dr. Marik of prescribing Ivermectin to non-existing patients when he never prescribed IVM to any patients in Sentara Hospital.  The corrupt medical power elite saw to it that Dr. Marik’s brilliant career came to an end.  Big Pharma, the CDC, NIH, FDA, AMA, and medical journals, are the authorities listened to by hospital and group administrators.

State Medical Boards, Hospitals and the American Board of Medicine will go after any physician who thinks on his own in treating COVID patients and fails to follow the set protocols from the Stasi hierarchy.

Watch Dr. Marik’s three-minute testimony at Senator Ron Johnson’s Roundtable.

The bottom line was money from the federal government (taxpayer dollars) for COVID diagnosis, oxygen masks, Remdesivir, Paxlovid, ventilators and finally death.

Money called the tune, not saving the patients.

Today, Dr. Paul Marik says, “I would not recommend a single living soul on the planet should take any of the COVID injections.”

Watch the Steve Kirsch interview with Dr. Paul Marik; it is excellent.

Dr. Pierre Kory

Drs. Paul Marik and Pierre Kory are working together.  Dr. Kory came to the same conclusions as Dr. Marik, but a few months earlier.  They are part of Covid19CriticalCare.com which you can also reach via FLCCC.net.

Both doctors, as well as several other physicians in the group, are working to save people’s lives from long COVID and the C-19 injections. Here are their listed protocols and what you can do to help yourself if you’ve taken one or more of the injections.

Dr. Pierre Kory is president of the FLCCC Alliance and has testified to the Senate many times over the use of repurposed drugs to treat C-19, especially the use of Ivermectin.  Like Dr. Marik, he is a pulmonary and critical care specialist.

Dr. Kory’s May 2022 Fox News article, is a shocking expose of the horrors that happened during the 2 ½ years of the C-19 nightmare.  He tells us that he’s been a lifelong democrat, but in talking to other physicians, he found “conservative colleagues and friends who put politics aside to focus on doing our best at the bedside. It made me more tolerant and understanding of their worldviews.”

He used to view democrats as more open about free speech, but now “with today’s progressive political movement, medical boards are adopting policies that censor opinions, defining such speech as mis- or disinformation, especially scientific opinions around COVID. Medical professionals who refuse to toe the party line risk censorship, cancellation, and even the loss of license—a fate far worse than getting banned from Twitter.”

Dr. Kory is right.  The trend is forcing doctors to either join the mob and literally chance killing their C-19 patients with the totalitarian medical industry protocols or risk losing their licenses for trying to save their patients.

Bureaucrats and politicians have now intruded on the doctor-patient relationship.  The recent bill on the desk of California Governor Newsom “grants sweeping new powers to the state’s medical board to initiate investigations of doctors whose COVID treatment decisions depart from the applicable standard of care.”  And yes, the definition of mis-information is vague but not the consequences…the disciplinary action can be severe and can even lead to the loss of a medical license.  Dr. Paul Marik’s September 30th Daily Caller article states, “Not only do the mandates remain in place for medical professionals, but the stakes are poised to get even higher if this bad bill becomes law.”

Newsom signed this egregious bill, AB 2098, into law Friday evening, September 30, 2022.

How obvious does it have to be to see that medical Stasi, who do not treat COVID patients, have taken over physicians’ abilities to judge what is best for their patients.  Today’s physicians had best not step outside the box described by the Stasi medical police.

Dr. Mark McDonald

Dr. Mark McDonald is the author of United States of Fear: How America Fell Victim to a Mass Delusional Psychosis.  His latest book is Freedom From Fear: A 12 Step Guide to Personal and National Recovery.  Both books are essential reading for those who suffered through the years of COVID and the government promotion of fear.

McDonald is a Los Angeles psychiatrist with particular expertise in working with children with autism and trauma, as well as obsessive-compulsive and bipolar disorders. His dislike of masking children was clear when he wrote on his substack page that he had written to the parents of his young patients that they would not be allowed to wear masks in his office.  It was not just because we need to see each other’s faces, but because the masks are unhealthy, damaging and do nothing to prevent a virus.  He lost a few patients, but he took a stand for truth.

His latest missive, “I Chose to Fight,” tells his substack readers that he filed a lawsuit against AB 2098, the Medical Censorship Bill.  “It will become law on January 1, 2023, effectively denying all physicians in the state of California the right to publicly share their medical opinions, under threat of suspension of their license to practice medicine.”

The California Medical Board (CMB) has targeted Dr. McDonald personally and has launched an investigation, “into allegations that I ‘spread medical misinformation’ on my social media pages regarding masks, early treatment, and mRNA injections. This lawsuit, though, is not about me—it is a challenge to the constitutionality of AB 2098, as the law prohibits medical free speech.”

Kristina Lawson, the President of CMB and an attorney has proposed to the California Senate two requests:

  1. More money for the Board’s enforcement program targeting physicians.
    2.     Lowering the legal standard required to prosecute physicians.

Dr. McDonald writes, “If AB 2098 becomes law in 2023, every California physician who expresses an opinion challenging the legitimacy of mask mandates, denial of prophylactic or early treatment, or efficacy or safety of mRNA therapeutics will become a target of the Board for license suspension or termination. Ethical physicians who insist on empirically validated treatment protocols and who object to harmful, anti-scientific, and abusive public health policies or medical treatments will simply leave California or take an early retirement.”

He continues and states the obvious.  This egregious and despicable law will spread to other states, effectively destroying the ability of physicians to properly care for their patients.

This is the nationalization of heath care.  The Stasi are gleeful.

Conclusion

The helm of a free state and a self-ruling people is a reliance on God.  The old Roman Empire had a war against both Jews and Christians because their loyalty was to their Creator.  They refused to acknowledge the emperor as god.  Thus, they worked to destroy the old order, the belief in God, respect for one’s neighbor and property and the bonds of family.

The exact same war has been taking place in America for two centuries.

A totalitarian state cannot allow the people to have a quality academic education any more than it can allow the worship of our Creator.  Prayer was removed from American schools in 1962 and the Ten Commandments were removed in 1980.

God has been eliminated, even from many of our houses of worship.  Therein lies the core of our country’s rot.  We wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.

Every facet of our society has expunged any mention of our Judeo-Christian culture including our medical industry.

The war is between good and evil.  This is the real battle.  Which side will you choose?

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




The Biden Border Rush IS A National Disaster: By Design

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 10, 2022

Have you ever seen a country turned inside out and outside in?  Have you seen a country lose its culture, lose its identity, and lose its own people?

Take a look at Sweden, Denmark, Norway, France, United Kingdom, Germany, Finland and Belgium.  They are losing their identities, their languages, their cultures and their way of life.  Here’s a harsh reality: they are not going to get their countries back.

Look around you at the United States of America. It’s becoming a minority-minority country.  No single culture, no single language, no single identity. It’s become a fractured, fragmented and disassociated multicultural, diversified, politically abrasive and racially splintered country.

NPR on Sunday featured a Latino lady who could not identify with her white doctor because he couldn’t speak her language or identify with her culture.  “He didn’t understand me,” she said.  She couldn’t find a  Latino doctor.

Our country faces an uncertain future.  “It’s a deliberate government policy.  Important contributions are made by the so-called NGOs – non-governmental organizations. Although supposedly independent, these NGOs often work hand in hand with government agencies to further the mass immigration agenda.” Alan Wall

“If you follow the money, you see government and “non-governmental organizations” sharing funds, much of it originating from you, the taxpayer.” Alan Wall

On September 28, Fox News reported, “The Biden administration awarded $41 million in taxpayer-backed government contracts to a new liberal nonprofit working to help illegal immigrants fight deportation amid the escalating border crisis…”

“The group under discussion is the Acacia Center for Justice, an organization “born from a partnership between the Vera Institute of Justice and Capital Area Immigrants’ Rights (CAIR).”

Earlier in the year, Fox News reported that same Vera Institute had “landed a $171.7 million taxpayer-funded government contract that could potentially hit $1 billion to help unaccompanied minors avoid deportation…”

Look at our completely invaded borders. We no longer possess a border.  We no longer can claim being a sovereign nation.  Your tax dollars are being used to destroy your own country.

Influence Watch reports, “The bulk of the VIJ’s funding in the 2020 fiscal year came from the U.S. Department of Justice to represent illegal immigrants and refugees through various subagencies, …it has received over $811 million in funding from the federal government since 2008. As of July 29, of the 2021 fiscal year, VIJ had received over $89 million in funding from the U.S. Department of Justice, Department of Health and Human Services, and other federal government agencies.”

A document from NILC titled ‘Strategic Framework for Transformational Change’ lays out the organization’s plan to ​​‘consolidate immigrant power’ and ‘forge consensus for culture change.‘”

There you have it in writing!  Joe Biden and company proceed to tear apart America’s culture and implement cultural change into what most certainly will be a third world culture. Think “India.”  It’s a multi-lingual,  multicultural, living, breathing nightmare for most of its citizens. India is SO confused and SO disparate that 70 percent of its citizens do not have access to a toilet. Its water is undrinkable and its “misery index” is right up there with Africa’s.

Here is what’s going to happen to you as an American citizen: “The Immigrant Legal Resource Center (ILRC), which “has received over $2.3 million from OSF in eight different grants between 2016 and 2020. The organization seeks to encourage immigration and naturalization and then mobilize them as a newly imported voting bloc.” Alan Wall

If you remember Barack Obama…he promised to fundamentally  change America.  Well, he’s still at it and he’s under the radar along  with George Soros…to fundamentally change America from a successful culture, language and “The American Way” to the same nightmare now engulfing Europe and Canada.

If America keeps voting for more legal immigration, more illegal immigration, more birthright babies, more chain migration, more languages, more cultures, more religions and more illiteracy that goes with this invasion—we’re going to see our civilization degrade, devolve and overpopulate into history’s worst quagmire, mayhem and cesspool that has ever been seen, EVER!

How can you tell it’s coming?  Just watch the news for a week. A black guy beat the living hell out of a woman in the subway. He kicked her in the head and stomped on her face.   Another minority shot four people and wounded three in Memphis…for no reason.  Another illegal immigrant (Guatemala) knifed two people to death and six wounded in Las Vegas.  Another immigrant pushed a lady onto the subway tracks in NYC to see her sliced up by the oncoming train. Black Chicago gangs kill at least a dozen people every weekend.

New Orleans is now the new murder capital of America.  Detroit is now the new Islamic Center of America.  Southern California is an extension of Mexico into America. Another black guy walked into a  furniture store in LA and shot the single girl to death. Another minority, pissed that his fries were too cold at a McDonald’s, pulled out his gun and shot the 23 year old cashier, dead.

You do not dare walk into “Somaliland” in Minneapolis, Minnesota if you are a white person.  There are 125,000 Somalian immigrants who don’t like you, period!

San Francisco…crime ridden, few  Americans, mostly immigrants, 36,000 homeless and a deadly place to visit.  Los Angeles…crime  ridden, 69,000 homeless, murders galore, carjacking’s the norm.

Detroit, Michigan, 300,000 Islamic followers, all immigrants, all practicing Sharia Law, and none flying the American flag. Talk about racism! If you are not one of them, you are the enemy.

If what’s left of American citizens don’t stop this invasion by voting for elected officials who will close our borders, none of us will make it through the race wars, religious wars and cultural conflicts facing our country.  One other note:  we need to deport over 25,000,000 illegal  aliens, and do it now!

Make your voice heard. Write these addresses and demand they interview yours truly and dozens of other top voices on the greatest crisis facing America in the 21st century.  Write Jesse Watters at FoxNews, watters@fox.com ;  Martha McCallum at thestory@foxnews.com ;  60 Minutes, 60M@cbsnews.com ; Lester Holt, nightly@nbcuni.com ; Face the Nation ftn@cbsnews.com ; Terry Gross, npr.org/contact ;  FoxFriends, foxfriends@foxnews.com ; Neil Cavuto, cavuto@foxsnews.com ; Anderson Cooper, www.cnn.com

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation.  Take five minutes to see for yourself:

Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




The Importance of Your Vote, Part 1

By Pastor Roger Anghis

October 9, 2022

Since I’ve been involved in trying to understand politics I studied how and why the Founders gave us the system that they did.  It is flawed, as are all governments.  It is susceptible to corruption, as are all governments.  It requires a people that are bound and determined to keep it moral and filled with men and women of high character. John Adams commented about the type of government that we had in this way: “Our constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.” Sam Adams went a little further stating: “The public cannot be too curious concerning the characters of public men.”

The Pilgrims began early on by requiring education for young children so that they would have an understanding of scripture. The first laws providing public education for all children were passed in 1642 in Massachusetts and in 1647 in Connecticut and it was called the “Old Deluder Satan Law”.  These colonists believed that the proper protection from civil abuses could only be achieved by eliminating Bible illiteracy.

“It being one chief project of that old deluder, Satan, to keep men from the knowledge of Scriptures, as in former time.[1]  The Pilgrims understood that if a person couldn’t read and understand the Bible then they wouldn’t be able to know when civil government was violating the principles of God. We don’t use that common sense too much anymore.

Another thing I’ve noticed is that not many people actually consider the results of their actions when they vote. Consider this; if a person calls himself a Christian how in God’s name can they vote for a Democrat?  When you read the Democrat platform it embraces virtually everything God opposes. When I ask them why they vote for the party that supports homosexuality, same-sex ‘marriage’, abortion, and a myriad of other violations of God’s principles I’m told, “I don’t support that stuff I just support the candidate.”  The problem there is their candidate supports that ‘stuff’.

To fully understand this all we have to do is look at each of the platforms. On page 32 of the 2020 Democratic Platform we read: Securing Reproductive Health, Rights, and Justice Democrats are committed to protecting and advancing reproductive health, rights, and justice. We believe unequivocally, like the majority of Americans, that every woman should be able to access high-quality reproductive health care services, including safe and legal abortion. We will repeal the Title X domestic gag rule and restore federal funding for Planned Parenthood, which provides vital preventive and reproductive health care for millions of people, especially low-income people, and people of color, and LGBTQ+ people, including in underserved areas. Democrats oppose and will fight to overturn federal and state laws that create barriers to reproductive health and rights. We will repeal the Hyde Amendment, and protect and codify the right to reproductive freedom. We condemn acts of violence, harassment, and intimidation of reproductive health providers, patients, and staff. We will address the discrimination and barriers that inhibit meaningful access to reproductive health care services, including those based on gender, sexual orientation, gender identity, race, income, disability, geography, and other factors. Democrats oppose restrictions on medication abortion care that are inconsistent with the most recent medical and scientific evidence and that do not protect public health. We recognize that quality, affordable comprehensive health care; medically accurate, LGBTQ+ inclusive, age-appropriate sex education; and the full range of family planning services are all essential to ensuring that people can decide if, when, and how to start a family. We are proud to be the party of the Affordable Care Act, which prohibits discrimination in health care on the basis of sex and requires insurers to cover prescription contraceptives at no cost. These efforts have significantly reduced teen and unintended pregnancies by making it easier to decide whether, when, and how to have a child.  This one quote from the Democrat Platform covers abortion, homosexual behavior, and teaching so-called age-appropriate sex education.  I’m sorry but teaching homosexual ‘mechanics’ to kindergarteners is NOT age-appropriate.

They have reversed Title X and have begun funding Planned Parenthood again. A partial list of their plans for Title X are: Grants under Section 1001 assist in the establishment and operation of voluntary family planning projects which provide a broad range of acceptable and effective family planning methods and related preventive health services that include natural family planning methods, infertility services, and services for adolescents; highly effective contraceptive methods;[2] Note that they intend on repealing the Hyde Amendment which restricts funding for abortions using federal funds. Here is a brief description of the Hyde Amendment: Initially, the Hyde Amendment only affected funding for abortions under Medicaid, a state and federal health program for low-income individuals. Because Congress reauthorizes the Hyde Amendment annually as an attachment to the appropriations bill for HHS, it also restricts abortion funding under the Indian Health Service, Medicare, and the Children’s Health Insurance Program. Over the years, language similar to that in the Hyde Amendment has been incorporated into a range of other federal programs that provide or pay for health services to women including: the military’s TRICARE program, federal prisons, the Peace Corps, and the Federal Employees Health Benefits Program. The Affordable Care Act (ACA) also included a provision that applied similar abortion coverage limitations to plans that are sold through the Marketplace for women who receive federal income-based subsidies to purchase private health insurance.[3] Please note that the VA has begun to perform abortions using federal funds even though that is illegal. Democrats hate laws that restrict what they can do.  Usually, as with this, they simply ignore the law.  The VA announced that they performed an abortion stating that they ‘believed that it was ‘essential’ for the health of the woman. The Veterans Affairs medical system performed its first abortion, weeks after an interim final rule was announced that allowed it to provide the service in cases of incest or rape or when the life of the woman was in jeopardy.

Veterans Affairs Secretary Denis McDonough told senators Wednesday night that the procedure was performed at one of the VA’s medical centers. A spokesperson, citing the client’s privacy, declined to provide the location or give further details.

The VA did not previously provide abortion services, but after the Supreme Court overturned Roe v. Wade and ended constitutional abortion rights, the department said it believes it is “essential” to the life and health of veterans and VA beneficiaries that they still have access to medically necessary abortions.[4]

Elections have consequences and as of late, those consequences have been rather drastic.  Our economy has crashed when it was the strongest the world has ever seen, our southern border is a disaster when we had the most secure border that we have ever had, our energy prominence has been destroyed when we were the world’s #1 exporter we are now begging nations that hate us for oil, and our standing in the world is worse than it was when Obama was president.

November is almost here.  We must make different decisions to keep America great.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, 2011) p. 37
  2. https://opa.hhs.gov/grant-programs/title-x-service-grants/title-x-statutes-regulations-and-legislative-mandates
  3. https://www.kff.org/womens-health-policy/issue-brief/the-hyde-amendment-and-coverage-for-abortion-services/
  4. https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/va-performs-first-abortion-weeks-saying-certain-cases-rcna49007



The Heavens Declare God’s Majesty

By Rolaant McKenzie

October 9, 2022

“The heavens declare the glory of God, and the sky above proclaims his handiwork. Day to day pours out speech, and night to night reveals knowledge. There is no speech, nor are there words, whose voice is not heard. Their voice goes out through all the earth, and their words to the end of the world.” (Psalm 19:1-4)

Stories in the Sky

One of my favorite things to do during the weekend is to sit on the deck of our home and enjoy the night sky. Despite living in a suburban area, a cloudless night reveals a multitude of stars that can be seen with the naked eye. It always amazes me that many of the very same stars that I view from my deck were seen by people thousands of years ago. As they did for them, the twinkling lights hang like brilliant jewels displayed on a dark velvet backdrop forming various interesting shapes and patterns.

Called constellations, those of ancient times perceived many shapes and patterns representing animals, mythological people or creatures, or inanimate objects. They were often used to relate stories of their beliefs, experiences, creation, or mythology.

Job, considered by many Biblical scholars to be the oldest book in the Bible, mentions the Big Bear, the Serpent, Orion, and the Pleiades (Job 9:9, 26:13, 38:31-32). God is described as bringing forth the constellations in their season, guiding them in their proper times of appearance on the earth. In Acts 28:11, the apostle Paul sailed on an Alexandrian vessel that had as its figurehead Castor and Pollux, a reference to the constellation Gemini (the Twin Brothers of Roman and Greek myth).

God made the stars and the constellations we still see today not merely for our enjoyment, but to convey important information. They were created to mark signs, seasons, days, and years (Genesis 1:14-15). They are a universal language to all people of all times and places declaring who He is. Without words they proclaim His divine, majestic, and eternal power over the universe (Psalm 19:1-40; Romans 1:18-20).

While people in ancient times associated stars and constellations with stories meaningful to them, it is the truth of the inerrant, infallible written word of God that allows me to enjoy the pictures in the sky and be reminded of various aspects of the story redemption.

A Virgin Births a Lion Who Crushes Cancer

Known as “the great lion” by the Babylonians as early as 4000 BC in Mesopotamia, Leo is one of the oldest constellations in the night sky. The brightest star, Regulus, is actually a four-star system composed of two pairs of stars approximately 79 light years away. It was known as “the star that stands at the Lion’s breast,” or the King Star. Both the constellation and its brightest star were well-known in most ancient cultures.

When I see Leo in the sky, I am reminded of the Lion of Judah, the coming King and Savior, Jesus Christ.

“After these things the word of the LORD came to Abram in a vision, saying, ‘Do not fear, Abram, I am a shield to you; Your reward shall be very great.’ Abram said, ‘O Lord GOD, what will You give me, since I am childless, and the heir of my house is Eliezer of Damascus?’ And Abram said, ‘Since You have given no offspring to me, one born in my house is my heir.’ Then behold, the word of the LORD came to him, saying, ‘This man will not be your heir; but one who will come forth from your own body, he shall be your heir.’ And He took him outside and said, ‘Now look toward the heavens, and count the stars, if you are able to count them.’ And He said to him, ‘So shall your descendants be.’ Then he believed in the LORD; and He reckoned it to him as righteousness.” (Genesis 15:1-6)

“Indeed I will greatly bless you, and I will greatly multiply your seed as the stars of the heavens and as the sand which is on the seashore; and your seed shall possess the gate of their enemies. In your seed all the nations of the earth shall be blessed, because you have obeyed My voice.” (Genesis 22:17-18)

This promise was fulfilled with the birth of Isaac (Genesis 21:1-8), who was the father of Israel (Genesis 25:19-28), who was the father of Judah (Genesis 29:32-35). Shortly before he died, Israel gathered his sons and prophesied over them. Regarding Judah, the promise of a king was foretold:

“Judah, your brothers shall praise you; your hand shall be on the neck of your enemies; your father’s sons shall bow down to you. Judah is a lion’s whelp; from the prey, my son, you have gone up. He couches, he lies down as a lion, and as a lion, who dares rouse him up? The scepter shall not depart from Judah, nor the ruler’s staff from between his feet, until Shiloh comes, and to him shall be the obedience of the peoples.” (Genesis 49:8-10)

While this prophecy was partially fulfilled about 640 years after it was made with the reign of David, Judah’s first dynasty of kings, it met its complete fulfillment with the arrival of Jesus around 960 years later. He is the Shiloh which is mentioned in the passage. He is the rightful King.

“Now the promises were spoken to Abraham and to his seed. He does not say, ‘And to seeds,’ as referring to many, but rather to one, ‘And to your seed,’ that is, Christ.” (Galatians 3:16)

All the nations of the earth will be blessed by the righteous and everlasting rule of the Seed of Abraham, the Son of David, Jesus Christ.

Virgo, whose name means “virgin” in Latin, is one of the largest constellations in the night sky. Its brightest star is Spica, a binary system located 260 light years from Earth. One Greek myth depicts Virgo as the virgin daughter of Icarius. Another myth identifies this constellation with fertility and agriculture, with Spica meaning “ear of grain” in Latin.

Cancer, whose name means “the crab” in Latin, is one of the faintest of constellations. Its brightest star is Al Tarf, is a binary system consisting of an orange giant and red dwarf, about 290 light years from Earth. Greek mythology describes Cancer as the giant crab sent to kill the hero Heracles (Hercules), but he defeated it by crushing it underfoot.

Virgo reminds me of the woman through whom the Seed would come, the Virgin Mary. When Adam and Eve sinned in the Garden of Eden, God proclaimed what has been called the protoevangelium (the first gospel).

“And I will put enmity between you and the woman, and between your seed and her seed; he shall bruise you on the head, and you shall bruise him on the heel.” (Genesis 3:15)

The good news from God is that ultimately this battle was between Satan and the Seed of the Woman (a foreshadowing of the virgin birth of Christ). I am reminded of this when I see Virgo the Virgin, and Leo the Lion ready to crush the head of Cancer the Crab in the sky. Born of the Virgin Mary, the Lion of Judah, has delivered the fatal bruise to the serpent’s head. Though the serpent bruised the heel of the Messiah at the cross, his head was crushed with a mortal blow when Jesus by His death and resurrection secured the redemption of lost humanity.

The Good Shepherd Who Heals the Sheep

Boötes, traditionally portrayed as a herdsman, is a large kite-shaped constellation in the night sky. The red supergiant, Arcturus, is its most luminous star that lies about 37 light years from Earth.

When I see Boötes in the sky, I am reminded of how all we like sheep because of our sins have gone astray (Isaiah 53:6-12), but the Lord being the Good Shepherd (Psalm 23; Luke 15:4-7) seeks for the lost sheep. And He provides for, defends, and gives His life for the sheep.

“I am the good shepherd; the good shepherd lays down His life for the sheep. He who is a hired hand, and not a shepherd, who is not the owner of the sheep, sees the wolf coming, and leaves the sheep and flees, and the wolf snatches them and scatters them. He flees because he is a hired hand and is not concerned about the sheep. I am the good shepherd, and I know My own and My own know Me, even as the Father knows Me and I know the Father; and I lay down My life for the sheep. I have other sheep, which are not of this fold; I must bring them also, and they will hear My voice; and they will become one flock with one shepherd.” (John 10:11-16)

Because the Lord Jesus is such a good shepherd, He able to save and keep all those who trust in Him. He sees to it that His sheep make it safely home (Hebrews 13:20-21).

Serpens the Serpent is another constellation viewable from my deck. Unukalhai, its brightest star, is located about 74 light years from Earth. It is represented in Greek mythology by the snake on the staff of the healer Asclepius, which continues to this day as a symbol of medicine. Asclepius was said to be able to bring people back from the dead with his healing powers.

Serpens is reminiscent of the bronze serpent made by Moses, which was set on a standard so that anyone who was bitten by the poisonous serpents in the camp could look at it, be healed, and live (Numbers 21:5-9).

Jesus Himself referred to this in the Gospel of John:

“As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son of Man be lifted up; so that whoever believes will in Him have eternal life.” (John 3:14-15)

“And I, if I am lifted up from the earth, will draw all men to Myself.” (John 12:32)

All have been mortally bitten by the serpent of sin, but those who look solely to the Son of God will be healed in the truest sense and have eternal life, for Jesus is the resurrection and the life (John 11:25-26).

Rescued by the Hunter

Orion is one of the brightest and probably most recognizable constellations in the night sky. Known since ancient times, it represents the mythical hunter of Greek legend, who is depicted with shield and arm raised in victory as he defeats his enemy.

Several of the brightest stars in Orion include the blue supergiant Rigel (the brightest due to it being a triple star system), and red supergiants Betelgeuse and Bellatrix. They lie approximately 773, 643, and 240 light years from Earth respectively. The three bright stars in the constellation’s middle represent Orion’s belt. Three stars pointing downward and the Orion Nebula together represent the sword.

Taurus is the constellation found immediately to the west of Orion, and representing a snorting bull charging the hunter. Its brightest star, Aldebaran, is a giant orange star located 65 light years away from Earth and depicting the Bull’s Eye.

Nearby within the constellation of Taurus are the Pleiades, one of the most beautiful open star clusters in the night sky, as well as one of the easiest to spot. It is located about 440 light years away, and seven of its brightest blue stars that can be seen with the naked eye are named after the Seven Sisters of Greek mythology beloved by Orion. It is estimated that this cluster contains up to 1,000 stars.

Certainly, Orion is the constellation I look forward most to seeing on a clear night. And typically, I cannot see Orion without seeing Taurus and the Pleiades. For me, it displays a beautiful picture of the love and protective power of Jesus for His church and His victory over Satan. As I see them in the sky, Orion represents Jesus, Taurus the devil, and the Seven Sisters the seven churches of Asia in Revelation 1:4-3:22.

Jesus, conqueror of death and the grave, by His Almighty power defeats the attempts of the devil from beginning to end to destroy the church, whom He loves and has redeemed by His blood. Thus, fulfilling His promise that the gates of Hades would never overcome the church (Matthew 16:15-18).

He Knows Your Name

Please keep in mind that just as many of us have personal signs, mementoes, or events of life that have important meaning and bring to memory important truths in Scripture, so when I view with wonder the beauty of the stars and constellations that God has created, I am reminded of the love and redemptive power of Jesus Christ through the gospel in Holy Scripture.

I am in awe of the fact that God not only has created the stars by His Word, and that He has named each one and leads them through the cosmos in the paths He has established, but He cares for me. Jesus actually knows my name and loves me.

“He counts the number of the stars; He gives names to all of them. Great is our Lord and abundant in strength; His understanding is infinite.” (Psalm 147:4-5)

“‘To whom then will you liken Me that I would be his equal?’ says the Holy One. Lift up your eyes on high and see who has created these stars, the One who leads forth their host by number, He calls them all by name; because of the greatness of His might and the strength of His power, not one of them is missing.” (Isaiah 40:25-26)

“When I consider Your heavens, the work of Your fingers, the moon and the stars, which You have ordained; what is man that You take thought of him, and the son of man that You care for him?” (Psalm 8:3-4)

This same Jesus, God in the flesh, who created the entire universe by His power, who sustains it by His might, loved us so much that He has delivered us from the wrath of God and has granted forgiveness for our sins by His death on the cross and resurrection from the grave.

“For He rescued us from the domain of darkness, and transferred us to the kingdom of His beloved Son, in whom we have redemption, the forgiveness of sins. He is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of all creation. For by Him all things were created, both in the heavens and on earth, visible and invisible, whether thrones or dominions or rulers or authorities — all things have been created through Him and for Him. He is before all things, and in Him all things hold together. He is also head of the body, the church; and He is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead, so that He Himself will come to have first place in everything.” (Colossians 1:13-18)

Just as Jesus is the source and sustainer of the universe, He is the founder and keeper of all who trust solely in Him for forgiveness of sin and salvation. He remains always the one Mediator between God and man (1 Timothy 2:5), and the One from whose love nothing in the universe can separate us (Romans 8:38-39).

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




This Is Our Time

By Rob Pue

October 9, 2022

Sometimes I think, I wish I’d been born in a different time, so I wouldn’t have to face all the twisted perversion and lies that make up the world we all live in today.  Sometimes I think it would be so much nicer to have lived and died before the time of sodomite “pride,” before sodomite so-called “marriage,” before the purposeful indoctrination and grooming of young children into “transgenderism” — and pedophilia was “normalized.” Before New World Order Globalist rulers had brainwashed so many of our population with lies about climate change, before the killing of innocent babies was seen as a perfectly acceptable method of “birth control,” and a solution to “inconvenience.”  Before the United States had opened the flood gates at our southern border and invited hordes of non-citizens to feast on the fruits of our labor, before our country lost its patriotic identity and fully embraced Communism.

I understand that all generations, as they get older, look back on the past and long for the “good old days.”  Even though they probably weren’t all that great.  If you look at the big picture, every generation has had it’s challenges to confront and overcome.  Some fared better than others.  My concern is that I don’t think Americans today are up to the task at hand.  I think most have become so accustomed to luxury and ease, they’re now ready to just go along with whatever is thrust upon them — even abject slavery to the Almighty State.

The devil’s team has been very successful with every single point of their agenda, while Christians — with the exception of a small remnant of “radicals,” — have completely disengaged from the culture.  So much so that we’ve literally handed the devil the keys to every institution in our country — including our churches, most of which have become good for nothing but to be thrown out and trampled under the feet of men.  Christians also handed the devil the ownership of our schools, colleges and universities, our government — local, state and federal — our news media, our entertainment media, our healthcare system, our economic system and everything else.

I’m frequently taken to task by well-meaning Christians who tell me I shouldn’t be speaking about “political” things.  “Just preach the Gospel,” they tell me.  “Stay out of politics,” they tell me.  But shouldn’t Christians — of all people — be most educated on all the lies the enemy is perpetrating on the world today?  Shouldn’t Christians know the TRUTH about all these matters, being watchmen on the walls, warning others of the devil’s schemes, lest they become prey to demonic forces they don’t even acknowledge exist?

You know, “we wrestle NOT against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.”  I’m sure you’ve all heard that warning from Paul’s letter to the Ephesians.  But how many pastors today explain that to their people?  How many pastors equip their people to wrestle?  On the contrary, most pastors tell you NOT to engage in spiritual battle — and they shun, mock and ridicule those that do.  Never before in history has that Scripture been so relevant as it is today.  We absolutely ARE in a spiritual battle.  We’re up against unholy powers, rulers of darkness in this world, we’re in a war against spiritual wickedness in high places — and those who claim to follow Christ remain oblivious to all this!

Sadly, the  knowledge and understanding of most church-goers today is no deeper than “Jesus loves me, this I know.”  And I’m told to “shut up” about the news and current world events, even as I shout from the top of the wall, warning of God’s judgment on a nation of hypocrites.  “Just preach the Gospel,” I’m told.  First of all, the “Gospel” that is being preached in the majority of churches in America today is an incomplete Gospel at best, and a false Gospel, most likely.  This results in false converts who were never “saved” in the first place, or “carnal Christians” who continue to live as they please.  No heart transformation, no repentance, no renewing of their minds.

Jesus dealt with the same situation when He walked the earth.  The “church” leaders of His day were simply following the rules handed down by the “pastors” of His day and He was not pleased.  In Mark 7, He said, “Well did Isaiah prophecy of you hypocrites, as it is written, ‘this people honor Me with their lips, but their heart is far from Me.  In vain do they worship Me, teaching as doctrines the commandments of men.’”  Jesus went on to talk about how these leaders were “making the Word of God of none effect through your tradition.”

In other words, the churches of Jesus’ day just kept on piously ignoring the weightier matters of the law, even as they rejected and chastised the Son of God standing right in front of them.  Was Jesus just preaching the Gospel?  Actually, He repeatedly warned the people that they were blind to the fact that they were living carnal lives and were defiled.  He warned them of the “pastors” of His day, stating that they were “of their father, the devil.”   He warned them of “evil thoughts, adulteries, fornications, murders, thefts, covetousness, wickedness, deceit, lasciviousness, an evil eye, blasphemy, pride and foolishness,” just in this one chapter alone.

Jesus engaged the culture.  He took it on, head on and He didn’t mince words.  If He were walking the earth today, do you think He’d just “shut up” about sodomy, “transgenderism,” the sexual grooming and sexual abuse of our children, drug abuse, the weaponization of the government against the people, the “cotton candy,” “feel good” churches, the cowardly pastors, the lies and brainwashing in our schools and colleges, the sorcery of the pharmakea of the jab, the rebuilding of Babylon through the New World Order?  Do you think He would just preach “soft” things?  Or do you think He just might have an opinion on every one of these matters, and speak about them boldly?

I guess there’s really nothing new under the sun.  Today’s churches have become just as vain as the religious leaders Jesus confronted in His day.  We’re still in the midst of a spiritual battle against principalities and powers, rulers of the darkness of this world and spiritual wickedness in high places.  I guess I’m just asking that you folks read your Bibles — and be DOERS of the Word and not hearers only.

Where is our faith in God today?  How small is the remnant of the faithful followers of Christ?  Read the 11th chapter of Hebrews, where the writer offers just a small sampling of what it takes to do spiritual battle in this wicked world.  There you’ll read about Abel, Noah, Abraham, Joseph, Moses, and others.  Which of those men of old would you trade places with if you could?  All were challenged and tested in their faith.  All were despised by worldly men.  Yet they held onto their faith, even through trials of cruel mockings and scourgings, bonds and imprisonment, they were stoned, sawn asunder, slain with the sword, they wandered about in sheepskins and goatskins, being destitute, afflicted, tormented.

Does that sound like the “good old days” to you?  This is the legacy of our forefathers of the faith we claim to hold dear.  Not to mention, our Savior Himself, suffering and dying a cruel death on a Roman cross.  There are plenty of other Christian soldiers I could mention.  Foxes’ Book of Martyrs has an extensive list.  These faithful men and women of God gave their all for the Kingdom of Christ.  What are we willing to give for the faith we claim to have today?  Christian “service” has become little more than babysitting the kids in “childrens’ church” or handing out bulletins, or passing the collection plate on Sunday.  Few dare to speak the truth or confront the wicked culture for fear of being viewed as a “fanatic,” gaining a reputation as a trouble-maker or a “Jesus freak.”  How DARE we call ourselves “Christians” if we’re not willing to sacrifice the tiniest of things for the sake of the truth in these dark days of deception?  Know this: God doesn’t want anything from you that doesn’t cost you SOMETHING.

Getting back to my original thought in this message… when would I rather have lived than today?  In Noah’s day?  Scripture tells me the world is very much the same right now as it was then.  Would I have wanted to be Abraham?  What would I have done if challenged by God to sacrifice my beloved son?  Would I have passed that test?  I’m sure I would have been in deep despair if I had lived the life of Joseph in Egypt.  What about Moses?  A “meek” man, yet he got involved in “politics,” believe it or not — even courageous enough to challenge Pharaoh head on — because God told him to.

Would I have wanted to be one of the pilgrims who left their homeland and everything they ever knew or had behind, to sail to the New World and build a new, free nation — Under God?  Would it have been better for me to be a pioneer in that New World, with not a single modern convenience to rely on?  What about the start of the 20th Century and the first world war?  Or the “roaring ‘20s,” full of prosperity and luxury — until the “crash” of 1929?  The 1940s and World War 2.  The 1950s and the Korean War.  The 1960s when we tossed God and His Word out of our public schools, and entered the Vietnam war.  The 1970s when we legalized the murder of preborn children.

The thing is, there’s never been a time in history that mankind has not been challenged by God to do exploits for the Kingdom — to obey His commands and to follow the leading of the Holy Spirit – to be the salt and light.  We’ve always been called into this spiritual battle against principalities and powers and against rulers of the darkness of this world.  God created the world and everything in it in six days and called it “good.”  But ever since Adam and Eve sinned, we’ve been in a downward spiral.  Are we circling the bottom of the drain in these dark days?  Only God knows how long His patience with us will last.

No one knows the day or the hour of our Lord’s return, but when He returns, He’s coming as a Judge — an ANGRY Judge — and He will bring justice, along with eternal rewards for those who have stood strong, for those who have engaged in battle with the enemy, rather than running and hiding from it, for those who have been faithful to speak the truth, even if it made their face turn red with embarrassment and their voice tremble.  I understand, even THOSE things are a lot to ask most professing Christians to do these days, as the Great Falling Away is well under way.

But you see, friends, you and I could have been born at any time in history.  But God chose THIS particular time in history for us.  This is OUR time.  The faithful saints that went before us did their job well and served their King well in their time.  Now is OUR time.  How will we do with the challenges God has set before us?  Will we be faithful?  Will we be bold and strong and truthful?  Or will we fail these tests and fiery trials because of cowardice?  You should know that the cowardly and unbelieving are the first ones mentioned in Revelation 21:8 of all those who are consigned to the lake of fire.

Of course it’s not easy and it’s not going to be easy.  It has never been easy following Almighty God or Jesus Christ, His Son, our Savior.  It’s a challenge. It’s a test of our souls.  It may well require us to forfeit everything for our Heavenly Father, including our very lives.   There are many who TALK “big” — “Just wait til they come to my door,” they say, “I’ll be ready for ‘em,” they say.  Or, “I’ll never take that digital currency shot.  They can kill me if they want to, but I’m not taking the Mark of the Beast.”  Oh, really?  Let me ask you this: did you wear a mask a couple years ago so you could go to Walmart?  Did you pass that “test” or did you fail?  Because things are about to get a lot more intense.  I hope you’re spiritually prepared.  And by the way, don’t rely on any pastor or preacher to get you through this.  The coming trials and tests will be upon each and every one of us, individually.

And it’s not a question of “if” these trials will come.  Just a matter of when.  We can observe the seasons and see that the harvest time is drawing near.  The Bible doesn’t say we will escape these trials and it doesn’t say they’ll be pleasant.  In fact, they’ll be horrible, I’m just warning you.  But let us also remember, as true Christ-followers, we should consider it an honor and a blessing to serve our Savior in these ways.  “Count it all joy,” James 1 says, “…when you meet trials of various kinds, for you know that the testing of your faith produces steadfastness.  And let steadfastness have its full effect, that you may be perfect and complete, lacking in nothing.”  We WILL be tested and tried.  It WILL NOT be joyful.  But as God’s people, we can COUNT it all joy.  This is the day the Lord has made.  Let us rejoice and be glad in it.  This is our time and we’ve been placed here to do His will, in such a time as this.

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 373.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




DeSantis can be President by Demanding a Return of Tariffs, Ending the Income Tax

By Andrew C. Wallace

October 8, 2022

Florida Governor DeSantis has taken a number of actions favorable to the people, but like all the other State Governors, has failed to get the Feds out of state functions unconstitutionally usurped by the Feds. [Usurped: take illegally or by force] This failure by our Governors can only be for one or all of the following reasons:

They are minions of the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), wealthy families who use their corporations to bribe and/or coerce most everyone in Government.  Or the governors and legislators are mostly ignorant, corrupt or cowardly, and they have no balls at all.

A majority of Federal Laws are unconstitutional  usurpations of state powers in direct violation of the limited “Enumerated Powers” in the Constitution. Honest and courageous governors, were they not on the take, would kick Feds out of their states.

Honest Governors would demand a termination of the income tax, with a RETURN to Tariffs . Tariff income would be divided among the states according to population. States would then fund the federal government in accordance with the Constitution. Tariffs  funded our government quite well until 1913. The income tax and privately-owned Federal Reserve Bank were started at this time so the PSRRC could rob, cheat, steal, and kill millions in wars for profit. Anyone who takes exception to these facts is just plain ignorant.

Governors should replace any sheriff who refuses to protect citizens from rogue federal agencies like the FBI. Sheriffs have Superior Constitutional power, and should have the courage and independence to arrest FBI agents or other rogue elements of the federal government acting under “Color of Law”. The media is replete with examples of these criminal acts of Treason by the FBI and FEMA and IRS and DOJ and other such agencies.

Another important question: How many good and honest citizens are in prison or have lost everything for violating an Unconstitutional Federal Law  which is no law at all? Elected officials, FBI, DOJ, Bureaucrats, Judges, Media, et al, are responsible for these unjust crimes against our citizens. But our Governors are also responsible for their failure to honor their solemn and sacred Oaths of Office to honor and comply with their State and Federal Constitutions. This Oath qualifies the affiant for his Office, and when he violates his Oath, he is automatically disqualified from that Office, and all his acts are VOID from inception. Got that?

A majority of all Federal Laws are Scams and Unconstitutional because they are not authorized by the “Enumerated Powers”, which are National Defense, Foreign Relations, Immigration, Currency, Commerce, Census, and  the Post Office. Therefore, a majority of all federal laws are Unconstitutional, which means that most federal elected officials, bureaucrats, and judges are all corrupt, cowardly, or both. Also a majority of federal employees in all the unconstitutional  agencies will not be needed. We should terminate the employment of cowardly federal government employees and prosecute the corrupt ones!

At some point very soon, people confronted with unconstitutional laws are going to tell the Feds  and rogue FBI agents acting under the “COLOR OF LAW” to stuff it.  History is replete with examples of this phenomena. Dictators escalate, and people retaliate. The result is always death and destruction, for there is no effective mechanism for an equal system of justice. The rogue representatives of an unconstitutional government have no legal authority for their treason, and the people have no easy alternatives except to resist. At this stage, it is impossible for the dictators to govern except through the barrel of a gun, which will not be viable long term in this country because the people are armed to the teeth. But dictators don’t back down, because they know that if they do they are kaput.

The preceding analysis is bad enough but it will be magnitudes worse, because our economy is being rapidly destroyed in every possible way by the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and the corporations they control that bribe and coerce their minions in government. Europeans are suffering first; they are the canaries in the coal mine.

Hyper-inflation will put everyone who depends on a government check, retirement plan, or investments on the street to starve to death. This is deliberate theft, murder and destruction by the unconstitutional “Privately- Owned” Federal Reserve Bank printing unconstitutional FIAT currency to benefit the PSRRC.

Many Americans are buying gold coins to protect their savings from inflation. But, the damned banks are holding the gold price down by selling gold short (that they don’t even own).This is another scam that needs to be corrected.

History predicts that residents of the inner city plantations who have been promised a guaranteed income by the Communist Democrats will riot, loot and burn when it stops. Communists will then put them down, after they have served their purpose, just as Hitler did in the “Night of the Long Knives”.

Let’s not forget the current “Depopulation Agenda” of MASS MURDER that  has already killed millions. It is predicted to murder and harm untold millions more, FOREVER. People are dying and suffering from side effects of the Covid and the much more deadly KILLER Faux “Vaccines”.

What can you do? Resist, buy an AR15 or 12 gauge, stock up on ammunition and food that lasts 25 years, and Pray.

Note to the corrupt FBI: I am not advocating violence or unlawful behavior; I am only stating what is  obvious reality.

God Bless Our Constitutional Republic, may it and those people with courage yet survive. The ignorant and spineless are mostly doomed.

© 2022 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




Giving Up Our Rights Given by God

By Glynn Adams

October 8, 2022

The gift of Liberty was purchased for us with great sacrifice.  The men and women at our founding understood that Liberty is a gift from God and that all God’s gifts are worth our every effort to protect and keep them.  As American Citizens we must heed the warnings of history and make every effort to pass on the gift of Liberty to our future generations.  God gives us the Liberty we enjoy.  America was built with a purpose:  to secure the blessings of Liberty for our posterity. (Sovereign Duty by Kris Anne Hall)

“For My people have committed two evils; they have forsaken Me, the fountain of living waters to hew for themselves cisterns, broken cisterns, that can hold no water.” (Jeremiah 2:13)

“Jesus Christ is the same yesterday, today, and forever.” (Hebrews 13:8)    If you want to know what is going to happen to America, read the history of nations in the Bible, especially Israel.  When you disobey the laws and ways of God then the same will happen in any nation.  I can guarantee you based on the Word of God, unless America changes her false religious mindset, we are heading for sure destruction; because we are living in America today as it was in the days of Jeremiah.

What happened to Israel was real and is recorded in the Old Testament Book of Jeremiah and that which was written in those earlier times (Old Testament) were written for our instruction.  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?  Yes God has a witness to that in Romans 15:4 and 1 Corinthians 10:11!!!   The same way God’s People in Jeremiah’s day ignored and wasted what God had given to them so are we in America.  As a nation Israel suffered destruction and bondage and so will God do the same to us for our disobedience and religious ways.

The church Jesus is building in America is not for you to be disengaged from your current reality, and to separate you from the culture in which you live.  In the American church, we have been lied to and deceived.   We have been told that church is all about love, peace, comfort, at ease, and all about us and what we desire.   But Christianity is all about obedience to our King, war, and controversy – God verses Satan, your flesh against the Spirit, evil against good, life or death, heaven or hell, blessed or cursed.

When you understand Christianity is a constant war against evil, then you will understand what is going on in this world and why you are under attack so much of the time!!   When ungodly people speak lies against the truth of God, Christians are to defend against those lies with the truth of God’s Word.  As for obedience, 1 John is clear that your obedience shows your level of love for our King and LORD!!!

While Christians in America should be seeking first and expanding the Kingdom of God, loving God with all our heart, body, and soul, obeying our LORD, and being relevant in our culture and nation, we are playing religious games that is costing us our liberty and freedom that has led us into judgment and tyranny.   God, who is the same yesterday, today, and forever, is doing to America what He did to Israel in Jeremiah’s day.  Like Israel, we ignore the judgments of God and refuse to repent.

Our Founding Fathers warned us that our Constitution was made for a virtuous, righteous, and responsible people but that means nothing to us today.  Our desire is to practice our religion for ourselves while we bow a knee to evil.  One day “we the people” will cross the line with God, just like Israel did in Jeremiah’s day.  As in Jeremiah’s day, God has already raised up an enemy in America to carry out the fall of religious and disobedient America.   Of course, because of our Biblical ignorance, our lack of discernment, our deception, our pride, our rebellion, and false religion will not allow us to see this or believe this!!

Do you realize that most pastors and church members in America do not have a clue what is going on in this nation?!!   Evil men in America are, using the Marxist Ideology, conspiring against God and His anointed to rid this nation of all vestiges of Christianity, the laws of God, our freedoms, and bring us into tyranny and slavery.  These evil men such as the Council on Foreign Relations, the Illuminati, Luciferians, and other demonic occults such as Klaus Schwab of the World Economic Forum are working diligently to bring down this nation to be ruled by the New World Order and antichrist spirit.  They have hijacked the Democratic Party which have become their useful idiots as Marx called them.

These demonic occults are doing all this openly in this nation and our Pastors and Christians can’t see this evil going on before them.  One third of the ministry of Jesus was dealing with Satan and his powers of darkness and His followers are to walk as He walked.    In Ephesians 2:8-10 says we are saved by grace and through faith not of works so we have nothing to boast about.  We are His workmanship created in Christ Jesus for good works that we should walk in them – in those good works.  If you can’t see that resisting evil is part of Jesus’ good works that His followers are to do also then you are deceived and blind and you need to repent before God and receive His grace through faith to get saved!!!  I tell you this:  Right now the Democratic Party in America will fare better at the judgment than religious pastors and church members in their religious systems and denominations!!!

The greatest enemy in a nation is false pastors and an apostate church.  They withhold the truth of God’s Word and allow others to pervert God’s laws and ways.   Religious people remain silent against the lies of Satan and do not speak truth so evil prevails in the nation.  Deceived people who claim to be followers of Christ are the greatest destroyers of a nation – period!!!   As a deceived person, they help Satan accomplish victory against the LORD and His anointed in a nation.

It is pure evil to remain silent in the face of evil.    It is pure evil to refuse to resist Satan and his evil ways in a nation.   It is pure evil to ignore evil that is manifesting itself in a nation. It is pure evil to allow Satan to capture and overtake our nation.  It is pure evil to allow Satan to rule over our nation rather than God.  It is pure evil to allow our nation to become a dwelling place of demons.  It is pure evil to allow a wicked and evil government to continue in our nation without opposition.

It is evil to have been given Liberty and Freedom and to value God’s gift so lightly.  It is evil for allowing tyrant leaders to steal from us our gifts from God.   It is evil to ignore evil and refuse to resist evil overtaking our nation.  It is evil to tolerate evil.  It is evil what we are doing to the future of our children and grandchildren.  It is evil to hate God and the things of God; “Those who hate the Lord would pretend obedience to Him; and their time of punishment would be forever.” (Psalm 81:15 NASB)  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!!

It is pure evil if your pastor is not preaching on Liberty and Freedom as well as disobedience, false religion, tyranny, and repentance today, He is not hearing the Spirit nor listening to God.  It is pure evil when false pastors and fake Christians have reduced the church of Jesus Christ to mere religious theater and entertainment.

If ever a nation needs to repent before a holy God it is those who claim to be followers of Christ in America.
But we must repent before God on Biblical terms that we are deceived and blind.  We must get a sense of the enormity of our guilt, a sense of the enormity of our crime, a sense of the enormity of our insult against Deity, a sense of our rebellion and disobedience against God, a sense of God’s righteousness, of His holiness, of His justice, the justice of His wrath and anger and fall on our face in brokenness and repent!!!!.

If we will obey God and go to the battlefield in our nation, God will show up and give us the victory.   We each have a purpose and spiritual responsibility as Christians and citizens and we must fulfill these while we are on this earth.  Not only must we operate on the knowledge and wisdom of God that is in the Word of God but we must also learn what is in our Constitution and Bill of Rights and operate on that as well!!!  You will quickly find out We the People have been deceived, lied to, and betrayed by our elected officials and false pastors in this nation.

Several weeks ago, Lex Greene wrote a great article in NewsWithViews.com on our Constitution and Bill of Rights. Did you realize, as Lex Greene says in his article, “We never did have any Rights beyond those we are willing to fight and die for.  Our Founding documents tell us what our Rights are, but it is up to us to enforce them.”   It is very difficult for citizens of this nation to fully realize that “We the People” can enforce our Constitution and Bill of Rights but we can only do this if we know and understand these Founding Documents.

God says in Hosea 4:6 that My people are destroyed when they lack knowledge.  It is your responsibility to get knowledge of the Bible and Constitution.  Here are some examples:  Most people today in America think that our Founders made the Central or Federal Government supreme over the States.   That is a lie from the pits of hell.   Our Founders viewed the states as sovereign nations equal to Great Britain, Spain, or France.  The colonies were declared in the Declaration of Independence to be Free and Independent States and they had full power to levy war, conclude peace, contract alliances, establish commerce and to do all other acts and things which Independent States may of right do.  So these sovereign, Independent and Free States existed prior to the establishment of a central or federal government in this nation.

As Madison said the central or federal government would take care of “external objects such as war, peace, negotiations, and foreign commerce.  Foreign nations who wanted to trade with the United States, the central or federal government would act in the States’ interest and this allowed the colonies to deal with one treaty rather than thirteen. The States existed prior to the central or federal government.   The federal or central government is a creation of the States.  All power given to the federal or central government is “delegated power from the States” as stated in Article X and its power is very limited!!!

The framers considered it an absolute absurdity to think that the federal or central government acting outside of the Constitutional Charter for even a moment could be considered legitimate and binding upon the sovereign States.  We have been deceived folks!!!  Our Founders would turn over in their graves if they saw what has happened to this nation with a delegated power like the federal or central government dictating to the States what they must do.  America is being destroyed and we are losing our rights given to us by God because her citizens have been dumb down and deceived and they lack knowledge of our Constitution and the Word of God.

The Federal Reserve is illegal.   The Constitution says the House will coin and print money.  Again, we are being destroyed and our nation is captured by evil men who do not have our best interest. The Federal Reserve is a debt- based system and God’s Word says that debt is a curse of Satan!!!  Again, destruction because we do not know the Constitution and the Word of God!!!  Where was the church when this was illegally passed at midnight on Christmas Eve in 1912 with a minimum forum?

Article I of the Constitution states all lawmaking authority is assigned to Congress alone so anything that is not properly legislated by Congress is not a “law” at all.  Also, Congress is prohibited from enacting any law which is “repugnant” to the Constitution or Bill of Rights.”

“Article II of the Constitution assigns very limited administrative authority to the Presidency.  The Executive Branch has no lawmaking authority whatsoever.  Executive Orders are limited to administrative orders only, necessary to the execution of law.”

“Article III of the Constitution assigns the limited duties and authorities of the Judicial Branch.  Judicial has no lawmaking authority whatsoever.  Court opinions and decisions are not “law.”  As we see all the time, court opinions and decisions are regularly overturned.”

“Unfortunately, for more than a hundred years now, British Common Law trained “legal experts” have conned the American people in order to empower themselves in direct violation of Constitutional Law.  In the 1940s, American Law Schools shifted focus away from teaching Constitutional Law, instead teaching British Common Law, often referred to as “precedence and procedure.”  British Common Law is also referred to as “the Law of Commons,” and it allows courts to essentially invent government policy under laws not passed by Congress, which means “deprivation of Rights under color of law.” (Lex Greene NewsWithViews.com article September 10, 2022)

DO YOU UNDERSTAND WHAT HAS HAPPENED IN OUR NATION?  While we have been asleep and deceived, evil and wicked politicians and Globalists have infiltrated this nation and changed our government and our Republic.  We have allowed ourselves to be dumb down and deceived and we have not been attentive citizens to our Republic.  Because we have followed false pastors and false religious systems, we have been led to not take a stand and fight back against this evil.  As a result, by default, we have surrendered our rights under our Constitution and the Word of God, our nation has been captured, we are being ruled by Satan and not God, we have become a dwelling place of demons, and we now live under a dictatorship and tyranny!!!   We are in a spiritual war and we best get on a war footing in the Body of Christ.

Wakeup America!!!  We are further down the road to a complete demonic Globalists takeover of our nation than we realize.  I warn you that no one is coming to rescue us – no nation or God.  It is up to each of us, under laws of God’s dominion, His Name, His authority, His power, His Word, and His full armor He gave to us, and under the leadership of the Holy Spirit, we are to defend, secure, and willing to die for our freedom and liberty God gave to us!!!  We must repent of our gross sin against God for following false pastors and religious systems and forsake them!!!  God bless each American during our decision time,    I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams.  (Thanks to Lex Greene and His article and Sovereign Duty by Kris Anne Hall)

© 2022 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




Domestic Democrat Failures, Overseas Nationalist Successes, Media Hysterics

By Steven Yates

October 7, 2022

Prioritizing your country — and your pocketbook — instead of “the world” (whatever this amounts to) is normal. So naturally a lot of voters are gravitating towards political figures who promise respect for each one.

Recent polls indicate that American voters are more concerned about runaway inflation than “threats to democracy.” To be sure, I doubt many are pondering whether the U.S. is really a democracy (it isn’t; it is a plutocratic oligarchy). Their concerns are over how long they will be able to afford gas and groceries, keep the lights turned on, etc., etc.: immediate worries caused by inflation.

I’ve no idea how many people trust the Federal Reserve to get inflation under control, in a way that doesn’t trigger a new round of unemployment.

If voters blame Joe Biden for economic instability, they will likely punish Democrats next month. Inflation is not the only problem that can be laid at the Bidenista doorstep. Look at the anarchy on our Southern border, the money already sent overseas to Ukraine that could be far better spent at home (especially with the devastation just wrought by Hurricane Ian), the support for gender fluidity and other woke rubbish, and so on.

Inflation is clearly the biggest concern, though, and understandably so.

The Establishment is naturally very, very worried. Its grip on dominant narratives (about the 2020 election, the covid-19 shots, the economy, etc.) is precarious. Its efforts to take down Donald Trump are moving at snail’s pace, as he and his attorneys keep throwing up roadblocks. The Democrat-controlled courts are having a field day giving long prison sentences to vulnerable Jan-6rs most of whom had no criminal records, just as the dominant left-leaning corporate media outlets are having a field day reporting it.

Winds might shift if Republicans retake part or all of Congress in November and “MAGA Republicans” begin monkey wrenching all this during the run-up to Election 2024.

This would be a huge setback for the Establishment — by which I mean globalists, of course.

Not to mention what a second Trump presidency would do! Hence the desperation of the Establishment to stop this from happening, whatever the cost!

Globalists also have to be worried about what is going on elsewhere. Millions of people all over the globe have figured out at least some of what is going on. They are finding representation in a chorus of leaders some of whom, like France’s Marine Le Pen, have been visible internationally for a while, while others are new outside their own nations.

Late last month Italy saw the triumph of a woman in an election I am surprised wasn’t stolen from her: Giorgia Meloni, 45, of the coalition formed between her Fratelli d’Italia (Brothers of Italy) party and two other conservative parties.

This is no surprise. Italy, too, is dealing with roaring inflation, especially rising energy costs; a struggling economy; and longstanding political corruption. Meloni positioned herself as a Euroskeptical outsider who represents the interests of Italians (not “Europeans” and definitely not the entire globe). She will become Italy’s first woman prime minister. Were she not a conservative “populist,” radical feminists would be celebrating in the streets! But she opposes the pro-aborts, same-sex “marriage,” and gender fluidity. She also opposes open borders.

What she said to celebrate her victory: “I am a woman, I am a mother, I am Italian, I am a Christian, and you can’t take that away from me.” She has also said, “Italy and Italians first!” in echo of Trump’s well-known “America first!” and “We need Americanism, not globalism!”

You won’t get any of this from any dominant Western corporate media, of course. To left-leaning mouthpieces of fake respectability such as the New York Times, you will hear that Italy is “returning to fascism.” I’ve lost track of the number of articles and blog posts that call Meloni a fascist or describe her victory as a “victory for fascism in Italy.” Most of these articles and posts bring up Mussolini within the first few sentences. That kind of guilt-by-association argument is the best they have!

I’ve not seen a single writer tell his/her readers what fascism is. I doubt the average journalist today is capable of such a feat, or is aware of the definition attributed to Mussolini. Paraphrasing slightly: Fascism should be called corporatism because it is the merger of state and corporate power.

That is the globalist Establishment in a nutshell! It has spent the past half-century merging state and corporate power, and doing so on a global scale! This is what we peasants are not supposed to figure out!

Thus Meloni — and others such as Hungary’s Viktor Orbán and Brazil’s Jair Bolsonaro — are all part of the rising “threat to democracy,” i.e., threats to ruling oligarch interests that empower the globalist Establishment and its capacity to do as it pleases.

Even one of her critics, former prime minister Matteo Renzi, threw cold water on such allegations. What he said: “I’m not her best friend. We are rivals but she is not a danger to democracy. The idea there is a risk of fascism in Italy is absolutely fake news.”

Be this as it may, and despite the media attacks, Meloni will be the next prime minister in Italy who has pledged to represent the interests of working Italians over those of “Brussels bureaucrats” and their agendas.

She might even set her country on a path to real democracy, i.e., governance that answers to the people and not the elites and those they have made their wards (e.g., surging immigrant populations unable to speak a word of Italian).

All of this is run-up to the continuing Establishment reaction to Russian president Vladimir Putin—

Reactions to Meloni have been tame, compared to those following Putin’s September 30 announcement of the annexation of four eastern and southern Ukraine provinces — Donetsk, Luhansk, Zaporizhzhia, and Kherson. These amount to 15-18 percent of the country. Whether Putin will be able to hold onto them is still an open question, as all are much closer to the Kyiv power center than was Crimea, brought into the Russian Federation following a favorable vote by the mostly ethnic Russian population of Crimea back in 2014.

Obviously, the loss of four regions of Ukraine to the Russian Federation represents yet another huge setback to globalism, more than was “annexing” Crimea, or the election of another antiglobalist in a country like Italy.

For an example of the intensity of the hysterics, check this out.

In the space of one article, globalist David Rothkopf describes Putin as “the Russian dictator” (who must be removed from office), a “megalomaniacal lunatic,” a “serial war criminal,” and “not a legitimate leader.”

“Joe Biden” (or whoever was whispering into his earpiece) echoed, “For God’s sakes, this man cannot remain in power!”

The Bidenistas quickly “clarified,” stating that they were not calling for regime change in Russia.

Oh no? Say it isn’t so, Joe!

Does Rothkopf really believe that such an action is our call, at least after accusing Putin of violating the territory of a “sovereign nation” (almost as if globalists really believed in such things)? This would be standard Western Establishment hubris and hypocrisy, super-spreading its own brand of globalist megalomania.

Rothkopf describes Putin’s speech as “demented” and as a “rambling … rant.”

Let’s look at it. Here are excerpts from what Putin said (you can read the entire 37-minute speech here):

MESSAGE TO KYIV

“I want the Kyiv authorities and their real masters in the West to hear me, so that they remember this. People living in Luhansk and Donetsk, Kherson and Zaporizhzhia are becoming our citizens. Forever.

“We call on the Kyiv regime to immediately end hostilities, end the war that they unleashed back in 2014 and return to the negotiating table.

“We are ready for this … But we will not discuss the choice of the people in Donetsk, Luhansk, Zaporizhzhia and Kherson. That has been made. Russia will not betray them.”

DEFENDING ‘OUR LAND’

“We will defend our land with all the powers and means at our disposal.”

‘NATION DISMEMBERED’

“In 1991, at Belovezh Forest, without asking the will of ordinary citizens, representatives of the then-party elites decided to destroy the USSR, and people suddenly found themselves cut off from their motherland. This tore apart and dismembered our nation, becoming a national catastrophe …

“I admit that they did not fully understand what they were doing, and what consequences this would inevitably lead to in the end. But this is no longer important. There is no Soviet Union, the past cannot be brought back. And Russia today does not need it anymore. We are not striving for this.”

‘GREAT, HISTORICAL RUSSIA’

“The battlefield to which fate and history have called us is the battlefield for our people, for great historical Russia, for future generations, our children, grandchildren and great-grandchildren.”

NORD STREAM ‘SABOTAGE’

“Sanctions were not enough for the Anglo-Saxons: they moved on to sabotage. It is hard to believe but it is a fact that they organised the blasts on the Nord Stream international gas pipelines, which run along the bottom of the Baltic Sea … It is clear to everyone who benefits from this.”

‘NUCLEAR PRECEDENT’

“The United States is the only country in the world that has twice used nuclear weapons, destroying the Japanese cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, and setting a precedent.”

“Even today, they actually occupy Germany, Japan, the Republic of Korea, and other countries, and at the same time cynically call them allies of equal standing.”

WESTERN ‘SATANISM’

“Now they have moved on entirely, to a radical denial of moral norms, religion, and family …

“The dictatorship of the Western elites is directed against all societies, including the peoples of the Western countries themselves. This is a challenge to all. This is a complete denial of humanity, the overthrow of faith and traditional values. Indeed, the suppression of freedom itself has taken on the features of a religion: outright Satanism.”

COLONIALISM

“The West … began its colonial policy back in the Middle Ages, and then followed the slave trade, the genocide of Indian tribes in America, the plunder of India, of Africa, the wars of England and France against China …

“What they did was hooking entire nations on drugs, deliberately exterminate entire ethnic groups. For the sake of land and resources they hunted people like animals. This is contrary to the very nature of man, truth, freedom and justice.”

EDUCATION AND GENDER

“Do we really want, here, in our country, in Russia, instead of ‘mum’ and ‘dad’, to have ‘parent No. 1’, ‘parent No. 2’, ‘No. 3’? Have they gone completely insane? Do we really want … it drilled into children in our schools … that there are supposedly genders besides women and men, and [children to be] offered the chance to undergo sex change operations? … We have a different future, our own future.”

That is what Putin actually said. You may disagree with some of it. I don’t agree with all of it. But note the year he says the war actually began: 2014, not 2022. That was the year a NATO-backed, U.S.-backed (and CIA-backed) coup ousted a democratically elected government and instilled the present regime (a cesspool of corruption, exemplified by Hunter Biden’s past relationship to a Ukraine corporation and his infamous laptop information about which Big Tech censored back in 2020).

The new Ukraine government, fascists in any accurate sense of that term, almost immediately began bullying and brutalizing ethnic Russians living in what soon became the “breakaway regions” of Luhansk and Donetsk which border Russia.

Putin rightly observes the weakness of this White House and finally acted to put a stop to it.

He accuses the U.S. of sabotaging the Nord Stream pipeline. Naturally, to controlled Western Establishment media, this is a “baseless conspiracy theory” (one wishes they would get some new material!).

In other words, again, “the Russians did it”!

But what would Russia have to gain from destroying their own facility?

This is the most probable account of the Bidenista-led sabotage of the pipeline.

And what a golden opportunity to force Europeans to shift toward “green energy” guaranteeing that many will freeze to death, if not this winter than certainly next.

Note that Putin repudiates the (common) claim that he is trying to reinvent the Soviet Union. The Soviet Union is history. But the Russian Federation as a sovereign entity in a multipolar world (i.e., a world not yet controlled by Anglo-European globalists) plans to stick around. Here Putin gives voice to what could be called “great historical Russia,” an organic entity bound by history and tradition, tying a specific people to a specific part of the world. These are things globalists do not and will never understand, because they cannot be reduced to money and power.

Putin is not a materialist (as were his Soviet predecessors). Orthodoxy has a solid foothold in Russia as a branch of the Christian faith that developed independently of Western Catholicism and Protestantism. This explains his perhaps hyperbolic use of satanism. Read it again: he speaks of a “radical denial of moral norms, religion, and family…. The dictatorship of the Western elites is directed against all societies, including the peoples of the Western countries themselves…. This is a complete denial of humanity, the overthrow of faith and traditional values. Indeed, the suppression of freedom itself has taken on the features of a religion: outright Satanism.

Even if one rejects the Satanism label as hyperbole, is this not an accurate description of much of the materialist West? When it has not attacked the family unit openly (e.g., in the name of “women’s rights”), it has enabled economic arrangements that slowly destabilize families, e.g., the welfarism-in-reverse I have previously mentioned which redistributes wealth upward; it has debauched its currency; its corporations have outsourced jobs to cheap-labor countries so that CEOs can get richer while both parents in families of lesser means sometimes must work two jobs to pay the bills with the debauched currency. When family members never see each other except to sleep, that doesn’t exactly help them maintain stability, or properly nourish the next generation.

To get a sense of the kind of colonialism Western corporatists/fascists (the real thing!) have sponsored, all you need to do is read John Perkins’s bold and revealing The New Confessions of an Economic Hit Man (2015). (A third edition of this magnificent treatise is due out next year!)

Finally is Putin’s open ridicule of the gender fluidity that has become the norm in American “education” with children now being shown drag shows and enticed to question their “gender.” He stops short of calling this institutionalized child abuse. I am not sure why.

In short, Putin has committed thought crimes. This, in addition to being a Russian nationalist who repudiates Western materialism, secularism, and liberalism — the faiths that together have brought us globalism (and the death culture of the pro-aborts). Globalists would transform the entire planet into a single, uniform mass consumption monoculture dominated by a few corporate leviathans with the technology to keep us all under surveillance and control, with the capacity to deal with dissent and noncompliance by shutting off participation in the economy. Eliminating cash transactions will further this. Globalists want a world government standing over controlled political classes, with no nationalists or autonomous political economies of any size allowed. When they have in place the kind of world regime they want, vocal support for people like Trump or Putin or Meloni or Bolsonaro will simply be criminalized.

The real war of the twenty-first century, still shaping up and which has tremendous destructive potential if it ever involves nukes or even “weaker” measures such as cyber-warfare, is between globalism on the one hand and everyone else on the other. Not just nationalists such as Trump or Putin and Meloni, but everyone who wishes responsible freedom, within the bounds of worldviews and traditions of their choosing. This means not being dictated to from the outside, or subject to corporate-directed forces they neither voted on, nor are in a position to influence.

Globalists, as I’ve noted previously, control most of the world’s resources, courtesy of the emphasis of their worldview on money and the indefinite expansion of their power, while the rest of us just want to live our lives and be left alone. Globalists control most corporate media: hence the ease of demonizing Trump, Putin, Orbán, Le Pen, Bolsonaro, and now Meloni, all of whom threaten globalist goals by presenting their nations with a viable alternative that puts them first.

There is a great deal at stake with the Kremlin-Kyiv standoff. If the four annexed regions transition into roles as regions of the Russian Federation, this will embolden nationalists elsewhere as globalism loses even more credibility. And then we have no way of knowing what havoc globalists are capable of unleashing on a world that stubbornly refuses to be dominated. Another, more destructive plandemic? A massive cyberattack? Allowing nukes to decimate what they cannot control while they hide out in underground bunkers and huge facilities they have constructed to ride out an apocalypse of their own making?

But on the other hand, should Putin be forced to back down — or perhaps even be overthrown by hidden globalists in his midst — this will embolden them! In an era of heightened Big Tech surveillance and censorship, injuries and deaths being caused by Big Pharma mRNA “vaccines,” alongside these vicious attacks on leaders demanding national autonomy and economic independence, further emboldening globalists is the absolute last thing the world needs.

———————

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

While admittedly the real world can be scary enough, he has also written a novel of cosmic horror. The Shadow Over Sarnath will be published soon.

The Patreon.com campaign I have been running appears to have been a bust, with just one new Patron in the entire second and third quarters of this year. Meanwhile several Patrons have exited, one informing me that due to the increased cost of living in Bidenista-era America, he no longer has the luxury of supporting an independent, truth-telling writer.

Odds are good I will cancel my account on the site at the end of the year and return to pursuing copywriting, copyediting and ghostwriting clients as a source of income in this era of roaring inflation.

Thank you, ‘Joe Biden’!

This will mean reduced visibility on NewsWithViews.com. It might even mean a “farewell” piece in December, even if only temporarily. Those are the breaks. I am not independently wealthy. To reverse this while there is still time (i.e., before a new client accepts my offer), please consider pledging today by going here and signing up.

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com




Is It Prideful to Force Others to Comply With Your Desires?

By Paul Engel

October 7, 2022

  • Can a religious university be forced to recognize and support a student group who wishes to change the nature of the university?
  • Do students have the right to change the nature of a private university?
  • Does our nation’s obsession with the sexual agenda mean your rights must bow to it?

None of us want to be judged by our race, sex, or how we live our lives. So what right do we have to impose our views on others, even to the point of controlling their private property? That is the question in a complaint against Yeshiva University. Does the City of New York have the legal authority to make a private university recognize a student group? Can the state order a religious school to violate its core beliefs to accommodate the wishes of a student? If we wish to live at liberty, doesn’t that mean we have to allow others to enjoy their own liberty, even if we disagree with it?

When does protecting one person’s rights involve infringing on the rights of another? And when is it OK to do so? These are perennial questions in America, ones that have garnered a lot of attention and several Supreme Court cases over the last decade or so. Today, I want to look at another example, one that is still making its way through the courts. The case of Yeshiva University v YU Pride Alliance questions whether or not New York City’s Human Rights Law can be used to override the Freedom of Religion of a religious school, those who own and operate it, and even the students who attend it.

Yeshiva University v YU Pride.

The question of a conflict of rights is not only nothing new in America, but based on the questions I’ve been asked, it’s also one of the most confusing topics to most Americas. The questions presented by Yeshiva University in this case all revolve around a single core question: Can the City of New York force a private university to recognize a student group that is antithetical to its religious beliefs?

The case started when Yeshiva University decided not to approve a Yeshiva Pride Alliance club. The university was sued by YU Pride in New York Superior Court, which granted a permanent injunction against Yeshiva University, ordering them to immediately approve the club. The University filed a motion to stay the injunction pending appeal, which was denied by the New York Appellate Court, and attempts to appeal the denial were not even heard by either the New York Appellate Division and New York Court of Appeals. This led Yeshiva to petition the Supreme Court for a stay of the permanent injunction until their appeal was resolved. This is where I first heard about this case, and this emergency application for a stay that I will be reviewing.

Freedom of Religion

As a deeply religious Jewish university, Yeshiva cannot comply with that order because doing so would violate its sincere religious beliefs about how to form its undergraduate students in Torah values.

Yeshiva Univ. v YU Pride – Emergency Application for Stay to SCOTUS

Here we see the conflict of rights. On the one hand you have the students who wish to not only form a Pride Alliance club, but to have it recognized by the school. On the other, you have a school whose religious beliefs cannot condone the behavior related to the Pride Alliance. Can the school be forced to subject its religious liberty to the desires of the students who attend it? By what authority can the City of New York, along with the New York Judicial System, force those who own and operate an organization to violate their religious beliefs? There is even more to this case though, than allowing a club to be created on campus.

This extraordinary situation arises from what all parties—and the trial court— acknowledge was a religious decision not to approve a Yeshiva Pride Alliance club. All parties agree that Yeshiva made this decision in consultation with its Roshei Yeshiva, or senior rabbis. And all parties agree that Yeshiva has a deeply religious character as a Jewish university. In fact, Plaintiffs admit that they want to force the creation of a Yeshiva Pride Alliance precisely to alter Yeshivas religiousenvironment—for example, by distributing school-sponsored “Pride Pesach” packages for Passover—and to upend Yeshivas understanding of Torah, with which Plaintiffs disagree.

Yeshiva Univ. v YU Pride – Emergency Application for Stay to SCOTUS

This has become a common tactic among the sexual movements. Enter an organization or business you disagree with, then attempt to subvert it using so called SOGI (Sexual Orientation & Gender Identity) laws. The students that want to create a “Pride Alliance” club admit that their purpose is to change the university, and they have accomplices both in New York law and courts.

The trial court held that the decision whether to have an official Pride Alliance organization on campus can be made by the government rather than Yeshiva itself in consultation with its rabbis.

Yeshiva Univ. v YU Pride – Emergency Application for Stay to SCOTUS

In effect, the New York trial court claimed the government has power to assume control over a private religious university. Where did the court find such power?

Relying on the New York City Human Rights Law (NYCHRL), the court concluded that the government can force Yeshiva to recognize an official Pride Alliance club because Yeshiva purportedly offers too many secular degrees to qualify for the laws express exemptions for religious organizations.

Yeshiva Univ. v YU Pride – Emergency Application for Stay to SCOTUS

Many of you are probably thinking of an argument based on the First Amendment to the Constitution of the United States. This was the argument brought by Yeshiva to the Supreme Court, but there’s a problem with this argument: Congress did not make this law.

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

That fact is very important. While the courts routinely “incorporate” the First Amendment against the States under the Fourteenth Amendment’s Privileges and Immunities Clause,

No State shall make or enforce any law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the United States;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

The First Amendment still says “Congress shall make no law…” What the trial court has done is effectively establish the standards for a religion to be recognized, at least when it comes to their schools. The trial court said the Yeshiva University is a religious school, just not religious enough to be treated as a religious organization.

Worse, the court ignored Yeshivas First Amendment church autonomy arguments entirely and cursorily rejected its Free Exercise arguments. In essence, the court found that Yeshiva is not a religious entity and has no right to control how its religious beliefs and values are interpreted or applied on its campuses.

Yeshiva Univ. v YU Pride – Emergency Application for Stay to SCOTUS

The term “church autonomy” refers to a Supreme Court precedent that supports the “independence of religious institutions”. Again, since Congress did not pass New York City’s Human Rights Law, this is not a First Amendment issue. This law, and the actions of the trial court, do violate the Constitution of the State of New York.

The free exercise and enjoyment of religious profession and worship, without discrimination or preference, shall forever be allowed in this state to all humankind;

Constitution of the State of New York, Article I, Section 3

Telling the University that they must allow the formation of an organization within their school whose purpose is to fundamentally change the religious nature of the school, certainly does infringe on the free exercise and enjoyment of religious professions and worship. By placing the rights of the students who wish to form a club as superior to those who own and operate the University, the court has clearly discriminated against the school because of its religious nature. Furthermore, by claiming that the owners of the school have no right to control its own beliefs and values, the court has denied the owners both their liberty and the property they have in the school. This is a violation of the Due Process clause of both the Fifth and Fourteenth Amendments to the Constitution of the United States.

No person shall … be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment V

nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

Although not part of the University’s argument, some of you may be thinking about an Establishment Clause violation. As I noted before, the trial court has established a standard for what makes a school religious enough for recognition. This appears to be a clear case of establishing a religion. The Constitution of the State of New York, like the constitutions of many of our states, does not prohibit the the state from establishing a religion. And since only Congress is prohibited from establishing a religion, that argument doesn’t apply here.

Yet because of the permanent injunction below, Yeshiva and its President are now being ordered to violate their religious beliefs or face contempt. That ruling is an unprecedented intrusion into Yeshivas religious beliefs and the religious formation of its students in the Jewish faith. It is also an indisputably clear violation of Yeshivas First Amendment rights.

Yeshiva Univ. v YU Pride – Emergency Application for Stay to SCOTUS

While I’ve already shown that the First Amendment claim is flawed, federal courts have frequently ignored the language of the Constitution in an attempt to protect religious freedom. What we have here is a clear violation of Freedom of Religion, both of the operators of the university and of the students who attend specifically for its religious culture and instruction. The pcfermanent injunction is a grave injustice to the school and its students, which is why, failing in the New York State Courts, the university appealed for protection from the Supreme Court of the United States.

Supreme Court

When a petition like this comes to the Supreme Court, it is directed to one of the justices. This justice may deal with the petition themselves, or bring the matter up to the court as a whole. You may have noticed that there are nine justices on the Supreme Court and nine circuits in the court of appeals. Each justice has a circuit they are accountable for. (They are called circuit courts because justices used to ride a circuit every year.) The Second Circuit is overseen by Justice Sonia Sotomayor. Her response was brief, but strong:

UPON CONSIDERATION of the application of counsel for the applicants and the response and reply filed thereto,

IT IS ORDERED that the injunction of the New York trial court, case No. 154010/2021, is hereby stayed pending further order of the undersigned or of the Court.

Yeshiva Univ. v. YU Pride, Supreme Court Order

This means that the courts of the State of New York are prohibited from enforcing their injunction until further notice from the Supreme Court.

Conflicting Rights

Before I conclude, I want to take some time and deal with the question of conflicting rights. Here we have the religious freedom of the school and the assembly of those who wish to have the club. There are many other examples I’m asked about, mandates to enter buildings, restrictions on the carrying of firearms, even the ability to express oneself. It all comes down to an understanding of rights.

I have an entire lecture on What is a Right? that I can summarize in two simple sentences. The legitimate exercise of a right cannot infringe on the rights of another. Therefore, for a right to be legitimate, you must be able to exercise it without infringing the rights of another.

How does that apply in this case? The operators and students of Yeshiva University have several rights in play here. We’ve focused on the free exercise of religion, but they also have the right to be at liberty to decide where they will attend school, the property they have in that school, and even the right to peaceably assemble with like-minded people. The students that wish to form a pride club also have the right to be at liberty in where they go to school and to peaceably assemble. In this conflict between two sets of rights, who should win? The question comes down to who is attempting to impose their will upon the other?

Some will argue that Yeshiva University is attempting to impose their religious viewpoint on the students who want to change it. Remember though, the school did not force the students to attend, neither did they hide their religious standards to trick the students when they were deciding where to go to school. So while the school does have its religious viewpoint, they are not attempting to force it on anyone, rather, they are trying to defend it from attempts to change it.

Now, let’s look at this from the pride standpoint. Nothing I’m aware of is stopping these students from gathering together in a pride club. Instead, what they want is recognition by the school. So their right to peaceably assemble is not being infringed. As I’ve already mentioned, the students are not forced to attend Yeshiva University, neither were they deceived about the religious environment it maintains. So their liberty has not been infringed. According to court records, these students wish to force the creation of this club specifically to alter the religious environment of the university. In other words, these students are attempting to illegitimately use their rights to infringe on the rights of the operators and other students of this school.

Lastly, if we look at the City of New York and the courts of the State of New York, both are attempting to impose their will on the University. While the state does have an interest in preventing discrimination, that is not what is happening here.

it is undisputed that Yeshiva has recently emphasized continued enforcement of its policies prohibiting any form of harassment or discrimination”; updated its diversity, inclusion and sensitivity training” to better reflect concerns of LGBTQ students; ensured that there are staff in its counseling center with specific LGBTQ+ experience”; appoint[ed] a point person to oversee a Warm Line that will be available” for anyone to report any concerns pertaining to non-inclusive behavior”; and continued “to create a space for students, faculty and Roshei Yeshiva to continue this conversation.”

Yeshiva Univ. v. YU Pride, Supreme Court Order

Yeshiva University has continued to protect all communities, including the LGBTQ community, from harassment or discrimination. What the City and courts of New York are attempting to do is harass a religious organization into endorsing a lifestyle that is opposed to their beliefs and discriminating against the university because, in the eyes of the court, it is not religious enough.

Based on these three viewpoints, who is attempting to impose their will on whom?

Conclusion

While the stay from the Supreme Court is good news, it doesn’t mean that Yeshiva University is out of the woods. My guess is there will be plenty of opinions, appeals, and legal maneuvering before this case is finally decided. As Thomas Jefferson said:

Eternal vigilance is the price of liberty.

Thomas Jefferson, Thomas Jefferson Papers

I can only hope that Yeshiva University will remain vigilant, and the freedom loving people of America will stand with them in their struggle.

Update

After writing this article, the Supreme Court offered an opinion overturning Justice Sotomayor’s stay on the permanent injunction issued by the New York State trial court. The reasons for this reversal are stated by the court below.

The application is denied because it appears that applicants have at least two further avenues for expedited or interim state court relief. First, applicants may ask the New York courts to expedite consideration of the merits of their appeal. Applicants do not assert, nor does the Appellate Division docket reveal, that they have ever requested such relief. Second, applicants may file with the Appellate Division a corrected motion for permission to appeal that courts denial of a stay to the New York Court of Appeals, as the Appellate Division clerks office directed applicants to do on August 25. Applicants may also ask the Appellate Division to expedite consideration of that motion.

Yeshiva University v. YU Pride Alliance – On Application for Stay

I must admit that my first reaction was disappointment in the court, a feeling with which I am well familiar. Reading the opinion though, that disappointment has lessened. It appears the court did not consider the merits of the application for stay, but rather decided that the case was not “ripe” for the high court. The court noted that there are at least two further actions Yeshiva University can take for relief in the state court system. I generally agree that such cases are better served in state courts than in federal. However, I am still unsettled. Having seen in this case the general distain the New York State courts have shown Yeshiva University’s petitions, I do not expect further appeals to the same courts that have summarily rejected even considering previous petitions to fare any better than their predecessors.

Justice Alito dissented from this decision, and was joined by Justices Thomas, Gorsuch, and Barrett. (Are you interested in the fact that Justice Sotomayor who originally issued the stay, joined with the majority to rescinding it.) In his dissent, Justice Alito stated:

The First Amendment guarantees the right to the free exercise of religion, and if that provision means anything, it prohibits a State from enforcing its own preferred interpretation of Holy Scripture. Yet that is exactly what New York has done in this case, and it is disappointing that a majority of this Court refuses to provide relief.

Yeshiva University v. YU Pride Alliance – On Application for Stay

While I agree that the state is establishing religious standards, I would not put it quite that way. What the State of New York has done through its courts is determine whether or not a religious school is religious enough for the protection of its rights. By ordering the school to recognize a student group whose purpose, as shown in previous court proceedings, is to fundamentally change Yeshiva into a University that complies with the YU Pride Alliance’s interpretation of the Torah. In effect, the State of New York has ordered the hens to bring the fox into the hen-house. Now the Supreme Court has decided force the hens to wait while they petition the wolf for protection.

If anyone at Yeshiva University or involved on in this case should see these words, I can only offer you my support and hope it gives you some comfort, and possibly an argument to be used to support your position. Though I know these words cost me nothing, the fight you are in may cost you everything, I wish to remind you of the words of Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, or as they are better known, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego.

Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-Nego answered and said to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we have no need to answer you in this matter.  If that is the case, our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace, and He will deliver us from your hand, O king.  But if not, let it be known to you, O king, that we do not serve your gods, nor will we worship the gold image which you have set up.”

 The New King James Version (Da 3:1618). (1982). Thomas Nelson.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Yes, They Want to Break Up the Family

by Lee Duigon

October 6, 2022

It was always just a cliché to say the Left wanted to do away with the family. But it’s not a cliché anymore.

The whole ruling class of the Western world has gone absolutely hooting, barking mad for “gender”—that is, the notion that we ought to be able to choose our gender and change it if we want to. We have a presidential administration that threatens school districts with cutting off financial aid unless the schools go full-throttle for Transgender.

How bad is it? Let’s take a look at current events in Virginia.

Virginia has a new state government that’s trying to rein in the craziness. The pro-trans mob, who’ve had things all their own way in recent years, naturally resist these measures. A group has emerged that devotes itself to breaking up families if the parents don’t want their children diving head-first into aberrant sexual behavior. It’s called “the Pride Liberation Project,” and it encourages and “helps” children and teens break away from their families: they’ll “re-home” kids who are discontented with their “unsupportive” parents, promising them “a couple hundred dollars,” a place to stay, and, as soon as possible, a new home with “queer-friendly guardians.”

The “couple hundred dollars” reportedly comes from a Democrat fund-raising group called ActBlue. There is a Pride Liberation Project website that invites readers to “Donate via ActBlue”. Dirty hands all around. So far they’ve raised $381. Doesn’t look like the fish are biting much, does it?

Meanwhile, last week the “Pride Liberation” cabal whipped up a walkout of students—12,000 students, they claim—protesting Virginia’s new “trans” policies.

Yeah, they want to help kids run away from home if they “hate their parents.” Has there ever been a single child, in all of human history, who never “hated” his parents? “What! You won’t buy me a new smart phone? I hate you for that!” Kids are like that. “No, you can’t go to that concert.” “I hate you!” We’ve all been there.

But helping teens run away from home because their parents won’t let them lop of healthy body parts and take powerful drugs to “change their gender”? It’s difficult to imagine what they could do that’d be more irresponsible and wicked than that.

To say nothing of the very real risk that more than a few of these kids will wind up in the clutches of sex-traffickers.

Oops—I almost forgot this caveat. Those queer-friendly guardians: “Please note that this adult will likely be white.” Gasp. “Didn’t you just teach us that white people are evil, they’re all racists?” Yeah, well, at least they’ll be queer-friendly. A comforting thought when they ship you off to China.

And if all else fails, says the Project, disgruntled teens can always “invoke suicide” to get what they want. I’m sure they’ll come up with something worse than this eventually, but I can’t imagine what that would be. It’d be nice not to find out.

I went to public school in the 1950s and Sixties. I never met even one transgendered student. I worked in several public schools throughout the 1990s. Never met a tranny.

Now it’s all over the place. Is that what they mean by “progressive”?

Once the “transition” to another gender is complete, that person will be sterile. If enough of them go through with it, there will be no next generation.

But that’s what globalists want, isn’t it?

It’s certainly what Satan wants. The whole transgender movement is Satanic to its core.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit… while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




What’s Going On At The Mexican Border Right Now Is An Invasion

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 6, 2022

We’ve got a heck of a dichotomy going on right now on our southern border from California, Arizona, New Mexico and Texas.  As a nation and as a people, we are being invaded by an endless line of refugees from all over the world. The major networks won’t cover it…and in fact,  they cover it up.

Note: We already import 1,000,000 legal immigrants annually, more than the rest of the countries of the world, combined.

Joe Biden, totally out of his dementia-ridden mind, or, at least his handlers, are out of their minds, has invited over 2,000,000 illegals into our country in the past nine months.  He invited 1,500,000 in 2021.  And they are coming, too.  They will keep coming because the world faces over 100,000,000 homeless refugees.

As per www.news.un.org : “Staggering record 100 million people forcibly displaced worldwide represents 1% of the global population and is equivalent to the 14th most populous country in the world. The number includes refugees and asylum seekers as well as the 53.2 million people displaced inside their borders by conflict. “The international response to people fleeing war in Ukraine has been overwhelming….”

Over five million people have fled war-torn Ukraine into adjacent countries like Poland and Moldova.  Over 1.5 million refugees have fled Africa into Europe.  Millions flee India and the Middle East. Starvation and famine cripple Afghanistan and Iraq.

They are flooding over America’s border to the tune of thousands daily.

Even former president Bill Clinton said,  “There’s a limit as to how many we can take.”  (October 2, 2022 speech)

So how many can we take?  Could we support 100,000,000 homeless world refugees?  Can we support 10,000,000?

What is the upper limit as to how many people American can sustain in the coming years?

Here’s another sickening fact:  The United Nations tells us that 3,100,000 children under the age of 12 starve to death annually.

“A child dies from hunger every 10 seconds. Poor nutrition and hunger are responsible for the death of 3.1 million children a year. That’s nearly half of all deaths in children under the age of 5. The children die because their bodies lack basic nutrients. Globally, 822 million people suffer from undernourishment.” www.worldhunger.org

The reason I bring this nasty condition to your attention stems from the fact that NBC, CBS, ABC, CNN, FOX, NPR and PBS won’t, don’t and flee from these harsh realities.  It’s like they think we are immune to all the nasty realities of endless immigration into America.  Unfortunately, we are not!

In a world of wealth, 9 million adults die every year from hunger, WFP Chief tells Food System Summit

NEW YORK – “The United Nations World Food Program Executive Director, David Beasley, has called on world leaders to make food security a reality for all and to build a stronger, healthier planet through better food systems.

“Now is the time to roll up our sleeves because, you know, children can’t eat empty promises. It’s up to us to deliver and make food security and nutrition a reality.”

“If we’re struggling today to reach the 7.9 billion people, imagine having 10, 11, 12 billion people on earth. It’s a lot cheaper to address root cause and give the people the resources they need to empower them, helping indigenous populations, empowering and inspiring the youth, all of this coming together to make this a stronger, a healthier, a better planet.  Yet 1000 people per hour are dying from hunger.”  (Source: www.worldfoodprogramme.org)

How will we feed 10 billion people by mid-century with dwindling crop lands, water shortages and catastrophic climate destabilization? What happens when gasoline runs out…and it will be exhausted by 2050 according to top experts: Blip:  Humanity 300-Year Self-Terminating Experiment with Industrialism by  Christopher O. Clugston.

What happens to our civilization and every citizen in America when we allow enough refugees into our country to add another 100 million people by 2050?  Do you think we can feed, water, house, educate and provide work for them?

My late colleague said it best, ““Unlimited population growth cannot be sustained; you cannot sustain growth in the rates of consumption of resources. No species can overrun the carrying capacity of a finite land mass. This Law cannot be repealed and is not negotiable.” Dr. Albert Bartlett, www.albartlett.org , University of Colorado, USA.

At what point do we become a country that features starving, illiterate and homeless Americans into the endless millions?  For a fact, if we remain on this course, we WILL become a nation of starving people with no solutions.

“Most Western elites continue urging the wealthy West not to stem the migrant tide [that adds 83 million net gain annually to the planet], but to absorb our global brothers and sisters until their horrid ordeal has been endured and shared by all—ten billion humans packed onto an ecologically devastated planet.” Dr. Otis Graham, Unguarded Gates

If we continue on Biden’s illegal immigration track, who will save us and what country can we escape to in order to save our families and ourselves?

Answer: nada, none,  zero, zilch.

We need a national outcry to stop mass legal and illegal immigration into America. Otherwise, your children are screwed, and their lives totally ruined. If you are alive in 2050, you won’t like what happened to your country…the United States of America.

Make your voice heard. Write these addresses and demand they interview yours truly and dozens of other top voices on the greatest crisis facing America in the 21st century.  Write Jesse Watters at FoxNews, watters@fox.com ;  Martha McCallum at thestory@foxnews.com ;  60 Minutes, 60M@cbsnews.com ; Lester Holt, nightly@nbcuni.com ; Face the Nation ftn@cbsnews.com ; Terry Gross, npr.org/contact ;  FoxFriends, foxfriends@foxnews.com ; Neil Cavuto, cavuto@foxsnews.com ; Anderson Cooper, www.cnn.com

Here’s what’s coming to America:

In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of  NumbersUSA, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself:

Video: Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls

“Immigration by the numbers-off the chart” by Roy Beck. This 10 minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”

Video: Immigration by the numbers-off the chart.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Rand Paul Highlights Inflation While Asking His Constituents To Stop Inflation!

By Bradlee Dean

September 5, 2022

The Oath, as stated in Article II, Section 1, Clause 8 of the U.S. Constitution, is as follows:

“I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully execute the office of President of the United States, and will to the best of my ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States.”

Senate oath:

“I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic; that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the same; that I take this obligation freely, without any mental reservation or purpose of evasion; and that I will well and faithfully discharge the duties of the office on which I am about to enter: So help me God.”

Somehow or another. Americans have been deceived into believing that their representatives are to do nothing more than to highlight the crimes of those they fail to prosecute. It is not. It is their job to uphold the laws found within the U.S. Constitution, to enforce the laws in establishing judgment upon the heads of the wicked (Isaiah 26:9) in order that we, as a people, might know righteousness and peace.

Are the judgments which guard your liberties what you are getting from these politicians? Not at all.  They highlight the very crimes of the guilty that go uncondemned so they can in turn fleece their constituents.

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

In Leviticus 26:14-15. it tells us, “But if ye will not hearken unto me, and will not do all these commandments; And if ye shall despise my statutes, or if your soul abhor my judgments, so that ye will not do all my commandments, but that ye break my covenant:”

That judgment will then fall on the people who refuse to obey the Lord. In this case, that would be the 86% of the American people who profess to be what they are clearly not, namely Christians (1 John 2:4).

One of those judgments, in particular, is found in Leviticus 26:26:

“And when I have broken the staff of your bread, ten women shall bake your bread in one oven, and they shall deliver you your bread again by weight: and ye shall eat, and not be satisfied.” –Leviticus 26:26

Bible commentator Adam Clarke wrote:

Though in general every family in the East bakes its own bread, yet there are some public bakehouses where the bread of several families is baked at a certain price. Moses here foretells that the desolation should be so great and the want so pressing that there should be many idle hands to be employed, many mouths to be fed, and very little for each: Ten women shall bake your bread in one oven, &c.

Inflation: In economics, inflation is a general increase in the prices of goods and services in an economy. When the general price level rises, each unit of currency buys fewer goods and services; consequently, inflation corresponds to a reduction in the purchasing power of money.

Senator Rand Paul from Kentucky highlighted this week the crimes of his colleagues when he stated, “Friend, have you seen the latest on inflation?”

It’s insane.

  • Gas: +25.6%
  • Fuel Oil: +68.8%
  • Electricity: +15.8%
  • Groceries: +13.5%
  • Meat, Poultry, & Fish: +8.8%
  • Milk: +17%
  • Eggs: +39.8%
  • Baby Food: +12.6%
  • Airline Fares: +33.4%

Meanwhile, hourly wages are DOWN by over 2%!

Look at Rand’s net worth!

Conclusion: While at every turn Americans are dealing with being taxed to death, we receive more news from those who claim to be the good guys in American government that prices are skyrocketing while they then ask for Americans to support them in putting a stop to inflation. Nope, you cannot make this up (Amos 5:7).

[Rumble Video]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Power to the People

By Cliff Kincaid

October 5, 2022

As we approach Halloween, let’s think about unleashing a hungry Vampire on the beast known as Big Government.

On Monday, the big news was that the tax cuts being proposed by the new British Prime Minister Liz Truss were being somewhat scaled back because they might “favor the rich.” This is a Marxist line of attack.

Yet, Stephen K. Bannon was on his “Real America’s Voice” show trashing Truss for proposing tax cuts in the first place. He called her proposal a “ridiculous unfunded massive tax cut.” His guest, Steve Cortes, agreed.

They were echoing the liberal news outlets and the IMF about the “unfunded” nature of those tax cuts.

Look at the headlines:

  • IMF gives damning verdict on Britain’s tax cuts — CNBC.
  • Fiscal fisticuffs: the week the IMF attacked Britain’s tax cuts — Financial Times.
  • IMF openly criticizes UK government tax plans — BBC News.
  • Truss U-turned on tax cuts for the super-rich – now she can axe the rest of her disastrous budget – London Guardian.
  • The UK scraps a proposed tax cut for the wealthy that sparked market turmoil – NPR.

“In a stunning reversal,” declared Fox Business, “Britain’s Conservative government dropped a key part of the tax cuts package that sparked outrage, market turmoil and sent the pound plunging.”

The left-wing Media Matters declared, “British currency has been plummeting due to investor fears that the Truss tax cuts, and the resulting borrowing needed to recover the lost revenue, will worsen inflation in the U.K., which already stands at 10%.

This is a concrete example of the power of the globalists that Bannon and others claim to oppose.

Since when it is supposed to be “unfunded” to return money to the people? It’s the people’s money to begin with. How can money in the hands of the people be “lost” to the government?

The Marxist assumptions in such talk are that the government has a claim to your living standards and that your money belongs to them. That’s the Marxist principle of confiscating and eventually abolishing private property to create an all-powerful state.

The commentaries emanating from “conservative” channels like Real America’s Voice and Fox Business have nothing to do with the conservatism of people like Ronald Reagan, who understood that tax cuts were the means by which some of the government’s power over us can be whittled away.

Truss understands this.  “We are getting our economy growing through tax cuts and reform,” she said, as she opened the Conservative Party conference.

Tax cuts were part of the agenda of President Trump, who produced an unprecedented economic boom with $3.2 trillion in historic tax relief before China released its deadly virus on the world. That occurred through the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.

The globalists hate tax cuts. As you can see in the headlines and news coverage, the International Monetary Fund warned against Truss’ economic policy. The Bank of England deliberately created panic, pushing the line that tax cuts would usher in a debt crisis.

But that is typical of the thinking of the central bankers and others who got us into this economic and financial mess in the first place. We are already in a debt crisis created by government tax and spending programs.

Truss understands that tax cuts return power to the people. One of Truss’ daughters is named “Liberty” and she was the initiator of the Free Enterprise Group (FEG) “caucus” in Parliament.

In the USA, some conservatives are giving up on tax cuts and instead proposing “accountability” for Biden & Company through hearings and impeachment. Haven’t we learned by now that the federal government is not accountable?

The only answer is to cut taxes and spending, starving the state of the revenue it needs to operate.

Let’s face it: our federal government does not protect or defend our lives, liberty, and property. So why keep them in business?

The new Republican “Commitment to America” calls for “an economy that’s strong,” but this can only be accomplished through a bill to make permanent the tax reduction and reform under Trump.

It’s no secret that the IMF, the United Nations, and other global institutions are planning to dominate the world. The IMF has been assigned the job of studying how to implement a global tax on America and the rest of the world.

The New World Order is undermined when countries cut taxes for their people.

Forget all of the talk about accountability, hearings, and impeachment. Government survives on the basis of taxes. The only effective way to drive a stake through the heart of Big Government is to deprive the politicians and the bureaucracy of the revenue they need to operate.

The globalists need high taxes for their agenda.

Speaking for them, the new King of England, Charles, said at Davos that, in order to combat “climate change” and move forward, “we need nothing short of a paradigm shift, one that inspires action at revolutionary levels and pace.”

Joan Veon’s book, Prince Charles: The Sustainable Prince, notes that Charles was greatly influenced by the South African-born mystic Laurens van der Post, later exposed as a liar, fraud, and pedophile. Charles was a convert to James Lovelock’s Gaia hypothesis, a belief based on the Greek goddess Gaia, the Earth Mother.

According to these elites, we have too much economic and political freedom to improve our lives and our standard of living.

In order to accomplish this, they need higher and higher taxes, even a global tax they hope to be accepted at the upcoming U.N.-sponsored “climate change” conference known as COP27.

Toward this end, the U.N.’s Environmental Sabbath program advised kids to hold hands around a tree and meditate. The purpose, through dope or meditation, is to become “one” with trees, rocks, and dirt.

Which means that, in addition to defunding most of the federal government, the people must take control of their local school districts and give parents the option to take their children out of the public schools.

Power to the people means cutting federal taxes and taking control of how they are used on the local level. We know what has to be done.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

  • Cliff Kincaid is the president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org



Equality vs. Equity

By Lex Greene

October 5, 2022

“…to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them…” U.S. Declaration of Independence

The United States of America is the direct result of people from all over the world escaping government tyranny in search of individual freedom and liberty. As has always been the case throughout human history, almost nothing on earth is more costly than freedom and liberty. It comes at the price of blood and treasure and has cost millions around the globe their lives.

There is only one thing more costly…freedom once lost, is never regained.

Yet like all free societies, in time, generations will emerge who no longer know or appreciate the true value of freedom. Democracies have failed throughout history simply because it only takes a few generations living in the benefits of freedom and liberty, who know nothing about what it takes to be free, to trade their freedom for something they mistakenly perceive to be far more valuable, “free stuff.”

“We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain inalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.” U.S. Declaration of Independence

Freedom is equality… equality is freedom

Free market capitalism is “financial freedom,” a Right of self-determination. Foundationally, “equality” is based upon freedom and liberty, the inalienable Right to “equal opportunity” to Life, Liberty, and the pursuit of independent individual Happiness, for all. In order for any human being to possess these Rights, all must possess them. The same goes for “equal application of the Law.”

Equality is the ability of every person to define, seek, overcome, and achieve their own happiness, without interference from others.

But “Equity” is something quite different

Foundationally, “equity” is the complete opposite of equality and freedom. While equality is based on individual freedom, equity is based upon government tyranny, the power of government to “take from one according to their ability; and give to another, based on how that best serves government.” It’s rooted in the teachings of Socialist Karl Marx.

When politicians speak of “equity,” they are referring to their desire to rob from Middle Class taxpayers, using those resources to buy more votes from the so-called “underachievers,” or “non-producers,” also known as, trained terminal government dependents, or self-imposed victims.

Equity requires The People to surrender their individual freedom and liberty to an all-powerful government, granting government the authority to decide “who deserves” the fruits of your labors, your Rights, your liberties, and your freedom, through “free stuff” used to bribe voters at election time, with gifts from the taxpayer’s treasury.

In short, equity requires tyranny

Tyranny is defined as, “Arbitrary or despotic exercise of power; the exercise of power over subjects and others with a rigor not authorized by law or justice, or not requisite for the purposes of government. Hence, tyranny is often synonymous with cruelty and oppression.”

By “equity,” politicians mean, “equal results for unequal effort.”

Every time someone votes for “equity,” they are voting for “tyranny.” Because “equity” can only exist by taking the freedom, liberty, and earnings of one, for benefit of another, government tyranny is necessary to achieve that goal.

Yet again, for any human being to possess freedom, all must possess freedom. All forms of totalitarianism have failed repeatedly throughout history, for only two simple reasons.

  1. You can only take from others against their will, until they will no longer allow it.
  2. Once you make hard work and sacrifice worthless, the system collapses. People only work and sacrifice to gain fruits from their efforts. Once they can no longer get ahead through their own labor, they will no longer labor. There is nothing left to take from others, everyone is destitute, including government.

The USA is by far the most ethnically diverse country in the world. There are literally millions of real examples of people starting with nothing and making something of themselves, all ethnic groups, all ages, all genders in the USA. It’s insane to even suggest that “equality” and “freedom” don’t work. These foundations once made the USA the most prosperous and powerful nation ever known to mankind. There are also many examples of people born with a silver spoon in their mouth, squandering their blessing and ending up broke and in trouble. Hunter Biden comes to mind…

Still, the promise of “equity” appeals to many who have chosen not to use their own freedom to prosper, to not make something of themselves. That choice leads them to seek the fruits of your labor, “equity” through government tyranny. They won’t even work hard enough to come rob you themselves. Instead, they elect government officials who will rob you on their behalf, all in the name of “equity.”

Just as “equality” is “freedom” – “equity” is “tyranny.”

The mistake the equity seekers make is this…they are totally myopic in their belief structure. They think that the tyranny they vote for will only apply to you, those they seek to rob for their own benefit.

They do not realize that in the end of their pursuit for equity, it is they who will end up in a shallow grave. If the people they are robbing don’t put them there, eventually, the government they elected will.

You see, governments have no use for non-producers. Non-producers can’t contribute anything, and in the end, are merely a drain on the system. Since politicians seldom fail to serve themselves above all others, sooner or later, non-producers become an “intolerable and unsustainable liability.”

Governments survive on revenue and non-producers bring nothing to the party, just seeking to eat all your food and drink all your wine. They’re like the worst kind of party guests. Leaches who will suck you dry, if you let them, and even though many citizens might let them, eventually, the tyrants they elect, won’t.

History has proven this over and over again, from Mao to Stalin, Hitler to Lenin. Even as I write, countries all over the globe are tearing down their socialist and communist governments and electing “conservative” leaders to take them out of the poverty caused by greedy governments who have robbed them blind for decades.

This world and especially this country, are built by givers, not takers. Equality brings freedom for all. Equity brings tyranny for everyone. It’s just that simple.

But there are those who will never change, as they are takers and will never become givers. There is nothing we can do to save those who refuse to save themselves.

But we can, and we must, prevent the takers from destroying every giver in this world. Once all givers are destroyed, there is nothing to give and nothing to take. That’s when the socialist GLOBAL RESET will be in full force and effect, as only the 1% ruling class elites will have anything, and if you think they will share with you…you haven’t been paying attention!

Freedom and equality are good for everyone. Equity in the end, is only good for the 1% ruling class elites,’ thieves and carpetbaggers, the top dog democrats in the USA and their cohorts at the WEF, UN, IMF, NATO and WHO.

Good and evil both exist on earth. Just as money can be used for good or evil, and guns can be used to kill innocents, or save innocents, so too, can people be used for either good or evil.

All tyrannical governments around the world have promised their citizens “equity,” not equality…and all have provided their citizens an equal depth of poverty, causing those governments to become ever more brutal to the people they keep under boot.

Americans hypnotized by the “equity” scam, are being bribed and used for evil. All good men seek nothing more than Equality and Freedom, and demand nothing less.

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




The Stasi Actions of the Politicized DOJ

By Kelleigh Nelson

October 4, 2022

East Germany was so total in its totalitarianism that everything was banned which wasn’t compulsory.  —P. J. O’Rourke

It’s an historical fact that the Stasi did horrible things and that they monitored a lot of people in East Germany, but I find it very interesting to think about the importance of the Western secret services back then and still working today.  —Christian Schwochow, German Film Director

While the Antifascist Action and all opposing groups were banned after Hitler became head of state, the antifa communist ideology never went away. From the ashes of WWII, it was absorbed and institutionalized in the official state ideology of what would become the German Democratic Republic, also known as East Germany. From 1949 to 1990, East Germany existed as a communist state carved out of the Weimar Republic by the Soviet Union, one of WWII’s victorious Allied leaders. For over forty years, the extremely repressive conditions in East Germany exemplified what “antifa” state-building actually looks like. —Andy Ngo, Journalist, Author

I know the capacity that is there to make tyranny total in America, and we must see to it that this agency and all agencies that possess this technology operate within the law and under proper supervision, so that we never cross over that abyss. That is the abyss from which there is no return. —Former Idaho Senator, Frank Church

Who were the Stasi?  One of the most hated and feared institutions of the East

German communist government. They were the internal security and police apparatus in the Soviet zone of occupation in East Germany after World War II.  Their job was to spy on the people.  They were similar to the KGB in that their spying (gathering intelligence) kept the government informed enough to squash any dissent.

Like a giant octopus, the Stasi’s tentacles probed every aspect of life; all major industrial plants, apartment buildings, schools, universities, hospitals and theologians had informers.   Doctors, lawyers, journalists, writers, actors, and sports figures were co-opted by Stasi officers, as were waiters and hotel personnel.

The Stasi was one of the most successful intelligence services in history: they kept almost unimaginably detailed files and records on large quantities of the population, and created an atmosphere of fear and unease that they then proceeded to exploit.

Lives were lost trying to escape communist/fascist control.

Just as Italy’s Benito Mussolini established and controlled his power between 1922 to 1930, we have seen exactly the same tactics in America.  He used violence and intimidation of opposing parties, media was controlled along with censorship, education in schools and universities was closely monitored, and trade unions were controlled through the state.

The old “turn in your neighbor” that we saw in Nazi Germany, Italy, Poland, and other countries run by totalitarian oligarchs was revived in Biden’s recent fascist speech.

Perhaps it isn’t as obvious to the majority of Americans, but Stasi tactics are alive and well in America more so under Biden’s Department of Justice, with Merrick Garland as the Attorney General.  And every intelligence department is “woke” enough to be in on the totalitarian takeover of America.

FBI Raids

We’ve seen enough examples of the attacks on opposition leadership via the overzealous raids by the Stasi FBI.  Roger Stone, Peter Navarro, Paul Manafort, Mike Lindell and Trump’s Mar-a-Lago, to name just a few, were subjected to hordes of armed agents descending upon their homes, some in the middle of the night.

Steve Bannon told Charlie Kirk that the FBI “rolled in on” 35 senior members of MAGA Republican supporters of Donald Trump.”  Saying the alleged searches were unnecessary because their targets have lawyers, he called the FBI the “jackbooted Gestapo,” a reference to the secret police of Nazi Germany.

The FBI’s history belies their motto of fidelity, bravery and integrity.  The same can now be said of the rest of the intelligence network.

Think about what just happened to Mark Houck, father of seven, a noted Catholic, and pro-life activist. After an incident between Houck, his son, and a belligerent pro-abortionist escort, the DOJ found good reason for 30 armed agents to show up at his house and drag him away in hand-cuffs in front of his wife and children in the middle of the night.

When both the city police and the district attorney declined to file charges against Houck for pushing the pro-abortionist away from his son, the escort filed a private criminal complaint in Philadelphia municipal court. The case was dismissed in July when the man repeatedly didn’t show up in court.

Twenty-two members of Congress demanded answers from Attorney General Merrick Garland over the Stasi actions of the politicized FBI.  Where were the other 240 Republicans in the House and Senate?  Silent as usual.

FBI Attack on Private Property

Karl Marx said, “The theory of Communism may be summed up in one sentence: Abolish all private property.”  The FBI is following Marxist doctrine.

Zero Hedge reported on September 26th, that the FBI Misled Judge, Then Seized $86 Million In Cash From Beverly Hills Safe-Deposit Boxes.

The FBI ‘drilled and pried’ their way into 1,400 safe-deposit boxes at a private vault company in Beverly Hills after misleading a judge about their plan to permanently confiscate everything inside every box containing at least $5,000 in cash or goods, a senior FBI agent recently testified.

This was private property!

Sean Davis tweeted, “The FBI is trash. It is both a domestic terrorist organization and a criminal cartel, and it should no longer be allowed to exist in what used to be a free country with laws.”  He is right!

Destruction of the fourth amendment of the Bill of Rights!

Amendment IV states: The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.

The FBI menace is escalating.

FBI Whistleblowers

Miranda Devine’s September 28, 2022 article in the New York Post tells of 30 ex-FBI agents who are standing up for the latest whistleblower, Stephen Friend.

Those 30 former agents include a retired deputy assistant director, head of counterterrorism and five SWAT team members, who have spoken out publicly in support of suspended FBI whistleblower Stephen Friend.  Friend alleged that the FBI has been manipulating case-file management in order to falsely inflate the threat of domestic terrorism, and using unconstitutional excessive force against political dissenters.

Many former agents hailed Friend, a SWAT team member in Florida, as a “hero” after he was punished for refusing to participate in what he regarded as unnecessarily heavy-handed SWAT raids over Jan. 6 misdemeanors.

The FBI is no longer devoid of political partisanship.  As such, whistleblowers have come forward against the use of swat teams “to arrest non-violent senior citizens and others with political opinions not currently tolerated by this administration, compounded by the idea that many of these cases involve misdemeanor criminal charges.”

Economic Fascism

Far too many physicians, nurses, airline pilots, and federal and state employees have been forced to take the COVID inoculations, or lose their jobs.  The unconstitutional mandates were totalitarian in nature and have ruined faith in the medical industry who along with the Biden administration, the NIH, CDC, FDA, AMA, medical journals and group practices, promoted masks, social distancing, lockdowns and clot shots.  All were unconstitutional and all were highly damaging to society and especially to the middle class.  This was all planned and exposed by Dr. Richard Day in 1969.  Dr. Lawrence Dunegan recorded what he remembered of the lecture given by Day, and it was the New World Order plan for society, most of which was already completed.

Corporate entities jumped on the bandwagon for all of it, but now the woke propaganda fear porn spread by the alphabet agencies has taken a new turn.  What is promoted in the “Codes of Conduct or Ethics” in America’s job openings is alarming and invasive.

A friend of mine received this link because her former business used to be listed as one of their vendors, and they sent this out to their entire mail list.  She sent this to me with the statement, “They will not hire anyone who has anything to do with anyone Trump even knows, it seems, or anyone who disagrees with vaccines or Ukraine, etc.

It is crazy. I have never seen anything like this.”

Here is what was listed under their Code of Conduct:

  • Good moral character, ethics, honesty, and high integrity are very important to All Time Favorites.
  • You agree to abide by a code of conduct outlined here while working with All Time Favorites.
  • You agree to not do business with nor show admiration or positive support for those who do not fit this code of conduct.
  • This is not about politics.
  • Examples of those who you agree NOT to do events for nor associate with include:
  • Q-anon, Oath Keepers, Proud Boys, and any business Donald J. Trump owns/runs, his family owns/runs, or his business partners. (This would include Eric Trump’s fundraising for St. Jude’s.)
  • You also agree not to mass distribute nor promote false information.
    For example (but not limited to): False information about Covid-19 and related vaccines; that the election was stolen from Donald Trump in 2020, or similar.
  • Our experience shows us that people who follow and support those who tell lies, bully, disrespect and degrade others, usually show us that they do not have the respect, character, morals and integrity we require to serve our clients.
  • You agree not to threaten, bully, disrespect ethnic groups or cheat others in your business transactions.
  • Currently, due to the Ukraine invasion by Russia, you are not supporting or showing any support of Putin and those under his direction.
  • ATF DOES monitor social media posts and other communication to assure our code of conduct is adhered to.

Patriotic Americans are not just the enemies of the Biden state, but enemies of every single vestige of society as well.  The first amendment, which gives all Americans the liberty and freedom to freely speak about what they believe, has been squelched by the very enemies of the nation, those controlled by the Marxist/Fascist propaganda.

In Thomas J. DiLorenzo’s 1994 article, Economic Fascism, he clearly explains what we’re facing in 2022.

He states that when people hear the word “fascism, they naturally think of ugly racism and the anti-Semitism practiced by the regimes of Mussolini and Hitler,” but the reality is there was also an economic policy component of fascism known as “corporatism,” practiced by the two totalitarians.  DiLorenzo tells us that corporatism was adopted in Italy and Germany in the 1930s and was held up as a “model” by intellectuals and policy makers in America and Europe.  A version of this fascist corporatism was adopted in the USA in the 1930s and is still around.  Rather than “fascism,” it is called “planned capitalism.”  “The word fascism may no longer be politically acceptable, but its synonym, ‘industrial policy’ is still as popular as ever.”

Economist Lawrence Dennis was one of the most outspoken American fascists and in his 1936 book, The Coming American Fascism, he declared that defenders of 18th-century Americanism were sure to become the laughing stock of their own countrymen.  He believed that the adoption of economic fascism would actually intensify “national spirit” and put it behind “the enterprises of public welfare and social control.”  What he bemoaned was the fact that the stumbling block to economic fascism was “liberal norms of law or constitution guarantees of private rights.”  (Emphasis mine.)

Many of those wonderful God-given rights are today being trampled underfoot not only by the totalitarian despots in charge of the once greatest country on earth but by their corporate acolytes.  The above “Code of Conduct” is a prime example.

In the article, Off-Duty Conduct and Employee Rights, the author states, “Federal antidiscrimination laws that apply to private employment do not protect political beliefs or affiliations.”  So, your private life is not private from your employer.

There are however, questions an employer is not allowed to ask.  Unfortunately, one of the questions considered unlawful is, “Are you a United States citizen?”  Huh?!

I didn’t see any of the protestors who were involved in Antifa or BLM riots losing their employment.  In fact, Team Biden and his apparatchiks encouraged street demonstrations that might spiral out of control.  Nearly all of them did.

Whistleblower Edward Snowden

In Daniel Ellsberg’s nine-year-old Guardian article, Edward Snowden: saving us from the United Stasi of America, he calls, “Edward Snowden’s whistleblowing a chance to roll back what is tantamount to an ‘executive coup’ against the US Constitution.”

He also believed that we had not yet become a police state although another tragedy like that of 9/11 would push us over the brink.  I believe we have reached that point inasmuch as the entire C-19 project against Americans, including the mandated inoculations, have thrown us into that authoritarian camp.

The dangerous abyss that Idaho Senator Frank Church warned of years ago is now upon us.  The dangerous prospect of which he warned was that America’s intelligence gathering capability – which is today beyond any comparison with what existed in his pre-digital era – “at any time could be turned around on the American people and no American would have any privacy left.”

Ellsberg states, “That has now happened. That is what Snowden has exposed, with official, secret documents. The NSA, FBI and CIA have, with the new digital technology, surveillance powers over our own citizens that the Stasi – the secret police in the former “democratic republic” of East Germany – could scarcely have dreamed of. Snowden reveals that the so-called intelligence community has become the United Stasi of America.

“Snowden did what he did because he recognized the NSA’s surveillance programs for what they are: dangerous, unconstitutional activity. This wholesale invasion of Americans’ and foreign citizens’ privacy does not contribute to our security; it puts in danger the very liberties we’re trying to protect.”

Conclusion

Our private lives, aside from our employment, are only one faction of the encroaching takeover of America by those who have long promoted the New World Order, now called the Great Reset, which is nothing more than United Nations Agenda 21/30.

In the last few years, Americans have seen the despotic and repressive destruction of our health care system.  Dr. Richard Day’s lecture of 1969 entitled, The New Order of Barbarians, told us the plan.  That dark agenda is upon us.

Next up, we’ll study the Stasi control of our health care which was once ranked among the world’s healthiest populations in 1984.  But in 2021, a study by the Commonwealth Fund ranked America’s health care system dead last among industrialized nations, with the highest infant mortality and lowest life expectancy.  In the 38 years between 1984 and 2022, Anthony Fauci has been the catalyst of desolation.

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




America in Name Only

By Cherie Zaslawsky

October 4, 2022

As much as I admire the great patriots who fought so hard to wrench our nation out of the hands of the usurpers, patriots such as General Michael Flynn, brilliant attorney Sidney Powell, My Pillow mega-mogul Mike Lindell, and more recently, famous filmmaker Dinesh D’Souza whose documentary 2,000 Mules presents indisputable evidence of vote fraud in the swing states that illegally tipped the scales in Beijing Biden’s favor, I can’t help feeling that many of us remain in denial about our current situation, including former President Trump. We shake our heads at the steady stream of violations of our constitutional protections, wondering how these flagrant abuses can take place in America.

For example, how is it possible that our own DOJ has locked up dozens of innocent men and women for attending a peaceful demonstration in our nation’s capitol, and left them to languish in squalid conditions in the D.C. Gulag for nearly two years, many still awaiting their trials? What happened to Habeas Corpus?

And in what world does our own FBI get to raid President Trump’s luxurious home, ransacking every room, pawing through Melania’s lingerie, taking Trump’s passports, spending nine hours combing every inch of Mar-a-lago, and quite possibly planting “evidence” and/or surveillance bugs along the way?

But the shocks keep coming—one of the latest being the witch-hunt targeting some forty “Trump associates” who’ve been subpoenaed and/or had their cell phones confiscated.

Fox News host Tucker Carlson viewed a subpoena and was stunned by its unlawfulness. In his words:

What it [the subpoena] demands is both unlawful and without precedent in American history. …Now keep in mind, that any claim you make as an American citizen about electors—any claim you make about American politics period—is protected explicitly under the First Amendment. That’s our core freedom…[Emphasis mine]

In fact, all of the above assaults on our rights are unprecedented and despicable, but not, as some may think, merely a matter of political revenge.

A SHATTERINGLY INCONVENIENT TRUTH

The painful truth is that there is nothing out of the ordinary about these abuses, including the January 6th political prisoners being detained without due process—without being charged, and without being granted their right to a speedy trial. Nor should we be surprised that Trump, his associates, and the MAGA millions Biden decried in his ghoulish tirade demonizing patriots, are under attack.

What we’re conveniently forgetting is that between November 3rd, 2020 and January 6th, 2021, we didn’t merely experience a stolen election, we went through a Color Revolution—a takeover of our nation by forces hostile to it—and not just the DemComms, but the ChiComms and other globalist enemies of liberty as well. So that now, America as we’ve know it exists only in our memories.  Oh, we see the vestiges of America all around us, and we can and should do everything in our power to resuscitate our vanquished Republic. But that shining city on the hill has been snuffed out. It’s just that we still see traces of its light, like the light of a distant star that is no more.

And while the shift from our Republic to the increasingly dystopian reality we’re currently living in seemed to happen almost overnight, the minions of Satan have been paving the way for this takeover of America for decades. Following the subversive advice of Antonio Gramsci and his follower Rudi Dutschke, they planned the Marxist “long march through the institutions” to alter and control American culture. And as iconic conservative journalist Andrew Breitbart famously remarked, politics is downstream from culture. We’re just experiencing the dramatic climax of these long-term efforts, as when a house suddenly crumbles after years of termites eating away at its supporting beams and wooden foundation.

So when I say there is nothing out of the ordinary about the January 6th patriots being brutally and unjustly treated, I mean that this is what Communists typically do to political prisoners. We the People are now under the thumbs of fascistic totalitarians who thrive on inflicting sadistic cruelty on others.

A PLETHORA OF TRAVESTIES

I’m at pains to imagine a more blatant travesty than the spectacle of Beijing Biden standing in Independence Hall, flanked by uniformed military and ominously bathed in blood-red background lighting while giving a clenched fist tirade damning at least half the country.

But we do have some contenders.

There’s the raid on President Trump’s exclusive Mar-a-lago villa for one.

And the tragedy of innocent Americans being held and tormented in unconstitutional detention in the D.C. Gitmo.

And how about the sudden spate of some forty subpoenas from Brandon’s nefarious DOJ targeting Trump associates? Or the 34-year prison sentence the DOJ’s dangling over the head of brilliant patriot Steve Bannon, President Trump’s chief strategist in 2017, co-founder of Breitbart, currently host of Bannon’s War Room? Or our courageous Frontline doctor Simone Gold who was recently released from prison for using her First Amendment rights?

What do these outrages have in common? These indignities all sing the same tune: patriots are the enemies of the State; the 2020 election results may not be questioned; none of the State’s official narratives may be questioned; Trump is radioactive; and your betters are in control now, peasants!

JANUARY 6TH PATRIOTS IN THE D.C. GULAG

Of all the Leftists’ relentless attacks on the MAGA millions since Obiden took office, the one that leaves me sickest at heart is the unconstitutional imprisonment and torture of the January 6th patriots who answered President Trump’s call to rally in D.C. on that fateful day. As painful as it is to read their stories, we must do so, and do all we can to help bring them out of their dungeons into the clear light of day. For how can we hold our heads up while they languish in the DC Gulag?

Here are just a few of these tragic tales:

  • Ryan Samsel: Since his arrest, Ryan has been held in a Washington DC prison. On March 21, 2021, he was awakened by correctional officers and his hands were zip-tied.  Then they walked him to an unoccupied cell where he was brutally beaten by the officers. Ryan Samsel lost an eye in the beating.  His face was smashed, his skull fractured.  The next day the guards beat him again.
  • Ronald Colton McAbee: a sheriff’s deputy who was at the Capitol on the 6th, tried to help Rosanne Boyland, who died that day. As WND reported on September 6th: MCAbee was maced repeatedly “for removing his face mask to take his medication. The Tennessee man was then left in a cell covered in the spray for over eight hours of torture, unable to de-contaminate and rinse off his burning skin.” He’s been in the D.C. Gulag for over a year and his trial isn’t scheduled until September 2023—a year from now!
  • Jake Lang: a 26-year-old hero, saved the lives of two innocent demonstrators on January 6th by rescuing them from beneath a pile of people as they were being crushed and suffocated.

This brave young man has been locked in solitary confinement for over seventeen months! He describes January 6th as: “The day when free men and women stood unarmed against tyranny and were brutalized, beaten and even murdered on the steps of our own Capitol.”

  • Sean McHugh, patriot, business owner, father of four, who came with a megaphone. Immediately, the alleged FBI asset Ray Epps glommed onto Sean, urging him to tell people “the plan”—that they were going into the Capitol at 1pm whether Trump was done speaking or not. Here’s a quote from McHugh’s open letter:

“I’m a January 6th political prisoner being held in the DC-Gulag. My name is Sean McHugh. I’m being held in very inhumane conditions in the DOJ’s effort to try and make me plead guilty under duress.” And though McHugh left early, long before a breach in the police line occurred, he’s been “detained” in the D.C. hellhole for over a year now, while instigator Ray Epps strolls around free.

  • Thomas Robertson: An off-duty Virginia police officer who claims he was let inside the U.S. Capitol building on Jan. 6, 2021, by Capitol Police officers who told him merely to stay inside the ropes was sentenced to more than seven years in prison. Former Rocky Mount Police Sgt. Thomas Robertson, a U.S. Army veteran, also was sentenced to three years of supervised release after his prison term by U.S. District Judge Christopher Cooper.

THE USURPING ÜBERMENSCHEN FLEXING THEIR MUSCLES

One of the most outlandish affronts to American patriots has got to be the shocking FBI raid on President Trump’s home, the exquisite Mar-a-lago.  Along with the FBI agents were three Department of Justice lawyers whose demeanor was described by an eyewitness as “arrogant.” Who do they think they are? Why didn’t they first subpoena whatever documents they were looking for? What was the fictional “probable cause” this warrant was based on? And how dare they rifle through our beloved First Lady Melania’s wardrobe! The point, gentlemen? I mean, barbarians!

Remember, those orchestrating this outrage are the same America-hating Leftists who orchestrated the Russia hoax—their Show Trial #1 under Robert Mueller and pals—followed by not one but two phony impeachments of President Trump, and now they’re conducting Show Trial #2, spiced up with a pre-dawn raid of his elegant mansion, as if he were a dangerous criminal about to destroy evidence of a heinous crime. We’re being treated to Marxist theater on steroids.

FBI Special Agents spent hours in Trump’s private office, rummaging through his private property that they had absolutely no right to lay their filthy hands on. His attorneys had all along been in full cooperation regarding possible classified material being stored at Mar-a-lago. They too were blindsided by this surreal show of force against Trump and his legacy.

But I forget, we’re not in America any more. In our Marxist/Fascist/New World Order vassal state, our masters can do with us as they like.

In fact, that’s the message.

They just showed their utter contempt for the most popular president in modern history, and by extension, the 80 million or so voters who elected him for a second term in 2020. If they can push Trump around with their surprise attack, invade his privacy with no probable cause, abscond with his passports and who knows what else, mess with his wife’s wardrobe, infest his home with hidden surveillance bugging, and possibly plant incriminating “evidence” to use against him, what can’t they do to the rest of us?

This was a display of raw power, calculated to publicly humiliate its target—a kind of symbolic rape—the violation of the rights, the dignity, and the privacy and personal property of the man Americans elected for the second time to be their Commander-in-Chief in the White House, and who rightly belongs there now, as our President.

Esteemed attorney and author John O’Neill, who clerked for Supreme Court Justice William Rehnquist back in the day, has this to say regarding the raid at Mar-a-lago: “That they sent 30 some FBI officers from a special unit in Washington to raid a president’s home without warning in the wee hours of the morning is much more like the Stasi, or the Gestapo, or the KGB than it is like any American FBI. This is a black mark on the history of the United States. The raid was illegal, almost certainly, because the requirement for a warrant as opposed to a subpoena, was not met.”

Trump’s truly colossal blunder—the one I blame him for unreservedly—was his failure to take bold, constitutionally valid action after the Dems stole the election out from under him. Though the stakes couldn’t have been higher, he apparently failed to grasp the cost of his throwing in the towel. Now it is not just the January 6th innocent patriots who are paying the price for his abandoning the ship, he himself is feeling the burn. More to the point, We the People are paying the price, and it’s only going to get worse unless and until we can take our country back.

WANNA BET ON WHAT COMES NEXT?

If the Cabal/Deep State/NWO elites/Dems and Obiden play true to form, they will charge Trump with a crime and sentence him to prison along with the January 6th political prisoners.

After all, they only have to get him out of the way for a couple of years—say till 2025 or so. That way it will be easier for them to steal the 2024 election. DeSantis, if he runs, would win, but is unlikely to match the drawing power of Trump, whose courageous and spot-on truth-telling and inspirational love of our country and its people won him a permanent place in the hearts of millions of Americans. DeSantis, not likely to command a Trumpian landslide, would be easier to cheat out of a win.

Or, if the DemComms don’t want to risk the national outrage that would ensue if they sent Trump to prison, they may push forward with a third faux impeachment; if they got him convicted, they could claim he was ineligible to run. Never mind the pesky fact that you can only impeach someone who’s in office. Details, details…

One thing is certain: our elite masters fear the groundswell of patriotism and enthusiasm Trump inspires. They want us downtrodden, impoverished, miserable and resigned—like the typical masses under Communism—not feisty, energized and optimistic—like Americans.

THE BITTER TASTE OF TYRANNY

Every time we’ve seen Communist takeovers, mass genocide follows. That’s the playbook our “betters” are reading from, and those paying attention may already see the signs of the mass starvation and poverty to come—not to mention the tragic results of the apparently intentionally genocidal Covid injections.

But how could this happen in America, you ask?

It couldn’t.

While we’re still on the landmass of America, we’re no longer citizens of the Constitutional Republic created by our illustrious Founders. In fact, Benito Biden was actually correct when he called America-loving patriots enemies of the State—that is, patriots stand in opposition to the tyranny the Marxist/globalist oligarchy inflicted on our nation through the coup d’état of 2020.

Of course, in a Communist regime, the leaders can and do often imprison their perceived enemies on fake or trumped up charges, hold them indefinitely, and not infrequently, even murder them.

And in a Communist regime, if the Politburo (in our case, the Dems & pals) want to drastically reduce the population, they starve the peasants.

THE WRITING ON THE WALL

Have you read about the mysterious fires annihilating large food packing plants all over our country? Have you seen the container ships stalled in our harbors with no truckers permitted to load the goods and deliver them as usual? Have you read about Bill Gates buying up a huge percentage of American farmland at fire-sale prices since farmers are being ordered to kill all their cattle, hogs and chickens, and to stop growing their crops, and thus are forced to sell their suddenly unproductive farms?

The disaster awaiting us may still be invisible to many, as we can still shop at Publix or Safeway or Trader Joe’s, though some items are missing and prices are skyrocketing. Today, in one of our local SF Bay Area “upscale” grocery stores, a single Hass avocado goes for $4.99, as does a head of lettuce; a loaf of multigrain bread costs $7.99. Enough Pacific salmon to feed four people clocks in at $70, and price increases are the norm across the board.

Worse yet, Pacific Gas & Electric, California’s hated utility monopoly, raised the price of gas in our utility bills to nearly double—now over $2 per therm. And for those of us clinging to our gas-fueled cars, we’re lucky to find gas in California for under $7 a gallon. How does this bode for the future? How will the working and middle classes feed and support their families?

Decades ago there was already talk of future “third-worldization” in store for America. The global elites’ plan for their One World Government calls for the end of sovereign nations—especially any nation dedicated to liberty and enjoying prosperity. That’s partly what Agenda 21/ Agenda 2030— the U.N.’s version of Build Back Better and the WEF’s Great Reset—are all about. Actually, these are all names for the same “Programme” as the U.N. calls its dystopian plans.

America has all along been the jewel in the crown—the sought-after prize of the psychopathic elites. She’s now imprisoned along with the January 6th patriots rotting in that filthy D.C. jail. It isn’t hard to read the writing on the wall to figure out what happens if we do nothing. The wild card is what happens as we endeavor to take our country back, bit by bit. At this stage, every victory, no matter how small, matters. For we are not only fighting for America, we’re also taking our personal stands in what is surely an epic battle—perhaps the epic battle—between good and evil that is rapidly intensifying before our very eyes.

© 2022 Cherie Zaslawsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net




Now that we’ve tried the GREATER EVIL (again)

By Lex Greene

October 3, 2022

The whole world knows that Biden and Harris were chosen by the global communist cabal simply because they are both expendable useful idiots easily controlled by their puppet masters, and easily disposed of when they are no longer useful. Both are total simpletons who made their way to the top lying, cheating, sleeping, and stealing their way there. Now that we can all see the consequences, can we try a much lesser evil now?

Biden won the DNC 2020 nomination with only 30% support within his own party. Harris dropped out of the 2020 presidential DNC primary with less than 1% support from her own party. Yet, useful idiot voters still believe they defeated the most popular president since Ronald Reagan in the 2020 general elections, who received over 11-million more votes in 2020 than in 2016.

The only Americans who still support Biden and Harris, or Schumer and Pelosi, are those who are not even as smart as these morons.

Clearly, there is nothing at all common about common sense these days. Only bassackwards people can’t see just how bassackwards everything is under the failing leadership of Biden and Harris. People who think socialism works but can’t name an example of it actually working or can’t even figure out if they are male or female, also think Joe and Kamala are running the country, when they clearly can’t even read a teleprompter right.

Last week, Kamala gave a speech about what a wonderful long-term ally the USA enjoys with North Korea. She was supposed to say South Korea… Joe, the mindless bumbling stooge that can’t find his own ass using both hands and a GPS, has never been able to get through a teleprompter speech correctly even once in the past five years.

Joe and Kamala were “installed” to office (not elected) no different than how Obama installed his puppet governments, like replacing Mubarak with Morrisey in Egypt, installing Zelensky in Ukraine, and Macron in France, all being removed by their citizens since.

Democrats have labeled republicans “warmongers” for decades, even though, throughout modern history, it has consistently been democrats who led the USA into endless wars. U.S. military forces were at war for all eight years of Obama’s tenure, the first two-term president with that distinction.

Obama launched airstrikes or military raids in at least seven countries during his two terms: Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, Libya, Yemen, Somalia, and Pakistan. Obama was attacking sovereign nations, deposing leaders, and installing his own puppet regimes throughout all of his time in the Oval Office. Now Obama continues that global agenda with Biden and Harris as his puppet regime in the USA.

Since Obama’s puppet regime was installed in the USA in January 2021, our country and the entire world has been set ablaze. Never in human history have we witnessed so many “coincidental” catastrophes in a constant steady storm of unlikely crisis after crisis.

  • COVID19
  • THOUSANDS OF VACCINE INJURIES AND DEATHS RISING
  • RECORD U.S. INFLATION
  • ECONOMIC CALAMITY, RECESSION HEADED TOWARDS DEPRESSION
  • WAR WITH RUSSIA IN UKRAINE
  • VERGE OF WAR WITH CHINA, IRAN, AND NORTH KOREA
  • FAKE ELECTIONS
  • MASS BORDER INVASION
  • DRAINING U.S. ENERGY RESERVES, ROLLING BLACKOUTS
  • DRAINING U.S. MILITARY READINESS
  • CORRUPT FBI, IRS, CIA, NSA, AND EVERY EXECUTIVE BRANCH AGENCY
  • SKYROCKETING VIOLENCE
  • DESTRUCTION OF SCIENCE AND MEDICINE
  • DESTRUCTION OF U.S. ENERGY INDEPENDENCE
  • DEEP DIVISIONS BASED ON RACE, RELIGION, GENDER, SEXUAL PERVERSIONS
  • TARGETING INNOCENT CITIZENS FOR THEIR POLITICAL BELIEFS
  • PROTECTING CHILD PREDATORS AND TRAFFICKERS
  • DESTROYING THOUSANDS OF SMALL INDEPENDENT BUSINESSES AND JOB
  • PROTECTING ILLEGAL ALIENS WHILE ATTACKING LEGAL CITIZENS
  • UNDERMINING EVERY SECTION OF THE CONSTITUTION AND BILL OF RIGHTS
  • PANDERING TO BLM AND ANTIFA TERRORISTS
  • CRISES ON EVERY CORNER, ON AND ON

Everything on this list is visible today for all who can see. All who can see are called to defeat this evil with good. Good can win over evil, but only so long as good men and women do the right things, guided, and protected by faith alone. The crises we witness today are merely the natural consequences of evil working much harder than good.

1 John 5:4

“For every child of God defeats this evil world, and we achieve this victory through our faith.”

But we must remember that “faith without works is dead.”

James 2:20

“How foolish! Can’t you see that faith without good deeds is useless?”

Those without faith, cannot see truth. They speak as if they are the creators and arbiters of truth, yet they can see and hear no truth at all. Here’s why…for all who selfishly vote in greed, for free gifts from government, and by these means, are merely “bribed.”

Exodus 23:8

“Take no bribes, for a bribe makes you ignore something that you clearly see. A bribe makes even a righteous person twist the truth.”

Romans 12:21

“Don’t let evil conquer you, but conquer evil by doing good.”

If you are a person of faith, then you can see and hear evil and you know what must be done. If you are not a person of faith, then you can’t even tell up from down, much less right from wrong. Don’t bother disagreeing with me on this, you won’t change what I know to be true.

We have to accept the reality that some will not be saved. They don’t want to be saved, they don’t think they need to be saved, and they will never stop voting strictly on the basis of what they think government can do for them.

But the rest of us must unite now, no matter race, creed, color, religion, or gender. All who believe in the gift of Freedom and Liberty, must now meet this evil with overwhelming good. We must direct the future of our country despite the selfish whims of those who have been sold a socialist diet without knowing what they are doing to themselves, much less everyone else.

To my evangelical and ecumenical brothers and sisters, you too have been misled from the pulpit in your faith. The “one world religion” movement you are part of, is merely a religion based global socialist movement within the Christian church and that’s why they teach you to merely “love” and “pray” and otherwise, do nothing good on earth.

In the event that the USA is able to have an election on November 8th, the 74% of Americans who say the country is headed in the wrong direction, will have an opportunity to reverse the direction of the country, peacefully. To accomplish this, we must ALL do three simple things…

  1. We need a 100% IN-PERSON ON ELECTION DAY voter turnout of the 74% who know that the country is headed in the wrong direction.
  2. We must vote united behind the best viable candidates on the ballot. Now is not the time to divide our voting power across dozens of 3rd party candidates, which always allows the “greater evil” to prevail. This time, we must truly “vote our conscience,” not based on emotional knee jerk reactions to trouble in both parties, but focused on the final outcome of the election, based on the best viable candidates available to replace the trash that must be removed.
  3. If we can do #1 and #2, then #3 is to influence the people we just elected after the election, after we took the trash out. This is critical, in that what we do after an election to make sure the people we hire do their job right, is much more important than who we hire. It’s all about accountability!

No business hires new employees and then walks away to go play. Left to their own without leadership and management, the employees will bankrupt the business in days.

It is our job to take out the trash and then manage the people we hire to replace them. Citizens all over the world are doing this in their countries as we speak, replacing global socialists with new conservative leadership. We must do it too now.

If we don’t do this together, I assure you, there is no peaceful solution to the hell we face today. The most wicked enemy the USA has ever faced is within the gates and currently in control of our government.

It is entirely up to us what happens next. What the evil global cabal fears more than anything else on earth, is a UNITED American People! No evil on earth can overcome a UNITED America!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




GOP’s Commitment to America:  Another Gingrich PR Stunt?

By: Devvy

October 3, 2022

In a Sept. 24, 2022, piece on FOX News web site, Newt Gingrich penned a piece titled, Why House Republicans’ ‘Commitment to America’ is a big deal, quoting:  “The House Republican Commitment to America has four broad pillars that guide and inform ever(y) policy proposal:

An economy that’s strong;  A nation that’s safe;  A future that’s built on freedom;  A government that’s accountable

“These create a platform on which the many positive goals in the Commitment can be stacked: fighting inflation and lowering the cost of living; securing the Southern border and fixing our broken immigration system; making sure every child in America can succeed; reclaiming Congressional oversight and holding the Biden administration accountable. The list goes on.”

READWho is The Real Newt Gingrich, Part 1, June 15, 2009 (Mine).  “Mr. Gingrich struts around like he’s Thomas Jefferson. Nothing could be farther from the truth. Our illustrious speaker almost lost his last primary election and the election itself. Five Democrats and more importantly, five Republicans on the House Ethics Committee unanimously voted to appoint an Independent Counsel to look into his GOPAC activities – most notably, the channeling of those funds into his 1990 primary. You see, he almost lost that primary too.

“Many individuals who participate in my Project On Winning Economic Reform live in Cobb County, Marietta, Georgia, Gingrich’s district. I have received a mountain of information on him and his voting record. The media has created this image that Gingrich is the quintessential conservative, yet nothing could be farther from the truth. I’ll let you be the judge after you read the rest of this article.”

‘Pledge to America’ – Despicable GOP Ruse, Sep. 23 2010 (Mine).  “The much anticipated ‘Pledge to America’ was released today amid what can only be called high political theater pandering to desperate Americans.

“What despicable “leaders” like House Majority Leader John Boehner (who voted to kill millions of jobs) handed the GOP faithful during their big photo op is nothing more than clever word smithing. A marketing pitch for the mid-term pretend elections (vote fraud decides who gets elected). That so called pledge is nothing more than a repeat of the same deception pulled by Newt Gingrich and the Contract With America. I’m an old war dog with a long memory. For those of you who might not remember, let’s take a walk back into history.

“On November 13, 1996, I spoke with the Washington, DC based Roll Call to confirm the quote below from a popular magazine for conservatives that ran in their November 1996 issue. Roll Call confirmed to me during our phone conversation that they did indeed have the tapes cited below and that there was much more on these confidential tapes they managed to acquire and would be printing it in their newspaper.

“House Speaker New Gingrich has admitted that a hidden motive behind his ‘Contract With America’ two years ago was to control the large and stridently conservative freshman class that was expected to come into the house with the 1994 mid-term elections. ‘Nobody fully understand this,’ Gingrich explained in confidential tapes obtained by Roll Call, ‘but if you think of the Contract with America, it was, in fact, a training implementation document masquerading as a public relations device…It was designed as a training implementation document for the freshmen when they arrived…It was guaranteed that from election day through April, early April, that the House Republican Party would have to behave in a deviant manner from what it would morally be expected to do.”

“Gingrich’s ‘Contract with America’ was a monumental failure as the Republicans outspent the Democrats once they took power (see chart here).

“Newt Gingrich is a slick, deceitful political animal. The so-called Contract with America was a lie, a farce. The Grand Old Party thinks so much of your loyalty, they treat you like cattle. Mislead you, lie to you, feed you, medicate you with “free prescription drugs,” and herd you into the desired direction using phony, glitzy headline grabbers, i.e. the Contract with America – introduced only six weeks before the election in 1994.  (Note the timing of this new Commitment to America so close to the elections next month.  They’ve just repackaged the same BS with a new name and lots of hoopla.)

“Here we are with polls and pundits predicting Republicans could pick up as many as 45 seats in the House and what do we have rolled out about six weeks before election time complete with drums and photo array?  A “new” Pledge to America! What timing.

“You see, the corrupt GOP incumbents in the House know that some of the expected wins by non-incumbents are constitutionally minded individuals. Those incoming freshmen, just like back in 1994, have to be controlled.  Incumbent scoundrels will all get reelected touting this “new” Pledge with America that isn’t worth the paper it’s written on. They hold the power seats on committees. Don’t tow the line and you’re assigned to a minor position on the committee to oversee hanging wall paper. This ‘Pledge’ is all about control. It is about fooling independents for votes.

“You want specifics? Here is the link to the 48 page ‘Pledge.’ The GOP put a lot of money into this glitzy marketing tool as you can see with the graphics and those warm fuzzy photos. There is carefully crafted language about America’s founding and principles:

“Our plan offers a clear and clearly different approach, one in which the people have the most say and the best ideas trump the most entrenched interests. Our plan stands on the principles of smaller, more accountable government; economic freedom; lower taxes; fiscal responsibility; protecting life, American values, and the Constitution; and providing for a robust national defense.”

“It’s enough to gag a maggot because once you read the document, you will see nowhere is there a pledge to cut out the cancers killing this republic, only more Band Aids…

“What is proposed in this “new” pledge is just warmed-over gruel we the peasants are supposed to swallow. Those same Republicans did not get the job when they held power before from January 1995 – 2006. Now you expect something different this time around because of this “new” pledge?”  READ the whole column and try not to get sick.

That was the first election after the new Tea Party Movement took the nation by storm but sadly, so many have given up and chapters across the country are but distant memories.  Gingrich played GOP voters and suckered them into believing all would be fixed, just give us the House, Senate and president.

Did the cancers killing America get fixed?  Of course not.  Not when you have two wings on the same bird of prey playing a game within a game as my good friend likes to say.  I covered those critical cancers in two columns long ago.  If you want the raw truth, then please make the time to read them because it is past history repeating itself with this new hooey called Commitment to America:

Re-electing the Band Aid Brigade, May 18, 2010

Electing new Band Aid Pushers, May 23, 2012 – “Mrs. Little has this on her web site: Remember We Can’t Change Washington Without Changing The People We Send There! That’s all well and good and sounds great, but if those you’re sending to Washington, DC., don’t understand how the problem got started and don’t have the backbone to stand up against the banking cartel and commit to actually reducing the size of government by abolishing unconstitutional agencies and cabinets, how the hell do you expect to change Washington?”

Now it’s poltroon hot shot Kevin McCarthy leading the faithful with more “well thought out” words and the same old recycled plan that has done nothing.  A Nation’s that safe.  That is what the military and constitutional militia (Second Amendment) are all about.  Congress does NOT have any authority to run rough shod over city police departments.  Tenth Amendment and Art. 1, Sec. 8 of the Constitution.

However, both parties for votes, decided somehow the Federal Department of InJustice could force police departments in crime ravaged cities, the cry of racism and police brutality (and yes, sadly, there are too many cases to count over the past half century) with something called a Consent Decree.  Instead of voting out the same corrupt politicians in their cities, gutless partisan police chiefs and mayors who have the authority to clean up their police departments, let’s bring in the feds, get on our knees and kiss their politically driven corrupt backsides.  Has it cured the problem?  Sure, just look at the lawlessness back in 2020 by Black Lies Movement, Fascist ANTIFA and riots in “blue” cities and states.  Today, it’s a thousand times worse and who gets blamed?  De-Fund the Police!  Call a social worker instead and that’s no blarney in some cities.

BLM hustled tens and tens of millions of dollars from well-meaning but uninformed Americans who wanted to make sure they joined the zealots so as not to be called racist.  Not to mention corporations afraid of being called racist.  Has it made any difference?  No, the violence in big metro cities is more than out of control.

A future built on freedom yaps McCarthy.  Oh, no, Kevin.  After 9/11 our freedoms began to disappear faster than illegitimate president Biden’s handlers can get him away from the podium.  COVID sealed the deal.

The USA PATRIOT Act Was Planned Before 9/11, May 20, 2002

Domestic Surveillance and the Patriot Act. – Former Congressman Ron Paul, Dec. 26, 2005

GOP Wants to Create Secretive Gov’t Agency, Dec. 2, 2005, Andrew Bridges, Associated Press. “There is no other agency that I am aware of where the agency is totally exempt either from FOIA or FACA,” said Pete Weitzel, coordinator of the Coalition of Journalists for Open Government.”

Homeland Security Opening Private Mail, Jan. 6, 2006, Retired professor confused, angered when letter from abroad is opened, By Brock N. Meeks, Chief Washington correspondent MSNBC

Under the so-called Patriot Act and it happened to me.  A box of books I ordered from Amazon for research had a huge orange sticker that said:  Opened by Dept. of Homeland Security.  In my case a good friend who passed away from cancer told me at the time if happens again we’ll sue.  Dane was a fine American, a great patriot and attorney in DC.

A government that is accountable! says the Commitment to America.  Yep.  Life-long criminals like Hildebeast and serial adulterer husband, Bill Clinton walk Free.  Benghazi:  No one held accountable.

If you haven’t watched the movie, 13 Hours: The Secret Soldiers of Benghazi you absolutely should.  It will sicken you and those who allowed it to happen walk free; watch on Amazon and other streaming platforms.  Another cover-up with that witch, Hillary Clinton at the helm:  Confirmed: Weapons Were Moving Through Benghazi to Syria, May 18, 2015, “Judicial Watch obtained the memos by suing in federal court.”

Remember:  Republicans had control of Congress for 17 months under Trump.  They and an honest US Attorney General could have gone after the conspirators in past cover-ups; force mass self-deportation of illegal aliens and more.  They didn’t.

Members of Congress always opine never to forget our brave soldiers, we support our miliary, blah, blah, blah.  More next election PR drivel at the same time covering up yet another attack on our own:  Extortion 17 Cover-Up of Seal Team Six Shoot-Down, Feb. 19, 2018.  “Ninty-six days after the death of Osama bin Laden by SEAL Team Six, an old Vietnam era Army Reserve helicopter, call sign “Extortion 17,” was shot down in the Wardak Province, Tangi River Valley, Afghanistan on Aug 6, 2011. On board the Chinook CH-47D were 15 members of SEAL Team Six, 15 SEAL Team Six Support personnel, 1 Bomb Dog, 7 unidentified members of the Afghan National Army, and 1 unidentified Afghani interpreter…”

“Fallen Angel Investigators have obtained three autopsy reports excluded from the Colt report investigation. Two of the three autopsies state, “Cook of Rounds [bullets] were recovered at Autopsy.”  The two autopsies do not mention how many bullets were found in two separate bodies. Was there two or one hundred bullets found?  The autopsies also fail to mention what the size or caliber of the bullets nor how the bullets were determined to be “cook of rounds” – a bullet exploding in a fire.  Independent analysis and testing has proven that it is scientifically impossible for a bullet to explode in a fire and break human flesh – especially flesh protected by a bulletproof vest and military clothing worn by all US Navy Seals.

“The autopsies state the autopsies were performed on Aug 10 2011 2pm-4pm at Dover AFB DE. This is four days after Aug 6 2011 the shoot-down of the Army Reserve helicopter Extortion 17 – and three weeks before the Colt report was finalized.  The “cook off rounds” discovered in autopsy were never mentioned nor were they included in the final report. The questions that must be asked is how did bullets get into the bodies of two SEALs wearing bulletproof Kevlar vests?  How many bullets were there? What were the calibers? Where and from whom did the bullets originate? Who and how were these bullets determined to be cook off rounds? What forensic tests were performed? Why wasn’t this critical information included in the final report?”  End quote.

Despite repeated requests for a real congressional investigation or FBI, just like 9/11, the response is go away.  Bin Ladin was NOT killed in 2011.  He died in Dec. 2001; I covered that in a recent column.

KAL Flight 007 another horrific cover-up where OUR president and Congress allowed the Russians to keep all the survivors as prisoners all these decades – including a U.S. Congressman.  Flight KAL 007 – Bring Our People Home Now, August 29, 2001 (Mine) Below are two other pieces I did on the downing of Korea Air Lines flight 007:  Incident At Sakhalin:  The True Mission of KAL Flight 007, Nov. 19, 1999  and KAL 007 (Sakhlin Incident) Follow up, Dec. 10, 1999

The response to these two pieces about shut down this system and was in a word, overwhelming. I have made no bones about the fact that I believe as sure as the sun sets in the west, that KAL 007 ditched safely and 63 Americans, including U.S. Congressman Larry McDonald, survived and were snatched by the Russians.  Think of their families and the families of the other passengers, mostly Koreans.  The agony to this day; likely most have passed away by now.

In a recent column I covered TWA Flight 800 and the amazing and tenacious research by Jack Cashill on that cover-up.  New:  The TWA 800 Whistleblower Is Legit by Jack Cashill, August 8, 2022. “In the past few weeks, I have received numerous inquiries about ten-year Navy veteran William Henry Teele III. After years of quietly providing information to me and other investigators into the July 1996 destruction of TWA Flight 800 off the coast of Long Island, Teele has gone public and is naming names.

“I shared some of Teele’s information in my 2016 book, TWA 800: The Crash, The Cover-Up, The Conspiracy. Teele did not claim to be on the ship that fired the missile. He was on the USS Carr, a guided missile frigate that was one of the “combatants” in the battle group that destroyed the unfortunate 747 and killed the 230 souls on board. Everything that I could verify about Teele’s account back then checked out.”

Make No Mistake About  It – TWA Flight 800 Was Shot Down by the United States Navy, July 12, 2018

And still nothing but silence by Congress and unfortunately Trump did nothing to bring this to the American people – if he even knew about it considering he was surrounded by back-stabbers.  (There’s also NO doubt in mind Flight 93 on 9/11 was shot down by our Air Force.  Written about that numerous times including my trip to Shanksville, PA. to investigate.)

NO ONE FROM THE EXAMPLES ABOVE TO THE MANUFACTURED RUSSIA HOAX, YOU NAME IT – NO ONE IS EVER HELD ACCOUNTABLE.  Smaller government?  I hear that every two years at election time while both parties spend pretend “money” – TRILLIONS – all borrowed with the interest slapped on our backs; our children and grand children inherit nothing but unpayable debt.

This newly remodeled Commitment to America pledges an economy that is strong.  Who the Hell do they think they’re kidding?  America will NEVER become financially free until the unconstitutional Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913 is abolished which former Congressman Ron Paul tried to get passed in 2007.  Zero co-sponsors.  He also tried in 2002 His son, Senator Rand Paul, doesn’t seem much interested.

We hear the “Fed” tried to “cool” the economy earlier this year so raise the interest rates.  Oh, that’s worked out really well.  Americans with APR mortgage loans are once again, just like 2008, finding out their monthly mortgage payments are going up vs a fixed loan.  Those in 2008 who couldn’t afford the increase simply walked away from their mortgage and home or declared bankruptcy.  Millions of them.

The truth is what should have been done a hundred years ago – get rid of the Fed – hasn’t happened and it won’t until the system collapses because both parties need the magical money machine to keep funding BORROWED trillions in unconstitutional cabinets, agencies and social programs for which they have NO legislative authority.  The FED manages our economy!  Yep, with inflation, deflation, stagnation, hyperinflation (just over the horizon), recessions and depressions.

Dr. Edwin Vieira has written so many columns on the disabilities of our monetary system over the decades as have others.  One writer recently (yes, on NWV’s) promoted crypto currency as the solution!  Oh, great.  Crypto “currency” exists in the digital world.  When I read that I thought, oh my God, you can’t be serious?

Well, we’ve passed the point of no return.  The world is out of “money”.  Global Depression is Already Underway, August 1, 2022 (Mine)  The FED is nothing but a damn thieving syndicate kissed and blessed by every Congress longer than I’ve been alive.  Edwin has given testimony to state committees and written so many articles about sound money bills at the state level over the decades.

When the final collapse comes, all Hell is going to hit all of us.  Below is a video featuring Edwin on the money issue that I urge you to watch and share with everyone because the worst is coming at us and no glitzy ‘Commitment to America’ can stop it.  It’s October “surprise” time so what might it be?  Think:  Everything is a big bubble right now.  What caused the 1929 stock market crash? (Oct. 24, 1929) Very important to know history.  You’ll see today back then.

Edwin Vieira: Constitutional Money & The Bill of Credit–What is Money? Part 2 (Video)

Now deceased, Sen. Harry Reid [D-NV], September 17, 2008, when the banks and housing crashed:  “No one knows what to do. We are in new territory here. This is a different game. We’re not here playing soccer, basketball or football, this is a new game and we’re going to have to figure out how to do it.” They still don’t know what to do in the U.S. Congress but the Commitment to America is going to give us a strong economy!  Gag me.

There are a lot of very conservative candidates running for Congress, governor and state capitols.  And people – despite articles and blogs blasting why should I vote when my vote is stolen? – everyone must get out and vote Nov. 8th.   I’m not a tech person as anyone who knows me can tell you but crushing the system with votes will break the algorithms and then lights out.  Remember, it’s not just Congress or your state houses but sheriff’s and other offices.

Yes, I know it’s sounds hypocritical but we have no choice other than R or D (again) but we simply have to get rid of as many DemonRats as possible.  Yes, I’m sick and fed up with voters who don’t do a lick of research on HOW their incumbent voted all the time they’ve been in office.  Election day really starts during the primaries and tragically, a ton of incumbents allegedly beat very qualified challengers.  What to do after Nov. is for another column.  Don’t give up hope just yet.  We are the people and we are the power if we’d just use it.

And EVERY alleged loser on the GOP ticket MUST conduct a forensic audit.  File to stop certification and get the audit done.  Elections HAVE been overturned because of fraud; I’ve covered that repeatedly.

And, critically important:  For federal offices NO votes can be counted AFTER midnight ON election day.  YOU must raise hell with your county election people if they continue to count votes for U.S. House and Senate candidates after midnight.  SCOTUS 9-0 Decision:  That’s exactly how Trump was cheated out of his second term; ballots by the hundreds of thousands dumped in the middle of the night just to name one of their cheating methods that night.  READ:  Elections Undecided by Midnight are Void & Preempted by Federal Law – Foster v Love (1997; 9-0 Decision)

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Dr. Vieira’s archives (Older).  Particular attention to his columns:   A Cross of Gold, A Cross of Debt and Corporativism in Money and banking has led America to Fascism

A plethora of articles on money and economics I highly recommend here.

Greyerz – This Global Collapse Will Feature Food Shortages, Stock Market Crashes And Unprecedented Panic, Sept. 25, 2022

U.S. Pension Funds Could Face Their Own “Lehman Moment”, Oct. 1, 2022

The World Is Hurtling Toward A Terrifying Hyperinflation, Sept. 15, 2022 – (Ukraine/Russia)  “In any event, the campaign season on the ground cannot last long before late autumnal rains and snow turn battlefields into muddy quagmires. The war will then turn into a stalemate and armies become entrenched like those of the Somme.”

Many Retailers Facing Collapse As Hard Times Are Coming, Sept. 28, 2022

The Story of the Fed is the Story of a Crime

The Entire Global Economy is Breaking Up on the Rocks

Emergency Bank Of England Intervention Reminds Me Of When The Financial Crisis Hit The United States

Some Thriving in Biden Economy: Migrant Smuggling Cartels Make Billions, Oct. 2, 2022

I watched it live and he did it which shocked everyone except the dunderhead DemonRats on the committee:   Georgia Senate Subcommittee Witnesses Expose Election Corruption, Jan. 2, 2021 – “During the meeting, a breaking news report came in after the witness testimony of many others. Inventor Jovan Hutton Pulitzer, came forward to inform the committee that he was able to successfully enter Dominion Voting Systems via the internet in the Georgia polling place.

“Pulitzer confirmed that the Georgia run-off election is connected to the internet. Pulitzer indicated that he was able to establish a two-way communication from a polling pad in a voting center.  “At this very moment, at a [Georgia] polling location in the county, not only do we have access through the poll-pad [voting system], but we are in,” Pulitzer explained.”

Podcast by Jovan Pulitzer on audits and how to catch them.  Naturally the “fact checkers” who are the worst liars next to politicians have tried to destroy his incredible credentials.




Autumn Gold Backpack Adventure into Mt. Holy Cross

By Frosty Wooldridge

October 3, 2022

In late September, changes arrive in the High Country of the Rocky Mountains.  A whisper of cool winds rustles through the trees. The mountain creeks run low over their rocky beds as the snowfields diminish from their summer melt.  Forever green pines cover the mountains like a silent blanket.  Within their realm, every kind of animal, insect and plant prepares for the harsh winter ahead.

The ground cover turns every color of the rainbow and more: topaz, burgundy, red, yellow, pink, orange, purple, and endless shades in-between.

This is the time to take an autumn backpack trip.

Steven and I slammed 35 pounds of gear into our backpacks. Tent, sleeping bag, air mattress, food, water, bear spray, water filter, rain gear, long johns, jacket, wool socks, stove, cookware, compass, map, toothbrush, floss and paste.

“Man, these packs get heavier every year,” Steven said.

“Yeah, well, we keep getting older every year,” I said.

“Well, let’s get a move on it,” Steven said. “I don’t want to be caught in the dark on our way up to Magic Lake.”

We tossed the packs into his car along with our walking poles.  Within minutes, we hit the mainstream of traffic on I 70 heading west toward Loveland Tunnel Pass, Vail Pass, Battle Mountain Summit Pass and finally into the Mt. Holy Cross Wilderness.

There’s something about traveling through deep canyons in the Rocky Mountains.  You’re at the bottom.  You look up to see all that green covering the peaks all the way up to the tree line at 12,000 feet. As you travel upward, entire sides of  the mountains turn gold with the aspen trees dominating patches randomly spread hither and yon.

“Man,” Steven said. “We’re hitting the mountains at peak color change. It’s like a golden extravaganza.”

“Sure is,” I said.

We crested Loveland to travel through the tunnel. Back down into Frisco, and then, up over 10,400-foot Vail Pass. Through Vail, and then south on route 24 through Minturn…over Battle Summit Pass,  and then, a turn on an old dirt road into the Mt. Holy Cross Wilderness. We drove in five miles to hit the trailhead to Magic Lake.

It’s a 3 ½ hour trip up a steep, rocky trail that passes through golden aspen groves, across streams, and upward into the evergreens. It gains elevation from 8,000 to 11,000 feet. Every step of it, shouldering a 35-pound pack, and maintaining the rocky trail…takes 100 percent concentration.  You can’t afford to turn an ankle.

The mountain man John Muir said,  “Thousands of tired, nerve-shaken, over-civilized people are beginning to find out that going to the mountains is going  home; that wildness is a necessity; and that mountain parks and reservations are useful not only as  fountains  of timber and irrigating rivers, but as fountains of  life.”

(Backpacking into the wilderness of Mt. Holy Cross, Rocky Mountains.)

At rest stops on big boulders or fallen tree trunks, we looked around us to see such sublime beauty.  The white trunks of aspen trees lifted into their golden leaves with a blue-sky background burnished with puffy, white clouds.  Some hadn’t turned gold yet, which provided a green contrast…and many times, the leaves turned red/pink/orange.

“This sure heats the heck out of a walk in downtown Denver,” said Steven.
“Oh, man,”  I said.  “And look at that hawk.”

“It’s a redtail,” Steven said.

“Yeah, he’s looking for lunch,”  I said.

We ate energy bars and drank plenty of water.  Once again, we donned our heavy packs for the journey upwards.  We passed a whitewater stream that rushed over huge boulders, lots of fallen timber and mossy rocks.

Into the third hour, we looked back across the valley behind us to see dozens of golden aspen groves decorate the green meadows. Green,  gold, green and gold. The show never let up…to our great visual light.

Finally, 4 ¼ hours later, we arrived at Magic Lake, at 11,000 feet, about six acres in size, with pine trees surrounding it, crystal clear, cutthroat trout surfacing for bugs, and Mt. Whitney at 13,500 feet behind it. The glass-smooth water provided a perfect mirror to reflect the mountain, trees and massive rocks surrounding the lake.

“Man,” said Steven.  “Never get tired of this view.”

“Hey, look at that across the lake,”  I said. “That’s a big racked moose. He’s stepping into the water.  Heck, he’s swimming across the lake.”

Right in front of us, we watched a big male moose swim across the lake.  We just stood there in wonder of our good luck. When he got to the other side, he shook himself off and vanished into the wood line.

John Muir said,  “How many hearts with warm red blood in them are beating under the cover of woods, and how many teeth and eyes are shining? A multitude of animal people, intimately related to us, but of whose lives we know almost nothing, are as busy about their own affairs as we are about ours.”

(Glass-still Magic Lake in the Rocky Mountains.)

“That was way too cool,” Steven said.  “Let’s get the tents up,  campfire and dinner.”

“I’m with you all the way after that little treat,”  I said.

We pitched camp about 50 feet from the water’s edge.  Our tent flaps opened to the lake, Mt. Whitney and the night sky.  Ponderosa pines towered over us.  They were so close; we could smell the sap.  Squirrels dropped down pinecones above our heads.  We built a campfire, cooked our dinners and ate in the quiet of the evening sun going down over the lake’s waters.  In the final moments of the day, the sky turned pink, backlit clouds and the first stars twinkled in the sky.

After dinner, we talked about everything and nothing. Just a good time under the night sky with stars twinkling all the way to the ends of the universe.

There’s something about friendship that makes life worth living. It comes into focus around a campfire.  Steven and I have skied together, climbed to the peaks of mountains, and packed into the wilderness. We know the woods.  We appreciate each other’s company.  We share thoughts about God and the wilderness. We understand our place in the scheme of things.  We help each other during good times and otherwise.  Friendship may be the most important “love” in a person’s life.  It gives us strength, honor, courage and understanding. To have a dear friend is one of the miracles of the universe.  To have a friend share a campfire, must be one of the great joys of life.

Have you ever sat by a campfire?
When the wood has fallen low.
And the embers start to whiten,
Around the campfires crimson glow?

With a full moon high above you,
That makes the darkness so complete.
And the night sounds all around you,
That makes silence doubly sweet.

Tell me were you ever nearer,
To the land of heart’s desire,
Than when you sat there thinking,
With your face toward the fire?

“Can’t get over that moose swimming across the lake,”  I said.

“Sure was a treat,” Steven said.  “Life is good.”

Later, we let the fire burn low into the rocks.  The temperature promised to turn below freezing that night.  We climbed into our zero-degree bags for a good sleep under the canopy of the universe. I got up for a bathroom break around 2:00 a.m.

“Gees,” I muttered. “The Big Dipper, Orion and all the constellations are distinct in this moonless sky.  What a lucky dude I am.”

(Frosty Wooldridge at Magic Lake, Mt. Holy Cross Wilderness)

Next morning, we did a little fly fishing out over the still waters of the lake. It was a perfect mirror reflection of the trees and mountain ridges.  Just incredible!  We caught four trout, but it’s  “catch and release” on this lake.  Always fun to bring them in and let them go.

Later in the morning, a gray front approached. We broke down the tents in the rain. We put all our gear on to keep dry.  We checked the campground for  “Leave No Trace”, as if we had never been there.

One the great joys of the wilderness comes from the unexpected. As we made our way downward along the trail, the ground cover had turned to yellow/green.  We felt like we were walking along the yellow-brick road from the “Wizard of Oz.”  It was THAT profoundly beautiful.

Later, we dropped back into the aspen groves. At one point, I took a shot of Steven sitting on a rock while he starred out at a half circle of golden aspen.  From there, we walked into them. The wind kicked up that caused millions of golden aspen leaves to drop onto us.

“It’s raining gold right out of the sky,” I gasped.

“I’ve never seen this before,”  Steven  said. “This is incredible. It’s a golden rain-shower.”

You know something, I’m going to leave off with this moment, this packing through a golden rain-storm. Life, it doesn’t get any better than this.

“Camp out among the grass and gentians of glacier meadows,  in  craggy garden nooks full of Nature’s Darlings. Climb the mountains and get their good tidings.  Nature’s peace will flow into you as sunshine flows into trees.  The winds will blow their own freshness into you, and the storms their energy, while cares will drop off like autumn leaves.” John Muir, 1888, Sierra Mountains

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Unexpected Opportunities

by Rolaant McKenzie

October 2, 2022

Several years ago, my wife and I were flying home from a vacation in Florida. Because advanced seat assignments were not available, we could not sit together. She ended up in a seat near the back of the plane, while I was able to get an aisle seat next to a middle-aged wife and her husband close to the middle of the plane.

The weather was expected to be good for the hour-long flight, so I settled into my seat the best I could and intended to do some reading to pass the time. The woman next to me (whom I will call Kate) introduced herself and her husband (whom I will call Jack). After a bit of small talk, Jack leaned his head back in his seat to take a nap. Kate wanted to talk more, so I knew that I would not be reading this flight.

Her comments and questions dealt with politics and touched on finances. Many would shy away from political discussions as too controversial or troublesome, but she was a pleasant person and I think she wanted to talk to distract from any nervousness about flying she may have had.

Kate asked me what I thought of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (TCJA) signed into law on December 22, 2017, by President Donald Trump. She said she was against it because the tax cuts mainly benefited the wealthiest Americans and added to the country’s deficit, putting a heavy, unmanageable debt on future generations.

While it was right to decry the increasing deficits brought about by the U.S. government’s profligate spending, this was not a current problem. This had been going on in every administration going back more than 40 years regardless of political party.

Typically, when tax rates are reduced the economy grows and living standards improve for the benefit of everyone. As a result, tax revenue gathered by government increases, the wealthiest people pay more in taxes, and lower income citizens bear a lower tax burden.

I told her that I was far from being among the richest people in America, but those tax cuts helped me immensely. I found that with more money in my hands I had more to give to charitable efforts, more to spend for things needed for living now, and more to save for the wellbeing of my family in the future.

I shared with Kate the story of Joseph in the Bible (Genesis 37, 39-50), the favored son of Jacob who was sold as a slave to a caravan of traders by his own brothers who were intensely jealous of him. His brothers then deceived their father Jacob by telling him that Joseph was dead.

Joseph was taken to Egypt, where he experienced betrayal, imprisonment, and disappointment. But God gifted Joseph with administrative genius and the ability to interpret dreams. The Pharaoh of Egypt elevated him to be Governor over the entire country to prepare for a coming great famine. Joseph taxed the people of Egypt 20% of their produce to set aside food for the coming famine. The people were left with 80% to sustain their lives and to give charitably a portion to others as they deemed appropriate.

Joseph’s taxation policy granted Egypt a substantial reserve of food against the great famine that came, which enabled him to save the country and that region of the world that depended on Egypt for food, and especially preserve the lives of his brothers and their families. God providentially placed Joseph in the right place at the right time to save the people of Israel, which in turn led to the birth, death, and resurrection of Jesus who provides the ultimate salvation for humanity.

We may not always agree with the policies implemented by our political leaders, but as a Christian I am called upon by God’s word, the Bible, to pray that He grant them the wisdom to make good decisions that will allow us all to live and work in peace and be a blessing to our families and society.

The apostle Paul wrote this in a letter to his child in Christ, Timothy, during the reign of the Roman emperor Nero (October 13, 54 – June 9, 68 AD), who was infamous for his tyranny, self-indulgence, and debauchery:

“First of all, then, I urge that entreaties and prayers, petitions and thanksgivings, be made on behalf of all men, for kings and all who are in authority, so that we may lead a tranquil and quiet life in all godliness and dignity. This is good and acceptable in the sight of God our Savior, who desires all men to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth. For there is one God, and one mediator also between God and men, the man Christ Jesus, who gave Himself as a ransom for all, the testimony given at the proper time.” (1 Timothy 2:1-6)

I told Kate that our political leaders are answerable to far more than the voters. For the debts they have amassed in their own lives and through their policies, the lives of those they rule, they will stand before God to give an account for what they have done.

Likewise, we also stand before God owing a debt we cannot ever pay. Sin in the Bible is compared to debt owed to God. Both you and I have done wrong things in our lives and have incurred an unpayable debt.

The same remedy to remove this debt is available to our political leaders as to you and me. Trust in the Lord Jesus Christ, the only Mediator between God and man, the One who died on the cross and paid the ransom for our sin debt in full.

Our conversation held both of our attentions so much that before we knew it, our plane was approaching the airport runway. It became an unexpected opportunity to share the gospel of Christ with her. It reminded me of words of Paul in the second letter he wrote to Timothy:

“Preach the word; be ready in season and out of season; reprove, rebuke, exhort, with great patience and instruction.” (2 Timothy 4:2)

I do not know whether Kate came to faith in Jesus or not, but she did listen and consider. I pray that she and her husband were like the good soil Jesus described in His Parable of the Sower (Matthew 13:18-23).

In life we cross paths with many people. Many of these interactions, especially the unexpected ones, provide opportunities to share the good news of complete forgiveness and salvation by faith in Jesus Christ.

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




Democrats Pushing For Right To Cheat In 2022, Part 2

By Roger Anghis

October 2, 2022

The use of ERIC for voter rolls, when you look at what they require member states to do, it is obvious it isn’t to clean up voter rolls it’s intended to increase voter rolls without removing dead voters and those that have moved away. Those names are retained for future use.  Now you see why so many states have 100% plus on their voter rolls. ERIC doesn’t just manage lists, they demand action. But it’s not the action you would expect, like cleaning voter rolls. ERIC provides each member State a targeted list of people that are not registered to vote. The Membership Bylaws require the State to contact at least 95% of these people within 90 days, soliciting them to register. ERIC also wants specific registration profiles updated and requires the State to contact these voters within 90 days too. It’s essentially a left wing voter registration drive all paid for by the States, not the Democrat Party. The membership fee is $25,000 but costs can run into the millions to fund the activities and membership dues.

Oddly, ERIC has no requirement or mandate that member States clean up their voter rolls. States are only “strongly encouraged” to request ERIC’s voter updates at least once a year. If a member fails to make a request in 425 days, the data will be sent automatically. What’s even more odd, and seemingly corrupt, is that ERIC does NOT want to know who is voting illegally. Their rules explain that “Under no circumstances shall the members transmit any record indicating an individual is a non-citizen of the U.S.” as stated in Exhibit A, 2b. If ERIC hears no evil, then they see no evil.[1] Colorado uses this corrupt system and they use ‘motor voter’ registration. This is nothing more than another avenue to generate fraudulent voters.  I got a new driver’s license a couple of years back and I was asked if I wanted to register to vote. I asked the lady if she was going to ask if I was a citizen or not and her answer floored me.  She said that she was not allowed to ask that question!  Why are they not allowed to ask about the citizenship status of someone that is registering to vote? This is another reason why states have 100% plus voters.

This type of blatant abuse of our election system has to stop.  ERIC, simply put, completely controls our elections and favors the Democrat Party at every turn. Another organization founded by David Becker, an experienced Democrat election lawyer, is the Center for Election Innovation and Research (CEIR). Some of their funding has come from Mark Zuckerberg who funded the voter fraud in Georgia in 2020. As is typical for Democrats they do all they can to discredit or destroy their competition. J. Christian Adams from PILF explains: “The history of ERIC is important. Kansas State Cross Check was a group of States doing this for free. This caused leftists to go wild. They sued Cross Check participant States, particularly Indiana, and got court orders to basically shut down Cross Check. There’s no longer a competitor to ERIC. Once this happened, red states started joining ERIC like GA, FL, TX. This is what really opened the flood gates to ERIC’s power. If a State like Georgia wants to know who’s registered in both Louisiana and Georgia, there’s no one else.

Mr. Adams also says: “One thing we do kn:2ow is ERIC is hiding the facts about how States are making these decisions. It’s a system breakdown. It’s a leveraging of power of who writes the rules. It’s not just outright cheating, it’s way more sophisticated involving who has power, who can see records, who gets to vote, and who are the observers. It’s (ERIC) a comprehensive suite manipulating the process. And it’s not always cheating. Sometimes it’s totally legal what they do.”[2]

In all of this, we see Soros’s money which is all the evidence we need to know that it is corrupt to the bone. Not only that we see money from the Rockefeller Family Fund. Traitors to America for decades doing all they can to bring about the New World Order. In an address to the Trilateral Commission in 1991 David Rockefeller stated: “We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time magazine and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected the promises of discretion for almost forty years. It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subject to the bright lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world-government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the National autodetermination practiced in past centuries”

All of these programs are designed for fraud and data-gathering and after the last few elections, we can see that they worked very well.  The wisdom of the Founders is, at times, beyond what we can comprehend. Samuel Adams warned us; “Neither the wisest constitution nor the wisest laws will secure the liberty and happiness of a people whose manners are universally corrupt.” He also stated; “If ever a time should come, when vain and aspiring men shall possess the highest seats in Government, our country will stand in need of its experienced patriots to prevent its ruin.” We are seeing this manifest before our eyes. His cousin, John Adams, even told us; “Our constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.” When immoral people are placed in authority and they have been, we see our Constitution ignored and thrown to the side. I read some people’s comments that the Founders would be stacking bodies by now.  Maybe they would have.  They paid an awful price for the nation they gave us and we have let it go to hell in a handbasket.  Even scripture warns us in Proverbs 29:2

When the righteous are in authority, the people rejoice: but when the wicked beareth rule, the people mourn. Our Founders lived their lives by the principles of God and gave us the greatest nation the world has ever seen. We have let it go down the road to destruction. We can stop it but we need God’s help to do so. Franklin told the Constitutional Convention that we should not forget the Creator: “I have lived, Sir, a long time and the longer I live, the more convincing proofs I see of this truth — that God governs in the affairs of men. And if a sparrow cannot fall to the ground without [H]is notice, is it probable that an empire can rise without [H]is aid? We have been assured, Sir, in the sacred writings that “except the Lord build they labor in vain that build it.” I firmly believe this; and I also believe that without [H]is concurring aid we shall succeed in this political building no better than the Builders of Babel . . .”  If the nation could not be built it cannot be saved without His help. He promises us that He will come to our aid. 2 Chronicles 7:14  If my people, which are called by my name, shall humble themselves, and pray, and seek my face, and turn from their wicked ways; then will I hear from heaven, and will forgive their sin, and will heal their land.

Our nation has allowed homosexual marriage, the sexualization of our children, we’ve aborted sixty million babies for the sake of convenience, we’ve taken God out of our schools and let satan in, and it is high time that we get our politics back to the basics grounded in God’s principles.

We have a nation to save!

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. Cleaning-voter-rolls-soros-founded-funded-eric-now-used-31-states/
  2. Cleaning-voter-rolls-soros-founded-funded-eric-now-used-31-states/



Danger And Courage

By Rabbi Roy Masters

October 2, 2022

If there were no danger, you could not possess courage. If there were no hate or temptation, how could you develop love and virtue?

Cruel and unthinking people are giving you the opportunity to accomplish now what you failed to do before. The situations that once made you upset, guilty and afraid will become the very things to give you happiness and well-being from now on.

Therefore, whosoever shall try to anger you or upset you is actually giving you the opportunity to rise above your problems. They do not know this, but they are doing you a great service, and the harder people try to upset you, the calmer you will become, the brighter you will shine.

So remember to overlook right on the spot and be plain-spoken, with firmness, kindness and patience from now on.

Whoever tries to annoy you intentionally or otherwise is trying to hurt and even control you with your own resentment.

Simply observe him. Respond only with patience and whatever thought or deed that comes forth out of that center of calmness.

Take resentment out of everything so that you discern, rather than judge. Let this run through your thoughts often.

“Respond only with patience and whatever thought or deed that comes forth out of that center of calmness”

Have the awareness of it in your mind at all times. Keep this as a spiritual and moral goal. Let it be more important than any material goal in this world, for it is the means by which everything can be accomplished.

Let the whole procedure of meditation give you a satisfaction and a joy of doing that will far exceed the pleasure from material things.

It should be a joy to think about it, to understand it and do it again and again, so the light will modify everything that passes through your mind from the world.

You should make decisions according to it. Everything you feel, do or say should conform to it; that is, to be patient, overlook on the spot and be outspoken with firmness, kindness and patience.

Meditate because you can see it is right to do, not because you have to. Do it because you yearn for understanding. Do it for the sake of finding and being committed to what is true and good; do it for the pure love of seeing truth prevail—to be a better person, regardless of profit or loss or whether or not it makes you feel good.

If you want to have a real goal to think about, let it be, “If I could just be unmoving in my patience and discern people as they are without judging them for what they do or imply, I would be better off.”

This is the truth; no other goal will give you satisfaction, so there is no point in thinking about it.

Everything here merely points to the simple instruction to overlook on the spot and be plain-spoken with firmness, kindness and patience.

© 2022 FHU – All Rights Reserved

Foundation of Human Understanding




Think Your Vote Doesn’t Count??

By Kat Stansell

October 1, 2022

Here’s why it does, and why it will be the most important one you’ve ever cast.

The November midterm election of 2022, is almost upon us.

Despite all the many revelations of election fraud from 2020, very little has been done. Experts have analyzed the role of the machines. They have looked at overseas connections to our voting systems, and followed ownership trails of these systems. We know that a major amount of fraud has taken place, but little has actually been done to stop it. Because this election will be our last chance to save our free Republic, this is disheartening to many.

Many think that they might as well not vote; that their vote does not count. They could not be more wrong!

Not only MUST you vote in November, but also you MUST vote in person, on election day, and never use mail- in ballots.

Become a VIP voter! Vote In Person on election day, not before, and never use mail-in ballots. This is how we counteract their systems. Think this is simple and silly?? Nope. It’s the most important step you can take against fraud in any state!

Here’s why.

Let me introduce you to the portion of the voter fraud mechanism that has been mostly ignored – ERIC, the Electronic Registration Information Center. Very few have really looked at ERIC. As we at the American Policy Center have been reporting, for nearly a year now, ERIC is a key ingredient in production of those phantom votes to fill the drop boxes.

Here’s how this has come about.

* * *

ERIC was developed in 2012 by a virulent anti-conservative, David Becker, with a grant from George Soros, funneled through the Pew Charitable Trust. Becker’s history is that of passionate progressive to the point of becoming a law-breaker. Read up on him; you’ll understand why no organization with which he is associated is “non-partisan”, nor should ever be allowed near our votes.

Becker also founded CEIR, the Center for Election Innovation Research, which provides a legal defense fund for state officials who break election law. Nice guy.

The original organization, ERIC, was conceived in 2011-2012 as a precursor to a national voter registration roll, which Progressives have been craving for years. Becker, and other passionate Leftists behind the scenes, did not believe that such a federal master list of voters would become a reality in the near- term, after Obama lost both chambers of Congress in the 2010 midterm. Until national control of elections could be written into a law (as in HB 1, Pelosi’s first bill introduced in Biden’s first Congress in 2021), an organization like ERIC would prove very valuable to those in the business of election fraud and control of the political landscape.

We know going in, that the Left has fought for years against any type of voter roll maintenance which would necessarily remove ineligible names – by law. In their clotted minds, removing ineligible voters, who have not voted or responded to election outreach in two years or who may not even be citizens, amounts to voter suppression.

So, it is clear from the onset that ERIC was NOT meant to help clean ineligible names from voter rolls. State officials should have known this as well. But, Red states joined right along with Blue ones. They fell for the lie that ERIC would help them with their federally mandated duty of roll maintenance.

The false front of ERIC as a “voter roll maintenance service” is just that.

* * *

Seven Democrat-run states joined ERIC in its first year of 2012: CO, DE, MO, NV, UT, WA and VA. After 2014, when a Soros-funded, Obama-appointed judge closed the competing (free) system, Kansas Crosscheck (where the red states shared information to update their rolls), membership rose. Today, there are 33 ERIC members, all of whom have bloated voter rolls approaching or exceeding 100% of all possible eligible voters in the state.

By 2020, ERIC brags on its website of having added 17 million new voters to the rolls nationwide.

Those member states highlighted here, ALL have rolls listing more “voters” than possible eligible citizens of voting age in the population: AL, AK, AZ, CO, CT, DE, FL, GA, IL, IA, KY, ME, MD, MA, MI, MN, MO, NV, NJ, NM, OH, OR, PA, RI, SC, TX, UT, VT, VA, WA, DC (the district), WV, and WI. The two states who just joined ERIC also have bloated rolls: NJ has 103% of it “voters” registered, and MA, 96.4%. They fit right in.

All figures above are taken from the US Election Assistance Commission website, “2020 Election Administration and Voting Survey Report”. Conveniently, the USEAC enables translation of its website into 20 languages “to expand the usability of the report”. If you doubt it, go to the website. and note the darker blue top line. Don’t even ask why this is on a US election website. Given this oddity, I tend to believe that the numbers of voters/number of eligible citizens are probably even higher.

So, back to ERIC. Here’s is how it rolls.

Its members pay to join, then spend hundreds of thousands of dollars, of their taxpayer’s money, to execute the mandates required for ERIC membership. Those requirements are: regular provision of all data from the state’s voter rolls old and new, and from the Motor Vehicle department lists – including green card holders and id-card recipients (think illegals). These two huge data bases are required submission “at a minimum”. Names from state departments such as housing, welfare, healthcare, et. al., as well as those of poll workers, registrars, any person dealing with elections in any way, are required to be submitted as well.

This massive amount of names and personal information is handed over to ERIC’s gigantic artificial intelligence system, designed for the purpose by an IBM spinoff, Senzig.

That system conflates all state-provided records with the state’s USPS data and its Social Security death rolls. The computers then produce 4 lists for the states’ use: who moved within the state, who moved to another ERIC state, who died and who was adjudicated ineligible to vote by means of felony or mental incapacity judgment. Certain names from these massive lists are marked as unregistered voters, and those are mandated to be contacted by the state with voter registration materials, within 90 days of list receipt.

There appears in the bylaws NO DIRECT MANDATE for cleaning voter rolls. Nor, is it allowed for any state to mark any name as to citizenship. Florida’s head of the Department of Elections, Maria Matthews, actually had the checkbox for citizenship declaration on drivers license application forms REMOVED several years ago.

Members MUST report to ERIC if ever they are required by law to sell, disclose, publish or use any ERIC data for purposes other than election administration. Odd…Why would ERIC care if a law requires disclosure of its data? Because it has something(s) to hide? The National Voter Registration Act of 1993, does just that, allowing access to voter rolls by citizens of the state.

A citizen’s group in Wisconsin has just filed suit against its state election commission for use of a third-party system (ERIC) for maintaining the voter rolls. It is against the law. Their suit cites federal law from the Help America Vote Act of 2002. (HAVA)

After this election, if we have it and can beat back the fraud, citizens of every ERIC state must demand their state’s resignation from the “ Cheaters’ Club”. Louisiana’s citizen activists got their Sec. of State to listen and drop the state’s membership, but this cannot be done within 90 days of an election. (ERIC rules)

* * *

These names from the bloated rolls are used to vote by mail and early. The techniques vary slightly by the state, but Florida’s citizen activists have found definite proof of one way it’s being done..

I use Florida as an example because most consider it a solid red, well-run state – like Tennessee. But here’s what is going on down there.

Mailings from county Secretaries of Election sent to voters on the rolls, in the form of new voter ID cards and sample ballots, were returned to sender, USPS yellow labels, “unable to deliver”, attached. Citizens have pictures of trays of thousands of these returned envelopes on racks in the office of the Supervisor of Election of Lake County FL. Instead of flagging or removing these addresses, mail-in ballot requests were sent and followed up by the ballots themselves. THOSE BALLOTS CAME BACK VOTED. How are “undeliverable addresses” able to request then receive ballots? How are these ballots being returned as voted? Where are all these “undeliverable” addresses coming from? Certainly not from well-culled voter rolls!

The tally of legitimate election-day votes is then adjusted – as needed – by those ballots that came from ghosts – to perform the steal for the chosen winners – the ones chosen by fraud, NOT by the voters.

I will have to add that – knowing what we know now – any state that is not openly questioning the ERIC system and/or making plans to resign, is either clueless or complicit. Neither is a good label to be worn in this, our country’s most crucial election year.

* * *

The only way to defeat thie before the November midterm elections, is to vote in person, on election day. DO NOT fall for the bunk that your vote does not matter. It has never been more crucial to our freedom. The enemy wants you to feel defeated and stay home.

If we vote in person, on election day, we can get our country back. If we give in and give up, we will have lost our precious freedoms for generations to come. Venezuela is a perfect case at point. Once the most prosperous nation on the South American continent, it is now a wreck of a totalitarian society with lack of goods, hyperinflation, and strictures on every move a citizen makes.

I’ll beg you once again: Show up ON ELECTION Day and vote! Never request or use a mail-in ballot. If you know of a neighbor or friend who cannot get to the polls, take them.

Arrange for seniors and shut-ins to enjoy a few hours out. These are little things that can and will make THE difference in election 2022.

No state is too safely “Red” or too far gone. Be the change America desperately needs.

© 2022 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




On-Going Plot to Reduce the Global Population

By J.W. Bryan

October 1, 2022

According to Kelleigh Nelson’s NewsWithViews article of March 22, 2022, “The Homicidal Killing Fields of America’s Medical System,” her extensive research  confirms that what we are currently experiencing has been in the planning stage for at least two decades.

Its purpose was to establish a crisis, through fear, by which the public mindset would accept the existence of a pandemic that would completely endanger our health globally, and provide the excuse for destroying all current law. However, there is much evidence that what was chosen (a virus – COVID-19) to initiate the outset of the “pandemic,” very possibly doesn’t even exist.

The reason I use the word, “possibly” is because I can’t positively confirm all existing intelligence.  However, the best I have found is contained in an article by Jon Rappoport, published in the Peoplesvoice.org, on January 29, 2021.

According to Rappoport, “There is no Covid pandemic.” He points out that the whole notion that Covid-19 is one health condition is a lie. COVID is not one thing.

He states that this the most difficult and yet the simplest point to accept and understand and that we shouldn’t reject the existence of the virus and then say, “So what is the cause of people dying?” His response to that is, there is no ONE CAUSE. There is no one illness. There is no “it.”

The article continues…Rappoport states that none of the “COVID deaths” in the entire world require the existence of a new virus. For instance, in Wuhan, where the whole business began, the first COVID cases of pneumonia occurred in a city whose air is heavily polluted. In China, every year, roughly 300,000 people die from pneumonia. That means millions of cases. None of these deaths need to be explained by invoking a new virus.

He continues, “Add to this the fact that the PCR test for the virus is irreparably flawed and useless.” (For a variety of reasons, I have explained in other articles.) The test spits out false positives like a fire hose. Thus, the high case numbers. The authorities have to go to such extremes to paint a picture of a spreading viral epidemic…in order to plant fear and thus compliance in the citizenry. However, there is no evidence that an actual germ is traveling around the world felling people. The ‘evidence’ is invented.

The” pandemic” is invented.

The fraud is promoted.

And, if you think there are other major reasons to explain “why all these people are dying,” keep in mind that “lung” conditions are an expanded category worldwide. For instance, there are about one billion cases of flu-like illnesses every year on planet earth. Repackaging/relabeling just a small percentage of those cases alone would account for all official COVID death numbers.

But we have known for some time that the “Agenda” for world government has been planning, for three or four decades, something comparable to what we are experiencing currently.  The so-called “pandemic,” which is fueled by something called COVID-19, very probably doesn’t exist except in propaganda and in the minds of the people.

According to Kelleigh Nelson’s NewsWithViews article of February 8, 2020, “Mass Murder by a medical System that has Lost its Direction and Soul” she states that the AMA, CDC, FDA, NIH protocols for treatment of patients with COVID have saved no patients; they have purposely murdered hundreds of thousands, perhaps millions, who could have been saved. She makes a point, “That the dissident doctors, scientists and healthcare workers know that there are repurposed drugs (inexpensive and available) that could have saved up to 86% of those who perished.”

Following is a list of comments relative to the above.

“People were dying, (yet) all my ideas were getting shouted down. My superiors were showing up (to my clinical meetings) and getting me to stand down, because I was entertaining the idea that we should do this, that and the other thing, and they didn’t want anything to be done.” – Dr. Pierre Kory

“This is a war on cheap repurposed drugs.” – Dr. Paul Marik before testifying on NH bill that would make ivermectin available OTC in NH.

“I never thought I’d see the day where doctors are censored, and patients are kept from care.” – Dr. Peter McCullough.

As we have observed, practically all hospitals are in lockstep with everything that is being carried out by the forces behind this so-called pandemic. We know this is true because of the evidence given by dissident doctors, scientists, healthcare workers and parents or families of patients who failed to survive their hospital stay. The hospital protocols were used to further their goal of diminishing the global population.

Also, the hospitals are given monetary incentives by the government to label all illnesses as Covid. This, of course, results in the enhancement of the number of C-19 cases reported daily across the country and figures into the national mind set of the acceptance of existence of a “pandemic.”

Additionally, the hospitals are given bonuses for deaths from “COVID” or listed as COVID, but nothing for those who survive. So, we can imagine what the incentive leads to, hundreds of thousands of dollars.

A Case in Point

This brings me to an ordeal experienced by Beth, my wife’s niece, whose son Jonathon, was in a hospital with “COVID.” She kept a daily journal of her son’s progress, which to all appearances, even though he was on an ECMO (extracorporeal membrane oxygenation) Machine, was daily improving.  He was able to participate in physical therapy and occupational therapy.  She had videos confirming this.

All this transpired over a period of about three months.  Toward the end, she was told that they might have to remove the ECMO machine to be used with patients who had been vaccinated, which her son had not. Later, when this came about, it resulted in him having trouble breathing, in fact, he was gasping for breath. For this they began giving him shots to stop the gasping.

She was informed by the staff that this was why the shots were being administered, to which she replied that “she didn’t want him to be gasping for breath,” because she wanted him to at least have the opportunity to try to live. In the response, the doctor said, “If he gets this miracle, it doesn’t matter what I do.” But when the gasping stopped – after the 4th injection he was dead.

So, now comes the aftermath.

Beth is tough, both mentally and emotionally. But she’s been through a lot recently. She lost both parents in a short period of time, then came the loss of her son. It’s been a lot of heartbreak and stress. At the very outset, upon arriving at the hospital she requested that he be given ivermectin, hydroxychloroquine (HCQ), or other repurposed drugs, but of course, that didn’t happen. Since the repurposed drugs were denied, what do you think he was given instead? It very well could have been Paxlovid which is worthless, or remdesivir, which, according to reports, is very expensive as well as deadly.

I’ve talked with her three times to prepare to give an account of all this in order to present to others. She is convinced that her son was murdered, even though the hospital staff was only obeying the protocols handed down by the insiders at the top, you know who they are…the AMA, CDC, NIH, FDA etc.

We could say that the hospital staff only takes on the alter ego of the hospital, which also takes on the alter ego of all the powers at the top. They follow what they’re told to do in order to keep their jobs, even if they know what they’re doing is not normal or right.  Never mind the fact that the ECMO machine was taken from her son and given to a vaxed patient and would not help the vaxed patient to survive. It is probable that the reason the other patient was in the hospital was due to the COVID injections. In this case, as in others, the hospital wouldn’t help them survive, even if it was possible, as they receive no monetary benefits for those who survive.

The amount of evidence is endless that the vaccine was designed purposely to either kill or seriously injure. The obvious outcome is the depopulation of America and the entire world.

All this plays into the agenda of the great reset by the invisible government which is the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR).  All the components of it, the United Nations, the Democratic Party, The World Economic Forum (WEF), and the socialist sleepers who have infiltrated the Republican Party, and many others are having their day, but it will be short lived. Just when they believe they have everything under complete control and everything nailed down so that nothing can stop them, something is going to play into the Lord’s time-table which will result in their total destruction.

A few years prior to that something will have played into His plans that brought about that blessed day when the Lord himself, will have descended from heaven and with a shout, “With the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God, and the dead in Christ shall rise first.”

“Then, we who are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air and so shall we ever be with the Lord.”

And this is the day that Beth will be looking forward to with total assurance that a joyful occasion will transpire when she is reunited with her son, Jonathon.

Conclusion

Beth isn’t the only one who is experiencing this; we know that there are many thousands, maybe even millions, who are going through much heartbreak as a result of the protocols being ordered by the medical authorities and the federal government to continue this façade of a pandemic using fear to control the masses.

And it will get worse. So, we need to prepare for whatever comes, and the only way I know that we can do it is to grow stronger in our faith and dependance upon God to see us through all the travails that are forthcoming.

Please, share this article with as many as possible.  The time is close at hand.

© 2022 J.W. Bryan – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail J.W. Bryan: alliejwbryan@gmail.com




DANGER: Article V Convention Legislation filed in Congress: They Want a New Constitution

By Publius Huldah (Joanna Martin, J.D.)

September 30, 2022

Legislation recently filed in Congress shows that the assurances pro-convention lobbyists have been making to State Legislators to induce them to apply to Congress for Congress to call a Convention under Article V of our Constitution are false.

These lobbyists have convinced too many State Legislators that our Framers said that when the federal government violates the Constitution, the solution is to get a convention to amend the ConstitutionOur Framers never said such a thing!  But that is what is behind the push for an Article V convention.

Article V of our Constitution provides two methods of amending the Constitution 1) Congress may propose amendments by two-thirds majority in both Houses; or 2) Congress, upon the applications of two-thirds of the State Legislatures, calls a convention where the Delegates may propose amendments. The second method has never been used – it’s dangerous!

Nevertheless, the pro-convention lobby has been assuring State Legislators that a Convention is perfectly safe because State Legislatures will control it:  They will determine the amendments to be considered at the Convention; Congress can’t call a convention until Congress receives 34 applications from State Legislatures which ask for the same amendment; and Delegates to the convention may consider nothing but amendments requested by 34 State Legislatures.

If Congress calls a convention, would Congress or the Delegates to the Convention be constrained by the Lobbyists’ assurances to State Legislators? 

Of course not!  The Delegates – as Sovereign Representatives of The People – would have the self-evident Right, recognized by the Declaration of Independence, “to alter or to abolish” our “Form of Government.” Accordingly, Congress isn’t empowered by Article V or anything else in the Constitution to call a limited convention restricted to considering only the amendments requested by 34 State Legislatures.

And now, legislation consistent with this “self-evident Right” has been recently filed in Congress: 

On July 19, 2022, Congressman Jodey Arrington of Texas introduced H.Con.Res.101, which calls a convention; and H.R. 8419, which sets forth how applications for a convention are to be counted.

These Resolutions show that the convention pushers’ assurances that Delegates to the Convention can do nothing but consider amendments requested by 34 State Legislatures, are false:  

H.C.R. 101 §1(a) (1) says, “…Congress hereby calls a convention for proposing amendments…”

H.R. 8419 creates subsection  (c) of 1 U.S. Code, § 106, which directs the Archivist of the United States to count all non-rescinded applications asking Congress to call a Convention; and to notify Congress of its duty to call a Convention when the Archivist receives non-rescinded applications for a Convention from two-thirds of the States.

H.R. 8419 doesn’t permit the Archivist to sort the applications by the amendments specified by State Legislatures.  Instead, H.R. 8419 directs the Archivist to count all non-rescinded applications together.

One group pushing for a Convention has already admitted that Congress can “mix & match” the various applications for a convention:  This group combined non-rescinded applications passed in 1789, several passed in 1861 to avert the Civil War, and during 1901 for popular election of US Senators with applications passed in recent decades for a balanced budget amendment.[1]

And the Archivist of the United States is, in effect, directed by H.R. 8419 to mix and match the various applications!  If an application is non-rescinded, the Archivist is directed to count it to get to 34.

So H.C.R. 101 & H.R. 8419 really are consistent with the “self-evident right” of a People to alter or abolish their government and set up a new one.  And they reveal that whoever drafted these Resolutions also understands that State Legislatures have no power to dictate what is considered by Delegates at the convention.  In State Legislatures’ applications to Congress for a convention, they sometimes insist that they will control the convention (see p. 2, line 19 thru p. 7 of this application in the Pennsylvania Senate); but the Truth is that the Constitution sets forth what Congress has the power to do respecting an Article V Convention; and State Legislatures cannot change this by wishful thinking.  And State Legislatures cannot dictate to Congress how Congress is to exercise a power the Constitution grants to Congress!

If Congress calls an Article V convention, you can be sure that a new Constitution will be imposed on us.[2] The convention of 1787 was called “for the sole and express purpose of revising the Articles of Confederation”.   But the convention proposed a new Constitution which had a new mode of ratification and which created a new form of government.  James Madison warned that those who secretly want a new Constitution would push for an Article V Convention under the pretext of “getting amendments”.

State Legislators need to open their eyes and see that while they are being used to get a Convention; they will have no power over the Convention; and won’t be able to do anything to stop a new Constitution with its own new mode of ratification from being imposed on us.  State Legislatures must immediately rescind the applications for a convention they already sent to Congress.

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joanna Martin, J.D.: publiushuldah@gmail.com

Endnotes:

[1] At the time the “BBA” organization prepared their chart, the applications they counted were non-rescinded.  They counted 33 States with active applications on file with Congress.  But thankfully, after their Chart was published, several of the States listed on their Chart wised-up and rescinded their applications.  Other States whose previous applications for a convention are still active better rescind them before the Archivist gets her hands on them!

[2] A member of Mark Meckler’s “COS” Legal Advisory Board, Princeton Law Professor Robert P. George, has already co-authored a new Constitution which grants massive new powers to a new federal government and imposes gun controls with red flag confiscations.   Read it & tremble for your Country.




How to Lose Winnable Elections

By Cliff Kincaid

September 30, 2022

My hope was that the Supreme Court, under the influence of Trump’s three nominees and a “conservative” majority, would contribute to some conservative victories in the months ahead. We saw that come to pass with the rulings on the right to life and Second Amendment rights. But the leaker of the Dobbs decision, returning abortion to the states, is still a mystery.

Investigations are worthless unless you have the committees with the will power and expertise to get to the bottom of the problem. Congressional liberals abolished the House Internal Security Committee, the successor of the House Committee on Un-American Activities, and Republicans have no plans to bring them back.

That problem, in turns, stems from security risks in Congress. Analyst and author Trevor Loudon reveals that the U.S. Congress has been deeply infiltrated by enemies foreign and domestic. His new book, Security Risk Senators, Part 1, will launch on October 1, 2022.

Some say the next Congress, if Republicans win control of the House, should impeach Biden. What a waste. The Senate will not have enough Republicans to convict. And even if it does, we get President Kamala Harris.

Republicans didn’t do their job when Barack Hussein Obama was president and set America on this Marxist course. They didn’t impeach him because they didn’t want to be accused of racism for going after America’s first black president.

Republicans think they can win because of the bad economy. But the Marxist welfare state has hooked many people on federal payments of one sort or another. They look to the Democratic Party for welfare. That includes illegals but many Americans, too.

I recently noticed people buying junk food with federal and state cards from the WIC (women, infants and children) and Food Stamp programs at a local Walmart. The clerk said some recipients usually cash in during the first part of the month, some getting soda, but others buying the finest foods.

“The federal government is going to own us,” she said, aware that federal debt, spending, and taxes are accelerating. It’s a feeling shared by many who are looking for political figures with bold proposals to dismantle the Marxist state.

In total, more than 40 million people get food stamps while an estimated 43 percent of all infants in the United States are supposed to get federal assistance through the WIC program.

The Democrats continue to send federal payments or bailouts to more and more people. Debt relief for college students is another example. That means more votes for them.

AARP, the lobby for Big Government programs, has an article, “My Love Letter to Medicare,” in its magazine. But Medicare is going broke and forcing seniors to search, sometimes in vain, for doctors willing to take Medicare patients. This is because the payment system is on what the doctors call “an unsustainable path that is jeopardizing patient access to physicians.”

I know an eye doctor who is seeing 35 patients or more a day because that is the only way they can generate enough income to make the practice profitable at the low reimbursement rates acceptable to Medicare.

The system will be short of more than 100,000 doctors in a decade because many will forsake the Medicare system to pursue private and expensive so-called “boutique” practices.

What do Republicans propose to do about these federal programs?

The Republican “Commitment to America” has a section, “Achieve Longer, Healthier Lives for Americans,” in which is it noted, “America is home to the best medical care in the world thanks to talented doctors and innovative treatments. But Democrats are determined to squander all these advantages by imposing a top-down, one-size-fits-all government approach from Washington that will only lead to rationed care and worse services.”

In this context, efforts to undermine America’s leading position in the global pharmaceutical market by attacking “Big Pharma” make absolutely no sense. America has a global edge in that private sector industry. Many lives depend on new drugs and medical devices.

The GOP document notes that, “U.S. life expectancy has decreased for two straight years, representing the biggest drop since 1943.” This is shocking. Yet, Biden/Harris has declared the China virus pandemic over, even though the average daily death rate in America is now running at 350. Not to mention the lives lost because of fentanyl.

Meanwhile, Social Security is now facing “long-term financing shortfalls under currently scheduled benefits and financing.”

Politically speaking, young and old Americans alike are desperately looking for an alternative to politicians stealing wealth trough tax and spending policies that are bringing the U.S. to the point of bankruptcy.

To make matters worse, with the stock market crashing, some conservative commentators are enriching themselves through hawking sales of gold and silver. At the same time, the Biden Administration is threatening more destructive rules and regulations in the promising field of crypto currency, where America also has an edge.

“An economy that’s strong” is what the Republicans are promising, referring to cutting spending, producing more energy, and ending dependence on China.

My own book, The Sword of Revolution and the Communist Apocalypse, predicted China’s leadership role in the global communist revolution.

There is no reason why China has to dominate the world. Politicians of both parties let this happen. It’s not just a Hunter Biden problem.

In terms of our current predicament, a key plank of the Communist Manifesto was “Centralization of credit in the hands of the state, by means of a national bank with State capital and an exclusive monopoly.” That means, for our purposes, the Federal Reserve, now exposed as a failure by The Economist and other mouthpieces of the establishment.

We need an alternative monetary system, a crypto economy that can offer people a vision for the future and give power back to the people. Republican Rep. Tom Emmer is perhaps the most articulate advocate in Congress for the future that awaits us, if an effort is made to unleash American “innovation, ingenuity, and our pioneering spirit.”

In an example of “dialectic reversal” of Marxist thought, we have to become part of a grass-roots movement to establish what the communists used to call the New World Economic Order, but with an American bent.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




If I Had Elon Musk’s $250 Billion Bank Account

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 29, 2022

Over 60 years ago, in the infancy of television, from 1955 to 1960, a wealthy benefactor gave away $1,000.000.00 to lucky recipients. During the program, the benefactor tracked their lives, their choices, and their outcomes.

One guy bought a building and turned it into a recreation center for the poor kids in his inner city.  Another single parent started an entire organization to deal with adopted kids, homeless kids and drug addicts.  Each story gave hope to the audience.  For me as a young man, I felt that such “good” in the world needed to be multiplied throughout our society.

Here in 2022, we’ve got more problems, divisions, violence, angry youth and political turmoil than can be handled.  We’re being totally, systematically and sociologically torn to pieces.  We’re no longer Americans pulling in the same direction.  Democrats hate Republicans and vice versa.  At least when we were all Americans, we all enjoyed a positive stake in our mutual outcomes.

Today, we’ve got 45 million foreign-born. We’ve got 3,000,000 crashing our borders illegally this year. All those legals and illegals are birthing 1,000,000 more of their own, annually.  How long can that keep up? How long can we even pretend that this is our country anymore?   How long will  we remain sustainable? Answer: maybe 20 to 30 years, but not much more.

We’ve got the mainstream media lying to us. We’ve got a senile old man for a president who has done nothing of value in all his 50 years on the dole of the American taxpayer, as a politician. Joe Biden cannot grasp what’s going on in the world/nor his handlers.  We’ve got Congress tied up in knots.  Our cities rot at the core as to useless schools, beleaguered underpaid teachers, gangs galore, drugs everywhere and illiteracy driving the madness.  Pick any big city!  You hear about 50 shootings and 10 deaths as a matter of course in Chicago every weekend.  Notice that Black Lives Matter folks don’t do anything to respond to all that black on black killing.

But just have one police officer shoot a minority while resisting arrest or committing a crime—and BLM or Antifa thugs burn down $2 billion worth of city blocks in dozens of cities!

So, what if I had Elon Musk’s $250,000,000,000.00 bank account?  What would I do?

First of all, because education stands as the foundation of a successful civilization, I would gather all the greatest educational minds in the country to come up with educational solutions to our illiteracy rates that are off the charts.  I would give money to educational organizations to mentor, build after school facilities, teach vocational jobs and more solutions that would give inner city minorities a chance to thrive.

For those kids with very low intellectual horsepower, I would create programs that guide them toward redundant jobs with dignity, a decent salary and positive outcome.  Let’s face it, we wasted $6 trillion in 20 years of those two bogus wars in Afghanistan and Iraq.  Surely, we can spend money on our youth to become productive citizens.

Second, I would gather the finest business minds in America to create a new job paradigm that includes environmental responsibility, iron-clad integrity, social responsibility and more.  I would encourage new-thought to solve the problems of poverty in Chicago, NYC, St. Louis, LA and every city where the poor subsist. I would spend that money to find solutions.

Third, I would endeavor to discover much-needed answers for 540,000 homeless Americans.  We must use loitering laws to keep them off the streets and into apartments, and feed them. We need every kind of therapy to help them off drugs.  We need educational systems to catch them before they become useless human beings.

Fourth, I financially support all senators and House Members for sending the National Guard to totally shut off our borders. I would stop the drug cartels within weeks to shut down illegal immigration and drugs.  I would push to enact laws that put any and all drug dealers in jail for life, no parole.

Fifth, I would spend money to support law enforcement for all our laws to apprehend and prosecute all criminals with harsh prison sentences.  You shoot a cop? You’re in prison for life with no parole! I would use that money to make criminals understand they face enormous prison terms.

Sixth, I would use TV ads to show criminals what it’s like in prison as to killings, drug distribution, rapes, robbery, smash n grabs, and all other horrendous crimes.  Show them what’s going to happen to them, and then, just put the little anarchists in prison for very long sentences.

Seventh, I would put billions of dollars into brilliant minds to create alternative energy, wave, wind, solar, fusion, river turbines and any other scientific advancement.  The fact remains—our civilization cannot continue to exist without energy.

Eighth, I would spend money to pass laws to enforce egress vs ingress as to immigration.  We only take in as many as leave our country annually. Those who immigrate must love America, speak English, bring a much-needed skill and pass all exams for citizenship.  I would spend money to help citizens of the world in their own countries.

Ninth, I would spend billions to educate all American employers to NOT employ illegal alien migrants.  I would make sure employers who broke our laws…also go to prison. Enforce, enforce, enforce! Employ only Americans at a living wage.

Tenth, I would run educational ads to create a 50-cent deposit-return law at the federal level to make sure that every piece of plastic, metal and/or glass enjoys a return for the money. Kids would scour the country for 50 cents per item.

Eleventh, I would move toward a Steady State Economics model to enhance our ability to remain sustainable now and into the future. www.steadystate.org  (Casse)

A steady state economy is an economy of stable or mildly fluctuating size. The term typically refers to a national economy, but it can also be applied to a local, regional, or global economy. An economy can reach a steady state after a period of growth or degrowth. To be sustainable, a steady state economy may not exceed ecological limits.

Such a system also means a stable population that maintains itself within the carrying capacity of the land, water, air and resources.

That’s just a start. What ideas do you have that I can publish in Part 2 of this series?

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




The Kind of Imbeciles Who Rule the World

by Lee Duigon

September 29, 2022

Spain’s Minister of Equality (good night, nurse!) raised a few eyebrows recently when she declared that “children have the right to know that they can love and have sexual relations with anyone they want”. This ought to give you an idea of the kind of people who are governing the world’s nations, these days.

Did I mention she’s a communist?

But maybe things are changing.

Nancy Pelosi, Squeaker of the House of Representatives, dropped in on the Global Citizen Music Festival in New York City last week to treat her fellow leftids to a potboiler speech on Climate Change and how she and her Democrat playmates are gonna show Ol’ Man Climate who’s boss.

And got booed

How could this happen? It’s like losing at poker with four aces in your hand. Count ‘em: an audience of “global citizens” (whatever the dickens they are), a New York City venue, Central Park no less—and she’s as far out on the left as they are. And yet they booed her.

It couldn’t be just because they didn’t appreciate this dindle from San Francisco interrupting their concert for sleazy politics. What don’t these people politicize? You can’t even go to a ballgame anymore without being nagged about “transgender rights” and imaginary Climate Change. They don’t mind! So why boo when Pelosi did it?

Maybe, just maybe, Far Left Crazy is nearing the end of its rope. Maybe they’re just about ready to turn on each other. It’d be a treat to watch.

A recent election in Europe gives us hope. Giorgia Meloni, smeared by the nooze media as “far right”—as if these jidrools even knew anybody to the right of Bernie Sanders—will soon take office as Italy’s first female prime minister. Her Christian Brothers Party clobbered a coalition of left-wing dingbats, 2-1.

Ms. Meloni gave an acceptance speech that deserves to be quoted at some length:

“Why is the family an enemy? Why is the family so frightening? There is a single answer to all these questions. Because it defines us. Because it is our identity. Because everything that defines us is now an enemy for those who would like us to no longer have an identity and to simply be perfect consumer slaves.

“And so they attack national identity, they attack religious identity, they attack gender identity, they attack family identity. I can’t define myself as: Italian, Christian, woman, mother. No. I must be citizen x, gender x, parent 1, parent 2. I must be a number.

“Because when I am only a number, when I no longer have an identity, or roots, then I will be the perfect slave at the mercy of financial speculators. The perfect consumer.”

Stand up and cheer. This woman has it right.

Hey, World Economic Forum! Hey, Biden! You love to call us fascists, but obviously you don’t know the meaning of the word.

Fascism, as Mussolini invented and practiced it, is when an authoritarian government hops into bed with a few favored corporate nabobs (can you say Mark Zuckerberg? Bill Gates?) and together they enslave a nation. Juan Peron tweaked it by inviting a few favored labor unions to the party. In our country we call that “Obamaism.”

We are on to you, big-time. A few more leaders like Ms. Meloni, and we’ll have you in retreat. Start looking for countries which don’t have extradition treaties with your own.

You’ll need one.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit before the nasty really hits the fan. My work can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Government That Doesn’t Comply With the Constitution is Illegitimate

by Andrew C. Wallace

September 29, 2022

Every elected official, bureaucrat, flag officer, or judge now employed by Federal Establishment is either a criminal , a coward, or both.  Oh, there are a few among the miscreant Fellow Travelers who protest the criminality, but they are mostly ineffectual.

If you learn nothing else from this paper, know that the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), the wealthy families, control the large corporations that bribe their government minions to screw the people for power and profit.

Every man, woman and child in this country is being deprived of their God-Given and Constitutionally-Protected Rights that were established and defended by the ultimate sacrifice of patriots for centuries.

Contrary to the Constitution, all political power has been concentrated in the Federal Government for the benefit of the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC). This treason was accomplished due to the coerced complicity and cowardice of State Governors and elected officials. This was done for power and profit. Those elected to congress from both parties may be wealthy from bribes by the PSRRC, but they are still only minions. A majority of the Federal Government’s powers are usurped and must be returned to the states in compliance with the Constitutional “Enumerated Powers”.

Since a majority of the Federal Government operates Unconstitutionally it is not practical for me to list everything that is unlawful and must be changed. Following are just some of the most critical actions that must be addressed.

1. Terminate the unconstitutional (private!) Federal Reserve Bank which facilitates inflation, wars for profit, depressions and all kinds of skullduggery

2. Return to Constitutional money (which must lawfully be only gold and silver) to stop inflation and reduce theft. Only Congress, not the Federal Reserve Bank, has the power to coin money and regulate the value thereof! Don’t under any circumstances allow the supplanting of digital currency which will control and enslave us.

3. Invaders must be rapidly deported. “Benefits” to Invaders are costing each American $2500 a year in taxes. The cost of deportation will always be less than cost of allowing them to remain. We have no jobs for them because most Invaders don’t speak English and have no education or skills, which is a recipe for a new criminal class. Thirty percent of federal inmates are immigrants.

4. Federal Income tax must be replaced by tariffs which financed our country until 1913. This will allow states to perform proper functions that have been usurped by the Federal Establishment which pretends to be our lawful government.

5. We must take all money out of politics, except for small donations by individuals who can vote for the politicians. The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and corporations must be prohibited from supporting (and influencing and coercing) politicians in any way

6. Governors must guarantee people that they can use force, even deadly force. to protect life and property without being prosecuted. The only way to stop looting and arson is to allow the use of deadly force. Policing must be increased, cash bail retained, and criminals kept in jail.

7. Corporations, media or anyone else cannot be allowed to stop truthful information from reaching the public.

8. Profiting from any market by nefarious means, such as selling a commodity or stock short that you don’t own, must stop.

9. Any elected official who votes for an unconstitutional act or accepts support from anyone other than individual constituents is a criminal, and must be removed from office and prosecuted. Any official violating his solemn Oath to protect and defend our Constitution is automatically removed from office, as performance under that Oath is a non-negotiable qualification to hold that office!

10. Any individual, corporation or organization giving financial or other support to domestic terrorist organizations like Antifa or BLM are to be prosecuted for any theft of organization funds and related criminal acts. It was no accident that this support resulted in the destruction of small business competitors of the large corporate retailers.

11. Any judge who uses the excuse (political or otherwise) of “Lack of Standing” to deny a citizen the right to be heard on violations of any Constitutional issue is to be impeached.

12. Open borders are contrary to law. All government expenditures supporting invaders is legal treason and theft. Everyone associated with using government funds to support invaders is guilty of theft and treason. They should be prosecuted and every dime they own returned to the treasury.

13. We know that majority of federal government agencies are corrupt, and that a majority are also unconstitutional. The FBI is the most corrupt of all, and most citizens know this and fear it, with good cause. But, most importantly, the FBI has caused people to lose all faith and trust in the federal government. The FBI must be terminated. Anyone who willingly works for such a corrupted organization should not be allowed to work in government again.  Nothing in the Constitution supports existence of the FBI. Our Constitution gives the Federal Government no police powers in the states, none!

14. It is treason and fraud to mislead the ignorant among us to believe that they will never have to work again under the new Communist Democratic party.

15. All unconstitutional handouts and benefit programs must be transferred to the states, except for Social Security and Medicare which are paid for by recipients.

16. The American Dream must be retained by restricting sale of single-family homes to only citizens and legal residents for personal use.

17. Foreign students must not be allowed to replace any Americans in educational institutions benefiting in any way from government funds.

18. Treasonous American and Chinese officials jointly developed the SARS19  Bio-Weapon and promoted the faux “Vaccine”. This was the most deadly and effective mass attack on human life in the history of the world. The result was destruction and death on an unheard-of scale, with 750,000 deaths in the United States alone, with many more to follow, FOREVER. I thank God that I didn’t take the JAB, or in my condition, I would be dead from side effects and loss of immune system. Those responsible should be tried for mass murder and divested of their billions of ill-gotten wealth. If you really want to know the whole truth you can get it where I did, from Devvy Kidd at Facts: experimental covid injections and sads

19. Purchase of land, property, or corporations by foreigners must be forbidden. It is past time to protect our country! Other nations have the sense to maintain their national integrity and sovereignty.

20. Climate Control, and Renewable Energy are illogical and impossible scams designed to impoverish and control the people, and must be terminated.

To the best of my ability, I have been very careful to be certain that everything I say in this article is truthful and verifiable in accordance with the law. If the FBI should come for me, it will be just another bogus example of the politicized FBI acting under  “Color of Law” with no lawful jurisdiction or authority.

God Bless America.

© 2022 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




The Revelation of the Method

By Servando Gonzalez

September 28, 2022

There are many things going on in this country that cannot be explained by politics alone: women violently defending their “right” to kill their babies, sexual deviants indoctrinating school children, the total loss of respect for human life, the push to destroy the family as a social unit, the frontal assault on private property, the growing loss of freedom to express your opinions and the open fight against Christianity, just to mention a few.

In the blink of an eye, America has become a country where the biological distinction between men and women has been substituted by a myriad of “genders,” race is more important than ability, experience or knowledge, and science has been substituted by expediency to serve ideological needs. A country that has become one of the world’s main producer, consumer and exporter of pornography and recreational drugs. A country where, through every layer of society, hypocrisy, lying, deceit, graft, corruption, violence, crime and murder are the orders of the day.

And this has happened so fast that most Americans still don’t realize that today’s America has not much to do with the country created by their Founding Fathers.

Moreover, for some unfathomable reasons, a large segment of Americans have always felt a great love and admiration for the Devil. In 1969, Mick Jagger and the Rolling Stones referred to it as “Sympathy for the Devil,” but the roots of this sympathy go way back into American History.

More than a century ago, Confederate general Albert Pike praisefully wrote about the “Luciferian path,” and the “Prince of Darkness.”[1] In 1966 Anton Lavey, author of The Satanic Bible, created the Church of Satan, and in 1975, U.S. Army Lt. Colonel Michael Aquino founded The Temple of Seth both religious institutions consecrated to the Prince of Darkness. In 1971, Saul Alinsky, Hillary Clinton’s mentor, dedicated his book Rules for Radicals to Lucifer, “The first radical known to man who rebelled against the establishment and did it so effectively that he at least won his own kingdom.”

In 1980 the satanic Georgia Stones appeared from nowhere.[2] In 1995 the new Denver airport exposed to the public a collection of disturbing Devil-inspired murals. Also, Hollywood has been consistently producing films on the subject of the Devil.[3] Of lately, monuments dedicated to Lucifer have been erected in many states’ capitol buildings.

On June 20, 2020, a Luciferian March for a One World Government was held in 22 American cities during a solar eclipse. More cities were added as the organizers intended to make this a nationwide and worldwide movement of appealing to Satan for empowering the One World Government. The marches were used to create chaos and some of the organizers told about their plans to erect satanic monuments at existing sites where Confederate and other allegedly racist statues have been torn down.[4]

Many Americans remember Skull & Bones member President George W. Bush habitually raising his hand sporting the Devil’s sign, as well as a the devilish presence of Jared Kushner in the background behind President Trump[5] and demonic Fauci[6] in the foreground telling people to do exactly what you should not do during a Pandemic. But they lack significance when compared with the new Devil’s advocates: Bill Gates, Klaus Schwab and Yuval Noah Harari.

Nevertheless, Joe Biden’s strange speech on September 1, 2022, on a dark, blood-red background at the Independence National Historical Park in Philadelphia, PA, in which, after mentioning the word “democracy” 31 times [7] he called MAGA Republicans “semi-fascists.”[8] marked a new dimension: it was immediately termed as “Satanic.” [9] The qualification may have hit a chord, because it was immediately mocked by the mainstream media.

But there were other interpretations. According to one observer, “President Biden resembled Adolf Hitler at Philadelphia rally.”[10] He was right, but it is good to remember that Hitler and the Nazis were heavily involved with the occult.[11]

Nevertheless, disregarding of the interpretation we may give to it, Biden’s speech must act as a wake up call for Christians in this country. As Christians, we have been losing this war [12] because we have been waging political warfare unaware that we are fighting a spiritual war and, in order to win, we must fight using the weapons of spiritual warfare. Unfortunately, most American patriots cannot grasp the possibility that Evil exists as a spirit opposed to God and his creation. As the great Baudelaire put it:

“One of the artifices of Satan is, to induce men to believe that he does not exist.” But, as C.S. Lewis rightly pointed out, Christians must be aware that there is a civil war on, a rebellion, “and we are living in a part of the universe occupied by the rebel.” [13]

Christians should not keep thinking that all the evil in this world could be explained just by the evil of men. Actually, there is a true, objective presence of evil in this world which we must confront. This evil, if we take the Great Battle seriously, is the Enemy himself and, if we want to win this battle, we have to strongly stand against evil in our private lives.

During the years Obama was in power, the globalist conspirators purged thousands of Christians from key positions in the military, judiciary, law enforcement, business, education and the mainstream media. Currently, under the pretext of fighting extremism, this process has increased and currently the number of Christians purged may have reached millions. Evidently, Biden has fully accomplished Obama’s dream: the creation of a civilians para-military force larger and more powerful than the U. S. military —just the IRS plans to hire 86, 852 new agents. This force is heavily armed, fully devoted to oppress the American people, and they are itching for a fight.[14] Currently, America is a fully developed totalitarian police state.

But the question remains: why did Joe Biden openly reveal the globalist conspirators’ agenda in his Satanic speech?

There is a process in the occult called the “revelation of the method.”[15] It is a sort of in-your-face admission, openly telling you the true source of their evil plans on the knowledge that you are totally incapable of defending yourself and fighting back. It is the ultimate proof that you are fully under their evil control because the satanic cryptocracy knows that exposing their methods and people involved in the crimes they have committed will not stop them.

Evidence shows that revelations of their crimes —9/11, Coronavirus, Epstein, vote fraud— has never conducted to arrests, much less to prosecutions and convictions. Actually, the reputation of the satanic cryptocrats has been enhanced by the revelations. As Michael A. Hoffman II has observed in his book Secret Societies and Psychological Warfare, “Exposure without action against the perpetrators of the crimes revealed, devolves into a kind of perverse advertisement for the prowess of the cryptocrats, who are seen as having performed fantastic feats of criminal enterprise with a genius that renders them immune from the consequences.

This entire process as a whole smacks of that familiar occult control device of grotesque mockery of the principle touted, in this case of the notion of exposure leading to punishment or retribution.”[16]

So, to win this battle Christians must transcend the political Left/Right paradigm. For sure, Christians need to fight this evil power that exploits, harms and crushes the weak of spirit. But they cannot win this battle fighting with their votes, not even with their guns. If true Christians want to win this battle they must fight it with their minds and heir hearts.

For many years the New World Order conspirators have been working hard to establish a global dictatorship. Eventually, they will find the man, or the woman, who will sell his/her soul to Satan to become the King of the world during a period of crisis. The ancient prophesies of the Bible call this coming world dictator the “Antichrist,” and he/she will lead the world during the terrible times the prophets call the Great Tribulation and the globalist conspirators call The Great Reset. Unfortunately, America has led the way in the creation and development of the ideology and the institutions whose secret goal is to impose this anti-Christian New World Order upon the peoples of the world.

Today’s Americans are steeped in materialism and immorality. They ignore the truth because they are incapable to recognize that evil knows no bounds and the Devil has been working hard on humanity’s destruction since the days of Adam and Eve.

The Apostle Paul’s description of what he called “the last generation,” cannot be more accurate: “But mark this: There will be terrible times in the last days. People will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boastful, proud, abusive, disobedient to their parents, ungrateful, unholy, without love, unforgiving, slanderous, without self-control, brutal, not lovers of the good, treacherous, rash, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God.” (2 Timothy 3:1-4)

Currently, the New World Order conspirators are engaged in a tremendous effort to destroy Russia. The true motive for the strong anti-Russian sentiment is not because the Russians are still communists, as the conspirators claim, but because the Russians have successfully brought back their country to their Christian roots and faith and they are strongly opposing the Luciferian globalists’ neo-Fascist New World Order —a disingenuous name for the Fourth Reich.[17]

In any event, apparently, Satan’s goal is to reduce America to rubble, and he is working hard to use Russia as the unwitting tool to accomplish this deed. Or maybe Russia is the tool selected by God to fulfill his will to destroy the New Sodom that is poisoning the world.

Servando’s book: Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People, censored by Amazon, is still available at the NWV store. Order your copy today before it is gone.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[1]. Albert Pike, Morals and Dogma (Supreme Council of the Thirty Third Degree of the Scottish Rite, 1871), p. 567.

[2]. As mysteriously as it had appeared the monument was demolished in 2022.

[3]. Kubrick’s Eyes Wide Shot is a good example if this.

[4]. See “Satanic Marches Planned in U.S. Cities This Weekend,” Intercessors for America, June 20, 2020. On Satanic aspects of the Coronavirus pandemic, see Stephen Flurry, “The Cure is Killing Us,” The Philadelphia Trumpet, May-June 2020, p. 11.

[5]. Kushner is the guy who paid a record-setting $1.8 billion in 2007 to secure the ownership of a building on Manhattan’s 666 Fifth Avenue.

[6]. Researcher Nicholas Stumphauser just recently discovered that, many years ago, Fauci’s mother ordered a designer to create her own family crest. I depicts a serpent eating a small child under the caption “Abys.” See, “Fauci Family Snake Pit Unveiled: Watch the Water Editor Reveals Demonic Research Findings,” The Stew Peters Show, https://www.brighteon.com/d4bd8484-af50-4ea6-bbd1-da207eb672d7. On the evil origin of Covid see Joe Oltman, https://www.brighteon.com/d41ca889-9faf-44de-861f-860d04cbc79b. See also, “World Events Review Of What Has Happened And Is Happening In Our World Between Good And Evil,” TruthSeeker.

[7]. The word “democracy does not appear in the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution or the Bill of Rights. The Founding Fathers knew that democracies eventually become tyrannies, that’s why they created a Constitutional Republic.

[8]. The phrase was convenient expurgated from the official version published by the White House. Still, the full-fledged fascists calling their opponent “half-fascists” is a typical case of the pot calling the kettle blak.

[9]. See “Biden’s Diabolical RED Speech,” The Phaser, September 13, 2022; also, Wes Rhinier, “There was a diabolical brilliance to Biden’s speech,” NC Renegades, September 12, 2022.

[10]. Jim Pietrangelo, “President Biden resembled Adolf Hitler at Philadelphia rally” The Conway Daily Sun, Sep 7, 2022.

[11]. See, I. e., Jean- Michel Angebert, The Occult and the Third Reich (New York: Macmillan, 1974), Dusty Sklar, The Nazis and the Occult (New York: Dorset, 1989), Peter Levenda, Unholy Alliance: A History of the Nazi Movement Involvement with the Occult (New York: Continuum, 2002).

[12]. According to a September 13, 2022, Pew Research Center report, the number of Christians of all ages in the U.S. is shrinking at a growing pace.

[13]. C.S. Lewis, Broadcast Talks (London: Geoffrey Ble, 1942), p. 46.

[14]. Andrew Miller, “Why You Can’t Bear Arms but the IRS Can,” The Philadelphia Trumpet, October 2022, pp. 15-19.

[15]. See Michael A. Hoffman II, Secret Societies and Psychological Warfare (Coer d’Alene, Idaho: Independent History & Research, 2001), pp. 51-53.

[16]. Ibid. pp. 53-54.

[17]. On August 10, 1944, Nazi officials secretly met at the Hotel Rotes Haus in Strasbourg and ordered an elite group of German industrialists to work on a plan for a coming Fourth Reich. Karthick Nambi, “The Nazi party plan for a Fourth Reich -The Red Report,” History in Bites, May 10, 2020. See also Des Griffin, Fourth Reich of the Rich (Clackamas, Oregon: Emissary, 1976




Are Governors Greg Abbott & Ron DeSantis Executing Joe Biden Agenda?

By Bradlee Dean

September 28, 2022

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

“How do you help a people that refuse to help themselves?”

If Florida Governor Ron DeSantis is not getting standing ovations from the American people for importing illegals into their own backyards, then he is setting fund raising records to the equivalent of up to 177 million dollars. Yes, you heard me right. All of this is for setting himself up as the one to stand against Joe Biden and his criminal administration’s agenda (Hosea 4:6).

The problem here is that most people are not aware of the fact, or they are simply not paying attention, that Ron DeSantis is executing the Joe Biden agenda by dispersing illegals (Marxist communists) into America.

Pay attention, he is IMPORTING them into America, not deporting them (Jeremiah 5:21). Thus, he is endangering the lives of the American people, as the American people praise their destroyers (Deuteronomy 28:43).

[Rumble Video]

On his heels is Texas Governor Greg Abbott outdoing Ron DeSantis in IMPORTING over 11,000 illegals into America since April.

Fox News reported, by playing divide and conquer with the unconstitutional 2 party system (Mark 3:25):  Texas buses have transported more than 11,000 migrants to sanctuary cities.

AUSTIN, Texas – Texas Gov. Greg Abbott’s office says more than 11,000 migrants have been transported to cities run by Democratic mayors since April.

The governor gave the new numbers as part of an update on the progress of the governor’s border security-focused Operation Lone Star.

The governor’s office says more than 8,000 asylum seekers have been sent to Washington, D.C. since April, more than 2,500 to New York City since August 5 and more than 600 Texas migrants have been bused to Chicago.

The program requires asylum seekers from the border to volunteer to take the trip across the country. Gov. Abbott’s office says the program is “providing much-needed relief to our overwhelmed border communities.”

On Thursday, 2 buses of migrants from Texas arrived outside of Vice President Kamala Harris’ residence in Washington, D.C.

“The Biden-Harris Administration continues ignoring and denying the historic crisis at our southern border, which has endangered and overwhelmed Texas communities for almost two years,” said Gov. Abbott. “Our supposed Border Czar, Vice President Kamala Harris, has yet to even visit the border to see firsthand the impact of the open border policies she has helped implement, even going so far as to claim the border is ‘secure.’”

Gov. Abbott’s border plan has led to harsh criticism from Democrats.

Abbott’s challenger in November’s election, former Congressman Beto O’Rourke, tweeted on Friday “Abbott is all stunts, all the time. I’ll be a governor who is focused on solutions and on delivering for the people of Texas.”

Take note that Fox News reported these as mere migrants, not illegal immigrants.

Conclusion: What I have seen over the last 21 years in this country is not only the unbelievable, but also the unthinkable as to what the American people have allowed their politicians to do with their blood bought freedoms. IMPORTING illegals into their own backyards and yet, they are being praised for it. How do you help a people that have become so willfully blind (Jeremiah 5:25)?

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




The Ideal Communist American City

by Kathleen Marquardt

September 27, 2022

Amatai Etzioni, futurist and communitarian told us, “To make our physical environment more community-friendly, our homes, places of work, streets, and public spaces – whole developments, suburbs, and even whole cities – need to be designed to enhance the Communitarian nexus.”

Don’t know how communitarians think? In simple words, groupthink is vital; individualism is to become extinct (no, we will not all comply). You like your pink house on a 1/3-acre yard? Too bad, the group want to walk, live, eat, shop, think in tandem. Well, the plebians and useless eaters need to understand that is the way they “will now think, or else”. The Global Elite may also think in lockstep – but, for themselves, their groupthink is big mansions, 6 airplanes and a helicopter, caviar, foie gras, Wagyu beef, and Petrus or Romanee-Conti wine – while they devise the next weapon to do away with more of us until they reach the magic number – somewhere around 500 million, max.

Why this rant? What part of Cancel Culture am I so displeased with now?

According to Smart Cities Dive, a website for everything having to do with Smart Cities,[1] thanks to the COVID-19 outbreak and the lock-down, people loved it so much they are going to lock themselves down permanently in the ultra-smart cities being built.

The COVID-19 outbreak enhanced the popularity and growth of live-work-play buildings, up to a high of 49,100 new units completed during the height of the pandemic in 2020. This building style appeals to renters because it offers daily activities — living, working and entertaining — under one roof, according to report author Andrea Neculae. 

The development of new multifamily units as part of mixed-use “live-work-play” properties, which combine residential, office and commercial/entertainment uses at one site, has quadrupled in the past decade, according to data from Yardi Matrix. New unit completions in this category per year have risen from 10,000 in 2012 to 43,700 in 2021.[2]

This is straight out of The Ideal Communist City, written in 1968, for Communist East Germany, “built upon the rich heritage left by Soviet architecture and urbanism in the twenties (Unlike Western architecture which constantly turns to the past and is pseudo-conservative) . . .. The city embodies the highest achievements of our material and spiritual culture. As an inclusive organization, it connects residence and factory, past and future, individual and society. [3]

Up until Agenda 21/ Sustainable Development was dumped on us, Marx and Lenin were universally and justifiably vilified. Now Marxism is making a comeback via other evil-minded men and women trying to take control of the entire World.

Back to The Ideal Communist City: It is the special and historical claim of communism to be a work of conscious creation based on theory. We must begin to look at the prevalent forms of social relationships and to inquire into the effects they should produce historically on the whole spatio-temporal structure of communist life. This means that we should analyze the basic communist premises of society as elaborated by Marxist-Leninism and also the contemporary social realities that reflect these premises.” [4]

Mary Salmonsen/Multifamily Dive, data courtesy of Yardi Matrix[5]

Smart Cities Dive noted that Manhattan “has the most multifamily units in ‘live-work-play’ (i.e., Smart Cities/Stack-n-Pack housing) buildings in U.S. And, Washington, D.C. “has built more live-work-play units than any other city, with 17,300.” [6] So, if you live there, your home will be on one of the residential floors, you may work upstairs on another floor, your shops, dry cleaners, restaurants, theaters, etc. will be on the ground floor. The school, library (if needed in computer age), will be nearby. And the park, called green space, also will be in walking distance. There will be no garages – you can walk, bike, bus or stay home. You are much more controllable this way.

What we are watching is the destruction of individuality; the building of those ‘60s an ‘70s ultra-boring boxes that were painted different colors so you could find your home; and the Great American Dream being replaced by Oceania and Ingsoc.

People all over America are now saying “NO!” We aren’t yet slaves or dead, so it isn’t too late. Freedom Pods[7] (go here to learn) are starting up across the nation. You can join or start one now and Roar with the Lions.

© 2022 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://www.smartcitiesdive.com/news/the-top-us-cities-for-live-work-play-development/632245/

[2] Ibid.

[3] Baburov, Gutnov, et al. The Ideal Communist City, Preface

[4] Ibid.

[5] Smart Cities Dive

[6] Smart Cities Dive

[7] https://americanpolicy.org/2021/10/18/what-is-a-freedom-pod/




Kellyanne Conway, Koch’s Trojan Horse

By Kelleigh Nelson

September 27, 2022

Sometimes the people you’d take a bullet for are the ones behind the trigger. —Taylor Swift

Not everyone can be trusted. I think we all have to be very selective about the people we trust. —Shelley Long, Actress, singer, comedian

An honest enemy is always better than a friend who lies.  Pay less attention to what people say, and more attention to what they do.  Their actions will show you the truth.  —Unknown

Be careful who you trust.  The devil was once an angel. —Ziad K. Abdelnour, author of Economic Warfare

We need to remember that a false friend is often more dangerous than an open enemy, and that’s surely true of both Kellyanne Conway and Mike Pence.

When President Trump chose Kellyanne as senior advisor and campaign manager, and then as Senior Counselor to the President, I thought, Uh-oh, here’s another one like Pence.

I was right.  During the Trump administration, many reporters alleged that Mike Pence and others, especially Kellyanne Conway, were leakers.  There were news stories alleging Kellyanne often had loose lips after too many adult beverages at DC parties.

And wouldn’t you know, Kellyanne and Mike are very close friends. Interestingly enough, she worked for Pence when he was a congressman and they’ve been friends for years.  Pence’s nephew actually married Kellyanne’s cousin, so there is a family connection.

Early Signs

In February of 2017, Kellyanne was kneeling on the couch in the Oval Office as the photo shows, heels on and her legs bent underneath her.  She claimed she was trying to get a good picture.  I was astonished at the lack of decorum while so many guests were meeting with the president.

Most people thought nothing of it.

Kellyanne Conway is not a teenager who lacks proper comportment; she is an adult woman representing the leader of the free world while heads of historically black universities were meeting with the President.  I don’t buy her photo excuse.  This isn’t her living room, it’s the people’s house.  Dignity in the White House, and especially the Oval Office is expected from all personnel.

Her lack of class was an embarrassment, just as degrading as when Obama put his feet up on the Resolute desk.  Few people know that history.

The desk hails back from November 23rd, 1880, a gift from Britain’s Queen Victoria to President Rutherford B. Hayes. Even its construction is special. It was built with wood from the sunken Arctic Rescue Ship, the HMS Resolute.

The 1300 lb. desk was first used by Rutherford B. Hayes after his contested 1876 election.  There were wide allegations of electoral fraud, election violence, and other disfranchisement of predominately Republican Black voters. (Sound familiar?) The southern states had been told to vote Republican if they wanted northern troops removed, ending 12 years of martial law.  Hayes won by one electoral vote.  The outcome of his becoming President did result in the final effective abandonment of federal Reconstruction.

But back to Kellyanne Conway.

She worked for Ted Cruz prior to joining the campaign of Donald Trump, and disparaged Trump wholeheartedly along with Cruz who insulted Trump numerous times before finally endorsing him.  During one televised debate, Rubio and Cruz showed their lack of civility and maturity by commenting on the size of Trump’s hands.

Clowns on parade.

Kellyanne and the Kochs

In June of 2017, 16 of 23 senior white house officials had ties to the Koch brothers, including Reince Priebus, Kellyanne Conway, Jeff Sessions, Mick Mulvaney, Rob Porter and Don McGahn.  Even Treasury Secretary Mnuchin helped them out with a change in tax laws.  The Trump administration was packed full of Koch brother operatives, brought in by their water boy, Mike Pence and their former consultant, Kellyanne Conway.

The Intercept wrote that, Kellyanne consulted for Americans for Prosperity’s national foundation in 2016, as well as for the Michigan and Ohio chapters of the group. Conway also served as a board member for the Independent Women’s Forum, a Koch-backed group whose goal is “increasing the number of women who value free markets and personal liberty.”

Here is a shocking list of the Trump transition team Koch beneficiaries.  There were dozens of Koch affiliates in Trump’s administration. Why? The Kochs hated Trump; Charles Koch once likened the contest between Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton to being asked to choose cancer or a heart attack.

Nevertheless, the Koch affiliates were there to help Koch Industries get what they needed from the President, and basically they did with the help of Senior Advisor, Kellyanne Conway and VP Pence.

Marc Short served in the role of Director of Legislative Affairs for Trump (before becoming Chief of Staff to Mike Pence).

Short was previously an executive at Koch Industries, a private company run by billionaire Charles Koch who has been setting up political front groups for four decades. Short went on to become President of a Koch-related dark money group called Freedom Partners from 2011 to 2016.

Peter Navarro told us the truth about Marc Short.  He said, “Marc Short, VP Pence’s Chief of Staff, worked with Pence in allowing the Big Steal to move forward – He’s “not a good guy.”

Today, Short is busy bashing Trump’s claim about presidential declassification powers and noted that Pence never operated under that premise.

Koch Industries

Who did Kellyanne Conway actually work for?  The 45th President or Koch Industries?  Kellyanne and her Trump hating husband, George Conway are members of the Federalist Society and she made sure the Society created a list of nominees for Supreme Court Justices.  Her good friend, VP Mike Pence, made sure the Heritage Foundation also suggested nominees.  Both groups are controlled opposition.

Charles and David Koch, the latter now deceased, are anathema to Trump’s 2016 stated beliefs.  The Kochs are pro-abortion, pro-open borders (cheap labor), pro-gay marriage and pro-Constitutional Convention.  They are members of and fund the con-con promoting, American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC), an affiliate of Heritage Foundation founded by Paul Weyrich who was the first President of Heritage.

David Koch was on the board of Trustees of Rockefeller University. Phyllis Schlafly called the Rockefellers and their ilk the kingmakers.  “Highly placed New York kingmakers,” she wrote, “work toward ‘convergence’ between the Republican and Democratic parties so as to preserve their America Last foreign policy. . .”

Koch was also on the board of Earth watch Institute, an environmental, sustainability, Agenda 21 group and the board of the globalist new age Aspen Institute formerly headed by now deceased new age environmentalist Maurice Strong.  Strong, Club of Rome member, devout Bahai, founder and first Secretary General of United Nations Environmental Programme (UNEP), was the driving force behind the birth and imposition of UN Agenda 21, now UN Agenda 2030.

Stem-cell research is supported by the Kochs and they also signed onto an amicus brief for the supreme court supporting gay rights and gay marriage.  Running as the Libertarian Party vice presidential candidate in 1980, David Koch backed a platform calling for the full legalization of abortion.

The billionaire Koch brothers 2018 ad campaign for amnesty shows they are open border, mass immigration, and mass amnesty for illegal aliens, despite opposition from the American people.  The ad pushes amnesty by using the words of the Washington, D.C. political establishment, which is unified not only on mass immigration, but also on endless free trade, and foreign interventionism.  Former House Speaker Paul Ryan was with them. Koch money even supported Andrew Cuomo as Governor of New York, who has publicly stated, “America has never been great.”

Koch Industries and Charles Koch masquerade as conservatives while financing the destruction of America and our Constitution.

2020 Election

Kellyanne Conway, who stepped down in August of 2020 from serving as an official adviser – said despite Trump’s efforts to fight the results, that he lost the election.

“If you look at the vote totals in the Electoral College tally, it looks like Joe Biden and Kamala Harris will prevail,” Conway told “The 19th.”  Conway admitted Donald Trump lost the 2020 presidential election –

“I assume the electors will certify that and it will be official.”

From the December 4th 2020 US Sun article:

Kellyanne Conway admitted Donald Trump lost the 2020 presidential election – and added that she would work with Joe Biden’s campaign if she were asked.

The comments from the former Trump campaign manager and adviser to the president came in an interview with The 19th that aired on Friday.

The longtime Trump defender – who stepped down in August from serving as an official adviser – said despite Trump’s efforts to fight the results, that he lost the election.

There are millions of Americans who highly doubt President Trump lost the election. Vote fraud in America in nothing new, but in the 2020 election it was on steroids.  How many documented movies do we need to prove the massive skullduggery?

Conclusion

So many of us wrote to President Trump while he was in the White House, and more than once!  I know of no one who received a response.  Perhaps Kellyanne and Mike, or their fellow Koch members, made sure important messages were never delivered.  We’ll probably never know.

It’s doubtful Trump ever knew about the Koch Trojan Horse within his administration.  Certainly, the Koch kingpins were Kellyanne Conway and Mike Pence.

Reminds me of Ferlin Huskey’s old song…Money Greases the Wheels.

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




COVID Experimental Injections: Criminal Prosecutions Must Happen Now

By: Devvy

September 26, 2022

I’ve covered the massive carnage taking place here in the U.S. as well as around the world regarding the COVID-19 experimental gene editing technology injections being passed off as vaccines so many times what more is there to write?  If you haven’t read my Sept. 19, 2022, column, FACTS: Experimental COVID Injections and SADS, please take the time as it is filled with critical information the prostitute media, politicians, public “health” officials and the rest of the pro-vaccine cult don’t want you to know.

So many lawsuits by Americans who refuse to be used as guinea pigs.  Informed Americans, not zombies who believe everything they read or hear coming from social media that are just as ignorant as the listener/reader.  Some successful wins but too many dismissed:

After 1,000 fired/New York judge rules COVID vaccine mandate for NYPD union members invalid – Please remember U.S. Postal Workers, also a huge union, were not forced to take those injections.  Congress also made themselves and staff off limits for mandatory jabs although many have to “set a good example”.  Nancy Pelosi: ‘We Cannot Require Someone to Be Vaccinated. That’s Just Not What We Can Do’, Nov. 4, 2021

Health Care workers win a $10 million dollar settlement – jab or job – against North Shore University Health System  //  Vaccine Mandate Ruled ‘Invalid’ for Police Association Members in New York, Sept. 24, 2022

Every day I receive so many emails about the number of deaths accelerating and Americans now struck down, thousands permanently disabled after taking those experimental injections.  32 Young Canadian Doctors “Died Suddenly” in the Past 16 Months While Fully COVID-19 Vaccinated, Sept. 20, 2022  // Worse than Monkeypox? Multiple Cases of Skin Diseases Following COVID-19 Vaccination Start Appearing in the Medical Journals, Sept. 22 2022  – Go look at the photos.  There’s also dozens and dozens of pages of the dead and those whose lives are ruined because they took the injections.

EU forced to begin Europe-wide Investigation into 700% to 1600% increase in Excess Deaths among Children since EMA approved COVID Vaccine for Kids thanks to Exclusive Investigation carried out by The Exposé, Sept. 18, 2022.  “An exclusive investigation carried out by the team here at The Exposé has forced the European Union’s official statistics department to begin a Europe-wide investigation into why there has been a significant increase in excess deaths among children aged 0 to 14 since the European Medicines Agency approved the Covid-19 injection for children.

“On the 29th of August 2022, we exclusively revealed that official mortality figures for Europe showed a shocking 691% increase in excess deaths among children up to week 33 of 2022 since the European Medicines Agency extended the emergency use authorisation of the Pfizer Covid-19 vaccine for use in children aged 12 to 15 in May 2021.”

READ:  Moderna’s CMO Believes Spikes from the mRNA Vaccine Get to the Heart, Sept. 23, 2022 – “Moderna CMO Believes Spikes from the mRNA Vaccine Get to the Heart. They don’t just believe, they knew all along.  Are they conspiracy nuts too now?”

This video is a montage (23:46) that is worth the time to watch;  it opens with Mark Stein who I hoped would take the late Rush Limbaugh’s slot.  Towards the end are the actual documents Pfizer tried to hide for 75 years but a court said no and so a massive number of documents have been released that were never supposed to be seen by the public.  To read them just stop the video and then proceed.  At the end Pfizer says the risk-benefit analysis of their experimental technology injections are safe so they will go forward.  What a monstrous lie.

Push back from around the world is starting to turn the tide as there’s just too much data and FACTUAL scientific evidence those COVID experimental injections are killing massive numbers of people, causing tens and tens of thousands of people developing serious medical issues that will kill them within a few years and it was all planned well in advance.  The heat got too great:  Following US Navy’s Change to Vaccine Mandate Policy, US Marine Corps Follows, Sept. 18, 2022

There are more lawsuits coming; one I know of in particular (civil) but I can’t say more about it at this time.  I now refer you back to my last column which is a short read because I cite a 57-page document that IS the COVID-19 story EVERYONE should read.  Bombshell: Sars-Cov2, Those Responsible by Name and How it Was Done

I’ve read just about every lawsuit filed I could find over the past nearly two years.  What I don’t see is the Nuremberg Codes used.  Why?  I’m not a lawyer and have no legal training but what I believe the reason is everyone assumed from the beginning those COVID experimental gene editing injections are vaccines which they are NOT.

I wrote about this back on July 25, 2022, but bears repeating:  “What about American law and the Nuremberg Codes? I wrote about this several times. This is a VERY important read as the Nuremberg Code IS the basis for many successful lawsuits here in the U.S.

The Significance of the Nuremberg Code, April 4, 2021 – “The universal right of Informed Consent to medical interventions has been recognized in US law since at least 1914.

  1. That year, the New York Court of Appeals established the right to informed consent to medical intervention in a case involving non-consensual surgery. Schloendorff v. Society of New York Hospital 105 N.E. 92, 93 N.Y. (1914) Justice Benjamin Cardozo articulated the court’s reasoning:  
  • Every human being of adult years and sound mind has a right to determine what shall be done with his own body; and a surgeon who performs an operation without his patient’s consent commits an assault for which he is liable in damages.”
  1. The 1947 Nuremberg Code is the most important legal document in the history of medical research ethics. It established 10 foundational principles of ethical clinical research.
  • The first and foremost principle is unequivocal: “The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential.

“It prohibits research to be conducted on human beings without the informed consent of the individual.” And further into the article:  8. In 2013, the US Supreme Court reiterated the legal principle of informed consent in a case involving a citizen who refused to consent to a blood test. A blood sample was taken against his will on orders of a police officer. In a 6 to 3 ruling, the Supreme Court ruled in favor of the plaintiff — even as the justices recognized that both privacy and harm were minimal. Missouri vs McNeely, 569 US 141 (2013)

  • “this Court has never retreated from its recognition that any compelled intrusion into the human body implicates significant, constitutionally protected privacy interests…”

“The destruction from those COVID experimental injections is hardly minimal.”

To me, every single individual whether private sector, military or county, state or federal, in order to keep their paycheck by refusing to take those experimental injections are victims being used as guinea pigs for experimentation.  So many lawsuits based on religious exemptions are all based on those experimental injections being passed off as vaccines.

Many scientific experts with impeccable credentials and decades of experience have come forward and have outright said those experimental injections are bioweapons.  Response from the prostitute media:  conspiracy nuts.  Response from health officials and politicians:  Crickets.  This video is very, very importantDoctor testifies under oath of perjury that COVID was created as a bio weapon, August 4, 2022. “Cardiologist, Nuclear Cardiologist, Physicist, PhD, MD and JD, Dr. Fleming under oath describes the Spike protein bio weapon timeline and the parties involved in its development.”

Dr. Francis Boyle Creator Of BioWeapons Act Says Coronavirus Is Biological Warfare Weapon – Interview.  “Francis Boyle is a professor of international law at the University of Illinois College of Law. He drafted the U.S. domestic implementing legislation for the Biological Weapons Convention, known as the Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989, that was approved unanimously by both Houses of the U.S. Congress and signed into law by President George H.W. Bush.”

Pfizer Whistleblower Warns New Data Proves Vaccine is Bioweapon, March 5, 2022

“Ethically Unjustifiable” – Scientists from Harvard & Johns Hopkins Found Covid-19 Vaccines 98 Times Worse Than the Virus, Sept. 12, 2022

Doctors, Scientists and Professionals from More than 34 Countries Declare “International Medical Crisis” due to Diseases and Deaths Caused by COVID-19 Vaccines, Sept. 10, 2022“The large number of sudden deaths in previously healthy young people who were inoculated with these “vaccines”, is particularly worrying, as is the high incidence of miscarriages and perinatal deaths which have not been investigated.

“A large number of adverse side effects, including hospitalisations, permanent disabilities and deaths related to the so-called “COVID-19 vaccines”, have been reported officially.
The registered number has no precedent in world vaccination history.” (Billions of human beings on this planet have tragically been injected multiple times. Bold emphasis mine.)

Audio or video interview:  New Bombshells, Justice is Coming as they Panic w/ Tom Renz, August 28, 2022

Regular readers of my columns know I’ve referenced Dr. David Martin many times.  He first introduced evidence regarding patents.  This “pandemic” was planned long ago.  These are important short video clips featuring Martin:  Dr David Martin: Suing and Destroying Pfizer and Moderna –  Fraud cancels indemnity, and opens the feeding frenzy (3:22)  //  Big Pharma killing children, and one surprising and twisted reason behind it(2:34) “Dr Martin explains that these injections will kill more children than abortion ever has; and one twisted reason why Big Pharma pushed for urgent approval to inject them.”

Martin has a web site called Prosecutenow.  We are far, far down the road.  All the paper trails and evidence has been exposed for nearly two years. This is an interview with Martin in which he states again he is working with three law enforcement agencies to bring criminal charges against certain individuals. It appears to be prior to May of this year but I’m not certain.

I know time is a crunch for all of us.  We’re all tired and enraged because America is under assault in so many ways.  BUT, these are crimes against humanity and the only way to really get this front and center are criminal prosecutions.  I sincerely hope we see them soon.  COVID-19 Patents: State Little RICO Acts Prosecution? July 19, 2021.  Criminal prosecutions must happen.

Winter is almost upon us and while the Demorats and too many GOP governors happily went along with shutting down their state and enforcing draconian “mandates” such as those dangerous masks and absurd 6’ distancing have let up because of the Nov. 8th elections, don’t for a minute think they won’t try again.  COVID cases are rising!  Masks!  The hyped hysteria will start all over again to take people’s eyes off those guilty of this horror show.

People are still wearing those worthless masks (enriching China manufacturing them) and children in parts of the country are still being forced to wear them at age 2 & up.  German Neurologist On Face Masks: ‘Oxygen Deprivation Causes Permanent Neurological Damage’, Oct. 21, 2020 – And people wonder why school children have had such bad test results after being muzzled for 6-7 hours in school going on two years?  Not to mention parents dragging them around the grocery store (here in my city) muzzled.  It makes me sick.

Pathogenic Bacteria and Fungi Found on Masks: Study, July 31, 2022  //  American Academy of Pediatrics Defends Mask Usage on Children: They ‘May Still Be Needed to Keep Kids Safe’, Aug. 29, 2022.  SHAME ON THEM.

In the interview Martin talks about the Utah case, Griner v Biden, et al, which can be read in full here.  Page six, please read it; that argument is being made by legal counsel for the defendants.  “So, as the Court is aware, under the Jacobson decision from the Supreme Court, which is a 1905 decision of the Supreme Court, which is still good law today, there is no due process right to avoid vaccination.”  Good law my foot.  Look what’s been done to the people of this country being forced to take the jab or lose their paycheck, being labeled anti-vaxxers and worse and being used as guinea pigs in this grand experiment for population reduction and trillions in profit over time. (Jacobsen analysis)

Of course, the recurring theme is those “vaccines” are safe and protect you from getting COVID which is a proven LIE.  The plaintiffs argue those injections are not vaccines and that is absolutely a proven fact.

Doctors, nurses and scientists around the world have suffered greatly over the past two years who’ve spoken out about those deadly injections.  Careers and reputations ruined, threats to take away their licenses while the media, politicians and “health” officials at every level lie every time they open their mouth – Dr. Death Fauci at the top of the list.

Hearings have been held at both the state and federal level about “adverse events”.  Popular conservative talk shows like Clay & Buck who took Rush Limbaugh’s spot but none have exposed the massive number of deaths and the tens of thousands here in the U.S. who can no longer work or have developed severe issues like myocarditis – especially in 12-2o year-olds.

As Martin says:  PROSECUTE NOW.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

The Covid-19 Contracts The U.S. And PHARMA Do Not Want The Public To See, Sept. 5, 2022

12,500 VAERS Records Deleted Past 9 Weeks, Injuries And Deaths Just Vanished (Video)

Why are so many dying? Record excess deaths in Europe – Dr. John Campbell

Three California Hospitals Sued For Using Remdesivir (Run Death Is Near) (Video), Sept. 18, 2022

Why ‘Ventilator Frenzy’ Swept the White House During Early Days of COVID – “The estimates of the percentage of COVID-19 patients who died because they were put on a ventilator range from 30% to 80% — for vast numbers of people, getting intubated was a death sentence.”  (Thank you, Jared Kushner, Trump’s son-in-law.)

Exhaustive Study of German Mortality Data Finds Excess Deaths Tightly Correlated With Mass Vaccination, August 29, 2022

17-Year-Old High School Student Dies Suddenly After Suffering ‘Critical Medical Emergency’ During Flag Football Game, Sept. 23, 2022

They haven’t failed in their mission and that is gene editing technology.  CDC Discloses Just How Fast mRNA Boosters Fail

46 Somalis Charged in $250 Million COVID Fraud, Sept. 23 2022 (In U.S.)

(Perfectly healthy) Woman drops dead at pharmacy within 15 minutes of booster shot, Sept. 22, 2022

Man Died From Pfizer COVID-19 Vaccine: New Zealand Coroner, Sept. 20, 2022

Biden Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin Ignored DOD IG Memo for 3 Months that Alleged Wrongdoing with COVID Mandates, Sept. 17, 2022




Insuring Religious Freedom

By Paul Engel

September 26, 2022

  • How far will pro-abortion politicians go to get others to comply with their agenda?
  • Can California require churches to pay for abortion coverage in the health insurance they provide to their employees?
  • In the battle between religious freedom and those who wish to promote abortion, who will win?

“By hook or by crook” seems to be the sentiment of some who promote abortion in this country. When they could not get their way by federal law, they engaged the federal judiciary. When the judiciary abandoned them, they went back to using state law to get their way. And when state law didn’t get them all they wanted, they used regulation to “back door” themselves around the law. Such seems to be the case in California.

In 2014, the California Department of Managed Health Care (DMHC) sent letters to several private health insurers, directing that they remove any limitations or exclusions regarding abortion care services from their health care coverage. It seemed that the agency had approved plans with such limitations, which the DMHC’s Director believed to be in error.

Several churches, Foothill Church, Calvary Chapel Chino Hills, and Shepherd of the Hills Church, after receiving the Director’s letters, asked if they could receive exemptions as religious organizations. They requested health care insurance coverage that did not cover all legal abortions. Specifically, they requested that their policies either excluded abortions or only covered abortions where the pregnancy unquestionably threatens the life of the mother. They were told by two insurers that they understood the DMHC letter to preclude even religious exemptions. This was incorrect. The DMHC had previously determined that religious employers could legally restrict abortion coverage consistent with their beliefs. The DMHC would later approve a request to exclude abortion care services for religious employers, except when the abortion was necessary to save the life of the mother. However, these churches were unable to secure coverage that aligned with their beliefs, leading to the case of federal district court Foothill Church, et al., v Mary Watanabe, in her official capacity as Director of the California Department of Managed Healthcare (Foothill Church v. Watanabe).

After nearly three years of litigation, the churches requested a religious exemption from DMHC. California’s Attorney General stated that:

DMHC could only consider granting exemptions to health plans, not employers or other plan customers.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

As of the issuing of the court order in Foothill Church v. Watanabe, no plan had asked for approval for an exemption for abortion coverage from DMHC.

In 2019, the District Court for the Eastern District of California dismissed the churches’ claims. The Ninth Circuit affirmed the District Court’s dismissal of the Establishment Clause claim, but sent the case back to consider the plaintiff’s free exercise and equal protection claims. The court has reviewed the case, including an additional amicus (third-party) brief from the California Catholic Conference. Let’s look at the two claims separately, starting with the Free Exercise Claim.

Free Exercise Claim

The Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment, which applies to the states through the Fourteenth Amendment, … provides that Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof,” U.S. Const. amend. I. However, the right to freely exercise ones religion does not relieve an individual of the obligation to comply with a valid and neutral law of general applicability on the ground that the law proscribes (or prescribes) conduct that his religion prescribes (or proscribes).’”

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

I know, Congress did not make this law, but the courts have been ignoring that little fact for decades. Even looking at the section of the First Amendment being quoted shows problems with the court’s interpretation. The Constitution says Congress (which the courts have extended to all governments), shall make no law prohibiting the free exercise of religion. Yet here, the court says that is not entirely true. The court claims, based on previous opinions from the Supreme Court, that your right to freely exercise your religion “does not relieve an individual of the obligation to comply with a ‘valid and neutral law of general applicability on the ground that the law proscribes (or prescribes) conduct that his religion prescribes (or proscribes).’” Doesn’t that mean that governments can coerce you into violating your religious beliefs as long as the law was neutral and generally applicable? Don’t give up on this judge yet though.

Scrutiny

A law is not generally applicable if it “‘invite[s]the government to consider the particular reasons for a persons conduct by providing a mechanism for individualized exemptions.’” … Nor is it generally applicable if it includes a formal system of entirely discretionary exceptions . . . .” …

A valid and neutral law of general applicability must be upheld if it is rationally related to a legitimate governmental purpose. … In contrast, laws that are not neutral or are not generally applicable are subject to strict scrutiny. …. Under strict scrutiny, laws must be justified by a compelling governmental interest and must be narrowly tailored to advance that interest.”

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

If you’ve followed The Constitution Study for any time, you shouldn’t be surprised that the question of “scrutiny” would come up in this case. Like most federal courts, rather than following the supreme law of the land, their standards seem focused on allowing government to meddle where the law does not allow. This is most easily shown by the standard of judicial review, or scrutiny, the court assigns to a case.

In U.S. constitutional law, when a court finds that a law infringes a fundamental constitutional right, it may apply the strict scrutiny standard to nevertheless hold the law or policy constitutionally valid if the government can demonstrate in court that the law or regulation is necessary to achieve a “compelling state interest”.

Strict Scrutiny, The Free Legal Dictionary

Notice, scrutiny, also known as standards of judicial review, is not based in the Constitution of the United States, but in “constitutional law”, which is nothing more than the opinion of judges about the Constitution. Whenever you hear the term “scrutiny” in a legal case, understand that what the court is doing is deciding how hard the government must work in order for the court to allow it to infringe on your rights. In this case, the judge says the claims are subject to strict scrutiny, which is the highest level of effort the government must show to violate the Constitution.

Getting back to the case and the Free Exercise Claim:

The Churches argue the mere creation of a formal mechanism for granting exceptions renders a policy not generally applicable, regardless of whether any exceptions have been given,’” …, and thus challenge the States decision to enforce the Abortion Coverage Requirement against the Churcheshealthcare plans in the first place.” … The Director argues the Churches are challenging her refusal to extend an exemption to [p]laintiffs because they are not entities subject to regulation by DMHC under the [Knox Keene Act].” … In other words, the Churches argue the Director would not extend a religious exemption to them, while the Director claims she did not because [she] could not.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

Seems like a bit of a “He said, She said”, but not really.

Nonetheless, as the court was careful to confirm at the hearing, the Director now concedes that the existence of a system of individual exemptions” in the Knox Keene Act subjects her decision not to expand the plan exemption framework to the Churches to strict scrutiny. … Accordingly, the court must decide whether this policy advances interests of the highest orderand is narrowly tailored to achieve those interests.”

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

Now everyone in the case agrees that the law under which the Director of DMHC acted is subject to “strict scrutiny”. That means the court, and specifically this judge, will determine if the interests advanced by this law are sufficient to deny the people of California their rights protected under the Constitution. Does anyone else see how insidious this is? You have a government actor, the judge, determining whether or not a government’s interest is sufficient to infringe on your rights. This is exactly what the Bill of Rights was created to prevent.

While all parties in this case agree that the state needs to meet the highest burden of proof that they can infringe on your rights, the state still needs to make that case.

Director explains her decision not to make an exception at the Churchesrequest by citing her policy not to entertain requests for exceptions unless they come from a plan. She cites three compelling government interests.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

The Director of DMHC gives three reasons why the state should be allowed to infringe on the rights of these churches and their members. I want to look at them individually.

First, the policy prevents a flood of exemption requests from over 26 million enrollees” who may object to their plans covered care services.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

Look at the very first concern the Director brings up. She does not seem concerned with the impact on the people, or the infringement on their rights, but on how much work it might make for her department. Think of the arrogance that shows. In her mind, you should be forced to support the murder of unborn children because allowing you an exemption might make too much work for her department.

Second, it prevents significant third-party harm to enrollees,” which may occur if employers opt out of legally mandated healthcare coverage.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

I’m not an expert in the California Constitution, but I am pretty sure the mandate the Director is referring to is not legal. Did the citizens of California delegate to their government the authority to regulate healthcare coverage? A quick search of the state’s Constitution showed:

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Constitution or existing law, a person elected to or serving in the Legislature on or after November 1, 1990, shall participate in the Federal Social Security (Retirement, Disability, Health Insurance) Program and the State shall pay only the employers share of the contribution necessary to such participation.

Constitution of the State of California, Article IV, Section 4.5

Beyond the members of the legislature, I could find no power delegated by the people to the State of California to place requirements on their healthcare coverage. Furthermore, by mandating that citizens of California purchase healthcare that meets certain requirements, they are depriving them of the liberty to choose a plan that best meets both their needs and beliefs. This violates the Due Process Clause of the constitution of both California and the of the United States.

Persons may not twice be put in jeopardy for the same offense, be compelled in a criminal cause to be a witness against themselves, or be deprived of life, liberty, or property without due process of law.

California Constitution, Article I, Section 15

No person shall … be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment V

The Director’s last argument is:

Third, it appropriately restricts DMHCs jurisdiction as authorized by the California State Legislature.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

The Director seems more worried about the restrictions put in place by the Legislature than the Constitutions she took an oath to support. Thankfully, none of these arguments persuaded the judge.

None of these interests are sufficiently compelling, nor is the departments rigid approach narrowly tailored.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

Equal Protection Clause Claim

What about the church’s claim of a violation of the Equal Protection Clause?

The Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment prohibits a state from deny[ing] to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the law,” U.S. Const. amend. XIV, which essentially direct[s] that all persons similarly situated should be treated alike,” … A viable Equal Protection claim must also show that the defendants acted with an intent or purpose to discriminate against the plaintiff based upon membership in a protected class.”

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

The question the judge is trying to answer is, did the Director target these churches because they were religious organizations? In other words, was the Director of DMHC attempting to discriminate against them. Here, the judge was not convinced.

This court previously dismissed the ChurchesEqual Protection Clause claim for two reasons. …. First, the Churches did not allege facts giving rise to a reasonable inference that the Director treated them differently than similarly situated” persons and businesses. … The court noted the challenged letters apply to [p]lans, not purchasers, and do not make any classification with respect to purchasers.” … Second, the Churches did not allege facts showing that defendant acted at least in part because of, not merely in spite of,” plaintiffsreligious beliefs.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

Conclusion

The judge in this case split the decision. She granted summary judgment for the churches on their free exercise claim, but found for DMHC on the Equal Protection Claim. The case, however, is not over. While this order is in place, the judge also ordered both parties to provide supplemental briefings.

While this case moves forward, and whether you live in California or not, I want you to consider this: The only reason this judge found for the churches is she did not believe the Director made a sufficiently compelling case to infringe on the rights of these churches. Think about that for just a minute. Yes, this case was about the free exercise of religion, specifically whether or not churches could be forced to provide abortion coverage in their employee’s health insurance, but the underlying jurisprudence came down to scrutiny and how hard government had to work to overrule the Constitution of the United States. Also, it seems that the reason the judge granted judgment to the Director on the Equal Protection Clause claim was because the state did not apply its rule to the churches directly, but got private third-parties to do it for them. Is this what passes for justice in America today? Is this what people call the rule of law? The protection of your rights determined by a single judge? How safe do you feel when the protection of your rights comes down to how a judge feels about a “compelling government interest”? What about the compelling government interest laid down in the Declaration of Independence?

That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, 

Declaration of Independence

Doesn’t the current abuse of judicial review, making the rights of the people subject to government interest, turn the purpose of government upside down?

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




War On Western Culture: Why?

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 26, 2022

Part 6: How will this anti-Western Culture end up?

“We are already destroying meritocracy,” said Victor Davis Hanson. “We are reverting to tribal racial branding. We are strangling energy and food production because of green superstition.

“We are unleashing the criminal upon the weak and innocent. (Look at Chicago every weekend.)

“Destroy the bounty that produced and empowered the woke decadence, and we won’t have anything—the woke included. Wokeism is, for now, an affordable irrelevancy that rests on the wealth and lessons produced by those long dead and now much rebuked. But it won’t remain affordable.

“Instead, we will learn what woke itself produces—barbarism, chaos, poverty, and civilization in reverse.”   Victor Davis Hanson

What do you do with that absurd “woke” philosophy?  What kind of mind devolves to such lunacy?

“I always ask: When did a diverse country/empire exist which was not extremely authoritarian? Soviet Union, Yugoslavia? Roman Empire? Diversity is not our strength, it is our imposed weakness, if not total destruction. Just imagine our DIVERSE/WOKE  military involved with a war with a peer military. Our military leaders are not chosen for military competence, but for their PC.” Best, R.J. (Notice the total incompetence of pulling out of Afghanistan and leaving $90 billion in military hardware.)

We are being diversified to death and multiculturalized to death, and immigrated to death by the hands of our own Congress and this president. Reality: we don’t need one single more immigrant added to our country, period.  In fact, every new immigrant added is another brick of destruction that will crumble as they invade our society.

Samuel Huntington said, “…for centuries civilizations have been kept apart by distance and serious geographical obstacles. However, modern technologies are eroding these obstacles and as civilizations begin to interact on a more regular basis they will find each other so repugnant they will be unable to resist trying to slaughter one another.”

“Immigrants devoted to their own cultures and religions are not influenced by the secular politically correct façade that dominates academia, news-media, entertainment, education, religious and political thinking today,” said James Walsh, former Associate General Counsel of the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service. “They claim the right not to assimilate, and the day is coming when the question will be how can the United States regulate the defiantly unassimilated cultures, religions and mores of foreign lands?  Such immigrants say their traditions trump the U.S. legal system.  Balkanization of the United States has begun.”

Here Is What You Don’t See Happening Across the USA and Canada 

  • Fort McMurray will have the Largest Mosque in North America upon completion.
  • $50 million complex.  150,000 sq.ft. The largest mosque currently is in Dearborn, Michigan (92,000 sq ft) wherein Islam has infiltrated all levels of gov’t and society, taking over businesses and out-numbering citizens through higher birth rates. Muslim takeover in Dearborn, Michigan This is unfolding precisely according to the Explanatory Memorandum  wherein Silent Jihad is instructed… the only way to stop it is to ban all manifestations of Islam. Nations around the world are recognizing this as the only option.  Trying to separate so called progressives (good Muslims) from bad Muslims is an impossible task and one in which Canadians should not be held hostage by some false moral obligation. The enormity of such a task is comparable to trying to take a silo filled with salt and sugar and then be instructed to separate the two.
  • We are under siege by a crafty enemy who is using self-victimization, manipulation and strategically maligning our Charter of Rights to use against us.  Islam is not a religion but a dangerous set of political ideologies intending to dominate the World.  The burden to protect so called progressive Muslims becomes even more complicated when you consider Taqiya…Muslims directive to lie …as instructed in the Quran, to advance their agenda.  We are losing our freedoms and democracy just as we see rapidly unfolding throughout Europe and the UK.
  • Muslims will never ever assimilate. For their Religion/boring/harsh/strict way of life, not any fun allowed, prevents them/forbids them from assimilating. Like no booze, no dancing/no music/no smiling/ total segregation of men & women/no any fun allowed & the more boring & miserable life you lead, the better Muslim you are; is the mindset.

The Islamic religion-political system: a highly emotionally infectious, contagious, repugnant and debauched ethnic disease masquerading as a religion–added to a diabolical Sharia Law mandate.  It warps minds of all adherents and forces them toward brutal, violent, cruel, vicious and insane behavior toward men, women and children.  It creates suicidal maniacs and insensate intellectual morons.  Humans under its spell lose their sensibilities, rational values, dignity and minds.  They resort to wanton acts of murder, cruelty, perversion and barbarism.  Because of mass immigration into first world countries, this insane religious disease floods into every corner of the planet—and with it a complete destruction of women’s rights, children’s rights, intellectual rights, gay rights, free speech, free choice of religions, dress, free choice of spouse, killing of gays, honor killings of women and a complete loss of humanity by Islam’s adherents.  If not stopped by the willpower and force of first world countries, it will ravage the free world back into the Dark Ages.  FHW

Loss of culture will absolutely KILL America.  We must fight to maintain it. THE AMERICAN WAY OF LIFE must be preserved at all costs, at all junctures, and for all future generations.  It matters little what your color is…you are lucky as hell to be an American in our Western Culture.

“People growing up in the West today remain among the luckiest people in human history,” said Douglas Murray, author of The War On The West.  “But luck is not an entirely abstract thing, and nor is it a complete  lottery. Societies are not simply lucky. As  Branch Rickey said, “Luck is the residue of design.”  We in the West are  lucky because men and women before us worked hard to make it so and performed feats extraordinary and mundane to see that luck was what we got.”

Historians will write 30 years from now, “Why didn’t  the American people understand their predicament as they allowed themselves to be invaded, and once the invaders reached significant numbers to overwhelm American culture, the Americans became victims of their own stupidity.”

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Jesus Has the Monopoly on Victory

by Rolaant McKenzie

September 25, 2022

Many of us, whether we live in the United States or one of many other countries around the world, have heard of the board game called Monopoly or have enjoyed playing it with family and friends. This is a game I have played and enjoyed since my years in college. Derived from a board game called The Landlord’s Game invented in 1903 by Lizzie Magie, its popularity has continued for more than a century. It is currently licensed locally in more than 110 countries and printed in more than 40 languages.

In a typical game, players roll two dice to move tokens around the game board, buying and trading properties, developing them with houses and hotels once properties with the same color are acquired, and collecting rent from their opponents. Money can also be gained or lost through Chance and Community Chest cards, and tax squares. Players can end up in jail, where they cannot leave until one of several conditions have been met; and the game has a variety of customized house rules that can be used. The winner of the game is the person who has driven his opponents into bankruptcy.

A few years ago, I purchased an online version of this game for my mobile device. I was very pleased with its design, for it looked exactly like the board game, all the way down to the dice and player tokens. It was very easy to play using the official rules, customized rules, with friends online, or against the artificial intelligence (AI/computer). While I have played with family online, I have often played against the AI.

According to the creators of this online version, the algorithms controlling the game’s chance mechanics are statistically random. But I have noticed that the AI, from seeming craftiness, often skips its token over the properties I own, while seemingly making sure my token often lands on its properties or incur tax penalties. However, I noticed a pattern in games with the AI. Its “greedy tendencies” were the means for its defeat. When going around the board, if I made sure I gained a property in all of the eight street blocks, even if some properties had to be bought from the AI at an exorbitant price, the AI would be unable to get a monopoly of a street block and develop them with houses and hotels to gain higher rent revenue from me. With patience, over time I would be able to get a few monopolies of street blocks and develop them. No matter how long the AI may avoid them on the board, or how many setbacks may occur to me in the game, inevitably the AI would go bankrupt and lose the game.

Life can often seem like a Monopoly game. We work to build wealth and provide for ourselves and our families as we deal with the ups and downs of living in a sinful world. We have joyous times such as the birth of a new child or a promotion at work; or we go through terrible times such as illness, unemployment, or the death of close family or friends. Along with this, occasions too often arise where injustice on the national and personal level seems to be rewarded and being righteous brings punishment.

The prophet Habakkuk struggled with these issues of life on earth. He struggled with how God could allow wicked individuals and nations to prosper as they oppressed those unable to defend themselves against them. He said:

“How long, Lord, will I call for help, and You will not hear? I cry to You, ‘Violence!’ Yet You do not save. Why do You make me see iniquity, and cause me to look on wickedness? Yes, destruction and violence are before me; strife exists and contention arises.” (Habakkuk 1:2-4)

Many of us can relate to Habakkuk’s feelings of frustration and despair as we see similar things take place in our lives under the sun. It is even tempting at times, as Asaph expressed in Psalm 73, to join the wicked since they seemingly are not held accountable for their evil deeds, but instead, profit fabulously from them.

Yet, the hopeful message given by the Lord to Habakkuk was that terrible times or oppression do not last forever (though it may seem like it sometimes). In His perfect time and way, the Lord will set things right. We just need to trust Him and wait for the outworking of His plan.

“Then the LORD answered me and said, ‘Record the vision and inscribe it on tablets, that the one who reads it may run. For the vision is yet for the appointed time; it hastens toward the goal and it will not fail. Though it tarries, wait for it; for it will certainly come, it will not delay. Behold, as for the proud one, his soul is not right within him; but the righteous will live by his faith.'” (Habakkuk 2:2-4)

Living by faith in God helps to provide endurance through the happenings of life. It provides a true hope, a sustaining anticipation especially when things are generally not going very well. That is how Habakkuk could end his book with this affirmation:

“Though the fig tree should not blossom and there be no fruit on the vines, though the yield of the olive should fail and the fields produce no food, though the flock should be cut off from the fold and there be no cattle in the stalls, yet I will exult in the LORD, I will rejoice in the God of my salvation.” (Habakkuk 3:17-18)

The apostle Peter expresses this same wonderful message. All who trust in Christ alone receive an inheritance that He earned through His life, death, and resurrection. It cannot be lost or stolen. It is incorruptible, undefiled and does not fade away.

“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who according to His great mercy has caused us to be born again to a living hope through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, to obtain an inheritance which is imperishable and undefiled and will not fade away, reserved in heaven for you, who are protected by the power of God through faith for a salvation ready to be revealed in the last time. In this you greatly rejoice, even though now for a little while, if necessary, you have been distressed by various trials, so that the proof of your faith, being more precious than gold which is perishable, even though tested by fire, may be found to result in praise and glory and honor at the revelation of Jesus Christ; and though you have not seen Him, you love Him, and though you do not see Him now, but believe in Him, you greatly rejoice with joy inexpressible and full of glory, obtaining as the outcome of your faith the salvation of your souls.” (1 Peter 1:3-9)

Many of us are familiar with the Hall of Faith in Hebrews 11. Often more attention is given to the blessings received by those who followed the calling of God and accomplished great things. But the last several verses speak of those who went through severe persecution and hardship yet maintained their faith in God and looked forward to His promises. In the midst of their suffering, they had hope in the Lord, who never fails to fulfil His promises.

“For time will fail me if I tell of Gideon, Barak, Samson, Jephthah, of David and Samuel and the prophets, who by faith conquered kingdoms, performed acts of righteousness, obtained promises, shut the mouths of lions, quenched the power of fire, escaped the edge of the sword, from weakness were made strong, became mighty in war, put foreign armies to flight. Women received back their dead by resurrection; and others were tortured, not accepting their release, so that they might obtain a better resurrection; and others experienced mockings and scourgings, yes, also chains and imprisonment. They were stoned, they were sawn in two, they were tempted, they were put to death with the sword; they went about in sheepskins, in goatskins, being destitute, afflicted, ill-treated (men of whom the world was not worthy), wandering in deserts and mountains and caves and holes in the ground. And all these, having gained approval through their faith, did not receive what was promised, because God had provided something better for us, so that apart from us they would not be made perfect. Therefore, since we have so great a cloud of witnesses surrounding us, let us also lay aside every encumbrance and the sin which so easily entangles us, and let us run with endurance the race that is set before us, fixing our eyes on Jesus, the author and perfecter of faith, who for the joy set before Him endured the cross, despising the shame, and has sat down at the right hand of the throne of God. For consider Him who has endured such hostility by sinners against Himself, so that you will not grow weary and lose heart.” (Hebrews 11:32-40; 12:1-3)

Do not lose hope or drop out of the race. God is faithful and cannot lie. He is utterly reliable and will keep all the promises that He has made. Because of this we can have the absolute assurance that nothing with which we struggle in this life will prevent God from keeping us on the path to heaven and getting us there. It is not our performance that determines His faithfulness, but His character.

So how does this relate to a Monopoly game app? The ups and down of the game, the setbacks, the frustrations at the AI “cheating” at times, are reminiscent of the events of life. In its own way the game has taught me patience and hope. For example, when the AI is unable to get a monopoly of a street block, winning the game is assured. Likewise, Jesus has gone ahead and defeated the devil’s attempt to monopolize my life, bankrupt and destroy it by dying for all of my sins on the cross and rising again from the dead. The faith He has granted as a gift carries me through the joys and sorrows of life, the triumphs and the tragedies, because the victory Jesus won beforehand assures my own in the end.

We can go through hardships in life patiently and with a joyful hope because Jesus has already won the victory at the cross, making the victory of all who trust in Him alone certain.

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




Democrats Pushing For Right To Lie, Cheat and Steal, Part 1

By Roger Anghis

September 25, 2022

I believe that America has come to a strategic inflection point.  We have to take back the politics of this country and get rid of all the corruption and knavery that is so deeply rooted in both political parties. The left was able to steal the 2020 election with massive fraud like we’ve never seen before with the full knowledge of Joe Biden.  He even stated: ”We have put together I think the most extensive and inclusive voter fraud organization in the history of American politics.”[1] There are those say that quote was taken out of context but it wasn’t.  I listened to the speech he gave when he said it. That is exactly what he said and meant. In a speech in Michigan, he even stated that he didn’t need to voters to get elected but he needed their help after he gets elected.[2] You have to ask why he didn’t need the voters to get elected.  George Soros in an interview said that Trump may win the popular vote but Hillary will win the presidency, that’s already been decided. I would like to know who made that decision. The people are supposed to do that not a group of political elites.

Don’t be fooled. The Deep State has made inroads into our election system so far that they have the capability to control every election. They are terrified of Trump because he can and will expose them.  Trump exposed them and in a second term, he could and will destroy them.  That’s why they are doing everything they can to keep him off the ballot. They are pushing the Great Reset now because they can’t take the chance that he might run and win. They will fail.

The Deep State anti-American traitors have spent decades laying the foundation to take complete control of the elections.  Franklin Roosevelt stated: In politics, nothing happens by accident. If it happens, you can bet it was planned that way.[3] This is evidence that the Deep State has been at this for a long time. There are several methods the left uses to commit voter fraud. One of the easiest ways is to use mail-in ballots.  Colorado was a red state but two years after initiating mail-in ballots we went blue, Surprise, surprise.  Our Secretary of State,  Jena Griswold, is a puppet of George Soros. I could do a couple of columns just about what she did to help the fraud.  We had over ten counties with 100% plus voter turnout which having one county with 100% voter turnout which having one county with 100% voter turnout is a statistical impossibility. One county had a 150% turnout. Republicans fought these numbers but the courts allowed every vote. It doesn’t help your cause when the courts won’t even uphold the laws.

Pennsylvania sent out around 186,000 ballots but got back around 250,000. The article I had on that has been pulled from the internet.  I even remember a USPS driver declaring that he took around 100,000 plus ballots from New York to Pennsylvania. Why did New York have 100,000 plus ballots for Pennsylvania?  The driver never saw his trailer again and was refused whistleblower status by Attorney General Willian Barr. Nothing to see here, move along. Mail-in ballots are a boon to those committing voter fraud. You can use the names of dead voters, voters that have moved away.  It has numerous possibilities and the liberals take advantage of all of them.

I could list story after story on mail-in ballots changing the outcome of an election but I think you get the point.  Now I want to talk about something most people don’t know much about if anything about.  ERIC.  Electronic Registration Information Center. Just like the electronic vote counting machines from Dominion it is a gold mine for those seeking to commit voter fraud. ERIC is a membership organization ostensibly created for voter roll maintenance. In reality, it is a massive data-gathering operation which adds bogus “voters” to the system of every member state. Millions of inactive, ineligible, and “phantom” voters with undeliverable addresses appear on member states’ voter rolls. These names are used for mail-in ballot fraud, ballot box stuffing, and machine adjustments in real-time.

ERIC was started in 2012 using Soros funds donated through the Pew Charitable Trust. It was conceived and organized by a highly unethical leftist named David Becker, who has spent a lifetime trying to defeat the conservative agenda in America.

Becker also played a role in the Wisconsin fraud of 2020, and has been openly named for more unethical and illegal activities, by Michael Gableman, former Wisconsin Supreme Court Justice, author of the Wisconsin Election Review. Here is the link to Gabelman’s report.

Others have termed Becker a “partisan progressive”. I don’t have the patience for fancy names. I invite you to learn more from the Hon. Michael Gabelman and from the site below. Then, decide for yourself what YOU would like to call David Becker.[4]

As I stated earlier, liberals have more than one way to cheat the American people out of a fair election and they will use everyone they need to to keep themselves in power. States are required to ‘clean-up’ voter rolls I believe every 5 years but during the Obama administration whenever a state began that process Attorney General Eric Holder sued them to stop it. Think about it, if they cleaned up the voter rolls then the Democrats wouldn’t have bogus names to issue mail-in ballots to. You can call me a liar but you can’t prove me wrong. The Gateway Pundit had an article about ERIC that Has some very interesting information. For decades the Democrats and leftists have fought ferociously to prevent the cleanup of State voter registration rolls. Recognizing a potential niche, left wing activists created ERIC to clean voter rolls their way, using their rules. So in 2012 the Electronic Registration Information Center (ERIC) was formed as a membership organization primarily for blue States. ERIC is essentially a left wing voter registration drive disguised as voter roll clean up. But it’s been gaining traction in Red States too. Originally funded by the Soros Open Society, it is now responsible for cleaning the voter rolls in 31 States, plus D.C. A top election official from each member State is appointed a seat on the ERIC Board or as an Officer, all unpaid positions.

ERIC located 17 million new voters for the 2020 election, the most in the history of their organization. For comparison, they only found 5.7 million in 2012, Obama’s reelection.

The ERIC database is comprehensive and would be one of the most coveted by bad actors looking to influence an election. Member States must not only submit all details on inactive and active voters to ERIC every 60 days. But they must also provide every individual in their states Motor Vehicle Department database, both licensed and ID recipients. This combo of data is breathtaking. It’s everyone who could generate a legal ballot. It includes those approaching voting age, even those here illegally yet issued an ID by their left leaning State. This data includes names, addresses, DOB, License #, last 4 of social #, voter activity, phone, email, title and type of citizenship documentation, and much more!5

First, I want to say that anything that George Soros supports is NOT good for America. Second, I need to emphasize that we cannot set back and watch. We must become engaged in elections.  Run for office, support someone who supports the Constitution, hold elected officials’ feet to the fire, and know what your elected official is doing.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WGRnhBmHYN0
  2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v3mv6XOUBdM
  3. https://www.brainyquote.com/quotes/franklin_d_roosevelt_164126
  4. https://newswithviews.com/eric-the-epicenter-of-voter-fraud/
  5. Cleaning-voter-rolls-soros-founded-funded-eric-now-used-31-states/
  6. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, 2011) pp. 36-37



Biden Lied and People Died

By Cliff Kincaid

September 25, 2022

[DISCLAIMER: The opinions of those who write for NewsWithViews are theirs and do not necessarily reflect the values and opinions of NWVs, it’s owners, employee, other contributing writers and advertisers. Free speech – next to our Second Amendment – is the bedrock of our free nation. One can agree or disagree with a writer but if NWVs starts censoring content they or even one bot doesn’t like, NWVs would become no different than CNN, MSNBC, SPOTIFY, FACEBOOK, TWITTER and all the other Fascist America hating corporations Americans continue to support when there are so many other alternatives. You read, you decide. Thank you.]

Joe Biden says the COVID-19 pandemic is over, even though it’s not. The data on deaths and cases “runs counter” to what Biden is saying. In other words, on a matter of life and death, he’s lying.

Biden lied and people died.

“I’m never going to raise the white flag and surrender,” he said. “We’re going to beat this virus. We’re going to get it under control, I promise you.”

Now, with the lie about the pandemic being over, he lies again.

Dr. Jerome Adams, former U.S. surgeon general in the Trump Administration, notes that “outraged doctors and health officials” are pushing back. What’s more, liberal news organs and personalities are sounding the alarm. Consider the following:

  • The New York Times headline blared, “Biden Says the Pandemic Is Over. But at Least 400 People Are Dying Daily.”
  • NBC News says “Covid Will Be A Leading Cause Of Death Indefinitely In The U.S.”
  • Anthony Fauci says the COVID death rate is too high for the pandemic to be over.

But Biden is now saying what prominent figures in the MAGA movement want him to say. These supporters of former Republican President Trump never took the pandemic seriously and are still leading the opposition to the vaccines, even mocking those who take them.

Politics makes strange bedfellows.

I have taken the vaccines, including the boosters. I just took the new booster designed to provide increased protection against the Omicron BA.4 and BA.5 subvariants.

It’s a fact that life is returning to a sense of normal in many areas of the country for most people. But many senior citizens who are still getting COVID-19 are avoiding serious illness and death because of the mRNA vaccines that were authorized by Trump.

I was one of those people. I got COVID and survived.

However, a new study finds that around 500,000 people have left the work force because of illness caused by COVID-19.

Adults aged 65 and older are getting the vaccines in overwhelming numbers and are likely to get the boosters for the variants. These people tend to vote Republican. But they have been turned off by the irrational opposition to the vaccines from some MAGA supporters.

Although the bizarre claims that the COVID-19 vaccines are made with “Mark of the Beast” microchips have mostly disappeared, these self-proclaimed MAGA spokespeople have moved on to a new bogeyman – transhumanism, described by one of Steve Bannon’s “War Room” guests as “satanic” or “demonic.”

It is the new scam.

Conservatives are now being told by some commentators that Joe Biden’s new spending scheme, the “National Biotechnology and Biomanufacturing Initiative” is a sinister attempt to create a state religion. In fact, it is another lie from the Biden Administration, as Biden claims his order on biotechnology and bioengineering will somehow cure cancer.

However, the new technologies, especially those using mRNA technology, do hold out the hope and potential over time for finding treatments for cancer, ALS, Alzheimer’s and many other debilitating and fatal diseases.

Ironically, Biden’s initiative credits former President Trump for focusing government support for biotechnology that “can quickly produce solutions, as seen with the first-of-their-kind mRNA vaccines during the COVID-19 pandemic.” Such action was taken because of the impact of the China virus, which has killed more than 1 million Americans and still takes the lives of more than 400 Americans a day.

The number of virus-positive Americans currently entering the hospital each day is more than 4000.

Like any vaccine, especially in its infancy, the COVID-19 shots have side-effects and don’t always work as advertised. Some serious injuries have occurred. But claims they contain microchips or “Mark of the Beast’ technology have faded away, to make room for the new “transhumanism” scare campaign. It is another money-making scam.

What’s more, it is generally conceded that Communist China is resorting to its Zero-COVID policy and COVID lockdowns because its own scientific establishment was unable to develop effective homegrown mRNA vaccines and was reluctant to buy them from the United States.

“Many other mRNA-based vaccines and therapeutics are now in the clinic,” declares the sponsors of an upcoming conference. “Thus, we have officially entered the age of mRNA medicines!”

Those in the MAGA movement who resist the march of science and spend their time attacking life-saving vaccines and now “transhumanism” will be seen by most Americans as irrational Luddites opposed to technological progress.

Too many people are still getting sick and dying. We should not move on from this devastating disease. China and its collaborators must still be held accountable for this crime against humanity. Our only advantage in this struggle is the American-based technology that the communists desperately want to steal.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Looming Doom on the Horizon

By Rob Pue

September 24, 2022

How do you think things are going so far with the “Build Back Better” plan of the Great Reset?  Are you better off today than you were four years ago?  Are you more optimistic about the USA and the world than you were four years ago?  Or are you seeing looming doom on the horizon?

According to recent surveys, only about 17% of Americans say the country is headed in the right direction.  That’s roughly about the same number of people who get their news from MSNBC, and I’d guess the demographics are very similar.

Many today speak of the “Global Elites” — those wealthy few who control everything, those who orchestrate the never-ending manufactured “crises” that require them to acquire more and more control — and curtail more and more freedoms for citizens of Planet Earth.  These are the ones who consider themselves above the law, and indeed, they ARE above the laws of man, untouchable, unaccountable to anyone but the devil they serve…for now.

So what about them?  Are they better off today than they were four years ago?  In many ways, one could say “yes,” as their plans for world domination are moving forward at warp speed.  But it appears many of them are concerned about what their futures may hold as well.

In early September, Gustavo Arnal, the 52-year-old CFO of Bed, Bath and Beyond, committed suicide by throwing himself off the 18th floor of a Manhattan office building after massive layoffs at the company, and amid a $1.2 billion lawsuit in which he was charged with allegedly inflating the prices of company stock shares.

In the month of August alone, 2,150 corporate executives sold off huge amounts of shares in their own companies.  And the super rich are now preparing for a soon-coming “apocalypse” by installing underground bunkers.  According to an article in The Guardian, the “Rising S Company,” headquartered in Texas, builds and installs underground bunkers and tornado shelters, for as little as $40,000 for an 8’ X 12’ prefabricated steel unit.  But they also offer what they call “The Aristocrat,” which is a luxury series underground bunker, large enough for a family to live very comfortably in, complete with a pool and bowling alley.

And according to The Guardian, “A company called Vivos is selling luxury underground apartments in converted cold war munitions storage facilities, missile silos and other fortified locations around the world.  Like miniature resorts, they offer private suites for individuals and families — and larger common areas with pools, games, movies and dining.”  These facilities, which cater to the billionaire class, feature imitation natural sunlight, “sun-lit” natural garden areas, wine vaults and other amenities to make the wealthy feel at home.

Clearly, these so-called “Elites” are preparing for the consequences of their “Great Reset” plan in ways that are simply not available to us peasants.  Despite the current administration’s claims that we’re not in a “recession,” more than a third of US families who work full time, year-round, cannot afford to pay their bills now.  For “low income” families — those who earn less than $52,000 a year, it’s 78% who can no longer make ends meet in their monthly budgets.  One in six American households are now behind on their electric bills, and 3.8 million renters are facing eviction before winter, because they can’t afford to keep up with their rent.

On a recent trip to the grocery store, even I was surprised to find many of the shelves empty of items that had always been there before.  I was able to purchase the essentials of what I needed, but it cost over $40 for two small plastic bags of items.  The White House may be right — perhaps we’re not in a “recession,” but more likely, at the start of a full-blown depression, as the cost of goods and services continue to rise, more businesses are closing their doors, and those that remain open are begging for employees that simply can’t be found.

Meanwhile, homelessness continues to increase, as tent cities are exploding across the country.  Violent crime is out of control, along with illicit drug abuse, sexual deviancy, the brainwashing of our young children into sexual and moral perversion and hatred for their country, history and heritage, and extreme hopelessness.  What else should we expect in a nation that has rejected God and where most of our pastors have become self-help gurus rather than bold preachers of the whole Word of God?

Michael Snyder, writing for Sons of Liberty, quoted a reporter who recently visited some of the most exclusive parts of San Francisco:

“I saw complete hopelessness in the eyes of haunted souls, dragging themselves down the street looking for their next ‘fix.’  I saw men and women of all ages hunched over on the sidewalks with open wounds all over their bodies.  I saw the filthy tent cities, stinking with human excrement and strewn with needles and pipes. I saw children staring in horror at people dying right in front of them.”

Note: this is not in the “bad” part of town — this is in some of the wealthiest parts of San Francisco.  Another recent report revealed that 50% of residents of San Francisco have been victims of crime in the past year alone.  In Seattle, which voted to defund the police, that city has lost nearly 500 police officers — 125 just this year — and that city now resembles a third-world country as well. The same can be said of cities like Chicago, Detroit, St. Louis, Baltimore, and New York.

California has experienced rolling blackouts, as the energy grid cannot keep up with the demand for electricity to charge the “green” vehicles now owned by just 1% of that state’s population.  Yet the government there has doubled down on their “green” commands — further dooming their own people.  In Colorado, residents with “smart thermostats” were locked out of operating their air conditioners, the thermostats locked at 78 degrees, in the midst of a summer heat wave.

The news from Europe is even more dire.  In Germany, electric bills suddenly surged to over $2000 per month on average.  Those who cannot pay, have their electricity disconnected.  Homes without power are then deemed “uninhabitable” by city officials and the property is seized by the government.  People are warned of coming blackouts this winter, and urged to find alternative ways to heat their homes.  Wood has become a priceless commodity as people scurry to find what they can to stay warm.

This Great Reset is Communism on steroids, and here in the US, every one of our government agencies has been weaponized against the citizens.  The FBI raided Trump’s residence, then set their sights on all patriotic, conservative Americans.  Biden went on national television to declare at least half the country as “enemies of the state.”  Steve Bannon was arrested on the same day that 35 other patriots were either arrested or subpoenaed.  Even Mike Lindell was “swatted” by the FBI at a Hardees restaurant in Minnesota and had his cell phone confiscated by the New American Nazis.

I have several personal friends who’ve already been visited by the FBI — some multiple times — because of statements they’ve made, people they know or for Christian activism, like street preaching, sidewalk counseling at abortion centers or being in DC on January 6th.  None are violent.  All are committed Christians.  Yet they’ve been targeted by the FBI.  Honestly, I’m surprised my own front door hasn’t yet been broken down, because of the truth we publish in our newspaper and broadcast on radio and TV.  Wisconsin Christian News HAS been noted in court documents related to the January 6 rally because of statements made on our TV program, “WCN TV.”  No visits yet, but there are plenty of weaponized 3-letter agencies that have my name and number and it’s only a matter of time for me too.

But we must remember that this is a global takeover — not just an American one, and not just caused by Biden.  Biden is nothing more than a puppet to his Globalist New World Order masters.  Millions of illegals are flooding across our southern border — but most are not from Mexico.  Ironically, a majority are from Venezuela, fleeing the horrors of communism there.  I say “ironically,” because that’s the same system currently being installed here — and across the globe.  Why don’t the well-educated Leftists, Feminists and “Soy-boys” understand this?

I was recently speaking with a citizen of Mexico, and he related how the Mexican people are so angry with the policies of the US government, allowing the free flow of illegals — because to get to the US, they must pass through Mexico, and this person told me, they’re also destroying that country as they pass through, “like locusts,” he said.  No one can blame people seeking freedom from communism in countries like Venezuela.  But here we have a current-day, real-life example of what communism is and does, and yet we’re inviting it, implementing it’s policies, and adopting it’s ideologies in every area of society and government, while dismantling and destroying everything good in the USA in the process.

Meanwhile, the hypocrisy of the Left is stunning.  Recently, when fifty illegal immigrants were sent to Martha’s Vineyard, the governor of Massachusetts called up 125 National Guardsmen to respond to what was called a “Humanitarian Crisis.”  Texas and Arizona have also been sending illegals to Democratic strongholds that have declared themselves to be “sanctuary cities” — but the “sanctuary city” title seems to be no more than another attempt at virtue signaling by the Left, because the minute the illegals show up, the compassionate liberal mayors like Lori Lightfoot and Muriel Bowser become outraged and scream, “Not in MY back yard!”  Think of it: 50 illegals in Martha’s Vineyard — vacation-land for the rich and famous — is call for panic and rage.  But two million in Texas and Arizona border towns is “someone else’s problem.”

Where I live, I’m somewhat insulated from the madness we hear about in the bigger cities.  We’re not overrun with lawlessness, though our crime rate is notably rising.  We’re also not experiencing the deadly drought that the western 2/3 of our country is currently going through.    We can enjoy the green grass, wildflowers, lakes, hills, forests and abundant wildlife of God’s creation. But the decadence and decay of the Leftist/Communist agenda is invading here too,  it’s just more hidden.  Just like in the big cities, our small town libraries are featuring child pornography in children’s books.  Our schools are still sneaking the LGBTQP+ propaganda into the curriculum, along with critical race theory and  revisionist history.  Our pulpits are still silent on matters of critical urgency as the pastors continue to preach soft things to soothe peoples’ consciences, never taking a stand for righteousness, even though God’s Word is clear on all these matters.  This is what’s happening nation-wide and now the demons are targeting even the smallest of towns with perversion and filth.  So while many may not see it here as openly as you do in other places, there’s literally no place left in the USA that this evil hasn’t permeated.

Recently, someone asked me what the Holy Spirit was telling me.  I responded, “He’s saying, ‘it’s good that you’re preparing for what is to come, to protect and provide for your family the best you can.  But know and understand that nothing you can do will ever fully prepare you, because you will never be fully prepared.  What’s coming is unlike anything you can imagine now and you cannot adequately plan for it.  You will have your faith and your strength severely tested and you will face fiery trials.  You will have to learn to rely on God, and God alone, like never before.  He is your only hope, and the only hope of all humanity.  Prepare for tribulation.  And never forget that we overcome the enemy by the word of our testimony, the blood of the Lamb and loving not our own lives, even unto death.”  THAT is what the Holy Spirit has been telling me, in case you wanted to know.  And also, “Do not grow weary in well doing,” which I must admit, is becoming a real challenge for me these days.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 372.




Help Wanted, “Candidate Must Carry a Firearm and be Willing to Use Deadly Force”

by Karen Schoen

September 24, 2022

New add for police? NO! for the IRS!

Until we recognize that the Globalists are our enemy, that they are in both parties, and call them our enemy, we lose. These people are NOT American. They want the destruction of America and for the past 60 years they have been teaching our kids that Americans and America is the enemy.  Slowly these globalists have turned America’s bureaucratic agencies into the private military Obama wanted. Who will IRS agents, Agricultural agents, Educational agents etc. shoot? Why Americans of course. After all Americans, MAGA, are the enemy.

What do they think of us? “The common enemy of humanity is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy then, is humanity itself.”Club of Rome, premier environmental think-tank, consultants to the United Nations.  Where are these kids today? In government, media and Wall St. Who is their enemy? Americans

What do Globalists believe: “Global Sustainability requires the deliberate quest of poverty, reduced resource consumption and set levels of mortality control.” – Professor Maurice King, Agenda 21

Americans  are the enemy. They are too rich, have to many luxuries and must be cut down to the rest of the world. They want us controlled, impoverished, enslaved or dead. They will stop at nothing to maintain power. So they merged agencies and armed them while taking away Americans means of protection.  When I say that I am constantly asked, “what American will fire on another American to collect delinquent taxes?  Do you think any illegal with Obiden papers, who has no allegiance to America and Americans, working for the government will just follow directions and shoot? What if these illegals become police or soldiers or the private army Obama kept calling for.

All policies in the Green Broke Deal can be found in UN Agenda 21.

This document is over 300 pages, 40 chapters of total control over the means of production and distribution of all means of human activity. Today this document goes by many names i.e: Great Reset, Green New Deal, Build Back Better, Agenda 2030, Sustainable Development, Resilient Cities. But remember a name change is not a content change. They all lead to one place, the destruction of America and the western freedom.

Who are these Globalists? Where did they get their ideas? Remember as I said before, these people are not Americans. They want the destruction of America and will make it happen. Globalists follow their leaders. The original elite were educated in the Frankfort School, today the Aspen Institute, UN, and WEF are carrying the agenda.  Sadly Globalists take the worst from each ideology, merge them together into an illogical, incoherent overly expensive policy designed to destroy American values and culture.  Here are a few of their leaders and what they promote:

John Maynard Keynes – Keynesian economics 1883-1946.  Keynes stated that if Investment exceeds Saving, there will be inflation. If Saving exceeds Investment there will be recession.  “For the engine which drives Enterprise is not Thrift, but Profit.” businesses and people tighten their belts and spend less money. Lower spending results in demand falling further and a vicious circle ensues of job losses and further falls in spending. Keynes’s solution to the problem was that governments should borrow money and boost demand by pushing the money into the economy. Once the economy recovered, and was expanding again, governments should pay back the loans. Keynes’s view that governments should play a major role in economic management marked

Karl Marx – 1883  Communism, Das Kapital.  While many equate Karl Marx with socialism, his work on understanding capitalism as a social and economic system remains a valid critique in the modern era. In Das Kapital (Capital in English), Marx argues that society is composed of two main classes: Capitalists are the business owners who organize the process of production and who own the means of production such as factories, tools, and raw material, and who are also entitled to any and all profits.

The other, much larger class is composed of labor (which Marx termed the “proletariat”). Laborers do not own or have any claim to the means of production, the finished products they work on, or any of the profits generated from sales of those products. Rather, labor works only in return for a money wage. Marx argued that because of this uneven arrangement, capitalists exploit workers.

Fabian – 1884  Fabianism became prominent in British socialist theory in the 1880s. The early Fabians rejected the revolutionary doctrines of Marxism, recommending instead a gradual transition to a socialist society. When Fabianism emerged in the United Kingdom during the 1880s, collectivism was widely considered necessary for human flourishing. believed that substantial state intervention would be necessary if ordinary individuals were to prosper. That dominant position also involved collective responsibility for children’s education and nutrition, housing, and employment, along with support for care of the sick and aged.

Thomas Robert Malthues – 1766-1834 best known for his theory that population growth will always tend to outrun the food supply and that betterment of humankind is impossible without stern limits on reproduction. This thinking is commonly referred to as Malthusianism.  Population will always expand to the limit of subsistence. Only “vice” (including “the commission of war”), “misery” (including famine or want of food and ill health), and “moral restraint” (i.e., abstinence) could check this excessive growth.

Machiavellianism: named after the political philosophy of Niccolò Machiavelli,  In the field of personality psychology, Machiavellianism is a personality trait centered on manipulativeness, callousness, and indifference to morality. The political philosophy that, “the ends justify the means.” Those who follow this political concept are more likely to have a high level of deceitfulness and an unempathetic temperament.

Hegelian Dialectic: The ruling elite create the crisis. They let the crisis fester until it become normalized. Something other than the real cause is blamed. Once the crisis escalates, the people demand a solution. The solution is offered by the same elite who created the problem.  This process is repeated over and over and simultaneously until the desired elite agenda is achieved. [Link]

World Economic Forum WEF – Klaus Schwab “You will own nothing and be happy.”  The first thing to go is your private car.

WEF Dr Harari:  Just give the humans drugs and video games and they will be happy.

FBI terror list:  [Link]

‘Extremist’ symbols on the leaked FBI list include the so-called ‘Betsy Ross’ flag from 1777, The ‘Don’t Tread on Me’ Gadsden flag, the ‘2A’ abbreviation for the Second Amendment, and the ‘Tree of Liberty.’

Globalist believe that humans are nothing more than animals and should be corralled into cities where they will be easier to control. Electricity, energy, food, healthcare  mobility, housing, employment, education will be controlled by the government. They do not care about the damage they do to the people, because the people are the enemy. After they have destroyed MAGA, they will find another group to vilify. As the late, great George Carlin said, “They have a club and we ain’t in it.” As long as the Globalists are living la vida loca they do not care. We can rot. You can see their indifference and distain for the  illegals sent to Martha’s Vinyard.  Thanks to Obama’s parting gift of Exec order 12333, Expanding Surveillance Powers to spy on Americans all agencies are merging information and  are now armed to fight who, Americans?

How do they want us to live?

Sustainable Development: Sustainable Development means control. Humans will be forced off rural lands and forced into cities so rural land can go back to the animals and humans can be controlled.  They can’t get me you say. Have a smart meter? The globalists control the power in your house.

The Globalists know:

  1. Everything in America today is connected.
  2. There are no coincidences or random acts
  3. Everything has a plan
  4. All plans are based on lies.

Money Power, Control is their mantra.

Is America worth saving?

© 2022 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com




The Death of Queen Elizabeth II

By Shirley Edwards

September 23, 2022

(These are my views as a woman living in England, on how the culture and spirit of my country has changed over 50 years.   Why the country does not feel protected or strong any more, how it has lost, and is losing it values and decency, and how we are daily losing our free speech.)

This week I attended a Team Away Day from my place of work.  It was one of those events which attempts to bond strangers together.  We had ice-breakers, games, and then a buffet; we did craft and a ‘mindfulness’ exercise in the afternoon slot, before finally listening to a talk about Equality and Diversity in the workplace.  We also had a minute’s silence to remember Queen Elizabeth II who had recently died.

It was a strange correlation to the day.  I came away feeling somewhat ‘groomed’ before being plied with guilt at the end of the day, for my lack of awareness towards my fellow countryman.

However, the announcement on Thursday, 8th September, 2022 of the death of Queen Elizabeth II has come as no surprise to me.

At 96 years of age, a long and relatively health filled life, cannot exist forever

Out of a respect for her passing some shops and local businesses in my area, which is 200 miles from London, have a portrait of Queen Elizabeth in their window and my local corporate supermarket, ‘Tesco’s’ is now playing classical music, instead of Jay Z, in the background whilst you quietly shop and pay alone at your unfriendly self-service checkout.   Aside from this, there is little change to the atmosphere.  Life carries on.

However, in some governmental workplaces, orders have been given not to post derogatory comments on social media about the Queen, and in my own organization where I work, ‘counseling’ is being offered to those who may be affected by her passing.    Some staff are really bewildered by this offer of help.

You see, the last two and half years have been revelational for some, but not for all people.   A plan to divide, conquer, and subject people to the humiliation of being masked and cruelly isolated from each other, even during the sickness and death of loved ones, under the disguise of a pandemic, which has now been proven to be nefarious in its statistics, to say the least, has revealed to a greater extent the plans for a global reset, a new world order, and a plan to de-populate the world through whichever means possible.

For those prepared to go down the rabbit-hole, they are now much more aware, more than ever during any time in history, of how a few people who call themselves the elite class, which includes royalty, controls ever single system in our society for their own benefit, and not ours.

They are aware that in the background, there are people who orchestrate everything, and who hate God and humanity.  Front men do their bidding.  A false image of nobility, voluntary work and caring for others veneers and glosses over the rotten core of the apple.

During my life I have always instinctively known this.  As a child it was always strangely uncomfortable to me to have to stand and pay homage to an anthem whose words honoured a queen and not a country or God.

National Anthem | The Royal Family

Back then, the hymn “I vow to thee my country” would have been a more suitable and humble offering in my opinion.

The horrendous mistakes and fear mongering during the past two and a half years have been conveniently swept under the carpet now that a sense of patriotism is attempting to re-install itself.  Suddenly, we all need to come together.  It is like a game of mental Tai-Chi.

I don’t personally believe that after the funeral the acceptance of the Prince of Wales who is now King Charles III, will work.  Similarly, pushing an equality and diversity agenda along with gender issues is still creating division rather than any type of unity.   Many people are also waking up to how these issues are being used against us all.  They know they are being continually ‘played’.  They know they have had enough.

The mourning for the Queen, which I believe is much more evident in London than the rest of the country, is not comparable to the one person who really did change the image of the monarchy, and whose legacy will not quietly vanish or go away.

Diana – The Princess of Wales.

The grief and the memory of Diana’s death in my country was quite different to the one we are experiencing now.  It was announced 25 years ago on 31st August, 1997.

Dermot Murnaghan Remembers The Chilling Moment He Had To Announce Princess Diana’s Death | LK – YouTube

Her age and the incident itself meant more people identified with the sadness of losing someone.   There was a genuine grief and a shock across the whole of the country.   I understood the grief that others were visibly displaying just about everywhere.

However, Diana was also no angel, but people related much more readily with her vulnerability and her humanity than any other royal they believed they knew.

She stood apart from the rest, not just with her beauty, but by the admission of her infidelity and eating disorders, due to the rejection she had always experienced.  Many people identified with her and felt they knew her more personally which I feel explained the overwhelming sadness which was experienced back then.

There was also a lot of suspicion around the details of her death which she even foresaw and predicted herself.

During those days, there was also much anger towards the monarchy, who made no public announcements to comfort people, did not fly the flag at half mast, and showed little to no acknowledgement about her passing until they were advised to.

Similarly, during the last two and a half years there have been no public messages of comfort or re-assurance from the Church or the Monarchy other than to promote a vaccination.  It is reported that the Queen thought those who did not want to be vaccinated were ‘selfish’.   The doors of the churches were also firmly closed.

The Queen: People who refuse vaccine should think of others, rather than themselves (telegraph.co.uk)

The country, in my view, has survived on the humanity of ordinary people who have also attempted to care for each other whilst ever effort has been made to divide, isolate, and conquer them.

Nothing is as it Seems

The UK is still divided and it is not united in grieving for the Queen which is being fashionably reported throughout mainstream media.

The history which we were once proud of and which certainly should not be eradicated, was built upon much more solid values and a decency which supersedes our present-day values.  It would be nice to hold on to these images and pretend things are as they were, but they are not.

To date, I have not listened or watched any coverage that our mainstream media is portraying towards the monarchy.  I am aware that beyond every image is another story.

The Queen has a very respectable image for many people, but these days I can only go on what I physically see and experience for myself.

My disappointment is in the loss of our free speech, the demise of decency and values, and the total destruction of all we hold dear, including the attacks on our children.   Those are issues worth grieving and fighting for.

Let us never erase history or forget it.   The Good and the Bad are important lessons.

The last two and a half years should have revealed to everyone how we are disrespected and hated.  Children and Adults died completely alone.  Dedicated nurses were threatened and persecuted with the loss of a job for not being vaccinated.  People were blackmailed and bribed into medical interventions which have now been proven to not be at all safe.  Many people have died and have been injured.

This Royal family have not been a rock, a comfort or a watchman or spokesperson on my behalf as currently being depicted through our mainstream media.  It will be a time in history I will not forget.

May God Save us All……..

Queen dead aged 96: World grieves Britain’s Elizabeth II | Daily Mail Online

© 2022 Shirley Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Shirley Edwards: eshirley02@gmail.com




The Cult of Kalergi: The Planned Replacement of the European Peoples

By Sidney Secular

September 23, 2022

I assume that you know that the “great replacement” was not just a conspiracy theory. We nationalists, rationalists, and realists have noticed and talked about it for a long time. Sadly, our knowledge has made very little – if any – difference in the matter. The mass media stifled the matter until it became so apparent with the invasion of the illegals and the constant war against Whites waged by the Deep State here and abroad that it became impossible for them to keep a straight face about the issue of race replacement. But someone, somewhere knowing the power of memes in advancing schemes had the sense or presence of mind to create a term for it – and that’s the only way it could be crystallized in the minds of the oblivious and intellectually mindless. It can now be bandied about as a concrete concept to examine, and determine its origins and the evil behind it so it can be properly opposed.

The evil godfather of the momentous movement to displace/replace/erase Whites that has been continuously moving forward and is now gaining momentum even as it is revealed, was one Richard, Count Couvenhove-Kalergi (1894-1972). Kalergi’s father was an Austro-Hungarian diplomat who was stationed in Japan; his mother was a Japanese noblewoman. In 1922, he wrote a book in German, “Praktischer Idealismus” — “Practical Idealism” in English, introducing and propounding a special version of the Great Replacement. He also founded the “Pan European Movement” in 1922 to promote a personal sense of being European from a political and cultural standpoint, the starting point for the much later European Union.

Kalergi was especially well connected. Big Jewish bankers gave him lots of money (Paul Warburg gave him 60,000 gold marks). He was supported by the likes of Bernard Baruch, Albert Einstein, B’nai Brith, the New York Times and Winston Churchill (you now know who the traitors and enemies of Western Civilization were at least at that time). He was a very active Freemason in the Vienna lodge – surprise, surprise! He envisioned a Europe without borders. There would be no French, Germans or Italians, etc. as we know them because they would be eventually “whited out” or “whitewashed” out of the gene pool and replaced by a new type of European man consisting of an African-Oriental admixture. Kalergi believed this new man would look something like the ancient Egyptians but he must have flunked anthropology because the ancient Egyptians were White before they “amalga-mated” with the surrounding and invading Browns and Blacks, a matter that caused Egyptian civilization to gradually decline and become actually rather “third-worldy.” Ruling over this new mixed European race would be a moral aristocracy of Jews, untainted by racial admixtures, of course.

Interestingly enough, this particular strategy had already been publicly voiced, though generally ignored when, on January 12th, 1952, one Rabbi Emmanuel Rabinovitch, speaking to an assembly in Budapest, Hungary declared: “We will openly reveal our identity with the races of Asia and Africa. I can state now with assurance that the last generation of White children is now being born. Our Control Commission will, in the interests of peace and wiping out of interracial tensions, forbid the Whites to mate with Whites. The White woman must co-habit with members of the dark races, the White man with Black women. Thus, the White race will disappear, for mixing dark with White means the end of the White man, and our most dangerous enemy will become only a memory. We shall embark upon an era of ten thousand years of peace and plenty, the PAX JUDAICA, and our race (the JEWS) will rule undisputed over the world. Our superior intelligence will enable us to retain mastery over a world of dark peoples.

Of course, that was not the way the European Union (EU) was sold to the people of Europe. It was sold as a way to reduce travel and trade barriers, and facilitate commerce among European nations. But as the EU bureaucracy became entrenched and ever more powerful by the 1970s, it began to gradually implement Kalergi’s vision. Mass immigration was the vehicle for transformation, turning Europe “inside out,” so to speak. All the current Western European leaders are committed to massive, nearly unrestricted Third World immigration into Europe while their own people are forced by law and custom to cut their birth-rates and reject their national pride. These politicians and the supporting cast of media, academia, and big business with their New World “orderlies” are the driving forces of the cult of Kalergi. The Cult is dedicated to the eradication of nationalities and sovereign states and maintains control of the levers of power in the US, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and most of Europe. It is also gradually encroaching into other areas, using puppet states like the Ukraine as it would love to devour Russia, the last bastion of White Christianity in the world and bring that nation under its power.

Part of the ecstatic enthusiasm that greeted Donald Trump in 2016 was his willingness to talk about at least some aspects of the immigration issue and as well, Trump came across as sort of a White knight about to slay the degenerate Dems and the vile Deep State. The undercurrent of his popularity – that is, his rejection of Kalergi’s cult – apparently neither Trump nor the leaders of the “Stupid Party” (GOP) understood or, in the alternative, they discounted. This was especially true for Trump with his Jewish family members. If one doesn’t understand the position of the Jews in the Cult, one cannot understand the Cult. Meanwhile, good Americans can’t quite admit to themselves that they are targets of genocide though they are desperate to stop the descent into the present overwhelmingly dysfunctional “diversity” and its attendant depravity. The derogatory label “racist” invented by Leon Trotsky to sow discord in the West between the races along with all the associated emotional baggage created by generations of political correctness, freezes their resolve to turn the situation around and their will to resist evaporates. In consequence, their neighborhoods are becoming replicas of third world cesspools via mass migration and Black infiltration with the eventual takeover of the country by its sworn enemies.

All the while, America’s small-to-mid size towns are being hollowed out, their main streets deserted, their businesses transferred to the big box and chain stores stuffed with cheap Chinese junk or “knockoffs” of the decent products made by former major American manufacturers. Their jobs have been lost or they have been replaced by local illegals or third-worlders who find themselves in their natural habitat (an American third world). The gigantic volume of ocean traffic bringing in the foreign junk is polluting the world’s waterways as the ships run inefficiently on polluting diesel fuel while clogging up the supply chains that the COVID mandates convoluted into a monstrous mess. Mention of this problem in the media or government is “deep-sixed” so that the junk can flow without any environmental concerns or the huge shipping charges or untoward delays in international commerce.

All the while, the elites brazenly lie and shout that the Whites, especially the MAGA multitudes are the biggest threat to American “democracy,” by which they allude to their generations of oligarchic rule. Meanwhile, “Affirmative Action” has lost its traction as a sop to Blacks. Why? Because, today’s “White privilege” is too strong for the oppressed to overcome even with affirmative action and therefore it cannot be relied upon the create the “diversity” that is said to be our greatest strength as our founding White population is too defective to carry us forward into the Utopian World of Diversity and Equity. Of course, “diversity” in any context has been shown to be an economic, social and cultural wrecking ball.

Meanwhile, so-called mainstream Republicans – addicted to accumulating dollars faster than that dollar loses value – are willing to follow the Demonrats’ lead in printing the unlimited quantities needed to pay the invaders under the table to stay ahead of the game. As a result, they do all they can to invite maximum numbers of illegals and foreigners to displace domestic labor, sometimes under the phony guise of inviting guest or temporary workers who soon become permanent.

The Demonrats are only too happy to invite and permit the entire population of the Third World to invade America and displace the native population in accordance with the Kalergi cult concept to assure their permanent political dominance. Remember, nobody is a more sure supporter than the fellow who owes you something! The two political parties play musical chairs with our elections and prey on the public’s foolish sympathies to enrich themselves. The leaders of both parties salivate over the prospect that by 2041 the European people who founded and settled this great nation will be a despised minority in the land they built and made great.

“Black Lives Matter” we are told but nothing is done to actually help Blacks that really matters. Meanwhile, it is Whites who are overwhelmingly the victims of inter-racial crime and the percentage of victims of White on White crime is minuscule compared to White victims of Black criminals, whose depredation in usually senseless, unpremeditated and savage. Big city Black mayors and their equally Black factotums blabber and blather about making changes but wind up playing musical chairs with other Blacks in top political positions with nothing being accomplished in the end except more victims, many of whom are themselves Black. Why? Because anything done must be in accordance with outmoded socialist concepts that don’t strengthen either the Black family or the desire for law and order, both of which are necessary prerequisites for improvement.

What is our man(?) Biden’s position on the replacement of Whites? In August 2016, at the “White House Summit on Countering Violent Extremism,” then Vice President Joe Biden hailed the swiftly approaching replacement of the nation’s founding stock as a “strength” and a good thing. Even an amoeba fights for its own survival, but deranged puppet Biden lacks even that lowly organism’s basic instincts, serving only as a devilish clown that many in the clueless and insouciant American masses find attractive.

The year 2015 saw the wholesale invasion of Europe by Third Worlders, mainly Muslims and Blacks, variously described as “refugees” or “migrants.” Unlike the bedraggled refugees we used to envision, helpless women and children, the old and the ill, these were mainly robust young men, well dressed, chattering on their cellphones. They had the money to pay greedy gangsters and smug smugglers for their transport and support during sometimes hazardous journeys. By land and sea, they swarmed into, hapless, helpless Greece and angrily battled with police forcing their way to the handout capitals of Europe – Germany, Switzerland and Sweden – where they became infamous for raping White women and rightly earned the moniker, “rapefugees.” The colluding Commie authorities in these areas of settlement even handed out brochures in true Kalergi-like fashion advising the “newcomers” how to come on to the White women to get their friendship – and so much more whether the White women wished to give it or not! Germany accepted over a million and a half of these freeloaders and fornicators who added to the misery of the long-suffering German taxpayers who ponied up an average of $13,500 to support each “migrant.”

The depredations of these devils reached a crescendo at the New Years’ Eve public gatherings in Cologne, Hamburg, Vienna, Salzburg and Stockholm. The police and media tried to downplay the fact that the attackers were organized Muslims. However. social media allowed the assault scenes to go viral. In a kind of “prelewd” to envisioned future dispossession per the Kalergi plan, there were reports of Germans expelled from their apartments to make room for the invaders. YouTube videos showed Muslims molesting bathers, male and female, in public pools, and defecating in the water. In true leftist blame-the-victim fashion, the authorities advised women to dress modestly and cover their heads with scarves so as not to “turn on” the feral predators. According to the media, the real villains were members of the “extreme right” who protested the outrages of these unwanted “guests.” Police visited outspoken critics of the invasion who had posted their views on Facebook, threatening them with the loss of their jobs or even the loss of their children!

Is there any rational way to explain the communist Chancellor’s decision to welcome useless and dangerous Third Worlders (other than addiction to the Kalergi cult mandate) at a time when there were no jobs for them (the unemployment rate in Germany was still 6%), and most of the invaders had no marketable skills? Yes. German Chancellor Angela Merkel was a former Communist leader before the fall of the “Wall” then known as Angela Kasner when she was propaganda secretary of the Young Communist League in East Germany. In 2010, she received the “Coudenhove-Kalergi Prize” for welcoming the hordes of Third Worlders into Germany whose population has a below replacement level birth rate. Many of the African and Middle Eastern invaders have families of 5 or more children.

Since the 8th Century, Europe has been repeatedly invaded by militant Muslims. For centuries, they raided European coastal areas and kidnapped millions of Europeans to be taken to Turkey and North Africa as slaves. Rich Jews were kidnapped for ransom money. As recently as 1863, the Turks were at the gates of Vienna, but the invasion was halted by a large Pan-European army spearheaded by a cavalry charge of 20,000 horsemen! Now, the Muslims are invited to invade without any threat of resistance. Former “French” (actually Hungarian) President Nicolas Sarkozy was explicit in a December 2008 speech. He insisted that sex between the French and Third Worlders is not just desirable, but should be made mandatory! He enthused over a future of “metissage” or race mixing and warned that if people did not do it voluntarily, the “Republic” would have to resort to more forcible methods.

Present French President Emmanuel Macron is another “SOB” son of Kalergi, having asserted that “bombshell” population growth in Africa means Europe is entering an unprecedented age of mass migration. He also attributes this to “great poverty,” “climate change,” and geopolitical conflicts all of which are the fault of Whites! He could have added deliberate starvation caused by destruction of food supplies and shrinkage of farmlands in accordance with Green New Deal mandates – but he didn’t. Duke University Professor Stephen Smith, an expert in these matters, estimates that the number of Africans living in Europe will grow from the present 9 million to between 150 and 200 million within the next 30 years! Smith adds that the migration will be facilitated by the West financing the would-be journeys from Africa, so the smugglers can be smug as well as well compensated for their efforts. It is also necessary to remember that a lower IQ population does not find its own IQ raised when it invades countries with a higher IQ. Rather, as is the usual case in nature, everything sinks to the lowest common denominator and the formerly more intelligent people become less so with the increase of their more stupid invaders. Indeed, this is the very reason for the Kalergi cult. As the good Rabbi said, Our superior intelligence will enable us to retain mastery over a world of dark peoples.”

The great majority of Europe’s elites, both Christian and secular, are committed to Coudenhove-Kalergi’s goal of replacing European man. It will be left to populists and right-wingers like Victor Orban of Hungary, Marine LePen of France and hopefully many more patriots that will arise to save White Europeans and Christians from the invasion and extermination that has been planned and enabled by the elites and is already well underway. Of course, the same situation exists in other White areas of the globe such as North America, Australia and New Zealand. It would seem that the only White sanctuary not presently under direct siege is Iceland and that country is apparently taking the matter very seriously indeed as any investigation of the country’s “immigration” policies will make clear!

Below is an illustration of what is desired. It was not a cover of the magazine National Geographic, but it certainly illustrates the mindset of its editors. Time is growing very short to save Western Civilization, that White culture that took Man from the cave to the Stars.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




My Message to the Traitors – I Will Not Comply

Andrew C. Wallace.

September 23, 2022

We must resist this unconstitutional occupation by a private, foreign corporate entity pretending to be our National Government in every LAWFUL way! The following is what I am doing. I pray that American Citizens have the courage to emulate me. Our failure to resist will lead to destruction of all we hold dear, and will result in massive bloodshed, as History has proven.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with any Presidential Executive Orders, for they have no Constitutional authority over me.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with Common Law unless it has Constitutional compliance with my Protected Rights.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with Judicial rulings at any level that attempt to make law, as this is the role of the Legislative Branch.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with laws made by unelected bureaucrats who have no authority over me.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with a majority of Federal Laws that are unconstitutional because they are beyond the scope of the Limited and Enumerated Powers in our Constitution.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with unconstitutional edicts requiring me to submit to faux vaccine injections or other protocols.

I WILL NOT COMPLY if unconstitutionally ordered to surrender my firearms, nor will I relinquish the right to use deadly force in defense of life and property.

HOWEVER, I WILL HONOR MY OATH OF ALLEGIANCE AND COMPLY WITH ALL CONSTITUTIONALLY-COMPLIANT LAWS. THE PURPOSE OF THE CONSTITUTION IS TO PROTECT OUR RIGHTS!

GOD BLESS AMERICA

© 2022 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net




Governed by People Who Hate Us

by Lee Duigon

September 22, 2022

Why the United States armed services should have a “chief of diversity and inclusion officer” is well beyond my imagination. What does an eternal round of grievance-collecting have to do with successfully fighting a war? Is our top brass so confident that we’ll never have to fight again, that they can waste time on stuff like this?

And as if that weren’t foolishness enough, the gork they named to that post now has to be “investigated” for her over-the-top racist, anti-white tweets. Don’t worry—they’ll find “nothing wrong here,” as usual.

Here’s one of those tweets. They will keep posting their drivel on social media for everyone to see.

“This lady [a white woman] actually had the CAUdacity to say that black people can be racist, too [oh, gee—really?]. I had to stop the session [don’t ask] and give Karen the BUSINESS…”

“CAUdacity” is a word for “Caucasion audacity,” and “Karen” a derogatory term for a white woman. Nope, nothin’ wrong here. No hate here.

And then they wonder why recruitment is way down!

Stories like this are a dime a dozen in the nooze. Somehow we have wound up being governed by people who hate us. Our government is riddled with them.

But it’s not just the government. According to a Harvard poll, 73 percent of Democrats (wow!) believe “tens of millions of dangerous MAGA Republicans” pose “a threat to our democracy” and are “trying to overthrow the Constitution”. That would be the same Constitution that guarantees us a republican form of government, not a “democracy.” The same Constitution that Democrats routinely characterize as “racist.” But then everything these days is “racist,” isn’t it?

Tens of millions of us, who actually voted for Donald Trump’s re-election as president—what do you do with tens of millions of voters who threaten our non-existent “democracy”? A Democrat U.S. senator who does not want his name to be used because people make rude noises when they hear it has suggested a massive compulsory sensitivity training course for some 75 million of us. “Lock ‘em all up until their minds are right!” he says.

Or they could just lock us all down and make us wear masks until someone invents an anti-Trump vaccine and then they could “mandate” all of us to get another “jab.” The mandate would only apply to us democracy-threateners.

Who to blame? Well, of course the Democrat Party itself, big-time. And public schools and colleges and teachers’ unions. Hollywood. Our Free & Independent In-the-Bag-for Democrats nooze media. They’ve all worked very hard to drag us to this point. But if anyone on our side got up in front of the TV cameras, with a red light in the background and two Marines flanking him like Pretorian Guards, and called all these libs “dangerous” and “a threat to our republic”… why, he or she would be called a “hater.” And probably a racist, too, even if he or she never mentioned race at all.

It’s only wrong if we do it!

Take the kids out of the teachers’ unions’ public schools. Don’t send your sons and daughters to Far Left universities. Don’t fork over your hard-earned money to Hollywood so Disney can make movies celebrating sexual aberrations.

And by all means never, never, never vote for any Democrat, ever again.

Because they hate us.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit before they send us all to Uighur Camp. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




War On Western Culture: Why Continue Along Our Current Path?

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 22, 2022

Part 5: You cannot escape the numbers. What do you do about the cultures?  How will you solve what cannot be solved once it manifests? Islam’s only intention in the West.

First of all, let’s repeat Joe Biden’s speech from 2019. Let it sink into your mind, heart and soul.  Then ask yourself, do you want “his”  future manifested on your children and our country?

Joe Biden said, “We want an unrelenting stream of immigration. Non-stop. Non-stop. Folks like me who were Caucasian, of European descent, for the first time, we’ll be an absolute minority in the United States of America. Absolute minority.  Fewer than 50 percent of people in America, from then on, will be of white European stock. That’s not a bad thing.  That’s the source of our strength.” (Biden speech, Washington DC. April 26, 2019)

In reality, instead of immigration being our source of strength, that kind of a future will be the complete and total unraveling and/or destruction of our society.  You have to wonder about Biden who has lived on the public dole his entire life as a politician…who has never worked a real job…who is 80 years old and TOTALLY out of touch with history…who carries a mindset that fails to comport with reality—how did such a sidewinder rattlesnake like Biden claim the White House?

Once he made the presidency, he’s been an absolute abysmal failure on multiple fronts.  He and/or his handlers possess NO comprehension of what he or they are doing.  He does not understand what he’s causing.  He created $5.00 a gallon gas prices.  He created an invasion of our  southern border that has rendered us a “destination” for millions of refugees from around the world.   He’s inviting fentanyl and dozens of drugs across the border to be  distributed to our children.  Note: as reported on major networks, fentanyl kills 220 Americans every single day of the year.  He’s piling millions of refugees onto our welfare rolls to the tune of billions of our tax dollars for illegal migrants.  He’s doing NOTHING for our 540,000 homeless Americans and veterans.  He’s making a mockery of our laws by not enforcing them.  He’s leading our country into a lawless, no-man’s-land with endless murders every weekend in Chicago, NYC, Detroit, St. Louis, Baltimore, San Francisco, Denver, Houston and many more.

Somewhere along the line, there will be no escape for the American people.

At some point, there’s no way for our country to handle the immigrant load.  At some point, they  will be living in refugee tent cities in our country.  At some point, they will be marauding our cities, our schools, our children and our lives.  At some point, they will recreate their own poverty and misery in our country—because there is no way we can pay for them, feed them, educate them or save them.

This past week’s example of Martha’s Vineyard dealing with 50 refugee immigrants shows you exactly what’s transpiring.  The rich will not tolerate the immigrants in their midst.  In my travels around the world, I discovered that there are always “rich” people in every country. They isolate and insolate from the poor people—and don’t care about their misery.  They shun them.  Martha’s Vineyard people shipped all 50 illegals out within 24 hours…saying they couldn’t house them. Yet, they professed to be a “sanctuary city.”  What  a crock!

At the same time, Biden invited over 2,000,000 illegals already this year, with another 1,000,000 waiting to cross.  Again, the numbers lining up at our border will continue into the millions. That’s how nasty it is out there in the third world.

But the more we import the third world people into America, the more the United States will become a third world country itself.  So, what happens when all those millions who cannot speak English, are totally illiterate, possess no viable skills, and simply cannot function in this first world society—grow their numbers to a point where we cannot feed, house or work them?

With these numbers and these realities facing us, do you think our culture can survive?  How?  Who will maintain our Western Culture?

Again, we remain on course to add 100,000,000 immigrants to the USA by mid-century. This is what it looks like in sheer numbers. Every American should see this video because this is what’s coming:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=muw22wTePqQ

If we remain on this course set by Biden and Congress, those numbers will manifest.  Those refugees from around the world with all their  incompatible religions and cultures, along with their languages—will manifest in our Western Culture.  But they won’t mesh with our culture because they can’t.  Absolutely for certain, Islam cannot and will not mesh with Christianity, period.  There’s no middle ground for Muslims.

“Islam isn’t in America to be equal to any faith, but to become dominant. The Qur’an should be the highest authority in America, and Islam the only accepted religion on Earth.” Omar Ahmed, director of Council on American Islamic Relations.

“It is the nature of Islam to dominate, not to be dominated, to impose its law on all nations and to extend its power to the entire planet.” -Hassan Al-Banna 

Mary Ann Frieling said, “Between 2000 and 2010 the number of Mosques in the US doubled to 2,500. All of the money to build these Mosques has come from Saudi Arabia. Most of these Mosques are being located in areas where there are no Muslims….in the strong-hold heart of America. These are seeded areas for Muslim groups to cluster….and spread from there. Mohammed Muslimseed will spread across our great land.”

“For Muslims, Islamic Law has Allah as its author. Any other legislator is illegitimate.”  Mohammed Hocine Benkheira, Le Point, 3/21/2016

There you have it.  They  spell it out for  us.  And we keep importing them until they simply destroy our Constitution and our Western Culture.

Part 6: Conclusion, violence, dissension, poverty, failed society, Jarod Diamond’s  book: Collapse: How Societies Choose to Fail or Succeed.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




What Are Christians Supposed to DO?

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

September 22, 2022

I was reminded the other day of a statement a friend of mine made a couple of years ago.

Being a Christian is a lot like being a vitamin.  You simply have to B1.” 

Simple statement, but meaningless, actually.

How do you recognize a Christian?  Does calling oneself a Christian actually make it so?

I brought this up on my daily show (www.CoachDaveLive.com) last week in an attempt to get the folks in my “huddle” to actually think.

An entire book in the Bible is called ACTS.  It is a record of some of the activities that the 1st Century Christians found themselves involved in.  It is a fascinating recitation of the “acts” of the Apostles.  Their faith cost many of them their lives.

Webster defines ACT as “That which is done; a deed, exploit, or achievement, whether good or ill.”

TO ACT connotes movement…production…exertion of energy…accomplishment.

People are defined by what they DO…not simply what they are.  As I once heard someone ask “if they charged you with the crime of being a Christian would there be enough evidence to convict you?”  Action leaves evidence.  Evidence suggests complicity.  Complicity implies quilt.

Let me ask you again…what is it that Christians DO?

Plumbers fix pipes.  Singers sing songs.  Truckers drive trucks.  Preachers preach, cooks cook, cleaners clean, dancers dance.  Every category of human endeavor is defined by what the doer actually does.

Except for Christians.  Christians simply are…sort of like vitamins.

But even vitamins DO something.  They are imperative for the proper functioning of a body.

Some plumbers are Christian.  The same with butchers, bakers, and candlestick makers.  Being a Christian identifies the values that one possesses…the standard by which they live their lives…but it does not demonstrate exactly what it is that their Christianity causes them to DO.

The Bible teaches us that “they will know that we are Christians by our love?”  But what does that mean?  Love should produce action.  Love should provide evidence of belief.  The Apostle Paul said that what we DO is evidence of what we believe.  Action produces the fruit of belief.

What is it that your Christianity causes you to do?

No one can earn or work their way into Heaven. Salvation is by grace alone…through faith alone…in Christ alone. But works are evidence of belief. The idea of WORKS has gotten a bad rap in the church. Works are the evidence of the living out of the Christian Faith.

James 2What doth it profit, my brethren, though a man say he hath faith, and have not works? can faith save him?  If a brother or sister be naked, and destitute of daily food, And one of you say unto them, Depart in peace, be ye warmed and filled; notwithstanding ye give them not those things which are needful to the body; what doth it profit?  Even so faith, if it hath not works, is dead, being alone.  Yea, a man may say, Thou hast faith, and I have works: shew me thy faith without thy works, and I will shew thee my faith by my works.  Thou believest that there is one God; thou doest well: the devils also believe, and tremble.  But wilt thou know, O vain man, that faith without works is dead?

Was not Abraham our father justified by works, when he had offered Isaac his son upon the altar?  Seest thou how faith wrought with his works, and by works was faith made perfect?  And the scripture was fulfilled which saith, Abraham believed God, and it was imputed unto him for righteousness: and he was called the Friend of God. Ye see then how that by works a man is justified, and not by faith only.  Likewise also was not Rahab the harlot justified by works, when she had received the messengers, and had sent them out another way?  For as the body without the spirit is dead, so faith without works is dead also.

Prayer, alone, is not works.  Prayer empowers action.  Action produces works.  Works are evidence of belief.  Belief is the incubator of action.  Church attendance alone is not action.

According to Revelation 20 we will all appear at the Judgement Seat of Christ.  It is there that we will be required to produce evidence of our Christianity.

And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works.  And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works.

Is simply BEING a Christian all that is required of the Lord?  Was my friend, right?  Is the Christian Life really similar to a vitamin?  Just B1?

I am reminded of the Parable of the talents where the man who had only ONE buried it for fear of not stacking up.   Jesus called him a “a wicked and slothful servant.”

When you and I stand before the Lord will we simply be judged by what we BELIEVE or will we be judged by what we did with what we believed?

How is your Christian-exercise program going?  What action is your faith producing?

Just what is it that Christians are supposed to DO?

© 2022 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Bombshell: Sars-Cov2, Those Responsible by Name and How it Was Done

By Devvy

September 21, 2022

Americans following the mystery of COVID-19, how it originated and where has been a topic of discussion since the insanity began of locking down this country, dangerous mask mandates and the rank stupidity of six feet distancing now have proof and evidence of the major players and how this criminal act was pulled off thanks to the amazing research and hard work of Tom Renz, his team and Make Americans Free Again.

Renz is an attorney involved in several lawsuits including the one I cited in my last column.  Lawsuits involving victims of those experimental gene editing technology injections being passed off as vaccines.  I also wrote at the bottom of my column:  “Will those responsible for this massive crime against humanity – SARS-CoV-2 and those injections ever be held accountable?  Will the truth finally be revealed?   Yes, and soon which is all I can say for now.”

Well, Renz just released for the public what I consider to be the BOMBSHELL document:

BREAKING: The Origins of SARS-COV2Fauci, Wuhan, EcoHealth & More – “Renz Law in collaboration with Make Americans Free Again have put together a report presentation documenting 133 Citations, Declaration of an employee of EcoHealth under penalty of perjury, months of research and consulting with experts. Below you find a copy of the presentation and the full report.”

This is a 57-page document that must be read in its entirety.  It is the story of SARS-CoV-2 from start until now.  Criminal acts by named individuals paid for by you and me.  You will be absolutely shocked regarding intelligence agencies and guess whose name pops up in that document?  Hunter Biden.

Not speculation but hard scientific facts and evidence, some of which has been provided by a whistleblower on the inside with impeccable credentials.  I suspect we’ll see more to come in the way of those wanting to do the right thing or…the old tactic of the first one who sings gets the best deal.  Better hurry up as the iceberg is dead ahead.

To read – and you must (I’ve read it twice), go here.  Scroll down to the September 12, 2022 date for the 57-page report just released.

There will be another development very soon so stay tuned.  The day of reckoning is here for the guilty and that includes unnamed individuals in the alphabet soup agencies.  They all need to be indicted, tried, convicted and sent to a federal SuperMax prison locked down for 23 hours a day until they all die.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

On page 36 of the document above you will see the name Christian Drosten.  Dr. Reiner Fuellmich (attorney in Germany and licensed in California) filed a Cease and Desist letter against Prof. Drosten:  “In a 3 October statement on Crimes Against Humanity, Reiner Fuellmich describes in detail how Christian Drosten invented a prototype Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) test to purportedly detect live-and-infectious SARS-CoV-2 virus which became the model for the worldwide PCR test:”  Rest at link here.

FACTS: Experimental COVID Injections and SADS, September 19, 2022 (Mine)




Department of Homeland Security Demonizes Americans Again!

By Bradlee Dean

September 21, 2022

“ONCE A GOVERNMENT IS COMMITTED TO THE PRINCIPLE OF SILENCING THE VOICE OF OPPOSITION, IT HAS ONLY ONE WAY TO GO, AND THAT IS DOWN THE PATH OF INCREASINGLY REPRESSIVE MEASURES, UNTIL IT BECOMES A SOURCE OF TERROR TO ALL ITS CITIZENS AND CREATES A COUNTRY WHERE EVERYONE LIVES IN FEAR.” -PRESIDENT HARRY S. TRUMAN

If you remember right, on October 26, 2001 the unconstitutional Patriot Act was pushed forward in spite of the fact that not one representative had an opportunity to read it.  It was laid on their desks at 3:30 am.

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

If you also remember right, the United States did not know who to attack after September 11, 2001.  So, they decided to attack Iraq and, in turn, Vice President Dick Cheney profited to the tune of 39.5 billion dollars (Proverbs 17:15).

[YouTube Video]

If you also remember right, for 18 years, the American people were told by the mainstream media that the Muslims were a threat to this country at every given step.

Now, they attack Americans in defending those who are here to conquer illegally.

Truth be told, the very ones that are allowed to set the narratives here are the very ones setting up their political opposition within the borders of this country (Ephesians 4:14).

Friends, those who were originally accused for the Twin Towers coming down could have never dreamed of what it is that the American government has done to its own people to date (Leviticus 26:15-16). Therefore, America will never be destroyed from the outside.  If we falter and lose our freedoms it will be because we destroyed ourselves (Numbers 32:23).

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

To add insult to lying injury after lying injury, we now have the unconstitutional Department of Homeland Security Gestapo head Alejandro Mayorkas, and right on que, accusing the American people of being the “domestic extremists.” We all saw this right after the 72 definitions from the DHS came out publicly (Revelation 12:10).

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

MSNBC recently highlighted Mayorkas saying, “The threat landscape has evolved considerably over the last 20 years,” and that foreign terrorism has now taken a back seat to domestic extremism.

“We are seeing an emerging threat, of course, over the last several years of the domestic violent extremist,”
said the DHS chief.

“The individual here in the United States radicalized to violence by a foreign terrorist ideology, but also an ideology of hate, anti-government sentiment, false narratives propagated on online platforms, even personal grievances,” he added.

As Chris Menahan highlights, Mayorkas has wielded a pretty broad brush when it comes to defining what behavior qualifies as ‘domestic extremism’.

“Mayorkas said last year that white extremists are the greatest threat to America and put out terror alerts painting opponents of covid lockdowns and people who don’t trust the Biden regime as potential domestic terrorists.”

[YouTube Video]

President James Madison warned long ago: “If Tyranny and Oppression come to this land, it will be in the guise of fighting a foreign enemy.”

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




The Animating Contest of Freedom

By Zack Strong

September 21, 2022

We live in dark and confused times. Our Founding Fathers also lived in dark and uncertain times. Today, we turn to them for inspiration. Only light expels darkness and these words of encouragement from our noble forebears are pure light scorched with the holy fire of Freedom.

Days prior to the Battle of Long Island in 1776, General George Washington issued a challenge to his fighting men. Said he:

“[T]he hour is fast approaching, on which the Honor and Success of this army, and the safety of our bleeding Country depend. Remember officers and Soldiers, that you are Freemen, fighting for the blessings of Liberty—that slavery will be your portion, and that of your posterity, if you do not acquit yourselves like men: Remember how your Courage and Spirit have been dispised, and traduced by your cruel invaders; though they have found by dear experience at Boston, Charlestown and other places, what a few brave men contending in their own land, and in the best of causes can do, against base hirelings and mercenaries—Be cool, but determined; do not fire at a distance, but wait for orders from your officers—It is the General’s express orders that if any man attempt to skulk, lay down, or retreat without Orders he be instantly shot down as an example, he hopes no such Scoundrel will be found in this army; but on the contrary, every one for himself resolving to conquer, or die, and trusting to the smiles of heaven upon so just a cause, will behave with Bravery and Resolution: Those who are distinguished for their Gallantry, and good Conduct, may depend upon being honorably noticed, and suitably rewarded: And if this Army will but emulate, and imitate their brave Countrymen, in other parts of America, he has no doubt they will, by a glorious Victory, save their Country, and acquire to themselves immortal Honor” (General Washington, General Orders, August 23, 1776).

What are we fighting for today? Are we fighting for power, control, dominion, wealth, or fame? Are we fighting for a political party or faction? Are we fighting for conquest and empire? Or, alternatively, are we fighting for “the safety of our bleeding Country,” our “own land,” and the “blessings of Liberty”? Is our cause so just that it merits the “smiles of heaven”? Are we “Freemen” resisting slavery and rebuking tyranny? Unless we fight for our Faith, Families, and Freedom, or cause is unjust and will fail. To win, we must know who we are, why we are fighting, and make our appeal to the God of this covenant land, who is Jesus Christ.

When the Declaration of Independence was signed, the fiery patriot John Adams wrote to his beloved wife Abigail, stating:

“You will think me transported with Enthusiasm but I am not. — I am well aware of the Toil and Blood and Treasure, that it will cost Us to maintain this Declaration, and support and defend these States. — Yet through all the Gloom I can see the Rays of ravishing Light and Glory. I can see that the End is more than worth all the Means. And that Posterity will tryumph in that Days Transaction, even altho We should rue it, which I trust in God We shall not” (John Adams to Abigail Adams, July 3, 1776).

Do we look forward through the mists of swirling darkness and glimpse the “Rays of ravishing Light and Glory” that are our destiny as a People? Do we hold in remembrance the sacred mission that the Pilgrim and Puritan forefathers and our Founding Fathers set for us; namely, the creation of an asylum for Liberty and a new Zion of our God? With our eyes on this most glorious prize, triumph will be ours with His divine aid.

A year later, Mr. Adams wrote again to Abigail, telling her:

“Do our People intend to leave the Continent in the Lurch? Do they mean to submit? or what Fatality attends them? With the noblest Prize in View, that ever Mortals contended for, and with the fairest Prospect of obtaining it upon easy Terms, The People of the Massachusetts Bay, are dead.

“Does our State intend to send only half, or a third of their Quota? Do they wish to see another, crippled, disastrous and disgracefull Campaign for Want of an Army? — I am more sick and more ashamed of my own Countrymen, than ever I was before. The Spleen, the Vapours, the Dismals, the Horrors, seem to have seized our whole State.

“More Wrath than Terror, has seized me. I am very mad. The gloomy Cowardice of the Times, is intollerable in N. England. . . .

“Posterity! You will never know, how much it cost the present Generation, to preserve your Freedom! I hope you will make a good Use of it. If you do not, I shall repent in Heaven, that I ever took half the Pains to preserve it” (John Adams to Abigail Adams, April 26, 1777).

As bleak as the situation looked in the moment, John Adams nevertheless looked above and beyond the sacrifices and pain and toil to the “noblest Prize” of Freedom and Independence. As we look around us and see former friends fall by the wayside, turncoats show their true colors, and a cabal of traitors try to overthrow and subjugate this great nation, we must remember what Mr. Adams knew; namely, that the prize we fight for is worth all our efforts, blood, sweat, and tears.

The Father of the American Revolution, Samuel Adams, threw down the gauntlet for the men of his day. His words apply with equal force to our generation:

“The truth is, all might be free, if they valued freedom and defended it as they ought . . . If, therefore, a people will not be free, if they have not virtue enough to maintain their liberty against a presumptuous invader, they deserve no pity, and are to be treated with ignominy” (Samuel Adams, Boston Gazette, October 14, 1771).

Another time, Samuel Adams spoke just as clearly and bluntly, challenging patriots everywhere to join the cause:

“Contemplate the mangled bodies of our countrymen, and then say, What should be the reward of such sacrifices? Bid us and our posterity bow the knee, supplicate the friendship, and plough, and sow, and reap, to glut the avarice of the men who have let loose on us the dogs of war to riot in our blood, and hunt us from the face of the earth? If we love wealth better than liberty, the tranquillity of servitude, than the animating contest of freedom – go from us in peace. We ask not your counsels or arms. Crouch down and lick the hands which feed you. May your chains set lightly upon you, and may posterity forget that ye were our countrymen.

“. . . The calamities were at our door. The rod of oppression was raised over us. We were roused from our slumbers, and may we never sink into repose until we can convey a clear and undisputed inheritance to our posterity. This day we are called upon to give a glorious example of what the wisest

and best of men were rejoiced to view, only in speculation. This day presents the world with the most august spectacle that its annals ever unfolded. Millions of freemen, deliberately and voluntarily forming themselves into a society for their common defence and common happiness. . . .

“Our Union is now complete; our constitution composed, established, and approved. You are now the guardians of your own liberties. We may justly address you, as the Decemviri did the Romans, and say – “Nothing that we propose can pass into a law without your consent. Be yourselves, O Americans, the authors of those laws on which your happiness depends.”

“You have now in the field armies sufficient to repel the whole force of your enemies, and their base and mercenary auxiliaries. The hearts of your soldiers beat high with the spirit of freedom – they are animated with the justice of their cause, and while they grasp their swords, can look up to heaven for assistance. Your adversaries are composed of wretches who laugh at the rights of humanity, who turn religion into derision, and would, for higher wages, direct their swords against their leaders or their country. Go on, then, in your generous enterprise, with gratitude to heaven, for past success, and confidence of it in the future. For my own part, I ask no greater blessing than to share with you the common danger and common glory. If I have a wish dearer to my soul, than that my ashes may be mingled with those of a Warren and Montgomery – it is – that these American States may never cease to be free and independent!” (Samuel Adams, “American Independence,” August 1, 1776).

It has been inspiring the past several years to witness a speedy awakening from coast to coast. The deliberately engineered national calamities that have hit us one after have jolted millions awake. Now, our ranks are swelling. We have an irate minority of Liberty-loving, America-first patriots steeling themselves for the battle for their rights. They proudly wave the American flag and they acknowledge that America is exceptional.

More importantly, many of our number have inclined their hearts toward God and are petitioning Him for a just redress of our grievances against the “rulers of the darkness of this world” (Ephesians 6:12). We are grateful to Heaven for its bounties. We are filled with love and respect for our Founding Fathers whom the Lord prospered and inspired to set up a free nation and a beacon of hope for humanity. Today, it is our duty to carry forward our Freedom, regain what we have lost, and cement the standard of Liberty forever in America.

In his rousing writings, Thomas Paine encouraged the beleaguered Continental Army onward to a victory which he knew was certain. He affirmed:

“These are the times that try men’s souls: The summer soldier and the sunshine patriot will, in this crisis, shrink from the service of his country; but he that stands it now, deserves the love and thanks of man and woman. Tyranny, like hell, is not easily conquered; yet we have this consolation with us, that the harder the conflict, the more glorious the triumph. What we obtain too cheap, we esteem too lightly: It is dearness only that gives every thing its value. Heaven knows how to set a proper price upon its goods; and it would be strange indeed, if so celestial an article as FREEDOM should not be highly rated. . . .

“I have as little superstition in me as any man living, but my secret opinion has ever been, and still is, that GOD Almighty will not give up a people to military destruction, or leave them unsupportedly to perish, who have so earnestly and so repeatedly sought to avoid the calamities of war by every decent

method which wisdom could invent. Neither have I so much of the infidel in me as to suppose that HE has relinquished the government of the world and given us up to the care of devils. . . .

“. . . a generous parent should have said, “If there must be trouble, let it be in my day, that my child may have peace;” and this single reflection, well applied, is sufficient to awaken every man to duty. Not a place upon earth might be so happy as America. Her situation is remote from all the wrangling world, and she has nothing to do but to trade with them. A man can distinguish himself between temper and principle, and I am as confident, as I am that GOD governs the world, that America will never be happy till she gets clear of foreign dominion. Wars, without ceasing, will break out till that period arrives, and the Continent must in the end be conqueror, for though the flame of liberty may sometimes cease to shine, the coal can never expire. . . .

“. . . Say not that thousands are gone, turn out your tens of thousands; throw not the burden of the day upon Providence, but “show your faith by your works” that GOD may bless you. It matters not where you live or what rank of life you hold, the evil or the blessing will reach you all. The far and the near, the home counties and the back[country], the rich and the poor, will suffer or rejoice alike. The heart that feels not now, is dead: The blood of his children will curse his cowardice, who shrinks back at a time when a little might have saved the whole, and made them happy. I love the man that can smile in trouble, that can gather strength from distress, and grow brave by reflection. ’Tis the business of little minds to shrink; but he whose heart is firm, and whose conscience approves his conduct, will pursue his principles unto death” (Thomas Paine, The American Crisis, No. 1, December, 1776).

Are you prepared to doggedly pursue your principles unto death? Does the fire of Freedom burn in your bones? Does the light of Liberty shine in your soul? Is your supply of patriotic coal low or are you constantly nourishing the blaze of American Independence? God will bless those who enter into a covenant to serve Him on this special land. America is His outpost. He will defend us if we man up to exert ourselves for Him, for the Heaven-inspired Constitution, for our families and children, for our precious rights, and for our sacred Freedom.

When things get difficult, when war howls, when tyranny rages, when dissenters scoff, when the controlled press spews pessimism and defeatism, then is the time to press forward, redouble your efforts, believe in America, embrace the heritage of your ancestors, and show your faith by your works. God will not restore the Republic or deliver Liberty to you on a silver platter, for, as Thomas Jefferson said, “we are not to expect to be translated from despotism to liberty, in a feather-bed” (Thomas Jefferson to the Marquis de Lafayette, April 2, 1790). The great Sage also wrote: “[T]imid men . . . prefer the calm of despotism to the boisterous sea of liberty” (Thomas Jefferson to Phillip Mazzei, April 24, 1796).

Are we timid? Are we scared of the fight? Are we to servile to do our duty to protect and perpetuate our God-given rights? If we are, we have no hope. But our forebearers believed in the Lord. They believed in Liberty. They believed that America was special, that her people were chosen for the task of freeing the world through the force of their example, and that God would not fail us so long as we did not fail Him. Let’s exert ourselves like men, reclaim the title of freemen, and stand in the gap for Liberty.

Finally, we turn to the immortal rallying cry of Patrick Henry just prior to the shot heard ‘round the world at Lexington and Concord:

“If we wish to be free–if we mean to preserve inviolate those inestimable privileges for which we have been so long contending–if we mean not basely to abandon the noble struggle in which we have been so long engaged, and which we have pledged ourselves never to abandon until the glorious object of our contest shall be obtained–we must fight! I repeat it, sir, we must fight! An appeal to arms and to the God of hosts is all that is left us!

“They tell us, sir, that we are weak; unable to cope with so formidable an adversary. But when shall we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be when we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be stationed in every house? Shall we gather strength by irresolution and inaction? Shall we acquire the means of effectual resistance by lying supinely on our backs and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until our enemies shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power. The millions of people, armed in the holy cause of liberty, and in such a country as that which we possess, are invincible by any force which our enemy can send against us. Besides, sir, we shall not fight our battles alone. There is a just God who presides over the destinies of nations, and who will raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave. Besides, sir, we have no election. If we were base enough to desire it, it is now too late to retire from the contest. There is no retreat but in submission and slavery! Our chains are forged! Their clanking may be heard on the plains of [Washington]! The war is inevitable–and let it come! I repeat it, sir, let it come.

“It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen may cry, Peace, Peace– but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale that sweeps from the north will bring to our ears the clash of resounding arms! Our brethren are already in the field! Why stand we here idle? What is it that gentlemen wish? What would they have? Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take; but as for me, give me liberty or give me death!” (Patrick Henry, “Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death,” March 23, 1775).

Are you willing to suit up for Freedom? Are you willing to risk it all in this noble cause? Are you willing to be called an “extremist” and do the revolutionary thing of defending Freedom? We don’t need a majority, but we need an active and vigilant core that appeals to Heaven, refuses to submit to slavery, and values dangerous Liberty more than tyrannical security.

We are not alone; the fight for Freedom is God’s fight. America was set up by Him and His divine power. We were established as His new Israel, His base of operations, His empire of Liberty. America is special in the divine economy and will never fail. A cleansing must occur, and blood must nourish the tree of Liberty, but a righteous remnant will prevail. There must be no doubt in our hearts of this crucial truth. Our destiny is Freedom forever!

© 2022 Zack Strong – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Zack Strong: zastrong@hotmail.com




The Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God

By Lex Greene

September 20, 2022

Contrary to what most Americans think, there is no such thing as “Constitutional Rights.” The U.S. Constitution has nothing to do with the Natural Rights of U.S. Citizens. The Constitution isn’t even an enumeration of “protections” of all Natural Rights of the People. That document, the “Supreme Law of this Land,” only establishes the structure, duties, and authorities of our Federal Government. Nothing more or less.

Likewise, the Bill of Rights is not an enumeration of the Rights of the People. It’s an enumeration of additional limitations and prohibitions placed on government.

The Rights of the People do not come from any government or governmental body. In fact, the Natural Rights of the People are well beyond the reach of government in the USA, they are “inalienable.” – “All men have certain natural rights which are inalienable.”

In the USA, this foundation for freedom and liberty was established for all U.S. Citizens in the opening of our Declaration of Independence“When in the Course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another, and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them.”

All of our basic Rights as American Citizens are Natural Rights, “endowed by our Creator,” as established in our Founding Documents, known as our Charters of Freedom. All such Rights are “inalienable” by governmental bodies, any government body.

Our most basic Natural Rights are an inalienable Right to “Life, Liberty and the [individual] pursuit of Happiness.” Fundamentally, any human being who does not have a protected Right to Life itself, has a Right to nothing at all. Our 2nd Amendment, “the Right of the People to keep and bear arms,” exists so that “the People” can protect these most basic Rights, no matter the source of the threat.

Natural Rights are different than Civil Rights. In the USA, Civil Rights have been established by government via Civil Rights Acts, a legislative process. Civil Rights are guarantees of equal social opportunities and equal protection under the law, regardless of race, religion, or other personal characteristics. Civil Liberties are something else yet again. Civil liberties are guarantees and freedoms that governments commit not to abridge, either by constitution, legislation, or judicial interpretation, without due process.

In contrast to Civil Rights and Civil Liberties derived from legislative process, based on man-made statutes, Natural Rights are based upon Natural Law, defined as “those that are not dependent on the laws, customs, or beliefs of any particular culture or government, (and therefore, universal and inalienable) were central to the debates during the Enlightenment on the relationship between the individual and the government.”

In the USA, our country was intentionally founded upon “The Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God,” not man-made statutes. We are designed to be a nation of laws, but those laws are constitutionally required to be consistent with and in furtherance of, our Natural Rights. As a result, our government is regulated by these laws and Rights, and prohibited from infringing upon these Rights for any reason, in any manner whatsoever.

Today, at least 80% of what our federal government and many state and local governmental bodies do, are direct infringements upon our Natural Rights, in direct violation of both federal and state constitutions. But most modern Americans don’t know it, or don’t care.

For the record, the U.S. Constitution is still the “Supreme Law of the Land,” and all State Constitutions are the Supreme Law in each state. Anything and everything a governmental body does that is at odds with those Supreme Laws, are themselves, “unlawful” and “unconstitutional.” Under such conditions, they have no force of law behind them whatsoever. They are NULL & VOID the second they are passed by any governmental body, Executive, Legislative or Judicial.

There is only one single purpose to the U.S. Constitution, and it is to “form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity.”

When any governmental body in the USA acts at odds with this purpose, which they do daily now, they do so in direct violation of the Founding documents which created that government, and which they have all taken an oath of office to serve, protect and defend. They are therefore, engaged in acts of treason against the People, from whom all government powers are derived.

Unfortunately, most of what our federal, state, and local governments have enacted over many years, are unlawful and unconstitutional. The People either didn’t know, didn’t pay attention, or didn’t care as literally hundreds or thousands of infringements crept into our new norm.

Once a government grants itself such power, they will never relinquish that power willingly. They are likely to do whatever it takes, including scorched earth events, to retain the power they have stolen from the People.

The People have only three options in how they can retake the power that rightfully belongs to only them.

  1. Remove the threat to Life and Liberty via elections, which is only possible with a well-informed and active electorate, and only in free, fair, honest election processes. We have neither in the USA right now.
  2. Put down the threat via Judicial processes, designed to restrict governments to constitutional boundaries. Constitutional issues are meant to have “original jurisdiction” in Supreme Courts, allowing direct access to prevent the People from taking matters into their own hands. This is only possible with courts that uphold, enforce, and protect the Natural Rights of the People, which we also do not have today.
  3. The last resort of the People is founded in our Declaration of Independence. Our Charters of Freedom were designed to forever protect the Natural Rights of the People and direct the People to remain “forever vigilant” against a destructive government and use all of their Rights to protect the future of freedom and liberty for all posterity.

“We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.”

“That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, –That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to affect their Safety and Happiness.”

Over the past 246 years or so, Americans had quite literally thousands of opportunities to “alter” the increasingly destructive nature of their government. But as our Founders so wisely warned…

“Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly, all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed.”

In other words, so long as life seems mostly normal and comfortable, even tolerating a significant level of suffering, the People will be unlikely to ever confront evil in their governments. Only when conditions deteriorate to a broadly intolerable level, are People likely to react.

Because intolerable evils tend to be trust upon the People incrementally over an extended period of time, like a frog dropped into a pot of room temperature water and brought to a boil slowly, most will not notice the changes until they boil.

Those who do notice early in the process, are often labeled “conspiracy theorists” and “tin foil hat” folks. The labels are designed to prevent others from taking notice of events unfolding slowly, most of them unfolding right under their noses and in broad daylight.

When all else fails, return to the basics, stick to the fundamentals. The government approved “experts” are there to confound and confuse, making issues seem much more complicated than they actually are.

If we stick to the basics, we cannot be confounded, confused, or controlled by the government “experts.”

When our government becomes anti-Life, they have become destructive of all Natural Rights.

When government becomes anti-second amendment, they have become destructive of all Natural Rights.

It’s not the People, but rather government “experts,” responsible for driving every Citizen to trillions in national debt. The proven lies surrounding COVID19 over the past two years all came from government approved “experts.” Those responsible for the mass illegal invasion of our country are national security and legal “experts.”

As we have witnessed, only certain “experts” are recognized as such, specifically, those who carry water for the government, against the People.

Our Natural Rights, under the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God are the foundation for every Right on earth. Fail to protect and defend those Rights, and you will have no other.

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




America on the Precipice

By Cliff Kincaid

John Solomon is a great reporter, but his article urging a new congressional Church Committee “to probe FBI abuses” is a recipe for more delay. Such hearings would be a complete waste of time and manipulated by the left-wingers.

A new film, “America on the Precipice,” captures the real essence of the problem and will have far more impact than any number of promised investigations from politicians who have allowed major institutions to fall under the influence and control of Obama-style Marxism.

The organization EPAC, standing for Ensure the Preservation of America and Our Constitution, uses this new blockbuster film to explain how the “fundamental transformation” has occurred and how Marxism can be purged from our beloved America. EPAC founder and patriotic businessman Hugo G. Goerner tells me the film’s premier will be on October 9.

Holding out the promise of more congressional investigations, John Solomon writes that, “A half century ago, Americans held grave concerns that J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI and other U.S. intelligence agencies had abused civil rights, improperly targeted enemies and illegally gathered evidence, so Congress set out on a great cleansing mission.” In fact, the Church Committee was named for a very liberal Senator, Frank Church of Idaho, whose purpose was to gut the ability of the FBI and CIA to fight communism at home and abroad.

Under J. Edgar Hoover, the FBI investigated totalitarian movements such as the communists, Nazis, and the KKK. Today, the FBI largely concentrates on groups designated as objectionable by the Southern Poverty Law Center. That includes Trump supporters and yours truly.

John Solomon should report on Hoover’s warnings in his book, Masters of Deceit, and then report on FBI informant Herbert Philbrick’s book, I Led Three Lives.

Another Philbrick book, Communism and Race in America, is also a good place to look. He discusses communist use of front groups and its “dialectical approach” to subversion that emphasizes how anything which creates tension in society “is a part of the path of progress,” from the communist point of view.

Years before the current crisis, Congress could have held hearings into what, if anything, FBI directors like Robert Mueller and Christopher Wray have done about investigating the communist networks on the streets of America. In terms of Congress, liberals abolished the House Internal Security Committee, the successor of the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

One member of Congress who publicly supported the recreation of the House Internal Security Committee, former Rep. Steve King of Iowa, was targeted with a well-orchestrated “hit” by the Leftist media and Republican establishment.

The FBI doesn’t investigate communist groups on American soil anymore because some of them are integrated into the Democratic Party. The Communist Party USA (CPUSA), once aligned with and funded by Moscow, openly supported Barack Hussein Obama for president in 2008 and 2012. Obama’s CIA director John Brennan voted for the CPUSA in college.

At the time that America’s cities were burning in 2020, Attorney General William P. Barr was warning that groups of “outside radicals and agitators” were exploiting the George Floyd situation “to pursue their own separate and violent agenda.” Barr added, “In many places, it appears the violence is planned, organized, and driven by anarchistic and far left extremists, using Antifa-like tactics, many of whom travel from out of state to promote the violence.”

What he didn’t say is that the FBI, under his jurisdiction, is clueless about who is planning and organizing the chaos. Barr joined Wray in dereliction of duty.

Filling the void more than a decade ago, we held a “Marxism in America” conference in 2010 and laid the groundwork for what needs to be done.

In fact, de-communization is already happening, as parents lead the campaign to stop communist brainwashing in the schools. In Frederick County, Maryland, running on the “Education Not Indoctrination” slate, Cindy Rose has declared that educators are now “training our children to be Marxist revolutionaries,” while neglecting intellectual achievement and structured learning.

Our 2010 “Marxism in America” conference included Professor Mary Grabar discussing the left’s favorite historian, secret Communist Party member Howard Zinn, and his brainwashing techniques.  America’s Survival, Inc. obtained Zinn’s FBI file and posted its contents.

Grabar wrote, Debunking The 1619 Project: Exposing the Plan to Divide America and Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America.

We also discussed the influence of Harry Hay, a Communist Party member who started the modern gay rights movement in America. He divorced his wife, after contracting a venereal disease, became a “radical fairy” with an interest in the occult, and marched for the cause of adults having sex with children. We obtained his FBI file as well.

Our book, The Sword of Revolution and the Communist Apocalypse, notes that Marx focused on workers when there were many others who could be considered “exploited” by the capitalist system. Added to the “workers” list from the twentieth century usage was a wide range of allegedly exploited individuals, including women, homosexuals, minorities, indigenous persons (Indians), immigrants, disabled persons, and animals. The earth itself has also been added to the list.

The Marxist theory of history (historical materialism) holds that history moves through the following stages: Slavery/ feudalism/Capitalism/Socialism/Communism. In their view, we are entering socialism, on the verge of communism. As the new film says, we are indeed on a “precipice.”

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




The Feasts of God

By Glynn Adams

September 20, 2022

We really need to get back to our Jewish roots. Leviticus 23:2 is clear in that God when speaking to Moses said, “The feasts of the LORD which you shall proclaim to be holy convocations, these are My feasts.” The Hebrew word “moed” that is translated feasts in Leviticus 23:2, would be best translated as divine appointments. God has prescheduled divine appointments with His people operating on a different calendar from the one the world uses. These feasts of God are relevant to Christians today!!!

We must pay attention to God’s prophetic calendar and His time schedule. In Genesis 1:14, God declares that He is creating the sun and the moon for “signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years.” On our Gregorian calendar we think seasons such as winter, spring, summer, and fall. However in Genesis 1:14, God is referring to the timing on God’s own prophetic calendar. The days mean holy days, like the new moon and the Sabbath, as well as the Spring Feasts of Passover and the Fall Feasts of Tabernacles. The term years refers to the Jubilee years, which occur every fiftieth year and the Shemittah years, which happen every seventh year.

When these feasts, God’s divine appointments, are celebrated, they are to be “dress rehearsals” to the very day and hour on God’s calendar when they would find their prophetic fulfillment of what God is going to do on that exact day and hour. There are seven feasts. The spring feasts have been fulfilled with the death, burial, and resurrection of Jesus and the day of Pentecost. The fall feasts of His second coming have not been fulfilled. So when you celebrate the “dress rehearsal” of the fall feasts this year, Jesus could come during that dress rehearsal. When you participate in these fall feasts, this is how you get ready and are prepared for His second coming.

It is very important for everyone to pay attention to these feasts and their “dress rehearsals.” In 33AD, the Jewish religious leaders, the Scribes and Pharisees along with a large Jewish religious crowd, who had rejected Jesus as Messiah and condemned Him to the cross, were across town in Jerusalem celebrating their dress rehearsal for Passover by placing a lamb on the altar to be slain for their sins for what they thought was a future event – at the same exact moment, Jesus was on a cross dying for the sins of the world. While the real Passover was being fulfilled, the religious crowed of Jewish leaders and religious people with all their years of dress rehearsals missed the real Passover!! Why? Religion does not prepare anyone for what God is doing. They drifted away from a relationship with their God while attending meaningless religious rituals and they did not recognize their visitation of God in the flesh.

This fall feast of God is all about new beginnings, a fresh start over, repentance, change, transformation, and hope. God is a God of restoration and the church in America needs a makeover from top to bottom. If we continue on our current religious track, I believe we will bring more and severer judgments of God upon ourselves and nation!!!

Do not be deceived about these fall feasts and their importance to YOU!!! These fall feasts are all about Jesus and what He is going to do in the future. These fall divine appointments are extremely important and has serious spiritual implications. This is why God has dress rehearsals to ensure we are on the same calendar with God, that we get every detail of these feasts correct and that we are ready and right with God!!! Sometime in the future these three feasts will usher in the second coming of Jesus Christ. He will be crowned LORD of Lords and King of kings, to set His millennial reign as King to judge the nations, all people and His enemies and to marry His Bride.

Jesus is coming back as the Conquering King and Warrior Messiah ben David with a sword in His mouth. He will operate on His truth not our modern-day vain imaginations of truth. He cannot be bought and He will not be impressed with how big is the church you build or any ones works. Revelation 19 describes Him as one who will smite the nations and He will rule with a rod of iron.

The first of the three fall feasts is Rosh Hashanah. So let’s unpack some truths behind the first of our fall feasts. To begin with it starts the Jewish New Year which starts on the 1st of Tishrei on God’s calendar and 6 Pm on September 25, 2022, our calendar. It is also called Tom Teruah (The Feast of Trumpets or the blowing of the shofar). Teruah which means “blowing” or “ to shout” as in a battle cry. This referring directly to the pre-approved day when God Himself will shout the battle cry as He comes to judge the earth and will blow the shofar to gather His troops. This is what the Apostle Paul was referring to when he wrote in 1 Thessalonians 4:16 that “the Lord himself will descend from heaven with a shout…and with the blast of God’s shofar. The dead in Messiah will rise first.” Will you be ready when the shout and shofar sound?

By the way, Daniel 12:1 speaks that Michael the angel of Israel, will stand up and there shall be a time of trouble such as never since there was a nation. One of the other names for Rosh Hashanah is “the Time of Trouble.”!!! Incredibly, another name for Rosh Hashanah is the “Opening of the Books”!! Whoever name is written in the Book will be delivered!! Daniel continues by saying that many of those who sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life and some to shame and everlasting contempt.

Rosh Hashanah is also known as Yom HaDin, the Day of Judgment. On this day it is believed the doors of the heavenly court are opened and court is in session. During the ten days to Yom Kippur, it is believed that God determines who will live and who will die the next year.

Yom Teruah is also known as the “day of remembrance.” So if you remember to crown God as King and sound the shofar on the Feast of Trumpets, God will remember you and save you from your enemies. Yom Teruah is the sounding of the alarm clock to tell the dead it is time to wake up!!! Hello church in America!!!! Rosh Hashanah is a new and fresh start, a clean slate, a do over from anything in our lives that we feel is wasted or unworthy.

Realize one of the keys to unlocking prophecy is understanding that these fall feast days are dress rehearsal for the days of events that will happen one day. Imagine each year the angelic hosts are rehearsing the coming of Messiah. At the same time here on earth, all those with understanding are simultaneously rehearsing the same event. We become one with what is going on in heaven at the very same time. Some year on that day, the dress rehearsal will become the reality and we shall simply instantaneously be translated to the party.

Ten days after Rosh Hashanah is Yom Kippur – the Day of Atonements on the 10th of Tishrei and it is a day of fasting. It is also a time of repentance and awe. Repentance is more than feeling sorry which can lead to conviction and remorse. True repentance is constructive resulting in a real change in the way we think, ultimately leading to a change in our actions.

“God set forth Jesus as an atonement through faith in His blood.”(Romans 8:21-22) As God mended our broken relationship with Him, He called us to be fixers, restorers, repairers of the world. Yom Kippur focuses on this reparation. We can’t experience the fullness of His joy if we don’t have His ability to forgive and be forgiven. Isaiah 58 teaches us about afflicting our souls during Yom Kippur.

The writer of Hebrews hammers home the significant of Christ’s atoning sacrifice, Jesus was not only the pure, spotless Lamb slain for our sins. He was also the high priest able to go into the true Holy of Holies in Heaven and offer Himself to God the Father as the perfect sacrifice for sin. (Hebrews 9:1114) Pray for Israel that their eyes will be opened and they will turn to Christ.

God made a provision on the cross for each believer to get right with God, to repent, to give forgiveness, and to walk in obedience. On this Biblical fast day and a day when many dress in white for holiness, let us Christians in America use this time to put everything we do in our lives, in our churches, and in our nation on the altar before God and under the leadership of the Holy Spirit remove everything that does not have its basis in the Word of God.

I am very concerned at the attitude American Christians and churchgoers as well as Pastors in their approach to God and the things of God today. We ought to be in Godly fear, humility, and repentance over what we have allowed to happen to this nation. We have allowed evil to capture this nation and we are ruled by Satan rather than God, and we have become a dwelling place of demons. Our children are being destroyed and we won’t take a stand against this tyranny and loss of freedoms and we turn a blind eye and ignore all of this evil overtaking our nation. We must repent and return to God!!!

The last fall feast is the Feast of Tabernacles. It is also called Sukkot or Feast of Booths. They were to dwell in booths or sukkots or temporary shelters during the festival mainly because God made them dwell in booths in the wilderness after He brought them out of Egyptian slavery. The Feast of Tabernacles was one of three pilgrimage feasts when the people were to come to Jerusalem and for a time, dwell or tabernacle with God there. God’s ultimate plan from the foundation of the world has always been to tabernacle with His people.

Why did God insist that Israel dwell in tabernacles or temporary dwellings places every year throughout all their generations as an eternal statute? God wanted to remind us all each year at this appointed time that both the earth and our mortal bodies are also only temporary dwelling places. The Greek word for tabernacle is “skenos” and refers to the human body which is taken down at death much as you would take down a tent after a camping trip. The Apostle Paul wrote in 2 Corinthians 5:1 that when our earthly house of this tabernacle is dissolved, there’s one waiting for us in the heavens built by God.

Sukkot is an eight day party of rejoicing. We rejoice and celebrate what God has done for us in the past and what God is going to do for us in the future. Sukkot is the party that recalls God’s presence, protection, and provision when our ancestors existed Egypt and wondered the desert for forty years.

Just how important is the Feast of Tabernacle? Scholars believe strongly that Jesus was born during the Feast of Tabernacles. We do well to get on God’s timeline rather than our timeline!!! “Sukkot” is the only Feast Day other than “Shabbat”, that is prophesied as the one that will be celebrated by all the nations in the Messianic Kingdom to come. The celebration of Sukkot expresses our expectation and desire for the Messiah and His Kingdom to come!!! Since Jews and Gentiles will celebrate Sukkot in the Messianic Kingdom, it only makes sense to celebrate it now as we await that day!!!

The Word says no one knows the day or hour of His coming. It is impossible to know the day or hour because there are twenty-four time zones and it can be two different days at any one time. However, we are to know the times and seasons, and as we have found out, the times and seasons specifically are referring to the appointed times!!! Paul told the Thessalonians, “Of the times and the season brothers, you have no need that I write to you.” Why? Because they already knew the appointed times – the feasts!!

Jesus went on to say that they know that the Day of the Lord would come as a thief in the night. But then read very slowly what He said next, “But you brothers are not in darkness that that day should overtake you as a thief” (1 Thessalonians 5:1-2, 4)

But I am here to tell you that most of the religious systems in America are deceived and are in darkness, and don’t know they are a prime people for Jesus coming to them as a thief in the night. . Only deceived religious people in darkness and disobedient to Jesus ignore the darkness operating in this nation and refuse to resist it. “Jesus said, “Satan does not cast out Satan.”

Was Jesus upset with the religious leaders and people of His day because they could not discern the signs of the times? (Mathew 16:3) Did Jesus weep over Jerusalem because the religious did not recognize the time of their visitation? (Luke 19:41-44) To whom does the Bible say that Jesus will come as a thief in the night? To the dead church at Sardis. (Revelation 3:1-3)

We also see in Revelation the lukewarm, wretched, miserable, poor, blind, and naked church of Laodicea. That church is told to put on white raiment that the shame of their nakedness doesn’t show and to anoint their eyes that they might see. Almost every church in America is dead, lukewarm, miserable, poor, blind and naked while they all say they can see.

The false pastors and religious in America are in darkness, deceived, and blind because they cannot see the evil overtaking this nation. So they tolerate evil and refuse to resist it. Jesus will come to the false pastors and religious in America as a thief in the night!!!! What an awful day that will be for the religious leaders of our day!!! Now you know why it is so important to know the times and season of the Feasts of God!!!

God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the late Dr. Chuck Missler, Rabbi Jason Sobel, and Pastor Mark Biltz for their excellent commentary on the Feasts of God)

© 2022 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




FACTS: Experimental COVID Injections and SADS

By: Devvy

September 19, 2022

How many tens of millions of words have been written about SARS-CoV-2 commonly known as COVID-19?  Well, likely tens of thousands by so-called “fact checkers” since roughly April 2020 who have no shame about the lies they repeat on a daily basis regarding COVID-19 and those experimental gene-editing technology injections which legally are not vaccines.

Which is why I refer to them both here in the US and other countries as the prostitute media.  Like whores who walk the streets plying their trade, these so-called “fact checkers” are responsible for outright lying to the American people and keeping the truth from them for money.  Ruining the reputations of doctors and scientists around the world who were/are desperately trying to warn people about those mRNA injections.

Who Fact Checks the Fact Checkers? A Report on Media Censorship  // Facebook admits the truth: ‘Fact checks’ are really just (lefty) opinion

Back story regarding the use of the word vaccine because it’s critically important.  Can You Sue Employer: Mandatory COVID-19 Injections Death or Injury? (Mine, Dec. 6, 2021):

“Pfizer BioNTech filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Dec. 31, 2019See document here, pg 14 – 15:

“To our knowledge, there is no current precedent for an mRNA-based immunotherapy such as the type we are developing being approved for sale by the FDA, European Commission or any other regulatory agency elsewhere in the world. Although we expect to submit BLAs for our mRNA-based product candidates in the United States, and in the European Union, mRNA therapies have been classified as gene therapy medicinal products, other jurisdictions may consider our mRNA-based product candidates to be new drugs, not biologics or gene therapy medicinal products, and require different marketing applications.

“Any product candidates we develop may not be effective, may be only moderately effective, or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use.”

Pg 16:  “Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA…Our product candidates may not work as intended, may cause undesirable side effects or may have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any.”

“Vaccines normally take 10-15 years before getting approval for mass distribution.  The first injections were rolled out in hospitals on Dec. 14, 2020.  That SEC filing was last day of 2019 before production began. Clinical trials are scheduled through 2023, so yes, humans on this planet are being used as test subjects.

How about Moderna and their SEC filing, June 30, 2020?  “Regulatory requirements governing gene and cell therapy products have evolved and may continue to change in the future, and the implications for mRNA-based therapies are unknown…Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.”

“Click on Table of Contents and go down to page 64; “Our pursuit of mRNA-1273, a potential vaccine for SARS-CoV-2, continues to be subject to completion of the required clinical trials and regulatory approval in the United States and elsewhere. We may be unable to produce a vaccine that successfully treats the virus in a timely manner, if at allCurrently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.

On Moderna’s web site under EUA  it says, “The Moderna COVID‑19 Vaccine has not been approved or licensed by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA), but has been authorized for emergency use by FDA, under an Emergency Use Authorization (EUA), to prevent Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID‑19) for use in individuals 18 years of age and older. There is no FDA-approved vaccine to prevent COVID‑19.”

What Is Gene Therapy? How Does It Work? – “Recognizing this, scientists have been working for decades on ways to modify genes or replace faulty genes with healthy ones to treat, cure or prevent a disease or medical condition.”  *End* I did that column 10 months ago and look at the carnage – all those scientists and doctors, tragically have been right.

Moderna’s top scientist: ‘We are actually hacking the software of life’

Video interview with Dr. David Martin:  Key: Learn Why the 1986 Vaccine Protection Act Does Not Protect Covid-19 Injections (33:40) I watched that interview twice and highly recommend you find the time to watch it.

Prof. Dolores Cahill started warning back in January 2021:  Do not take those injections.  Prof. Cahill, prior to sounding the alarm, was one of the most highly respected Immunologist/Molecular Biologists in Ireland and other countries.  She was fired from her job.  Decades of experience and her life has been hell for the past two years.  Video (must watch, 12:37):  Professor Dolores Cahill Explains Why mRNA Vaccine is Bad for You, Jan. 11, 2021

Dr. Sherry Tenpenny, also a doctor with decades of experience has also been working tirelessly educating everyone about the science behind those experimental injections, from my Dec. 13, 2021 column quoting Dr. Tenpenny:  “It takes at least 6 weeks from the time you get your injection for the spike antibody to start to develop.  So, somewhere between 3 months and quite frankly 20 years.  The immunologist I spoke to said that over the next 10 years we are going to see this go on in perpetuity, because it can take anywhere from 2 years to 19 years to get full blown auto-immune disease.  I think we will see massive injuries and a lot more deaths starting somewhere between 4 and 18 months from now.   This Vaccine will permanently alter your immune system.

“When you get this spike antibody in your system it will permanently and irreversibly change your immune system.  The messenger RNA is the spike protein to develop an antibody against that spike protein.  It means next time you come in contact with a virus the antibody should block you from getting sick.

“However, not only does it not stop you from getting sick, the antibody itself is going to turn on your body and create havoc and massive auto-immune disease. It attacks your organs by molecular mimicry.  It is a genetic modification technology.”  This is an interview, August 28, 2022, with attorney Tom Lenz who discusses the above:  New Bombshells, Justice is Coming as they Panic w/ Tom Renz

Scientists conclude COVID Vaccines reprogram the Immune System causing Lymphocytes to attack Vital Organs, August 24, 2022

Since shortly after the roll-out of those experimental injections (we must stop calling them vaccines), people started dying and suffering from horrible injuries.  I’ve covered the verified numbers for what seems a lifetime ago.  Americans who want the truth have been watching videos on alternate video web sites (since You Tube censors all these doctors and scientists world-wide) have been getting the truth out there which is why there’s been such a massive resistance.

So many lawsuits filed by Americans to keep from losing their job and their life.  My dear friend, Larry Becraft, a constitutional attorney – that lawsuit he’s lead counsel on was filed in June 2021 and still hasn’t gone to trial.  A different one:  EXCLUSIVE: Pfizer Vaccine Whistleblower Responds to Motion to Dismiss False Claims Suit, August 25, 2022.

Killing off our workforce

The number of deaths is staggering.  When a vaccine is given approval by the Federal Death Administration (FDA) and a dozen people die, it’s pulled from the market or the manufacturer is given a warning.  Not for these COVID-19 experimental injections.  People should ask themselves why?  I can answer that:  Politics – as in governors, mayors, city, county and state health officials pushing them on everyone.  What are they going to say now – especially during an election year?

We keep hearing there’s not enough workers or people don’t want to work.  Millions of unfilled jobs so let’s employ illegal aliens in violation of federal immigration laws.  They can’t work because they’ve either died or are now being cut down with heart problems, blood clot problems, developing cancer and the list goes on.  Fifth Largest Life Insurance Company in US Paid Out 163% More for Deaths of Working People ages 18-64 in 2021 After COVID-19 Vaccine Mandates, June 17, 2022

With the number of sick and dying who is going to drive those trucks that deliver what we need to stores?  We’re already short about 80,000 truck drivers.  Electricians, plumbers, butchers, farmers, ranchers, hair dresser, barber, computer jobs of all kinds, airline pilots, our military.  What happens when they’re all too sick to work or have died?  I believe COVID was engineered to be endemic so it will go on year after year and people will continue taking those experimental injections – unless it’s stopped by a massive NO by the world.

How about the huge teacher shortage?  Yes, many refused to take the injections just like doctors and nurses who then quit their jobs.  But, when enough of them die or become too sick to work in job sectors of every stripe, what’s going to happen then?  Estimates are roughly 3.7 BILLION people on this planet have been given those injections.  Think about that.  I have.

I’ve done quite a bit of research on the robot industry.  If you’re going to depopulate a huge number of humans, you still need some way for businesses to operate – with the exception of heart surgery (altho’ robotics is already in use for some functions), dentists or lawyers.  Now even receptionists are being replaced with robots!  You get the idea.  May sound far-fetched until one thinks about the long game and believe me, in between praying a lot, I have.

Now, robotics can be a marvelous thing for things like prosthetics, but my money goes on replacing humans in as many job sectors as possible.  This is an interesting ad:  Invest In The Robots Bringing Manufacturing Back To The United States:  “The United States once dominated global manufacturing. But according to The Bureau of Labor Statistics, US manufacturing’s share of GDP has shrunk more than 50% in just the last 50 years.”  The mass sucking sound started with NAFTA then GATT/WTO and all these other “free” trade treaties.  “Free” trade killed our manufacturing, industrial and agriculture sectors which made America the wealthiest industrial nation in the world.  Once robots replace humans, where will they go for work?

Major U.S. airport deploys giant robots to catch unmasked travelers:  “In Houston, at the George Bush Intercontinental/Houston Airport and William P. Hobby Airport, there were six robots roaming around to disinfect areas, Dallas Culture Map reported.  The Houston Airport System spent close to $1 million for those six robots to go around cleaning surfaces like tables, chairs, doorknobs and keyboards.”  Jobs formerly held by humans.

I’ve seen estimates of 20 million manufacturing jobs worldwide will be lost to robots by 2030.  Hey – it’s great to cut down on the cost of production but what about those workers now out of a job?  What do they use for money to buy products?  How many jobs do robots really replace?

Down below are links – a tiny number as I save them, more than 400 items – because this is absolutely a conspiracy (Cornell Law: Conspiracy is an agreement between two or more people to commit an illegal act, along with an intent to achieve the agreement’s goal.)  The numbers don’t lie.  There are more whistleblowers than you know and they have the evidence.  As I written before, I firmly believe millions of Americans are afraid of the truth because if they believe the science and some of the best scientists and doctors on this planet, fear takes over.  They’ve taken the injections and do not want to even think about what that technology is doing to their body.  Yes, it is frightening.  I do pray for everyone.

I’ve asked this question since early 2021 after people started dying in large numbers:  When will enough dead be enough?  How about all those whose lives now destroyed from those injections (C19 Vac Reactions) – how many is it going to take before cities, counties and governors ban those injections?  Of course, the “fact checkers”, politicians, doctors, health officials will all say the deaths and injured have nothing to with those experimental injections.  BULL.

Every time I do a column on this it just sickens me to my very soul.  Of course, the “fact checkers”, politicians up for reelection and scared to death people who’ve been jabbed will continue to bellow about conspiracy theories.  The “vaccines” have nothing to do with the massive number of deaths and injuries.  BULL.  What’s going on is unprecedented.

I wonder if life insurance and health insurance companies might start going bankrupt or refuse to pay out as the numbers continue to climb?  COVID-19 Vaccines and Informed Consent, August 25, 2022:  “The Society of Actuaries collected and analyzed claims data from twenty life insurance companies that provide group term coverage in the United States, representing roughly 90% of the employer-based group term life insurance industry. All-cause mortality data for the pandemic period (April 1, 2020 through September 30, 2021) was compared to all cause mortality data for the baseline period (2017 through 2019).

“The analysis reveals a dramatic spike in deaths from all causes during the third quarter of 2021 (July 1 through September 30). During that quarter, excess mortality for all policyholders was more than 30% above baseline. The spike in deaths was even more dramatic for working-age people. Excess mortality for people ages 25 to 34 was 81% above baseline, excess mortality for people ages 35 to 44 was 117% above baseline, excess mortality for people ages 45 to 54 was 108% above baseline, and excess mortality for people ages 55 to 64 was 70% above baseline. The dramatic increase in deaths from all causes during the third quarter of 2021, particularly among working age people, undermines the claim that the COVID-19 vaccines are safe and effective…Continued in the PDF link below.”

 Here It Comes, Sept. 9, 2022:  “Another thing we know (this one for certain): a new leading cause of death throughout Western Civ in people under 60 is “Cause Unknown.” At least that’s the official designation because the officials running public health and the medical establishment don’t want to know what’s killing people. Or, more precisely, they don’t want you to know, so they pretend not to know.

“If they suddenly felt the itch of curiosity, they might discover that the mRNA shots were behind the spread of Sudden Adult Death Syndrome (SADS) — the interchangeable and equally ambiguous tag for this mystifying phenomenon.”

The links below are either articles or videos and not in any particular order.  Just remember:  According to the Center for Disease Creation (CDC), the NIH (National Institute of Hell),  health officials, the prostitute media, politicians – those “vaccines” are safe and shame on you for not getting one.  I guess that’s why Congress and their staffs have been exempted from getting them.  CDC Director Admits Agency Gave False Information on COVID-19 Vaccine Safety Monitoring, Sept. 13, 2022:  “Dr. Rochelle Walensky, the agency’s director, said in a letter made public on Sept. 12 that the CDC did not analyze certain types of adverse event reports at all in 2021, despite the agency previously saying it started in February 2021.”

SADS or Sudden Adult Death Syndrome isn’t just adults.   I could list another 50 pages.

High Schooler Has Six Feet Of Blood Clots Removed From Legs  //  16-Year-Old High School Football Player Collapses and Dies After Suffering Medical Emergency During Practice, Sept. 9, 2022 //  61,000 Millennials Aged 25 to 44 Died in 2021 After COVID Vaccine Mandates – 84% Increase in Mortality Rate, Sept. 9, 2022  //  8-Year-Old Boy Dies of Sudden Cardiac Arrest //  Seven Dead Doctors in 14 Days Don’t Lie. The Covid Vaccine is a Killer, August 17, 2022  //  LOOK:  SADS: “Sudden Adult Death Syndrome” Explodes as Young and Healthy Adults Die Following COVID Vaccine Mandates, Sept. 6, 2022  //  17-Year-Old High School Football Player Dies in His Sleep, Sept. 11, 2022 // Following the Science? – 159 Children dead, 1.2k disabled, 14.5k hospitalised & 55k injured due to COVID Vaccination in the USA according to CDC, Sept. 5, 2022

UFC Fighter & Harlequin Romance Cover Model Killed by Vax Induced Cancer (video) – whole set of videos of victims from Hollywood to politicians who pushed those experimental injections.  One is a doctor in shock by the increase in melanoma cancer YTY. // England Study Confirms 100 Myocarditis Deaths After COVID Shots – “In the largest study to date on myocarditis deaths related to COVID-19 vaccination, researchers found that 100 people in England died of myocarditis soon after receiving a COVID-19 vaccine.”  Sept. 15, 2022 //  Medicine Regulators admitted in October 2020 that they knew the COVID Vaccines would cause Heart Damage, Blood Clots, harm to Children & Death, August 27, 2022 // Breaking!!! Covid vaccine claims overwhelm Courts, June 14, 2022, video

American Heart Association Journal: Thrombosis, Cardiomyopathy, and Other Vascular Events Following Vaccination, Nov. 24, 2021:  “The journal Circulation is a well-respected publication. It’s 71-years-old, its articles are peer reviewed and in one survey it was rated the world’s no 1 journal in the cardiac and cardiovascular system category.

“I’m going to quote the final sentence of the abstract which appears at the beginning of the article. This is all I, you – or anyone else – needs to know.  “‘We conclude that the mRNA vacs dramatically increase inflammation on the endothelium and T cell infiltration of cardiac muscle and may account for the observations of increased thrombosis, cardiomyopathy and other vascular events following vaccination.’

“That’s it. That’s the death bell for the covid-19 mRNA jabs.  The endothelium is a layer of cells lining blood vessels and lymphatic vessels. T cells are a type of white cell.  We always knew these jabs were experimental. My video in December 2020, just under a year ago, warned about these specific risks. I read out a list of possible adverse events published officially by the American Government.  But now we have the proof of the link.  The mRNA jab is, remember, known not to stop people catching covid.  And it is known not to stop people spreading it. I don’t believe anyone disputes these facts.”

9-Year-Old With No Pre-existing Conditions Died 2 Weeks After Pfizer Shot, Latest VAERS Data Show, July 29, 2022 – “VAERS data released Friday by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention show 1,357,940 reports of adverse events from all age groups following COVID-19 vaccines, including 29,790 deaths and 247,686 serious injuries between Dec. 14, 2020, and July 22, 2022.”  VAERS (Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System) is only about 1% data reported.  Do the math.  600% More Deaths Reported In Last 19 Months Than In Entire 32 Year History of VAERS Database, August 8, 2022

1,249 Athlete Heart Attacks, 847 Dead, Since Last Year, Sept. 9, 2022 //  30-Year-Old Rugby Player Dies Suddenly – Leaving Family and Friends “Completely Shocked”, August 23, 2022  //  37-Year-Old Pro Scottish Mountain Biker Dies in His Sleep Two Days After Winning Bike Championship, August 24, 2022  //  Breaking!!! Covid vaccine claims overwhelm Courts

I am not a doctor and this is not medical advice but if I had taken those injections (which isn’t going to happen), I would ask my doctor to order a D-Dimmer test.  Quoting from my column, July 26, 2021

Dr. Charles Hoffe Reveals Blood Clots in Majority of Vaccinated Patients and Speaks of “Permanently-Damaged Hearts”, July 21, 2021 – “This Vaccine is Quite Clearly More Dangerous Than COVID-19” – “Dr. Hoffe sent an open letter shortly after in April 2021 to the Provincial Health Officer in BC enumerating all his concerns and questions, something he describes on the Laura Lynn and Friends show (video linked below). In his letter he mentions the ruination of lives of patients now reporting chronic pain, neuromuscular weakness, serious neurological problems, and questions the continuing of the vaccine, when “this vaccine is quite clearly more dangerous than Covid-19…8. So my last question is this: Is it medically ethical to continue this vaccine rollout, in view of the severity of these life altering side-effects, after just the first shot? In Lytton, BC, we have an incidence of 1 in 225 of severe life altering side-effects, from this experimental gene modification therapy.”

“Dr. Charles Hoffe has found 62% of his patients experienced elevated D-dimer levels after the vaccine.  He’s administered over 900 doses. Dr. Hoffe did his own research to try and find out why his patients were exhibiting micro-blood clotting after getting one of those injections.  This is a must watch short video. This is a very frightening prediction:  Those who took the injection likely will die within three years.”

Dr. Hoffe went public not naming any patient.  The jack-booted medical thugs in Canada under maniac dictator Justin Trudeau have gone after that courageous man big time.  The modern day Stasi are ruling California:  California Lawmakers Pass Bill to Punish Dissenting Doctors for ‘Misinformation’

Sustained, As-Yet Unheard of Excess Mortality Trend Strikes Switzerland, Sept.10, 2022  //  Is it the shot? Deaths soaring in area with 95% COVID-vaccination rate, Sept. 11, 2022  //  Major nation bans COVID vaccine for children under 12, Sept. 7, 2022:  “In May, despite Pfizer trial data showing the chance of death in children from the shot is 107 times higher than death from COVID-19, the FDA approved Pfizer booster shots for children 5-11.”

UK Government Admits Covid Vaccinated Children Are 4423% More Likely to Die of Any Cause & 13,633% More Likely to Die of Covid-19 Than Unvaccinated Children, Sept. 12, 2022 //  The British Government Has Begun Paying $140,000 for COVID-19 Vaccine Damage Victims, August 26, 2022 //  Vaccines are taking an average of 5 months to kill people /Landmark First Peer-Reviewed Study on Pfizer and Moderna Covid Vaccines Confirms ‘Excess Risk’ of Adverse Side Effects, Sept. 2, 2o22

Embalmer Sounds Alarm: Massive Increase in Strange Blood Clots and Cancer, ‘It’s not Normal, It’s Drastic’ (Exclusive Interview), Sept. 16, 2022 READ

Over Half of Babies, Toddlers Suffered ‘Systemic Reaction’ after COVID Shot, Sept. 4, 2022  // UK Gov. confirms 9 in every 10 COVID Deaths over the last year have been among the Fully/Triple Vaccinated, August 27, 2022:  “Official figures published by the UK Government reveal the fully/triple vaccinated population have accounted for over 9 in every 10 Covid-19 deaths in England over the past year, 91% of all Covid-19 deaths since the beginning of 2022, and 94% of all Covid-19 deaths since the beginning of April 2022.”

Medicine Regulators admitted in October 2020 that they knew the COVID Vaccines would cause Heart Damage, Blood Clots, harm to Children & Death, August 27, 2022  //  Trail of death: Latest actuarial data connects excess deaths to covid vaccine mandates, August 26, 2022  //  Just Remember how many colleges and universities in this country have demanded students get those injections or they’re kicked out.  All these healthy young people dying or injured is no damn coincidence.  She was only 21:  Northern Iowa Swimmer Passes Away, Cause of Death Not Released, July 30, 2022

‘Toxicity’: U.K. stops recommending COVID vax for pregnant women – Government cannot demonstrate that the shots are safe,  August 30, 2022  //  Outrageous:  Unvaxxed Coast Guard cadets ‘escorted out like criminals’ & 3 have nowhere to go; booted by Academy, Sept. 1, 2022  //  COVID Vaccine Propaganda Busted – High Deaths and Cancers, August 12, 2022  //  US Government Data Confirms a 143,233% Increase in Cancer Cases Due to COVID Shots, August 25, 2022  //  10,000% Increase in Cancers Following COVID-19 Vaccines as Doctors and Scientists Worldwide Sound the Alarm, August 2, 2022  //  Biden Claims mRNA ‘Gene Therapy’ Vaccines Will ‘Prevent Cancers’ In Bizarre Live Speech (It’s called propaganda.)

Covid Vaccine Destroys Natural Immunity, NEJM Study Shows, Sept. 12, 2022 (Which is why the person develops autoimmune diseases.  80 of them for which there are no cures.  Crimes against humanity.  A very important read.)  //  (Uh, oh) WATCH: EU MPs are fed up! – Big Pharma under cross-examination!  //  Silenced healthcare workers speak out publicly for the first time, August 26, 2022 //  Must Watch Steve Kirsch Analysis: the Covid Hoax is Collapsing – If you’re unfamiliar with Steve Kirsch, he has more money that we’ll ever see in ten lifetimes.  Bio:  “Steve Kirsch is a retired high tech serial entrepreneur based in Silicon Valley. See stevekirsch.substack.com for his Substack. Steve has started seven companies with a combined market cap of over $2 billion: Mouse Systems, Frame Technology, Infoseek, Propel, Abaca, OneID, Token, and M10. He received a BS and MS in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from MIT in 1980.”

Covid vaccines have killed at least three-quarters of a million people in the United States so far, and the body count keeps growing, June 29, 2022:  “When will America finally reach the point of saying enough?”  //  CDC now says covid jabs causing myocarditis isn’t “misinformation” after all, after YEARS of Big Tech censorship for those who said it first, Sept. 14, 2022  //  “Ethically Unjustifiable” – Scientists from Harvard & Johns Hopkins Found Covid-19 Vaccines 98 Times Worse Than the Virus, Sept. 12, 2022  //  Mystery Clots Appear in 50–70 Percent of Deceased: Funeral Director, Sept. 6, 2022  //  VIDEO: Megi Bakradze- the First Nurse to Receive AstraZeneca Vaccine in 2021 — DIED 24 Hours Later //

Will those responsible for this massive crime against humanity – SARS-CoV-2 and those injections ever be held accountable?  Will the truth finally be revealed?   Yes, and soon which is all I can say for now.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Watch these victims of the injections.  Real people.  Real horror.  Scroll down to The Highwire video.

COVID-19 Shots: The Dead Have Names, (Mine) April 26, 2021

Legal Challenges Begin in India: Bombay High Court Issues Notice to Indian Government, Bill Gates and Others in Connection to Vaccine Death, Sept. 4, 2022

Quite a bit of the film appears to be in China but there is much more in this video people should see.  The Line in the Sand… “Vaxxine induced” Sudden Adult Death Syndrome… Take a Stand and Make This Go Viral!

COVID-19: The Omega Brief (Mine, Sep. 13, 2021) filled with horrific proven data, information and facts

COVID-19: Weaponized Flu Designed to be Endemic (Mine, Dec. 13, 2021)

Digital Humanity Heading Toward a Digital World Reality: A Robotic and Distorted Environment Without Culture, Caring, or Intellect




The Three Es of Agenda21/2030 or Eugenics, Eviction, Enslavement

By Kathleen Marquardt

Agenda 21/2030 use interlocking 3 Es – Economic Prosperity, Ecological Integrity, and Social Equity (or in ethical language Eugenics, Eviction, and Enslavement) to define the goal of Sustainable Development.

Economic Prosperity

To achieve the so-called Economic Prosperity required carry out the plan requires that those who control the world, in the words of the late Rosa Koire, they must first “inventory and control all land, all water, all minerals, all plants, all animals, all construction, all means of production, all energy, all education, all information, and all human beings in the world.”

To be able to control all human beings in the world means they will first have to reduce the population. There is no way the global elites would be able to control 8 billion people And, there is no way they could feed that many. But they have no plans to feed even half that many. To “cure” starvation” their answer is to get rid of those who are starving along with most of the middle class. We are no longer needed nor wanted. And, we are the class that will not go willingingly.

Overpopulation is a root problem of all the environmental issues. If you can control the population, you can control almost anything. Rinkesh Kukreja, Founder – Conserve Energy Future

It’s terrible to have to say this. World population must be stabilized and to do that we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. Jacques Cousteau speaking at UNESCO, Nov. 1991

A 2009 study titled “Reproduction and the carbon legacies of individuals,” looked at the relationship between population growth and global warming. It determined that the “carbon legacy” of just one child can produce 20 times more greenhouse gas than a person will save by driving a high-mileage car, recycling, using energy-efficient appliances and light bulbs, etc. “Clearly, the potential savings from reduced reproduction are huge compared to the savings that can be achieved by changes in lifestyle,” Global Population SPEAKOUT, Paris 2015

The preamble to Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development reads:

This Agenda is a plan of action for people, planet and prosperity. It also seeks to strengthen universal peace in larger freedom. We recognize the eradicating poverty in all its forms and dimension, including extreme poverty, is the greatest global challenge and an indispensable requirement for sustainable development. (emphasis mine).

The global elite feel quite certain that they will attain all 17 goals of Agenda 2030 in the allotted time. How do they plan to have poverty in all its forms and dimension, including extreme poverty, eradicated worldwide by 2030? We are watching it before our eyes.

  • The annual abortion rate worldwide is 73 million.
  • The UK Medicine Regulator has confirmed that over a period of nineteen months the Covid-19 Vaccines have caused at least 5.5x as many deaths as all other available vaccines combined in the past 21 years.
  • This means, that when compared side by side, the Covid-19 injections are a shocking 7,402%/75x more deadly than every other vaccine available in the UK.
  • Bill Gates, China, and other globalist parties (including BlackRock and Vanguard are buying up U.S. farm and ranch land.
  • China has bought over 1 million hectares (over 2 ½ million acres) of ranchland in South and Central America.
  • (What does buying up ranch and farm land have to do with population reduction? That land is now no longer and will not be producing for the general population.)
  • Food production plants and agricultural operations are being burned down, almost daily.
  • The World Economic Forum’s agenda is to stop growth and decide what industries to shut down. People out of work will starve sooner, but the rest of us are slated to be ashes, fertilizer for forests, or perhaps even soylent green for those not yet taken out.
  • 87,000 new IRS agents are being sought who were to “carry a firearm and be willing to use deadly force” (yes, those words were on the IRS jobs webpage until the backlash spurred the IRS to remove the words (but is the requirement still there?). We should not be surprised that an unconstitutional amendment must be backed up by force.
  • Because our country is being run by immoral liars and wannabe world tyrants, we, (mostly the middle class) are the only ones still ruled by a moral compass. Thus, we are the targets.

Quotes re eugenics:

The most important question in 21st-century economics may well be, ‘What should we do with all the superfluous people, once we have highly intelligent non-conscious algorithms that can do almost everything better than humans?‘ Yuval Noah Harari, assistant to Klaus Schwab

In order to arrest or reverse Climate Change you’ve got to stabilize the population, and hopefully, reduce the population by having a one child family for a hundred years. Get population back down to about two to two and a half billion people. Ted Turner

If you haven’t given voluntary human extinction much thought before, the idea of a world with no people in it may see strange. But, if you give it a chance, I think you might agree that the extinction of Homo sapiens would mean survival for millions, if not billions of Earth-dwelling species. . . . Phasing out the human race will solve every problem, om earth, social and environmental” Les U. Knight, Wild Earth, Vol. 1, No 2 (Summer1991), p.72

The Earth as we know it will not survive without drastic measures. . . .the only feasible solution to saving the Earth is to reduce the population to 10 percent of the present number. Professor Pianka, University of Texas, 2006

So, Economic Prosperity is not for the poor, or the middle class. And it probably isn’t for a lot of the upper class. With the few useful idiots the Global Elite need, combined with their robots and artificial intelligent, they expect to live happily ever after. They haven’t read the end of the book: Marxism only destroys. It can only destroy them, also. But I have hopes that they won’t get that far.

Ecological Integrity

Try to nail down the definition of Ecological Integrity. The closest I got is from Conservation Science and Practice, Volume 3, Issue4/e411”The integrity of ecosystems is a property that contemporary conservation biologists and restoration ecologists believe that they can observe and measure, and integrity is often cited as a good reason for taking specific actions, including protecting high-integrity areas and intervening to increase integrity by reintroducing lost species, removing non-natives, and adjusting abiotic elements.”

Under this label lies an enormous amount of anti-human action. The framework for “Ecological Integrity” is the Wildlands Project (brainchild of Dave Foreman[1]  and Reed Noss), now the Wildlands Network. Under the guise of saving endangered species. The legal framework for the plan is found in Article 8a-e of the Convention on Biological Diversity. Working in tandem with the Biosphere Reserve Program, a 1971 creation of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, Cultural Organization (UNESC0), the Wildlands Project gained an instant international position and became the basis for the U.N.’s Convention on Biodiversity.

Like the two parts of Agenda 21 — ????? and Reinventing Government, The Wildlands Project laid down the blueprint for the reorganization of human society, and the other Convention on Biodiversity detailed how it was to be done.

Simply put, the Wildland Project is divided into 21 Bioregions, which then were divided into three zones:

  1. Wilderness area, designated as habitat of plants and animals; human habitation and use or intrusion is forbidden.
  2. Buffer zones surrounding the wilderness areas. Limited, and strictly controlled, human access is permitted within this zone.
  3. Cooperation zones, the only zones where humans are permitted to live.

The late Dr. Michael Coffman noted the strategy to implement such reserves and corridors would include:

  • Start with a seemingly innocent-sounding program like the “World Heritage Areas in Danger”. For example: Bring all human activity under regulation in a 14-18 million acre buffer zone around Yellowstone National Park.
  • Next, declare all federal land (except Indian reservations) as buffers, along with private land that is within federal administration boundaries.
  • Next, extend the U.S. Heritage corridor buffer zone concept along major river systems. Begin to convert critical federal lands and ecosystems to reserves.
  • Finally, convert all U.S. Forest Service, grasslands, and wildlife refuges to reserves. Add missing reserves and corridors so that 50% of the landscape is preserved.
  • Each of the 21 bioregions will be governed by a bioregion council.
  • “When the councils come into play, local, state, and national government will not be able to interfere with their governance. It will be under the strong arm of the UN Environmental organizations such as the Sierra Club, Nature Conservancy or other Green organizations which will be given the green light (to be) the enforcement arm of these councils at the local level.” (Karen Lee Bixman, “The Takings of America)

Other asymmetrical warfare means of taking land are:

  • by denying water and/or grazing rights to farmers and ranchers or limiting their use of pesticides and herbicides, which in turn will force the farmers and ranchers out of business, causing the land to possibly fall into the hands of the federal gov’t.
  • when Wilderness Areas, Parks, etc. are established. Not only the land is out of production, but, the mineral resources underground or forest above can also be made off-limits for development.
  • by expanding the legal definition of a wetland. By making any trickle of water or puddle a wetland, the EPA can prevent the development of the land and all the land around it. This makes the land worth less and easy to acquire by sundry entities including the gov’t.
  • when an endangered species is located within a forest. Then large areas around this area are made off-limits to development, and once again, the land loses its value and is easily acquired by gov’t.
  • by the direct taking of land through eminent domain.

… when Road RIP, a non-governmental organization, was created for the sole purpose of removing existing roads and preventing the construction of new roads into wilderness areas. Then humans are locked away from land that was once served by roadways.

… when urban boundaries are created around a town, beyond which development may not occur and/or utilities may not be provided. This will destroy the economic value of the rural lands around the town. Comprehensive Land Use Plans in existence today and their policies are creating this scenario.

…  when the government declares land part of a flood plain, then forces the homeowners to give up their homes. The homes are then destroyed and the land is not allowed to be developed. The government gets a 2-fer if the land is along a river.  Then, not only is the land off-limits to development, the government has total control of the river and the priceless water it contains.

… when a land trust purchases private property rights from a land owner for promises from the land owner to do certain environmentally friendly things. In return the land owner and his heirs are then able to stay on this land in perpetuity.

Social Equity

“The social equity dimension of sustainability refers to how burdens and benefits of different policy actions are distributed in a community. The more evenly they are distributed, the more equitable the community is, and this even distribution is reflected in economic, ecologic, and social outcomes.” Google

That definition is communism. And the global elite wish us to see it more in that light than what they are doing under the sobriquet of social justice.

As I see equity as it is now being used as a whipping tool against, depending on the day, anything that doesn’t line up with the Marxist, Cancel Culture neo-shibboleth of the day. So, every day, white, male, Christians, children who are still the sex they were born are unacceptable. For a while, it was the founding fathers and other heroes who helped form America. Those are, mostly, on the trash heaps and in the burned book piles.

It is also being used to attempt to order that in every business and field of endeavor, be filled by the proportional equivalent of the general population. Has anyone checked the proportions of those classes in the Global Elite?

Plus, somehow equity has become the definition of “if you are anti-free market economics you can plunder businesses; if you are an illegal alien, you can be set free (because it was racist to put you in jail for murder), and you can go murder some more. Keep in mind, this helps on the E for Eugenics.

Once we are all equal – equally stupid, equally poor, equally non-property owners, we are slaves – owned by the Global Elite.

Washington State Supreme Court Justice Richard B. Sanders said it best:

“Property in a thing consists not merely in its ownership and possession, but in the unrestricted right of use, enjoyment, and disposal. Anything which destroys any of the elements of property, to that extent, destroys the property itself. The substantial value of property lies in its use. If the rights u use be denied, the value of the property is annihilated, and ownership is rendered a barren right.

What we are seeing in social justice is being made into slaves by our fellow citizens who are going right down that road with us – they just don’t realize it. Don’t pity them, they deserve it. We don’t.

If, as Mattias Desmet says in The Psychology of Totalitarianism, it takes no more than 30% of the population to fall sway to “mass formation spurred by a singular, focused, crisis narrative that forbids dissident views and relies on destructive groupthink.” Ponder that as you recount the past two years.

Then, please, let’s hear the lion roar – all 60+% of us.

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[1] Dave Foreman was founder of EarthFirst! a radical environmental group that in invented Monkeywrenching – destroying forest and industrial equipment, spiking trees to maim or kill workers, sabotaging dams, ski lifts, and electrical towers.




War On Western Culture: Will We Survive What’s Coming?

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 19, 2022

Part 4:  How do we expect to survive another 100 million immigrants?  How will we maintain our own culture?  What do you expect will happen to your children?

If you watch what’s actually happening at our southern border with over 3,000,000 illegals projected to invade our country in 2022 (2/3 of that figure are already here), are you under any illusion that we will survive this invasion?  How many of us natural-born citizens will be left when over 100,000,000 immigrants land on our shores in the next 27 ½ years from now, by 2050?

Right now, the official count for foreign-born residents of the United States stands at 45.2 million.  Not counted in that census: somewhere between 20 and 25 million illegal alien foreign-born. That’s somewhere north of 70 million foreign-born—with cultures and world views totally different from average Americans.  From there, you must understand that those immigrants birth 1,000,000 of their own babies annually.  Thus, by 2042, Americans will become the new minority within their own country. That’s you, your children and all of us!  (Source: www.PewResearchCenter.org ; www.cis.org)

That’s got to shake you up just a little bit!  If not, you fail to understand the implications.  For a demographic fact, Europeans are being displaced from their own countries.  In fact, Sweden and Norway face total absorption by their immigrants.

Radical Imam: “Sweden is Ours” Days after Sweden’s new pro-Islamic party gloated publicly about “taking over” Skåne County, the province that’s home to the infamous city of Malmö, one of the country’s most radical Islamist preachers claimed Swedish land belongs to Muslims.  Days after Mikhail Yuksel, the leader of Sweden’s new pro-Islamic party, gloated publicly about “taking over” Skåne County. He claimed Sweden belongs to followers of Islam.”

There are 55 million Muslims slowly, and methodically taking over every country in Europe. They mean business. The greater their numbers, the greater their power.  They are actually using democratic laws to work their Sharia Law into place.  Douglas Murray documented it in his book: The Strange Death of Europe: Immigration, Identity, Islam.

You don’t think it could happen over here?  If not, you might be a tad slow on the uptake. The one thing that most people don’t learn from history…is the fact that they don’t learn from history.

As a matter of fact, “Equal if not greater ignorance can be found in America.  A poll carried out in 2020 found that two-thirds of Americans between the ages of eighteen and thirty-nine had no idea that six million Jews were killed in the Holocaust during World War II.”  That coincides with the mall host asking simple questions like,  “How many sides are there two a square?”  Answer by a twenty-something kid, “How should I know?’

So here we are allowing Biden to break our immigration laws, and both houses of Congress aiding him in breaking them…and no one understands the ultimate ramifications of the end result.  As  long as most American aren’t affected at this moment, the nation simply watches the invasion with passive nonchalance.

Did you notice what happened in Martha’s Vineyard when Florida Governor DeSantis dumped 50 illegal aliens onto that multi-billionaire “sanctuary city”?  Answer: within 24 hours, they rounded all of them up and shipped them over to a military base.  In other words, the ultimate N.I.M.B.Y. fraudulent stance of the rich, famous, high and mighty!

Barack Obama’s “wife” once said, “We all need to sacrifice…we need to give up some of our own wealth to provide for others who don’t have anything.” (para)  When 50 illegal migrants knocked on her door, she called for a bus to ship them out.”

Barack Obama said, “America is and always has been, a nation of immigrants. Throughout our history, immigrants have come to our      shores in wave after wave from every corner of the globe. Everyone of has an ancestor who was born somewhere else.  The basic idea of welcoming immigrants to our shores is central to our way of life. It is in our DNA.”  Notwithstanding, Mr. Obama called for the busses to carry 50 illegal migrants away from his sprawling 29-acre mansion and estate.  Maybe his “sanctuary” policy stems from his Kenyan origins.  Obama was America’s first anchor baby president.  Who really knows?  We do know that he carries a fraudulent Social Security card number of a dead man from Connecticut—given to him by his mother who worked in that government office. The final story on Obama hasn’t been told, but one day, it will be exposed by a top journalist.

In 2019, Joe Biden said, “We want an unrelenting stream of immigration. Non-stop. Non-stop. Folks like me who were Caucasian, of European descent, for the first time, we’ll be an absolute minority in the United States of America. Absolute minority.  Fewer than 50 percent of people in America, from then on, will be of white European stock. That’s not a bad thing.  That’s the source of our strength.” (Biden speech, Washington DC. April 26, 2019) I would suggest that his dementia was in full swing at that time because such a statement proves that he was/is totally out of his mind.

How do I know?  India is a nation of minorities and over 100 languages. They cannot and do not work on the same page.  That’s why 70 percent of 1.3 billion Indians do not have access to a toilet and that nothing ever changes to improve that country out of its own misery.

Reframing America’s History To That Of An Evil Nation

At this point, writers, newspapers and the media push the “1619 Project” as the “true” founding of America.  It’s a black perspective.  Now, we have Critical Race Theory tearing down the very fabric of America’s Constitution.  If you add ANTIFA, La Raza, Sharia Law and Black Lives Matter, you’ve got a wholesale destruction of the foundation of America’s origins, its Constitution and its laws.  Worse, the very system that built the United States into a prospering, free country—capitalism—faces a very uncertain future.  I personally, suggest, “Steady State Economics” as the only viable alternative.

In the last two years since that carjacking, drug-addict, fentanyl pusher, woman abuser, shoplifter and counterfeit-money-passer George Floyd met his self-demise, angry crowds have torn down statues of Christopher Columbus, General Robert E. Lee, General George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and many more—as if they can erase history.  That’s interesting when you realize that 2/3 of America’s youth don’t know anything about the 6,000,000 Jews gassed to death in 40 death camps in Germany and Poland during WWII.

What’s the big deal?  Answer: as a former educator, I understand the need for historical perspective. I understand that you must know history in order to NOT repeat the bad things of history.  To pretend that you can erase those bad things proves to be sheer folly.

The harsh reality we face: if we keep allowing endless refugee immigration into America, at some point, whether it’s in Detroit or Minneapolis where a virulent religion prevails, we’ll hear something like what’s happening in Sweden…an imam will proclaim, “Michigan is America’s first Islamic State and Sharia Law dominates…long live Allah.”

In the end, enough American educators, governors, senators and mayors of all our cities need to honor America. Honor its extraordinary accomplishments as a country! Honor everyone and every event in order to understand and make-better for future generations.  Because if we don’t, we’ll find our country filled with angry, illiterate and useless citizens or non-citizens that will not participate in a positive way to carry forth this republic. We will become like another India.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




America’s Fight With Corruption, Part 3

Pastor Roger Anghis

September 18, 2022

Most of the corruption I’ve brought forth has been from the Democrat Party simply because they are the most corrupt political entity in America today but the corruption is not limited to them. The Republicans have shown that they believe that we need to do what they say on several occasions as well. I believe it was in the 2012 election in Arizona the Republican Party had a particular candidate in mind for the House of Representatives but the people voted for a different candidate. Imagine that happening in a country that has a representative government. The PEOPLE voting for whom THEY want. Well, that didn’t sit well with the RNC and they pulled all monies and support for the candidate that the people chose and that candidate lost. Well, they are at it again.  Mitch McConnell supported a candidate for the Senate but the candidate that Trump backed, Blake Masters, won the primary and a PAC affiliated with McConnell pulled all funding for Masters. The main super PAC supporting Republican Senate candidates slashed airtime in Arizona, signaling trouble for nominee Blake Masters’s bid to unseat Democratic incumbent Mark Kelly.

The Senate Leadership Fund, an outside group allied with Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.), said it canceled about $8 million worth of TV, radio and digital ads in Arizona, delaying its entry into the race until October. The cuts were first reported by Politico.

The move comes a week after the super PAC announced an additional $28 million in Ohio to prop up Republican hopeful J.D. Vance.[1]

I don’t want to sound like a sore loser but why does either party think they have the right to demand the people support the choice of the party over the choice of the people.? They were elected to represent us not control us. These are the same tactics used in socialist/communist nation. They make it look like you have a choice but you only get to choose from whom they want you to vote for. That’s not representative government.  That’s communism.

John Kerry, the Democrat presidential candidate in 2004, has a history of anti-American activities that go all the way back to the Viet Nam War. He was involved with a group of traitors, in my book, called the Vietnam Veterans Against the War.  This group worked directly with the Viet Cong and North Vietnamese government without the approval of our war department. That’s called treason. Kerry, while he was yet a Naval Reserve officer, met without official authorization in Paris with representatives of the Viet Cong and the Vietnamese government during the Paris Peace talks. He subsequently returned to the U.S. to implement specific anti-war protests as instructed by Hanoi in a disinformation plan designed to cause the U.S. government to lose the war in by eroding public support.

In June 1970, Kerry met with leaders of both delegations, the Viet Cong and the Vietnamese government, in Paris, in unauthorized discussions that included Madame Binh, the foreign minister of the Provisional Revolutionary Government of South Vietnam, also known as the Viet Cong. Publicly released FBI surveillance reports document that Kerry, then acting as a spokesman for the VVAW, returned to Paris to meet with the North Vietnamese delegation in August 1971 and planned a third trip in November 1971.

Undermining U.S. support for war.

A document captured from the Vietnamese communists during the Vietnam War strongly suggests a close link existed between the Hanoi regime and VVAW while Kerry served as the group’s leading national spokesman. The document, a 1971 “circular” distributed by the Vietnamese communists within Vietnam, discusses strategies to coordinate a national propaganda effort with the activities in the United States undertaken by anti-war activists.[2]

This group also had strong ties with the Black Panthers via Al Hubbard a supposed pilot who had been wounded in combat. Hubbard’s claim to have been a transport pilot wounded in combat was discredited when the Department of Defense released documents demonstrating that though he had been in the Air Force, he was neither a pilot nor an officer, had never served in Vietnam and had never been in combat.[3] This traitor served in the Senate from 1984 until 2013 when Obama selected him for Secretary of State. I can only imagine how much damage he was able to accomplish and how far he was able to push America down the road to socialism. He is now Biden’s Energy Zar.  He’s out there telling us our carbon footprint is too big and we need to drive a Prius, and live in a smaller house while he has 6 houses, 12 cars, 2 yachts, and a private jet.[4]

This is typical of the elite. You have the rules, they make the rules but don’t have to live by them. That’s called communism and the Democrat Party is rife with those that live in that manner. Remember Hillary Clinton?  During the 2016 presidential election, they found that she was operating the Secretary of States office primarily out of her home using a private unsecured server that held classified information.  When the subpoenaed 30,000 emails that were stored on that server, she deleted them. You or I would be in jail at the end of the day if we did that and she’s still breathing free air. They called for her electronic devices, phones, computers, and other communication devices and she took the sim cards out, smashed the phones with hammers, and tried to wipe the hard drives clean. There is only one reason for this and that is you are trying to hide evidence. Again, you or I would be in jail for a long time if we had done that but she is still breathing free air. Democrats don’t live by the laws they make only you and I are required to do that.

If you or I don’t pay our taxes we usually have to pay a hefty fine and maybe do some jail time.  Democrats, not so much.  Civil rights leader Reverend Al Sharpton is in the headlines again, but not for Ferguson or civil rights issues this time. A New York Times report says that the now svelte Reverend and his for-profit businesses owe a chubby $4.5 million in state and federal taxes. It isn’t only the taxman that is not being paid, according to reports. Even worthy causes like hotels, landlords, and travel agencies are getting the cold shoulder from Mr. Sharpton or from his advocacy organization, the National Action Network.[5] Then we have most of the Obama administration who campaigned that everyone rich and poor pay their fair share of taxes: How embarrassing this must be for President Obama, whose major speech theme so far this campaign season has been that every single American, no matter how rich, should pay their “fair share” of taxes.

Because how unfair — indeed, un-American — it is for an office worker like, say, Warren Buffet’s secretary to dutifully pay her taxes, while some well-to-do people with better educations and higher incomes end up paying a much smaller tax rate.

Or, worse, skipping their taxes altogether.

A new report just out from the Internal Revenue Service reveals that 36 of President Obama’s executive office staff owe the country $833,970 in back taxes. These people working for Mr. Fair Share apparently haven’t paid any share, let alone their fair share.[6]

When you compare the government we have today to what our Founders gave us it is obvious that we need to do a restart.  Not the Klaus Schwab kind but the get back to basics kind. What I have written here only scratches the surface of the corruption we have that we must do something about.  November is right around the corner and there’s no better time to start and no better place thqn the ballot box.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

  1. https://www.washingtonpost.com/politics/2022/08/26/arizona-senate-republicans-masters/
  2. http://www.wnd.com/2013/01/did-john-kerry-act-as-an-enemy-agent/#mjjtvqoaPI8eAu2C.99
  3. http://www.wnd.com/2013/01/did-john-kerry-act-as-an-enemy-agent/#mjjtvqoaPI8eAu2C.99
  4. https://news.knowledia.com/US/en/articles/does-john-kerry-own-multiple-houses-cars-and-yachts
  5. https://www.forbes.com/sites/robertwood/2014/11/19/lessons-from-rev-al-sharptons-4-5-million-tax-bill
  6. https://www.investors.com/politics/columnists/obama-white-house-staff-back-taxes/
  7. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, 2011) pp. 36-37



The Death of Personal Privacy

By Rob Pue

September 18, 2022

Recently, I was driving in a small town and stopped for a red light.  As I waited, I noticed something was missing.  Surveillance cameras.  This town had no surveillance cameras at it’s intersections — something most of us have become accustomed to paying no attention to because today, those cameras seem to be everywhere.  But a week later, I was in another small town, about the same size, but this town had some of the most modern, high-tech cameras I’d ever seen, and they were, indeed, everywhere.

I have some questions about those cameras.  For instance, who’s watching?  Are these cameras monitored by someone?  Are they recording video footage, taking still photographs, or what?  I tried doing some research to find out, but found no answers to these questions.

This may seem like a trivial matter, but the bigger issue is that as American citizens, we really have no personal privacy anymore.  Someone is always watching us, collecting information and data about us, and tracking our every move.  You may think this is no big deal because after all, you’re an upstanding citizen and have nothing to hide.  But you’d be surprised how much data and information about you is continually being monitored, and stored.  Just type your name or address into any internet search engine, and you may be surprised at what you find.

In today’s world of high tech, virtually every entity you interact with is collecting information on you.  Of course, this has been going on for years, but things really ramped up in 2006 when a thing called “Facebook” was launched to the public.  It was presented to us as a fun way to connect with family and friends, and make new friends online.  Because it was so user-friendly, it grew quickly, especially with the advent of “smart phones” and other hand-held devices.  Today, nearly 3 million people use Facebook daily, and many are addicted to it.

Initially, I had no interest  at all in Facebook, but I was eventually lured in as well, when it became possible to have special pages for one’s business, or in our case, the ministry of Wisconsin Christian News.  And like so many others, I also had a personal page, where I posted photos of family events, holiday celebrations and activities we would do.  And like everyone else, I was clueless, at first, as to the true intentions and purpose of Facebook.  I believe it was never actually meant to be an innocent social media platform, but rather, very likely it was a construct of one of our government’s three-letter agencies to harvest personal information on every user, who freely gave that information over via the Facebook app.

Think about it: if the government were to demand you supply them with pictures of all your kids, other family members, information and photos of your family vacation, places you traveled, and personal information they had no business knowing about, few would comply.  But using Facebook as a fun form of online entertainment, people handed that information over willingly and proudly.  How many moms took pictures of their little kids’ first day of school, for example, and posted it on Facebook?  By doing this, they not only made that information public knowledge, which was captured and archived forever by the Facebook machine, they also, unknowingly, showed potential child predators exactly what their children looked like and where they could be found on that first day of school.

That’s just one example.  Soon Facebook also began offering another “fun” form of entertainment — quizzes.  They’d develop a quiz called something like, “if you were an animal, what animal would you be?”  You would answer a list of 10-12 questions and then Facebook would reveal that “you’re a bear, because you’re bold and outgoing.”  Or “you’re a butterfly, because you love flowers and love to make people happy.”  Other quizzes tested your knowledge on subjects like history, math or problem solving.  Others offered to reveal to you your ideal career, based on the answers you gave in the quiz.

Friends, it didn’t take me long to understand that these were not just fun little games Facebook was offering.  They were personality profiles.  Most would never willingly give up such personal information by completing a personality profile on a site like Facebook.  But disguised as a fun game, millions turned over their personal, private thoughts and ideas without knowing it.  And all this data is now archived, along with countless photographs and videos and untold amounts of other personal information which is now stored in the Facebook “metaverse” forever.

How many of us read the fine print in the dozens of pages in the User Agreement when we signed up for Facebook?  My guess is, almost nobody.  We just scrolled down and clicked on “accept terms” and now all that personal information we willingly handed over is the property of Facebook.

Then, a few years ago, Facebook started to crack down on free speech.  If you posted something they didn’t agree with or like, you’d be banned — tossed into “Facebook jail” for 30 days or more, not allowed to use the site.  Others were “shadow banned.”  This is where you THINK you’re posting to a large group of people but almost no one is seeing your posts.  That’s what happened with our Wisconsin Christian News page.  We had about 30,000 people following our Facebook page, but I doubt if more than 20 were actually being allowed to see our posts, because they were Christian and conservative messages we were posting.  I pulled the plug completely on Facebook a couple years ago, after becoming “fed up” with all the nonsense.

Amazon is another invasive corporation that’s spying on you all the time.  Evan Greer, the director of a nonprofit Digital Rights Organization stated, “People tend to think of Amazon as an online seller company, but really Amazon is a surveillance company. That is the core of its business model, and that’s what drives its monopoly power and profit.”  Amazon is designed to be extremely user-friendly.  People can purchase just about anything with a few clicks of a button and have it delivered to their home in a day or two.  But Amazon is much more than just a place to shop.

According to an article at AmericanMilitaryNews.com, “Last year, an Amazon customer reportedly requested all of the data that the tech giant has collected on her through her home devices, including smart speakers like the Dot and Echo, and was stunned to see Amazon had compiled thousands of voice recordings, location data and more.” 

You may appreciate having your own video surveillance cameras to protect your home and property.  Many use the “Ring” video doorbell — but that’s owned by Amazon and it’s providing the tech giant with more personal information about you than you realize.  Not to mention those “Alexa” devices in millions of homes.  “Alexa” is a wi-fi device that you keep in your home and is supposed to serve as a virtual assistant.  Simply ask Alexa a question and you’ll get an audible spoken answer from this machine, after it searches the internet for information.  You can also order things through Amazon by simply speaking the words now.

Most recently, Amazon acquired the iRobot company, maker of “Roomba” vacuum cleaners.  These automated vacuum cleaners are sold to customers as super-easy and convenient.  They vacuum for you and learn to avoid obstacles in your home and they even automatically empty the collection bin, then return to their charging station, automatically.

But did you catch what I said there?  They learn to avoid obstacles in your home.  Sounds good, right?  So they don’t crash into your furniture or get stuck on the stairs.  Here’s the creepy part: these robot vacuums, now owned by Amazon, one of the most invasive personal data collection companies in the world, are also MAPPING the interior of your home and storing that information in their archives.  So now, not only is Amazon listening to everything you say and do in your home through Alexa or any number of other online devices, they’re also mapping the floor plan of your home.  What could possibly go wrong?

And for those who don’t know, Google is way more than an internet search engine.  They own an astounding number of companies and have their hands in everything.  Did you know they own the “Android” company — maker of “smart phones?”  They also own Fitbit.  So with your Fitbit watch, you may think you’re just keeping track of your daily exercise, diet and personal health… but all that information goes directly to Google.  I wonder who reviews your personal health information after that.

A few years ago, we installed an electronic thermostat called the “Nest” in our home.  It was meant for convenience, of course, and allows us to control the temperature in our home remotely, through our smart phones.  But recently, the Nest company was acquired by Google, and in order to continue to heat our home, we were forced to set up an account with Google.  No big deal, right?  Well, our thermostat has become increasingly “nosey.”  For example, each month we get an email detailing our energy usage.  If you use less energy, you earn a “leaf” — but if you use more energy than the previous month, you lose “leaves.”  Forgive me if I sound paranoid, but this sounds like the beginning of establishing our “social credit score” based on our energy usage, which could very well lead to forced compliance with the Green New Deal.  And of course, the penalties for using more energy than the government approves of will be a lot greater than losing an imaginary “leaf.”

I would also caution everyone to stop using Gmail immediately, unless you’re ok with Google reading and storing your personal emails to build an even larger personal profile on you.

Of course, MANY very invasive new technologies are already integrated into all the flat screen TVs in peoples’ homes.  Several years ago, we were warned that these TVs were not only listening to us, but also watching everything that goes on in our homes.  Also available on the market are wi-fi wired refrigerators, washers and dryers and other household appliances — all collecting data and information, 24/7, and storing it — somewhere, for someone.

And if you use a “smart phone,” be aware, that it, too, is always listening, and often watching you through the built-in camera.  Even if it’s turned off.  In the “old days,” if you wanted privacy from your “nosey” phone, you could simply remove the battery.  But that’s impossible with the new phones.  To get that privacy now, you need to turn your phone off and put it inside a “faraday” bag, which blocks RFID transmission.

Friends, Big Tech is monitoring, harvesting and storing all of your personal information, every keystroke on your computer; every call you make, every photo you take — they’ll be watching you.  We’ve witnessed the death of personal privacy in America, and nothing good can come from this.

Recently, we learned of the IRS hiring 87,000 new “special agents,” willing to carry firearms and use deadly force if “necessary.”  Another rogue three-letter government agency that’s been weaponized by the Leftists.  Last year, Biden’s “American Rescue Plan” (sounds legit, right?) proposed that banks would be required to report to the IRS all personal transactions of $600 or more.  After a great deal of backlash, that amount was raised to $10,000 or more.  But it makes little difference, because this is an ANNUAL amount.  In other words, anyone who holds a bank account with activity of $10,000 or more per year will be flagged for reporting to the newly weaponized IRS.  It’s pretty hard to live on less than $10,000 a year.  So in other words, banks must report virtually everyone with an account to the IRS now.  And some wonder why those 87,000 new agents will need to be armed and required to use deadly force.  Our personal privacy has been dead and buried for a while now, and I believe we’re in “warp speed” headed toward a “social credit score” society — just like they use in Biden’s favorite country, China.

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 371.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




Living In Darkness

By Butch Paugh

September 18, 2022

There can be no doubt that the world is becoming darker and more depressing every day. The people of the world seem to be in constant turmoil, full of frustration and getting angrier every day! Unless an individual has been completely engulfed in the “ways” of mankind and the world “system”, there is no way that they can’t see the insanity and mass confusion that has overwhelmed the whole world and the people of the earth.

The masses are getting desperate! Their whole little “world is crumbling around them! Their hearts and minds are full of anxiety and fear! Most have dysfunctional families. The “natural” love that families and mankind had at one time that kept society somewhat steady and secure, has vanished and been replaced by a “perverted” and lustful “feeling”! It is not the nurturing, tender and compassionate caring that once held the fabric of families and communities together in a bond of peace and contentment.

Their hearts and minds have become places of darkness! Full of all manner of tormenting thoughts and feelings! They are desperately striving to escape this horrific “prison” of pain, fear and desperation! They are driven to “doctors” to seek help. They are given the only remedy mankind has to offer. Drugs! Or, as God’s Word describes these mind-controlling and mind altering “medicines” (drugs), as witchcraft! Gal. 5:20 Or pharmacy or “pharmakeia”! Also means “sorcery” and magic. (Strong’s 5331) The same meaning as the words “sorcery” that is written in Rev. 9:21 and 18:23.

Anti-depressants, uppers, downers, “nerve” pills and other quick, temporary “fixers” of the “symptoms” of a far too serious disease that man simply cannot cure! If they can’t obtain “legal” drugs, they find a ready supply of “fixes” on the streets! They can never be cured and rescued from the darkness and torment that fills their lives, but for a little while they can have their senses numbed against the pain!

Yet, through this maze and haze of confusion and fear some still try to function and cope with mostly an empty facade of a “normal” life. Hoping that the next “election” will bring sanity back to their world! That somewhere, somehow an individual will come forth to “stabilize” things once again. And “he” will! This individual will be the answer to the hopes, wishes and “prayers” of the masses and even to many who “falsely” think they are born again followers of Christ. Those who are caught up in this world system who depend on mans’ system to sustain them! (Mt. 7:21-23, Jer. 17:5, Dan. 8:25) In Daniel 8:25 there are three words used to reveal, to those who will receive the truth of God’s Word, as to how this “man” will come to be the long awaited savior of the world! Please read the verse again and notice these words used in the 1611 KJV Bible. (Throw the other “perversions” out now!) Peace, policy and craft. In order to understand how his deception will work, we need to know what each word mean according to the Strong’s Exhaustive Concordance.

peace – Strong’s No. 7962 – security (genuine or false): prosperity, peaceably, abundance. Also refers back to 7951 – to be tranquil, i.e. secure or successful, prosper, safety

policy- Strong’s No. 7922 – intelligence, understanding, wisdom, prudence, knowledge and discretion.

craft- Strong’s No. 4820 – Fraud, deceit, false, guile, feigned, subtlety and treachery.

Yes, this “answer” to the hope, wishes and prayers of the people of the world will “seem” to be their final needed “fix”! He will bring into plain view his kingdom and his followers will worship him thinking he is their messiah! (Rev. 13:11-18)

His kingdom is being manifested over the whole earth in the “policies” he has given mankind in “his” wisdom, letting them “think” it’s all their ideas and policies. Most people never realize, comprehend or understand that they are being totally deceived! Their “god” has them blinded! (II Cor. 4:4, Eph. 4:18) The masses have turned from their Creator to man and his “promised” benefits! Faith in God for his provision is no longer needed. We have “welfare”! (Mt. 6:25-34, Phil. 4:19) We have provoked our Provider to jealousy! (Ex. 34:14)

His, (the anti Christ’s), kingdom is quickly coming to fruition at a speed that is increasing every day. George Bush Sr. called it the new world order. Klaus Schwab and others are calling it the great reset. Their stated time for this all to be brought forth is the year 2030! But, only Jehovah God knows the exact date! If nations would bring forth heartfelt repentance, there surely could be a reprieve! But sadly, even most “churches” have very little idea or much concern about their sins of commission and omission!

Folks, we must try not to deceive ourselves or be deceived by others! (I Tim. 4:1, II Tim. 4:13, II Pet. 2:1-3) The most heart- breaking truth is the fact that the real “Fix” is offered to all! No cost at all to those who “will” receive The “Cure” for the darkness, fear and torment that plague most of the minds and hearts of mankind. The man of sin, known as the beast, anti-Christ and other names, will have a temporary fix! He is bringing massive chaos to the people of the world, but then he will bring about his “order” and dispel chaos temporarily. Do not be deceived!

If only the pure light of Christ was being preached and lived by all those who call themselves His followers, perhaps we would see healing spread around the world. Unfortunately, Matthew 5:13 pretty much describes the “light” of the church today! Many, many “Christians” I speak to seem to be depressed, angry, frustrated, tormented and walking in fear themselves! Friends, this ought not be so! If you are living in darkness, torment and fear, you are not walking in Christ and His light! Here are a few promises from God’s Word to help you understand that victory of this world system is available to all who receive the truth through faith in His promises!

First, and most importantly, you must live by faith in Him and His promises! It is impossible to have victory in Christ otherwise! (Heb. 10:23, 11:6, Rom. 1:17, Heb. 10:38) When an individual sincerely repents and trusts Christ to become His Saviour and Lord, the darkness, torment and fear is dispelled from their hearts and minds. In Colossians 1:13 we are promised to be taken out of the power (authority) of darkness into the Kingdom of Christ. If we walk in Christ we are no longer in darkness. (John 8:12, Eph. 5:8, Rev. 21:24) As we are promised in Phil. 3:20, we become “citizens” of Heaven. The word ‘conversation’ in this verse is Strong’s no. 4175. It literally means “citizenship”. Wow! Victory in Jesus!

In closing this article, let me bring one more fact to your mind. And that fact is that no matter how close you walk with Christ, you are still in the world! You will have trouble and tribulations as all men do! But by remaining “faithful” to God and His Word, we can overcome this world’s heartaches and trials! (John 16:33, I John 4:3-4, 5:4, I Tim. 3:12-13)

There is absolutely no reason for anyone to walk in fear, anxiety, depression, turmoil or anger. Christ is ready, willing and able to deliver you from Satan’s kingdom of darkness and slavery! (John 14:27, 16:33)

If you have any questions about His promise of salvation and hope of eternal life, please feel free to contact me at 304-846-4448 or at pastorbutch@startmail.com.

© 2022 Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com




Should Conservatives Be Paying Homage to Queen Elizabeth’s Memory?

By Steven Yates

September 17, 2022

Queen Elizabeth II was born April 21, 1926, and passed away September 8, 2022. The world she left was horrifically different from the one she was born into. Understatement of the century. Should conservatives honor her life and legacy?

My answer would be a qualified Yes. My answer acknowledges that she wasn’t perfect, nor was the Royal Family free of assorted question marks. Be this as it may, Queen Elizabeth’s life seemed to reflect something that is rapidly disappearing: class. Not in the economic sense. In the sense of cultivated behavior that reflects dignity, self-respect, proper manners, and a sense that with great wealth and power (she had both) comes great responsibility — not to gain more wealth and power, but to watch over and serve that portion of the world to which one has been entrusted.

A controversy has erupted over conservatives paying respects to her memory. Tucker Carlson defended doing so in one of his recent commentaries.

I imagine that was hard for liberals to hear. After all, British colonialism is very much out of fashion. To defend it? Gasp! How unwoke can you be?!?!

Carlson, to his credit, couldn’t care less about being woke. So as he is wont to do, he provided a dose of truth in a world saturated by wokery’s lies.

The British empire, rising as did beginning in the seventeenth century and whatever else one says about it — no one says it was perfect — was more humane, decent, and civilizing than anything the twentieth century produced.

What did the British empire help bring about? Rising living standards everywhere it and its agents set up shop. Improved medical care. Falling crime rates.

What happened after it withdrew (and became the present-day Commonwealth)? Living standards fell. Governance grew deadly. Uganda, as Carlson points out, got Idi Amin for a spell. Rhodesia eventually became Zimbabwe, with everything that name invokes, going from one of the richest countries in the world to one of the poorest in just one generation. South Africa got “majority rule,” but also massive political corruption, violent crime, and a minority of whites who justifiably fear for their lives. Now Chinese economic hit men are moving in. How many Africans silently wish the British had never left?

Just the truth here, without trigger warnings that have become hallmarks of a hypersensitivity that protects lies, wokery, and corruption.

What made the British empire a superior form of life? That’s an easy question.

It was joined at the hip with what was still fundamentally a Christian-based civilization, even if secularized financial elites were already sabotaging its upper echelons.

By the time Elizabeth II was born, Christian culture was being dismantled apace, and being replaced by materialism. What enabled materialism in addition to financial liberation were Darwinism, Freudianism, and the rising technocrat mindset that started with Auguste Comte. This mindset rejects original sin and embraces its opposite: human beings can perfect themselves by their own means. All we have to do is place ourselves in the hands of “the experts.” Technocracy proclaims itself the path to a “scientifically designed world” and to a more perfect human. This last is called transhumanism.

GloboCorp — or the superelite, hellbent on establishing a world government serving its global corporations — is a natural product of this worldview. Present-day elites are as different from those of yesteryear as night is from day. There were elites of yesteryear who merited being called aristocrats. To them, excellence mattered. Grace mattered. Proper décor mattered. Leadership meant service, not domination.

Achievement mattered. The first corporations emanating from the Anglo-European world spread the rising scientific-technological-commercial mindset, but within an ethos that sought to improve the lives of those to whom its purveyors had been entrusted. True, they did not always succeed, because those they contacted weren’t welcoming of what the West offered. Sometimes this was indeed Westerners’ own fault. A Christian worldview is no guarantee against corruption and wealth’s abuses. Corporations such as British East Trading Co. controlled as much wealth as governments. Wealth is power. Power corrupts. No one with a brain denies this.

Nevertheless, the visible aristocrats of the day were about something other than money and power, and this makes them very unlike their equivalents today.

Money and power become the summum bonum of every culture materialism overwhelms, whether those who think materialism reflects “the scientific view of the universe” or not, whether they wish to retain (essentially Christian) “ideals of truth, justice, and equality” or not. Sometimes sooner, sometimes later, materialism engenders death cultures.

Communism and Nazism were about power and domination, and the result was the mass slaughter of millions of innocent people. Both are rooted in variations on the modern materialist worldview, in which there is no Creator, no transcendent reality, no moral compass rooted in eternal truths, and hence nothing above history and society — and those able to seize the reins of power.

One of the most important consequences of the materialist outlook: when all is said and done, lives don’t matter, especially if they become inconvenient. Entire populations are thus expendable. Our holocaust is hidden by such innocuous-sounding euphemisms as women’s reproductive rights.

Thus Communism, thus Nazism, thus the pro-abort mindset of Planned Parenthood: sick branches from the same diseased tree and roots.

Neither do capitalism and materialism mix! I think none other than Adam Smith understood this at some level. His Wealth of Nations notes that businessmen are subject to corruption and that “market forces” alone are insufficient to prevent the formation of cartels and monopolies. He was thinking of government regulation, of course, and that invites the question, who regulates the regulators? In the absence of self-regulation in accordance with a Christian worldview in which consciousness of human imperfection and temptation are part of the culture, capitalist institutions are as vulnerable to corruption as those of overtly totalitarian systems like communism and Nazism. It just takes longer. Sadly, Smith was a product of his century. Leading intellectuals were rejecting Christianity. Thus he never took this last step, preferring instead a “morality of sentiment” shared with his correspondent and close friend the Scottish philosopher David Hume.

Even self-regulation at this level won’t do the job perfectly, of course. Original sin again….

Materialism become the dominant worldview of the twentieth century among academic and political-economic elites and superelites — whether they understood it in these terms, or not (most did not). The academics systematically confused materialism, a worldview (supplying starting points for reasoning) with science (a range of methodologies and results). Their claim to epistemic authority — “we know the truth” — gave materialism cultural as well as intellectual power. Capitalistic enterprises were not immune. A term I have sometimes used for the spread of materialism from the pristine labs and hallways of academia through the rest of a civilization is cultural osmosis.

Neoliberalism, the brand of capitalism that dominated the West by the turn of the millennium, had already financialized the economy and redistributed wealth upward — welfare-statism in reverse, I have called this. When money becomes your sole value, you will sell out not just your employees but your nation. Hence corporations moving jobs to cheap-labor countries, hiring illegal immigrants willing to work cheap so that all wages are driven down, all in addition to gains made from going public and selling shares. Hence the purposeful pursuit of technology that eliminates jobs and dumps tens of thousands of people into the streets. Hence the devaluation of currency via money printing, which is all that will prop up a fundamentally unsustainable system so that those who profit from that system can continue indefinitely.

In this environment, the middle class starts to disappear. Its earnings no longer keep up with its (inflated) expenses. Society as a whole gravitates toward techno-feudalism, a state of affairs in which the superelite dominates, regional visible technocratic elites, both political and economic, advance agendas assisted by cadres of cooperative administrators, and real freedom diminishes. The majority, without the know-how to escape this kind of system (and “educated” to believe they live in a democracy), live increasingly miserable lives working “gigs” for low pay, indebted to “payment plans” with no end in sight. This is the new serfdom, tied not to land as such but to the money system. To keep their sanity, the masses respond to whatever pleasurable escapes are made available by corporations, which include drugs and eventually every form of sexual fetish and perversion. Moral arguments against all these will have all but disappeared, demonized when they do appear as calls for “theocracy.”

Today’s government schools, of course, are encouraging small children to question their “gender.” As recently as three decades ago, this would have been condemned as child abuse. The sexually confused were seen as mentally ill. Today you can get kicked off Big Tech’s platforms for saying such.

What does all this have to do with Queen Elizabeth and the Royal Family? I am not claiming they’ve stayed free of the corrupting effects of what was trending all around them. Indications are, though, that Queen Elizabeth was profoundly disappointed by the divorces and scandals that have dogged later generations of Royals. Tradition, however, kept her from weighing in on political matters. I cannot help also having sensed, for some time now, her dignified if stoic refusal to be transformed into a celebrity, which has become the unfortunate fate of her grandchildren and their spouses.

Goes without saying, the superelite are not following the example she set. Led by Klaus Schwab and his Young Global Leaders, they scheme to complete their global empire based on surveillance and control, not dignity and service. Meanwhile, wars they fomented lay waste to nations, economies crumble under the weight of irrational policies, political systems fragment on fomented division and justifiable distrust of authority, formal education continues to disintegrate under the weight of wokism, and cultures descend into barbarity.

As an exemplar of this last, consider this tweet by one Uju Anya of Carnegie Mellon University: obviously, given that name alone, an academic affirmative action charity case:

I heard the chief monarch of a thieving raping genocidal empire is finally dying. May her pain be excruciating.

See what I mean about formal education disintegrating? What can one say to the sociopaths that have inundated its once honorable lecture halls? What is scary is that such people may have as many as several hundred university students fall under their sway each academic year.

Some will reply angrily to all this that the Queen associated with, and even knighted, people who turned out to be pedophiles. If true, this is just one more symptom of the corruption of our era. She herself seemed to remain above all such frays. Even should it turn out that she looked the other way as much as possible, her British stiff upper lip intact, just the dignified appearance she maintained for as long as she lived might well be remembered as among the last anchors against the long-term collapse of Western civilization.

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding.  Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they had planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Don’t do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, that freedom is better than slavery or serfdom, and that persons have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just one hundred people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!




The Zombie Apocalypse

By Cliff Kincaid

September 17, 2022

With “transhumanism” becoming a popular topic, perhaps the transformation of human beings into drug-addled and drug-crazed zombies bears some scrutiny.

On the eve of the release of new inflation numbers, the elite publication Axios claimed that President Biden and Democrats were riding “a wave of good news.” The publication insisted that, “Inflation’s fury has cooled. Gas prices are down. Democrats have racked up legislative successes, including last month’s passage of a landmark climate, health and tax package.”

The caveat was the August Consumer Price Index, which was due out that same day, “a new data point for the political weather.” Well, it turned out to be another higher-than-expected inflation number, leading to a market decline, a loss of 1200 points.

The White House celebrated the “Inflation Reduction Act” after news broke that the consumer price index rose 8.3% in August from a year ago.

Over on CNBC, a guest claiming inflation had peaked was joking about using ayahuasca, a hallucinogen. The channel has hailed the “psychedelic renaissance.”

Is this what explains the modern-day bias of the news media and their notion that people won’t notice the lies emanating from the White House?

At an America’s Survival conference in 2017, Dr. Tina Trent explained how the movement to legalize drugs now wants to make “mind-expanding” drugs more available, even mandatory, in order to erase traditional Christianity and transform consciousness through “New Age” practices.

Ayahuasca has been in the news because the reigning NFL MVP, Aaron Rodgers, took a series of trips to Peru during the off season and consumed “the medicine” in the form of a psychedelic tea drink. NFL spokesman Brian McCarthy said this didn’t violate the league’s anti-drug abuse policy, even the drug’s psychoactive component, DMT, is illegal in the U.S.

DMT’s psychological effects include “intense visual hallucinations, depersonalization, auditory distortions and an altered sense of time and body image.”

Interestingly, one version of the global warming (now climate change) theory originated with marijuana advocate Carl Sagan, who was also an astronomer. Before he came to believe the Earth was inhabited by a spirit called Gaia, Sagan was writing about the virtues of dope and “the cannabis experience.” He explained, “I do not consider myself a religious person in the usual sense, but there is a religious aspect to some highs. The heightened sensitivity in all areas gives me a feeling of communion with my surroundings, both animate and inanimate.”

The U.N.’s Environmental Sabbath program advised kids to hold hands around a tree and meditate. The purpose, through dope or meditation, is to become “one” with trees, rocks, and dirt.

Now, a new Gallup Poll has found that more Americans smoke marijuana than cigarettes.

One of those consumers was Nikolas Cruz, the Parkland Florida mass shooter who plead guilty to murdering 17 people in 2018 and told police about extensive drug use, including marijuana, and “demons” in his mind.

His trial is now ending its second month, in order to determine whether he is sentenced to death or life without parole.

If someone wants to stop “gun violence,” one place to start is enforcing federal laws against marijuana. But Attorney General Merrick Garland prefers to order FBI agents to surround the My Pillow guy and seize his company phone.

A former drug addict who converted to Christianity, Mike Lindell understands this aspect of the war against the West and runs a program to help people with drug problems.

In the midst of “the Great Reset,” marijuana and now psychedelics have become the “Soma” for our own Brave New World.

With Aaron Rodgers talking about the “self-love” generated by the tea from Peru, look for more young people to follow his example into the gutter, as they contemplate the value of their gender studies graduate degrees and write off their federal student loans.

However, after signing a three-year $150 million contract extension, Rodgers’ team the Green Bay Packers lost its season opener to the Minnesota Vikings, 23-7. Commentators blamed the defeat on the loss of a talented wide receiver to another team, rather than any possible lingering mental health effects of the hallucinogenic.

Recognizing the stakes in this global conflict, WNBA star Brittney Griner was sentenced to nine years in a Russian prison for bring marijuana into the country. She hopes to be exchanged for the Russian arms dealer and former Soviet military officer Viktor Bout, the legendary “Merchant of Death” who is serving a 25-year sentence in U.S. federal prison.

Bout was lured out of Russia, where he was living openly, and arrested in a sting operation in Thailand by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA). Some of the weapons Bout was selling were for communist Colombian terrorists in the FARC (Fuerzas Armadas Revolucionarias) to use against Americans.

The communist FARC has been shipping drugs to the U.S. for decades, with a senior FARC commander extradited from Colombia in June of this year for a trial on charges of “leading a continuing criminal enterprise and participating in an international cocaine manufacture and distribution conspiracy.”

While the DEA tries to bring drug traffickers to justice, Joe Biden’s open borders policy makes their job far more difficult, with cocaine and fentanyl flowing into the United States, the latter made possible by Chinese chemicals provided to the drug cartels.

This is also a problem, however, that affects some on the right side of the political spectrum.

In federal documents concerning his arrest and detention in regard to his imprisonment as the face of the January 6th “insurrection,”, the QAnon Shaman, 33-year-old Jake Angeli (born Jacob Anthony Chansley), admits he was the person photographed at Vice President Pence’s chair on the Senate dais, face painted, carrying the spear and wearing a horned helmet. He claims “a profound spiritual experience” through mind-altering drugs, given to him initially at the age of 11 by his father, that included mushrooms and peyote.

Such characters are hardly “political prisoners.”  Like Hunter Biden, a drug addict who illegally purchased a gun without disclosing his habit and has not been prosecuted, these people need rehab and prison.

Conservatives can’t complain about rising crime rates if they endorse soft-on-drugs policies. Hence, they must take into account billionaire homosexual “conservative” activist Peter Thiel’s financial interest in the marijuana and psychedelic-research industries and his political contributions to GOP Senate candidates Blake Masters (Arizona) and J.D. Vance (Ohio).

Enforcement of anti-drug laws has to be a priority for Republicans and Democrats. We have to reduce the number of zombies with mental problems running rampant in the streets of major cities and contributing to mass murder and the rising crime rate.  But it’s an open question whether Republicans will join Democrats in cultivating potheads and other drug abusers as a voting bloc by endorsing legalization of marijuana and psychedelics on a national basis.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




If Disney is “Woke” may I sleep forever

by Kathleen Marquardt

September 17, 2022

I am so thankful that my children are grown and were exposed to very little of the Woke world (comparatively speaking). Back then, it was political correctness which hadn’t reached even close to Woke yet! But we are well down that road. Back when political correctness was getting a foothold, it got under my skin enough to tell a Sacramento Bee reporter that if anyone accused me of being politically correct, I’d slit my throat. You can imagine how I view the Woke world now.

But Disney? Disney used to be for entertainment, especially for children. What Disney offers now can only be considered entertainment for those wanting sick and twisted porn. Regular porn is probably passe’ in today’s “in your face” woke world anyway.

Give me four years to teach the children and the seed I have sown will never be uprooted.” —Vladimir Lenin

Our strength, in other words, has rested in our determination to reject simplistic absolutes and to redefine and revitalize a productive middle ground, relinquishing outdated solutions and embracing new approaches”. —Hillary Clinton, It Takes a Village

What are those simplistic absolutes? They are moral absolutes, the opposite of evil, wrong, sin, and hate.

Disney has gone ballistic over a piece of Florida legislation that prohibits state teachers from introducing or promoting LGBT topics to children in kindergarten through 3rd grade. The Christian lifestyle and moral absolutes are banned in schools, so the Left are replacing them with the most disgusting, degrading, despicable behavior the world has seen to date. Nero could take lesions. Parents are, and should be, the arbiters of what is fed to their open, receptive, and not yet discerning children’s’ minds.

But in this world where being white is being racist, where possessing moral absolutes is to be shunned as antiquated as well as racist; and where being tolerant only denotes those who believe in LGBTQIA2+furries, pansexuals and anything other than heterosexuals is acceptable.

They can have their parades, and we have the option to stay away. But keep your trannies out of our schools and libraries – if they were just reading books to our children, we wouldn’t notice. But they are doing their grooming (and I don’t mean combing their hair and putting on make-up) of our children and flouting it on mainstream and social media. There is now a big push to more than normalize this sick and twisted, debased, corrupt behavior – and to inject it into our children’s psyche.

Disney General entertainment president Karey Burke vowed to “up the ante on gender politics during an all-hands meeting, promising that at least half of the characters in its productions will be LGBTQIA or from racial minorities by the end of the year. On during a company-wide Zoom call, she said that Disney must do more to be more inclusive. She (he, it?) choked up during it, saying the issue hit close to home because of her children. ‘I’m here as the mother of two queer children, actually, one transgender child and one pansexual child, and also as a leader’”.

Disney LGBTQ advocates attacked the company for failing to block a Florida law that banned classroom instruction on sexual orientation and gender identity in grades K-3. So Disney vowed to overturn the law, adding that they would work to increase the number of LGBTQ characters in future productions. So, Disney higher-ups, determined to retain their great ESG credits, responded: “Our goal as a company is for this law to be repealed by the legislature or struck down in the courts, and we remain committed to supporting the national and state organizations working to achieve that.” [i]

For the unaware, this is “woke capitalism” (progressive-slanted corporate lobbying) at work. You may wonder what Environmental, Social, and Governmental (ESG) actions are valued in companies? Well, the above actions are high on the list.

In 2018, Ross Douthat, opinion writer for the New York Times, wrote, “Corporations engaged in a “certain kind of virtue-signaling on progressive social causes, a certain degree of performative wokeness “efforts to tax or regulate our new monopolies too heavily.” [ii]

Now that Disney has demonstrated ESG valuations so well, I wonder if we won’t — finally – see a much-deserved backlash against such nonsensical values in determining what a company is worth. If we don’t see backlash to this, we might as well crawl into caves and wait for the Rapture.

One of the Disney companies produced the movie Little Demon, wherein “13 years after being impregnated by Satan, a reluctant mother, Laura, and her Antichrist daughter, Chrissy, attempt to live an ordinary life in Delaware, but are constantly thwarted by monstrous forces, including Satan, who years for custody of this daughter’s soul.”

In conjunction with the movie, “After School Satan Clubs” are being set up. School boards must allow all groups proposed; this is a First Amendment issue. These clubs are the brainchild of a pro-abortion advocacy group, The Satanic Temple, which regards killing unborn babies in abortions as a religious ritual. One can easily see where this leads to – abortion at any age after birth up to 95 (grannie may run out of money).

What to do? Parents, get your children out of the public (Marxist) schools. The Satanic website notes, “After School Satan Club[s]” are needed to provide a “contrasting balance” to after-school activities at some schools.” Those activities that need “to be contrasted” must be Christian clubs. What else does Satan detest; Satan is only a contrast to Jesus and Christianity.

And Wall Street Journal’s Gerard Baker, has the best take on Disney deciding to go for woke. Baker’s mockery is fine-tuned and right on.[iii] It’s easy to mock, but when a company whose products have entertained, enlivened and enriched the lives of billions of children and their parents decides it must take a stand against the Parental Rights in Education Bill, what does it expect? By joining in the campaign to distort the objective of Florida’s new law, defame the people behind it, and deprive parents of the right to determine whether their children as young as 5 should be taught about sexual orientation or gender identity in the classroom, Disney executives invite something much worse than ridicule. They risk placing themselves on the side of a small minority of unrepresentative ideologues who are trying to remake the relationship between children, their parents and their teachers.

The larger problem Disney’s dutiful obeisance to the noisy extremists represents is the way in which those who seek to control our culture are redefining a central element of democratic pluralism—what it means to be an open and tolerant society.

“In March, Disney’s president of content told employees the company plans to have at least 50% of its regular characters come from “underrepresented groups.” Another top producer boasted about Disney’s “not-at-all-secret gay agenda,” including “adding queerness” to children’s programming. Yet another senior executive promised that Disney would implement a “tracker” to ensure programs contain enough “canonical trans characters.”[iv]

I’m sure the pope is sending consultants to see they get the dress and verbiage correct. If, when you started reading this, you thought I was steaming, you were right. It is time for every right-minded citizen to wake up and condemn the woke.

© 2022 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[i] https://ewtn.co.uk/article-disney-fans-caught-in-the-wake-of-woke-corporate-capitulation-to-lgbtq-pressure/

[ii] https://ewtn.co.uk/article-disney-fans-caught-in-the-wake-of-woke-corporate-capitulation-to-lgbtq-pressure/

[iii] https://www.wsj.com/articles/disney-woke-florida-dont-say-gay-parents-students-teachers-movies-cartoons-world-lgbtqia-sogie-gender-expression-transgender-crt-critical-race-theory-11649082625

[iv] https://californiaglobe.com/articles/disney-pays-the-price-for-woke-activism/




Pow MIA Recognition Day: They Should Never Be Forgotten

by Rees Lloyd

September 16, 2022

By Act of Congress in 1979, the third Friday of September, while not a national holiday, is observed annually as “POW-MIA RECOGNITION DAY.” Its purpose is to remember and honor all those veterans who suffered as prisoners of war, and all those many thousands who were and are still missing in action.

POW-MIA Recognition Day 2022 is Friday, September 16. There will be observances all across the country at military installations, state and national governmental facilities, and by veterans organizations including many of the more than 12,000 Posts of The American Legion (see www.Legion.org), Veterans of Foreign Wars (www.VFW.org), and other veterans service organizations, as well as at other patriotic organizations.

Perhaps most poignantly, many of the observances will include members of the National League of POW-MIA Families (www.powmiafamilies.org), which will have its own observances as well.

For them, the families, the wars have never ended. Their grief has never ended. The pain has never ended of not knowing what ultimately happened to their beloved family members who went off to serve in defense of the nation, and are still missing in action, their actual fates endlessly wondered about, but unknown.

It is because of the efforts of the National League of POW-MIA Families that, by act of Congress, the now famous POW-MIA Flag —which they created — will fly right below our American Flag on National POW-MIA Recognition Day. It is the only flag which is allowed to be on the same standard as our national Flag. Congress acted in 1988 to allow the POW-MIA Flag to be so flown also on Independence Day (Fourth of July); Veterans Day; Memorial Day; Armed Forces Day, and Flag Day).

Many Americans if not most — and certainly most immigrants, legal and illegal — are unaware of how many other Americans have suffered as POWs, or were or still are missing in action, as a result of serving to preserve American freedom.

For one reason, many if not most of the media do not report on National POW-MIA Recognition Day; and almost all if not all government schools, under domination of the liberal teachers union, do not teach the children about it. (For further example, September 17 is “Constitution Day”— celebrating the signing of the American Constitution on September 17, 1787. It  is also virtually ignored by major media, and in government schools.)

Regarding POWs, the Congressional Research Service has determined that: In World War II, 130,201 American military suffered as POW’s, of whom 14,072 died in captivity. In the Korean War, there were 7,140 POWs, of whom 2,701 died while imprisoned. In the Vietnam War, 725 were taken prisoner, 64 of whom died at the hands of their Communist captors from torture or disease. In the Gulf wars since 1991, 37 were taken prisoner; none of whom are still in captivity.

Regarding MIAs, the Defense POW-MIA Accounting Agency, reports that some 83,114 Americans are still missing in action from WWII to the present. That is: 73,515 are still missing in action from WWII; from Korea, 7,841 are still missing; 1,626 still missing from the Vietnam War; 126 from the Cold War; and 6 since 1991 in the conflicts in the Middle East.

The Communist dictator Joseph Stalin once infamously observed: “One death is a tragedy; a million deaths is a statistic.”

The figures cited above are not “just statistics” for the families of the POWs and MIAs. Nor should they be for us. Each one who suffered or died in captivity, each one who is missing in action—over 80,000 despite the continuing efforts of the U.S. to account for all the missing — is a personal tragedy, a continuing loss, and, continuing grief of families who do not know what actually became of their loved ones who went to war for them, for our country, for us, and never returned, disappeared in action without a trace.

Thus, for their families, there has been no closure. They should not be alone.

On National POW-MIA Recognition Day, we Americans, all of us, have the opportunity to remember and honor all of the POWs and all the MIAs, by participating in one of the many observances, or, if not able to do so, to pause in our busy lives to honor and remember them and to stand with their families in their continuing grief and suffering.

May God bless and keep them all— all the POWs, and all the MIAs, and all their families. May we Americans never forget them and their sacrifices but always remember and honor each and all of them, and their families. (Support the National League of POW-MIA Families at www.powmiafamilies.org).

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

© 2022 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com




WOMEN: The #1 Cause of Death in the USA

By Lex Greene

September 16, 2022

In an effort to figure out why our government and media are so concerned with lawful and responsible gun ownership, I decided to study the leading causes of death in the USA. With all of the focus on disarming the law-abiding citizens of the USA, I expected to see that gun violence by law-abiding citizens was a leading cause of death in the USA. Why else would anyone be so damned concerned with Second Amendment protected Rights in the USA?

Imagine my surprise when I discovered the real leading cause of death in the USA, and no, it isn’t COVID19 either. My research is based upon official government issued statistics posted on government websites, including the CDC.

Since most Americans still foolishly believe everything our government tells them, the above numbers were taken directly from government official sources. That way if you disagree, you disagree with your government, rather than me.

Despite gun violence being the least of our problems in terms of causes of death, at only 0.6% of the deaths in 2020, 90% of which are gang violence, drug or theft related, mostly in every democrat run city…still, our government has convinced millions of Americans that it is the biggest threat in our country. Far from it…

COVID19 is #4 on the list at 10.2% – but remember that the CDC has admitted that 94% of the deaths labeled COVID19 actually died of something else. Only 6% of the 350,831 (21,050) were actual COVID deaths in 2020. (Note: the 2021 COVID deaths were up by 30% after vaccines)

Diseases of the heart and cancer, among others, happen largely if not entirely, beyond our control, and they are indiscriminate in nature, claiming the lives of young and old alike.

But as you can see in the grid above, the #1 cause of death in the USA is ABORTION, 100% of them at the sole discretion of women who believe they have some insane non-existent constitutionally protected right to kill their own children. Women killing their own children accounted for 26.9% of all human deaths in the USA in 2020, making it by far the leading cause of death in the USA. It’s been this way for many years now.

Yet, all public political attention is on “gun violence” at the bottom of the list, which only accounts for 0.6% of the deaths nationally in 2020. If you expect any sane person to believe that women determined to kill their own children, care anything at all about the death of your children due to gun violence, you’re wrong. They clearly have no regard for human life at all, their children or yours.

But it is largely the same women who demand a right to kill their own children, who also aim to eliminate your natural Right to keep and bear arms, in protection of your own children and families. The same group also supports defunding law enforcement and putting convicted felons back on the streets, while flooding our country with illegal aliens from every 3rd world toilet on earth.

Today’s democrat party panders to these women voters, for their own political power, and that’s why this horrific evil continues in our country. Many republican politicians now pander for votes on this issue too, all knowing how evil it is, but more concerned about their political power than the life of any child.

Before anyone brings it up, “rape” accounts for only 0.5% of all abortions. This means that 99.5% of all abortions have nothing whatsoever to do with “rape.”

Now, to be fair to women, 44% of women voted against this total evil insanity in 2020. They are not directly responsible for abortion being the #1 cause of death in the USA. But 55% of women voted for this evil in 2020, and they have been voting for this evil ever since the Supreme Court issued the Roe v. Wade decision, since overturned. They plan on voting for abortion again in 2022…as the top issue driving their votes in every election.

Here’s the worst news about at least 55% of women voters in the USA today…

Unlike every other cause of death, this one solely targets the most innocent and defenseless victims on earth, children. 90% of gun related deaths in the USA are between street criminals. But 100% of abortions strictly target an innocent child.

Like it or not, these are the facts. These facts prove that the deadliest people in the USA today are 55% of women. Sadly, at least 55% of American women are directly responsible for the mass murder of innocence in the USA as the #1 cause of death, simply due to their support for abortion.

Maybe we need to be talking about the #1 cause of death in the USA, instead of gun violence, all the way at the bottom of the list!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




If Republicans Support Climate Truth

By Edwin X Berry, PhD, Theoretical Physics

September 16, 2022

Today, Seth Borenstein, AP Science Writer, produced another irrational attack on climate truth. He references a prediction in the 2012 special report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC),

A changing climate leads to changes in the frequency, intensity, spatial extent, duration, and timing of extreme weather and climate events, and can result in unprecedented extreme weather and climate events.”

Then, he presents the usual extensive list of weather-caused damages since 2012.

He says this IPCC report is the warning and forecast “by top United Nations climate scientists more than 10 years ago.”

He quotes Michael Oppenheimer of Princeton University,

The report was clairvoyant. The report was exactly what a climate report should do: Warn us about the future in time for us to adapt before the worst stuff happens.”

But Borenstein and Oppenheimer go off the scientific cliff by concluding these IPCC predicted damages prove that our CO2 emissions caused these damages.

The only thing Borenstein has proved is that he and scientists parked in universities around the world do not understand the logic of science and boastfully announce conclusions that are illogical, irrational, and unethical.

Events do not prove their cause.

Events do not prove CO2, human or natural, caused the events. Furthermore, climate is a 30-year average of weather, so the use of weather events to argue a human cause for climate change is unscientific. The fundamental scientific principle – that events do not prove their cause – ends all arguments that events prove human CO2 is guilty.

The most important principle in science is ironically one of the simplest.

It is impossible to prove a theory is true but only one contradiction with data or accepted physics proves a theory is false. Science progresses by proving theories are false, not by claiming theories are true.

Proof that a theory is false supersedes all claims that the theory is true. Neither votes nor opinions can overturn proofs that a theory is false.

Only true science can find the cause.

The IPCC claims these three (false) theories are true:

  1. Human CO2 causes all the increase in atmospheric CO2 above 280 ppm.
  2. The CO2 increase above 280 ppm causes global warming.
  3. This global warming causes dangerous climate change.

All climate alarmists assume these three IPCC theories are true. They cannot prove these theories are true, be we can prove these theories are wrong.

You didn’t know it was this simple, did you?

Good physicists have supplied the proofs that Republicans need to win the climate debate. These physicists will win in a court of law. If Republicans back true scientists, Republicans will win climate lawsuits and win elections.

Let’s look at the big picture of climate alarmism.

This figure shows the three scenarios for Natural and Human CO2.

The first bar is the IPCC version for 1750. Here, the natural CO2 level is at 280 ppm. It is at equilibrium, which means the CO2 outflow equals the CO2 inflow.

The second bar is the IPCC version for about 2020. Here, the IPCC assigns all the CO2 increase to Human CO2. All climate alarmism is based on this bar.

The third bar is what the IPCC data show (Berry, 2021). Here, the Human addition is only 35 ppm. This means Natural CO2 caused about 75% of the CO2 increase. The third bar is climate truth according to IPCC’s own data.

Berry (2021) proves the second bar is false, PCC’s theory (1) is false, and the climate claims by Borenstein and Oppenheimer are science fiction. It is simple and can prove in a court of law that climate alarmism is based on false science.

Other scientists have proved IPCC’s theories (2) and (3) are wrong. There is no scientific basis to support the claim that human CO2 causes dangerous climate change.

The threat of the climate fraud is the Great Reset.

The Great Reset depends on the climate fraud and its climate laws and regulations. The only way to stop the Great Reset is to undermine its Democrat-supported climate foundation by voting Republican in the 2022 election.

The Great Reset, if achieved, will impose a world government with a two-tiered economy where the superrich will control their profitable monopoly and everyone else will live as a serf in perpetual socialism.

You will own little or nothing. You will rent what you need from the monopoly. You will jump when they tell you to jump, eat the insects they tell you to eat, and take every vax jab they tell you to take until your shoulder or butt is full of little holes.

They will control the miseducation and medication of your next generation so they will never again regain the power to be free.

Will the Republican Party support climate truth in time to win in 2022?

Climate change is the most divisive, misunderstood, critical issue in the 2022 election

According to Pew Research, in 2022, 60% of all American voters say climate change is a major threat. Among Democrats, 88% say climate is a major threat. Among Republicans, 31% say climate is a major threat, 45% say it is a minor threat, and 24% say it is not a threat at all.

Climate truth is the core Republican issue because it affects the supply and cost of our energy and food, and negatively affects our education, economy, taxes, and freedom. The climate fraud encourages citizens to believe other government lies.

Your climate belief can decide your vote. If you strongly believe there is a climate emergency, you will vote Democrat, even if you are a Republican. If you strongly believe climate change is a fraud, you will vote Republican, even if you are a Democrat.

America’s only hope is that the Republican Party will support climate truth. The absence of a Republican challenge has allowed the Democrats to gain voters on the climate issue.

President Trump is no longer president because, in addition to the election fraud, he lost his climate debate against Biden. His debate loss disillusioned voters who were waiting for him to prove Biden is wrong about climate.

The Message is more important than money.

Now, in mid-September 2022, the November election does not look good for Republicans.

Republican candidates say they are losing the election because the Democrats have more money. While money is necessary, today’s business advertising proves a better message can beat money every time.

This Republican climate message will get free publicity because it is controversial:

  1. Nature controls the climate.
  2. Our CO2 does not change the climate and is not a pollutant.
  3. Global temperature controls the CO2 level.
  4. We need more CO2 because more CO2 grows more food with less water.

Our national energy plan should include:

  1. Making natural gas our primary energy source.
  2. Making nuclear energy our growing primary energy source.
  3. Drill, baby, drill, with added incentives to keep our offshore oil rigs in top condition.
  4. Make high-tech coal our secondary energy source.
  5. Teach our children the truth about climate change in our schools.

Our national CO2 plan should include:

  1. Eliminate all climate laws, regulations, incentives, and treaties.
  2. Eliminate all subsidies for EV’s, heat pumps, wind, and solar energy, thereby forcing them compete on a level economic playing field.

Carbon capture may be the most insane and counter-productive peacetime undertaking in human history.

Don’t waste good energy to put atmospheric CO2 in the ground.

Stop net zero politics. Netzeroclimate.org says, “Net zero refers to a state in which greenhouse gases going into the atmosphere are balanced by removal from the atmosphere.”

Berry (2021) describes how CO2 always moves toward a net zero state where outflow equals inflow. It’s high-school physics.

Montana Republicans have not supported climate truth.

Nineteen Republicans entered Montana’s 2022 primary election for Congress. Montana Free Press asked these candidates to answer questions on climate change.

Sixteen Republican candidates (85%) agreed with the Democrats on climate change. They did not read Berry’s book, Climate Miracle.

Democrats have filed multiple redundant climate lawsuits.

If they win their climate lawsuits in Montana, Democrats will control Montana’s mining, energy, and economy. They will shut down Montana’s hydrocarbon energy try to power Montana with wind energy.

In 2011, Dr. Berry filed an Intervention to a Democrat climate petition in Montana’s Supreme Court. His Intervention caused the Court to reject the petition, thereby saving Montana billions of dollars per year thereafter and making him the only scientist to defeat a climate lawsuit. The Montana Supreme Court ruled,

“If they cannot prove a connection between eliminating Montana’s minute carbon emissions, and reducing the pace of global climate change, then public trust doctrine cannot, even under their own flawed legal theory, apply.”

De. Berry’s attorney, Quentin Rhoades, wrote,

“This establishes once and for all, at least for Montana law, that climate science is decidedly not settled.”

Beginning in 2020, environmental groups have filed more climate lawsuits against the State of Montana. One of these new lawsuits, Held v. Montana, is a carbon copy of their 2011 petition to the Supreme Court that Dr. Berry defeated in 2011. Montana has refused Dr. Berry’s offer to help Montana defeat Held v Montana.

How to stop a climate lawsuit.

Montana’s defense attorney for Held v Montana thinks they must defend against the plaintiffs’ direct claims.

Dr. Berry disagrees. He believes the best way to defend against climate lawsuits is to prove the plaintiffs’ assumptions are wrong, as he did in 2011.

According to Dr. Berry, all climate lawsuits assume the above three IPCC theories are true. The best way to win the defense is to defeat theories (1) and (2). Dr. Berry says his Climate Team 6 can take out these three invalid climate theories in court and thereby stop all Democrat climate lawsuits.

As a bonus, defeating these Democrat climate assumptions in court will change America’s education and politics.

Montana’s defense should use the 2011 Montana Supreme Court precedent that climate science is “not settled.” This would put the burden of proof on the plaintiffs to defend the science behind their lawsuit.

The defense should include the reasons the 2011 plaintiffs filed their petition in the Montana’s Supreme Court rather than in a lower court. They claimed an irreversible climate change event would occur before they could go from a lower court to the Supreme Court and stop Montana’s CO2 emissions in time to save the planet. Now 10 years later, it is obvious that no such damage has occurred.

The scientific method says if your prediction is wrong then your theory is wrong. This proves the scientific basis of the Democrats’ 2022 climate lawsuits is wrong.

Dr. Berry’s Climate Team 6 includes the best climate scientists in the world who know how to win a climate lawsuit. Dr. Berry’s team can teach other attorneys what they must know to defeat climate lawsuits.

Republicans must act now!

Republicans must lead a new revolution against the climate fraud.

Putin’s closure of his gas pipeline to Europe should be our wakeup call. Europe quickly cast aside its green idealism for carbon fuels and nuclear energy. Solar and wind have proved they cannot support a free industrial society.

Now is the perfect time for Republicans to promote climate truth because people want to stay warm this winter and want to keep the costs of energy, travel, and food low.

Dr. Berry’s book, Climate Miracle, can help Republicans win climate lawsuits, stop the climate fraud, and stop the Great Reset.

If Republicans accept this challenge, they will win in November 2022 and change the world.

© 2022 Ed Berry – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ed Berry: ed@edberry.com




2022 Election: A Battle of Two Factions

By Lex Greene

September 15, 2022

The politicians and their propaganda media promote the notion that over 300 million Americans have a wide range of issues they are concerned about, causing them to fracture into issue based factions easy to manipulate, divide and conquer for political purposes.

Many think the elections are between democrats and republicans, or independents against both. People have been trained to believe that we are a totally divided and fractured country today, which is in part true. However, in reality, our elections have been reduced to only two factions and two choices today.

THE AMERICA FIRST FACTION

Often referred to as the “MAGA movement,” which stands for the “Make America Great Again” voting bloc, most of whom believe in President Donald J. Trump and the many things he accomplished against all Washington DC insiders for four years. This group will cast their ballots on the basis of Life, Liberty, and the free individual Pursuit of Happiness, freedom, liberty and justice for all, and the Rule of Law.

This faction puts freedom and liberty for everyone above all else when they walk into an election booth. This group believes in making the USA the very best free and secure nation anywhere on earth. They vote for a better future for every human being. This group includes most republicans, and some democrats and independents.

THE DEATH CULT FACTION

Like it or not, this faction cannot possibly be described any other way today. This group includes democrats and socialists now, almost exclusively, and they openly call for “war” against all other Americans. This group includes those burning and looting cities across the nation ahead of the 2020 elections, as well as criminal gangs destroying every democrat controlled city in the USA. (BLM, ANTIFA, MS13)

The number one issue for this voting bloc is “death.”

  • An alleged “constitutional right” to murder their own children
  • A right to burn and loot entire cities, and murder innocent citizens
  • A right to put convicted violent felons back on the streets
  • A right to flood our country with violent illegal aliens and drugs
  • A right to disarm law-abiding citizens and defund all law enforcement
  • A right to cause endless wars around the globe
  • A right to force lethal injections into citizens at will, without any liability
  • A right to force young children into deadly mandates against parental consent
  • A right to use Federal Agencies to terrorize citizens, political opponents
  • A right to protect child traffickers and pedophiles
  • A right to operate a Nazi-style thought police gestapo, targeting political opponents
  • And I could go on for a few pages with this list…

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE TWO VOTING BLOC TRENDS

According to all related election data, U.S. women overwhelmingly vote for the death cult in every election cycle, by a 25% margin on average. Not too long ago, female voters leaned hard conservative in protection of their families. Today, they lean hard left and they represent the largest voting bloc in the “death cult” faction now.

U.S. men, however, have always trended towards the conservative right in their voting, but not by as wide a margin lately. As more and more women seek to be men, and men seek to be women, these patterns are changing, unfortunately.

Making matters worse, females are now 52% of the USA population, not counting the men who now dress like women. Men represent only 48% of the USA population at present, which means the female population has a baseline 4% voting advantage over men.

Adding to this problem, women have had a much higher voter turnout rate than men recently, approximately 63% female voter turnout to 59% of males. So, women not only outnumber men by 4%, but they also vote at a higher rate than men.

In 2020, aside from the evident election fraud across the country, largely via mail-in balloting and machine manipulations, 57% of women voted for Biden, while only 42% of women voted for Trump, a 15% margin in favor of the “death cult.” (Source)

Men voted 53% for Trump, and only 45% for Biden. However, women outnumber men nationally and they have a much higher voter turnout rate.

So, when considering who is most responsible for all of the many disasters in the USA and world since January 2021, there is no escaping the reality that women voters played a huge role in creating all of the ills facing our nation just 22-months later.

In 2022, women voters still list the top issue in this election cycle as “abortion,” the alleged right to kill their children. This makes the modern American female voter the greatest threat to Life, Liberty, and Happiness in the USA today.

Life goes on, as it always must, despite all of the serious disasters facing our nation today. Voters only get to decide what life in America will look like after the November elections. Will it be a nation full of life, freedom, liberty, and justice for all…or will it continue to be a nation torn apart by the death cult currently in power?

While everyone will get to vote, it is women voters who will decide what happens. We can only hope that they have learned from their past mistakes and self-correct, or the USA will soon be gone forever.

Only women can convince other women to change, specifically, the 42% of women who voted for Life and Liberty in 2020. I suggest that every female voter in that 42% group get very busy convincing women in the 57% death cult group, to change, and really fast. There isn’t much time left…

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




Walking Away from Liberty

by Lee Duigon

September 15, 2022

We have never been closer to losing our country than we are today.

The Biden regime has launched a purge of President Donald Trump’s associates and political supporters. It’s not just former government officials now at risk. This week Mike Lindell, CEO of My Pillow, attempting to buy a meal at Hardee’s, suddenly found himself surrounded and blocked by three carloads of armed FBI goons. They confiscated his cell phone. That’s what you get for being an avid Trump supporter. It makes you a suspected “domestic terrorist.”

So far they’ve raided the homes of at least 35, and maybe as many as 50, citizens who exercised their inalienable right to vote for and work for their president. The raids occurred amid a near-total nooze media blackout. The regime didn’t want America to see this.

But Tucker Carlson discussed it on the air, Monday night. I was impressed by his presentation and posted twenty minutes of it on my blog, leeduigon.com.

Just hours later, readers let me know that YouTube had censored Carlson’s broadcast. I went to YouTube and the video was gone. If you clicked to see it on my blog, you got two minutes of babbling Biden. And now that’s gone, replaced by a black screen and a notice that the video had been pulled for “violating” this or that YouTube protocol. Someone had decided that we must not be allowed—yes, I said “allowed”—to see this video.

Later a reader found it on Rumble and sent me a link. You can see it here.

Do we see a pattern emerging here? “Justice” Dept. has the FBI spy on parents who don’t like their local school boards promoting transgender propaganda and racial strife. FBI goon squad—armed!—raids President Trump’s home at Mar-a-Lago. Next, a news blackout for FBI raids on several dozen “Trump allies.” Then they go after Mike Lindell. The FBI has turned into the kind of gangsters they used to chase.

How far in advance was this all planned—and by whom? Tens of millions of us voted for Donald Trump in 2020. Tens of thousands of us worked in his campaign, one way or another. How far down the hierarchy does The Regime mean to go? Is this a coup? A putsch? An organized, determined effort to take down our republic and replace it with an authoritarian one-party state? I know it sounds like crazy talk; but I’m not used to seeing my country run like a banana republic, and I don’t like it. Democrats to this day question the validity, the integrity, of the 2016 election and others. We question 2020—and that makes us criminals? Is there a First Amendment in the house?

Am I afraid? You’re damned right I’m afraid. And someday Democrats will be afraid, too, when our self-anointed elites and the powers of darkness decide that some of their people aren’t Democrat enough. But it may well be too late by then.

Step by step we are walking away from liberty. How many more steps must we take before we can’t find the way back?

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit, before the FBI shuts us all down. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved




War On Western Culture: Losing America’s Identity

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 15, 2022

Part 3: Losing your identity in America, confused as to where you belong, immigrants against American traditions

One Japanese-American complained that she didn’t know whether to celebrate her “American” side or her “Japanese” side.  She felt confused as to her allegiance.

In the City of Dearborn, Michigan, over 300,000 Muslims know exactly what and who they celebrate:  the prophet, Quran and Sharia Law.  They have created their own little Baghdad right here in America. You won’t  see Old Glory flags being flown within their midst.

Notice that 125,000 Somalians in Minneapolis, Minnesota remain in their “Somaliland” enclave in order to maintain some sense of their African identity.  They really don’t fit into the predominantly Scandinavian society of Minnesota.  And, there’s no way that those pure white Scandinavians fit into Somali Islamic culture.  So, what do they do?  Most whites avoid stepping into Somaliland.  Because of that harsh reality, what do the people in Washington DC hope to accomplish by importing millions upon millions of incompatible cultures, languages and unprepared immigrants into the midst of a 21st century first world  country?

Not only are the immigrants confused, isolated and tolerated, but their offspring grow up angry…because they don’t have a clue as to where they fit into America.

As Americans lose their identity, or it’s meshed into a big bowl of multicultural mush, older Americans wonder what kind of a country  will erupt from the ashes of the “old” America?

One black writer, Otegha Uwagba, wrote, Whites: On Race and Other Falsehoods.  She complained that white friends don’t ask her how she is. “I feel abandoned.”  After George Floyd’s death, she said, “My mailbox was a dumping ground for white guilt.”

Uwagba bitterly complained, “Everywhere white shame looms large…sucking the oxygen out of the room.  Even the most penitent white  people have a way of making it hard to breathe.”

She said, “Americans need to retrain their minds.”

How can anyone tell the Chinese to retrain their minds NOT to be Chinese, or Indians, or African or any other ethnic group?  How can anyone understand their own county if they hate it?

White Privilege? White Supremacy?  White Power?

Just after Eliza Fletcher in Memphis, TN suffered death at the hands of that rapist, three black kids bragged on social media that they were out to kill old white ladies.  To date, their threats have been ignored by the national media. But if it were three white boys threatening to kill little old black ladies, well, you can imagine, all hell would break loose.

Is that what the media and/or the Washington DC folks want to encourage with their dumping 1,000,000 refugees onto American soil annually?  And, now, with over 3,000,000 illegal refugees streaming into America in 2022 per Joe Biden’s invitation, what do you think will happen in the cities and schools they overrun?

To solve it all, UCLA law professor and leading critical race theory proponent Cheryl Harris  argues, “The right to private property should be suspended, with money and land seized, and redistributed along racial lines.”

In other words, let “racism” move forward on a different rung of the ladder.  Or, let’s just change the totality of America’s success as a country and turn it into another form of a racist society. In this case, people of color benefit at the expense of white people.

As we continue into this national experiment that is clearly not working, how do we “hold” America together?   What happens when the baby boomer generation dies out?

At the same time, how much have we dumbed-down our educational systems?  I watched a two minute video where the narrator asked simple questions of kids at a mall.  The kids didn’t know how many letters are in the alphabet. How many seasons in a year?  She replied, “12.” One was asked what language the people in Idaho spoke. She said, “Potato.”  How many states make up the United States?  He answered, “Five?…I don’t know.”  What continent are we on right now?  He answered, “Oh, North Africa?”  “What’s 3X3 X 3?”  The  kid answered, “18?”  How many pennies are in $1.00? The kid answered, “How should I know?”   Another was asked, “What country did we gain our independence from?”  A girl answered, “Mexico.”  What is a shape with four sides called?  Answer, “I don’t know man…I learned that in 5th grade.”  Can you name three countries outside the USA?  She answered, “New Mexico, Connecticut and Alabama.” What is one quarter plus two dimes?  He answered, “65 cents?”  Can you tell me what time this clock reads?  She answered, “Oh my God…I don’t know.”

A sobering 33% of high school graduates never read another book the rest of their lives.  Another 42% of college grads never read another book after college.  About 57% of new books are not read to completion.  And, 70% of U.S. adults have not been in a bookstore in the last five years.  Finally, 80% of U.S. families did not buy or read a book last year. (from Mark Stevens)

Well dear reader, that’s the future of America.  I remember as a math-science teacher starting in 1973, administrators forced teachers to pass kids up to the next grade instead of holding  them back.  Now, we’ve got multiple  generations of adults who are functionally illiterate.

How can we expect functionally illiterate people to maintain America with reasonable participation, voting, contributing to the work force, and simple citizenship?  Did you notice on NPR last week when they said that the homeless in Los  Angeles jumped from 66,000 to 69,000?

What happens when those numbers explode into  the millions?  Can we erase poverty with so many illiterate people?  Is there any chance to abate racism with THAT many illiterate people?

Let’s go back to George Floyd.  When he died, Fentanyl flooded his body.  That same year, 2020, 93,000 Americans died from opioid overdoses.  In 2021, 107,000 Americans died of Fentanyl overdoses. China’s main drug export killed all of them.  Ironically, Joe  Biden invited and allowed all those drug cartels to invade our country with an endless supply of those drugs.

As to gun killings in America, 702 deaths and 2,844 wounded in 2021.

Is it possible that young Americans, young immigrants and minorities are losing their minds, as well as their affinity toward America?  So, what can they do and/or what are they going to do?  With such mass functional illiteracy, how will they participate in America’s future?  Do they even want to participate?

Historian Seymour Lipset said, “Most great nations are not conquered by armies. They commit national suicide.”

In his book, America Extinguished: Mass Immigration and the Disintegration of American Culture by Dr. Samuel T. Francis, he said, “Nothing is more basic to assimilation of immigrants in a foreign culture than learning its language. But many immigrants are not  learning English, a strong sign they haven’t assimilated and don’t intend to.”

Do you think we’re going to survive this invasion of cultures and languages?  Will our youth survive the endless drug invasion? Will we survive our mass functional illiteracy?  Why don’t the goofballs in Washington DC not see what’s happening?  Why are they allowing, and in fact, applauding Joe Biden’s total disregard for our country’s borders?

How does it feel to be displaced and replaced out of your own country?  Answer: ask today’s Europeans and/or ask Native Americans.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Defending Your Right Against Unreasonable Searches

By Paul Engel

September 14, 2022

  • What are the rules when a government agent comes to your door?
  • When does a government actor need a warrant to enter your home?
  • Looking at some previous Supreme Court cases, we’ll see that you may have more legal authority than you realize.

When a government agent stands at your door asking to come in, do you know what your rights are? What would you do if that agent tries to enter your house illegally? If that day comes, the difference between liberty and incarceration may well depend on how well you know your rights and how prepared you are to assert and defend them.

A situation like this was at the core of a 1967 case involving Roland Camara. He was charged with violating the San Francisco Housing Code for refusing to allow city housing inspectors to enter his home without a warrant. The city claimed that the ground-floor quarters violated the building’s occupancy permit. Mr. Camara sued in State Superior Court, claiming the inspection ordinance was unconstitutional because it failed to require a warrant for inspections. The court denied his request for a writ of prohibition, relying on the 1959 case Frank v. Maryland.

Frank v. Maryland

In the case of Frank v. Maryland, a Baltimore City health inspector discovered evidence of a rat infestation at the rear of Frank’s home. When Frank refused access to the health inspector, who did not have a warrant to search, an arrest warrant was sworn out under Article 12 §120 of the Baltimore City Code.

Whenever the Commissioner of Health shall have cause to suspect that a nuisance exists in any house, cellar or enclosure, he may demand entry therein in the day time, and if the owner or occupier shall refuse or delay to open the same and admit a free examination, he shall forfeit and pay for every such refusal the sum of Twenty Dollars.

Frank v. Maryland

Is a city law that allows government agents access to your home valid? After all, wouldn’t such a law violate the Fourth Amendment’s protections against unreasonable searches? The court looked at history and the laws of Maryland and came to this conclusion:

In light of the long history of this kind of inspection and of modern needs, we cannot say that the carefully circumscribed demand which Maryland here makes on appellants freedom has deprived him of due process of law.

Frank v. Maryland

What I found interesting in this opinion is the fact that while the court looked at the Fourteenth Amendment, they paid little attention to the Fourth. Notice the court found that an unwarranted search did not violate due process, but said nothing about the search being unreasonable. As I understand the court’s reasoning, since a health inspector is not law enforcement, meaning the inspector is not looking for evidence of a crime, the Fourth Amendment does not apply. This opinion was the basis for the decision of the Superior against Camara, which was upheld by the District Court.

Camara v. Municipal Court

Which brings up back to 1967 and the Camara v, Municipal Court case. This time the court saw things differently.

  1. The Fourth Amendment bars prosecution of a person who has refused to permit a warrantless code enforcement inspection of his personal residence.  Frank v. Maryland, supra, pro tantooverruled.

Camara v. Municipal Court

The Fourth Amendment prohibits unreasonable searches and seizures. By extension, you cannot be prosecuted for refusing to allow a warrantless search. Based on this, the court overturned Frank v. Maryland, pro tanto, latin for “only to the extent”. That means only the question of warrantless code enforcement inspections are affected.

(a) The basic purpose of the Fourth Amendment, which is enforceable against the States through the Fourteenth, through its prohibition of unreasonable” searches and seizures is to safeguard the privacy and security of individuals against arbitrary invasions by governmental officials.

Camara v. Municipal Court

I know the courts claim the Bill of Rights doesn’t apply to the states except through the Fourteenth Amendment, which I’ve dealt with before. Notice though, that the court says the purpose of the Fourth Amendment is to protect you from arbitrary invasion by government officials. The Fourth Amendment isn’t simply about privacy, but your own security. Is that what the Constitution actually says?

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized. 

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IV

It’s quite simple; the Fourth Amendment doesn’t simply protect you from arbitrary searches, but from unreasonable ones. What makes a search reasonable? One with a warrant based in probable cause or an exigent (urgent) circumstance. Or as the court put it, “carefully defined exceptions”.

(b) With certain carefully defined exceptions, an unconsented warrantless search of private property is unreasonable.”

Camara v. Municipal Court

One of the most common examples of the “carefully defined exceptions” the court is referring to is a situation where human life is in imminent danger, such as a fire or cries for help.

(d) Warrantless administrative searches cannot be justified on the grounds that they make minimal demands on occupants; that warrant in such cases are unfeasible; or that area inspection programs could not function under reasonable search warrant requirements.

Camara v. Municipal Court

It’s not a question of how invasive the search is, how much of an impact it has on the occupants, or that the inspection program couldn’t function if they had to obtain warrants; a law claiming to allow warrantless inspections is not justified under the Fourth Amendment. Of course, that’s not to say that the court doesn’t see a legitimate reason for inspections.

  1. Probable cause upon the basis of which warrants are to be issued for area code enforcement inspections is not dependent on the inspectors belief that a particular dwelling violates the code, but on the reasonableness of the enforcement agencys appraisal of conditions in the area as a whole. The standards to guide the magistrate in the issuance of such search warrants will necessarily vary with the municipal program being enforced.

Camara v. Municipal Court

If code enforcement can show the reasonableness of their inspections, then the court has said that satisfies probable cause. However, is that a probable cause? Not according the the Free Legal Dictionary:

Apparent facts discovered through logical inquiry that would lead a reasonably intelligent and prudent person to believe thatan accused person has committed a crime, thereby warranting his or her prosecution, or that a Cause of Action hasaccrued, justifying a civil lawsuit.

Probable cause is a level of reasonable belief, based on facts that can be articulated, that is required to sue a person in civil court or to arrest and prosecute a person in criminal court. Before a person can be sued or arrested and prosecuted, the civil plaintiff or police and prosecutor must possess enough facts that would lead a reasonable person to believe that the claim orcharge is true.

Probable Cause – The Free Legal Dictionary

So how can the court claim probable cause for code enforcement if there isn’t a reasonable belief that a civil or criminal violation has occurred? I cannot see one.

  1. Search warrants which are required in nonemergency situations should normally be sought only after entry is refused.

Camara v. Municipal Court

This sentence is important. The court isn’t asking code enforcement to get a warrant every time they want to perform an inspection, but only if entry is first refused. That doesn’t mean you shouldn’t ask for a warrant when they show up, just that they likely won’t bother getting one unless you ask for it.

  1. In the nonemergency situation here, appellant had a right to insist that the inspectors obtain a search warrant.

Camara v. Municipal Court

The court sums up their position here. Unless there is an emergency, the appellant had a right to insist that inspectors get a search warrant to enter their property, and so do you.

Conclusion

So where does that leave you if and when you find a government agent at your door? First, unless they have a warrant, you are not required to grant them entry. Even if you don’t think you’ve done anything wrong, I’ve had multiple attorneys tell me there is no benefit to allowing law enforcement entry to your home, business, or even your car. The warrant, and the probable cause that is required to get one, is for your protection. Don’t let code enforcement, or any other government agent claim they do not need a warrant to search; that is only true if you grant them access or if there is an articulable emergency. If they threaten to have you arrested for refusing them, remind them of the Fourth Amendment and the fact that the Supreme Court has confirmed that you cannot be prosecuted for refusing to allow an inspection without a warrant. If you can remember the case Camara v. Municipal court, even better.

I’m still concerned about the court’s willingness to defer to so called “compelling government interest” over the language of the Constitution. According to the court in Camara, as long as the government agent can convince a judge that the inspection is “reasonable”, then the warrant can be issued. Which brings us back to the big question: What is a reasonable search or seizure?

Suitable; just; proper; ordinary; fair; usual.

Reasonable – The Free Legal Dictionary

What makes a search just? When does “public good” outweigh your right to private property? And just how does the reasonableness of an inspection equate to probable cause for a warrant? These are all good questions, ones that should be answered before government agents start getting warrants to perform “inspections” on your property.

To sum this all up, this is an excellent examples of the words of John Jay:

Every member of the State ought diligently to read and to study the constitution of his country, and teach the rising generation to be free. By knowing their rights, they will sooner perceive when they are violated, and be the better prepared to defend and assert them.

John Jay, First Chief Justice of the supreme Court

Having read the Constitution, we have a better understanding of our rights, which means we should quickly recognize when they are violated. And having read a bit of court opinion, we are even more prepared to defend and assert them. I hope this helps you feel more prepared and secure in your home. I know it makes me feel more secure in mine.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Judge Roy Moore Wins Big: I Knew He Would When They Started Attacking Him Again

By Bradlee Dean

September 14, 2022

If there was one guy they should have turned the other way in attacking, it was Judge Roy Moore.  Now they know! –Reported by The Sons of Liberty Media, November 22, 2017

Scripture is clear, friends:

“One witness shall not rise up against a man for any iniquity, or for any sin, in any sin that he sinneth: at the mouth of two witnesses, or at the mouth of three witnesses, shall the matter be established. If a false witness rise up against any man to testify against him that which is wrong; Then both the men, between whom the controversy is, shall stand before the LORD, before the priests and the judges, which shall be in those days; And the judges shall make diligent inquisition: and, behold, if the witness be a false witness, and hath testified falsely against his brother; Then shall ye do unto him, as he had thought to have done unto his brother: so shalt thou put the evil away from among you. And those which remain shall hear, and fear, and shall henceforth commit no more any such evil among you. And thine eye shall not pity; but life shall go for life, eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” -Deuteronomy 19: 15-21

In law, this is still applicable today.  The only problem is that most Americans think that it is free speech when nothing could be further from the truth.

Free speech does not give anyone license to lie or maliciously attack nor does it permit anyone to defame.

[Rumble Video]

The Associated Press reported Jury: Democratic PAC defamed Roy Moore, awards him $8.2M

A federal jury awarded Republican Roy Moore $8.2 million in damages Friday after finding a Democratic-aligned super PAC defamed him in a TV ad recounting sexual misconduct accusations during his failed 2017 U.S. Senate bid in Alabama.

Jurors found the Senate Majority PAC made false and defamatory statements against Moore in one ad that attempted to highlight the accusations against Moore. The verdict, returned by a jury after a brief trial in Anniston, Alabama, was a victory for Moore, who has lost other defamation lawsuits, including one against comedian Sacha Baron Cohen.

“We’re very thankful to God for an opportunity to help restore my reputation which was severely damaged by the 2017 election,” Moore said in a telephone interview.

Ben Stafford, an attorney representing Senate Majority PAC, said in an emailed statement that they believe the ruling would be overturned on appeal.

Moore, a former Republican judge known for his hardline stances opposing same-sex marriage and supporting the public display of Ten Commandments, lost the 2017 Senate race after his campaign was rocked by misconduct allegations against him. Leigh Corfman told The Washington Post and said Moore sexually touched her in 1979 when she was 14 and he was a 32-year-old assistant district attorney. Moore denied the accusation. Other women said Moore dated them, or asked them out on dates, when they were older teens.

[Rumble Video]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




For Muslims and Non-Muslims, Islam Is the Ultimate Tyranny

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

September 14, 2022

Because of decades of propaganda by Islamapologists, it is now a reality that the very first prob-lem with any discussion of Islam is that many people believe that no one is ever supposed to criticize it. In the West, one is immediately called an anti-Muslim bigot, hater, racist, and Islamophobe. In Islamic countries, one’s fate is much worse, with death as a common outcome. Thus, we have to establish why it is acceptable to criticize Islam.

The primary reason is simple. It is valid to criticize anyone and anything because every person has the sacred, inviolable rights of free speech, freedom of thought, freedom of religion, and many other rights that stem from those central concepts. If anyone says that you cannot criticize a person or a topic, then you must vigorously correct that person, for that way lies totalitarianism. It simply can’t be said more clearly than with the words of the American patriot Patrick Henry when he declared on March 23, 1775, at the Second Virginia Convention in Richmond, Virginia:

“Give me liberty, or give me death!”[1]

Let’s start with this question: Are Muslims Free? If they are not, should they be free?
It’s a reasonable statement to say that all human beings have the intrinsic right to be free, and thus we can demand: “Freedom for Muslims, Freedom for All.”

However, it is unfortunate for Muslims that the vast majority of people living under Islam are not free. They are repressed by a form of totalitarianism that I describe as “the Ultimate Tyranny.”

Stating that Islam is the Ultimate Tyranny will undoubtedly offend Muslims and many non-Muslims as well. Thus, I do not want to be misunderstood. I am not “anti-Muslim.” In fact, I am pro-human-being and would like to help the human beings who just happen to be Muslim to escape the tyranny under which they suffer.

As any honest and informed Muslim will tell you, and as I document below, Muslims live as slaves to Allah, to Mohammed, and to Islam. Muslims are victims and slaves of a system that com-mands and teaches them to victimize and enslave the citizens of the entire world. Even Mohammed called himself a slave:

“Do not exaggerate in praising me as the Christians praised the son of Mary, for I am only a Slave. So, call me the Slave of Allah and His Apostle.” (Sahih Bukhari 4:55:654)

How can one say that Muslims are slaves when some people convert to Islam willingly and Mus-lims in the West seem to be quite free? Muslims acknowledge that “Islam” means “submission,” yet many Western Muslims are non-orthodox, which, from the viewpoint of orthodox Muslims, means that they are unfaithful Muslims. Orthodoxy in Islam is not the same as in Judaism, within which you have Orthodox Jews and Reformed Jews as two distinct and legitimate groups. Recep Tayyip Erdoğan, the president of Turkey, stated:

“There is no moderate or immoderate Islam. There is only one Islam.”[2]

It has been popular in the West to refer to Islamic terrorists as “radical,” but that term is incor-rect. Stephen M. Kirby, Ph.D. is the author of six books about Islam and states:
“How can you use the term radical without first identifying the norm? Normative Islam is based on the unabrogated commands of Allah in the Koran, and the examples and teachings of Muhammad (the Sunnah). If the Koran and the Sunnah support a Muslim’s actions, that Muslim is not radical, he is devout.”[3]

I prefer to use the term “orthodox” and am thus focused on orthodox Islam and the Muslims who live under that system (which can also include a family or community anywhere in the world). Let’s look then at what it means to be “a slave of Islam.” Of course, under Islam, Muslims can also own their own slaves, who live in even worse conditions of life. First, let’s just focus on Muslims. “Slave” is defined in the dictionary as:

– “a person who is the property of and wholly subject to another and forced to provide unpaid labor.
– a person entirely under the domination of some influence or person.”[4]

Some of the essential qualifications of a “free person” are that the person has the rights of freedom of speech, freedom of religion, freedom to exercise their beliefs, freedom of political af-filiations and economic activities of their choosing, and freedom of movement and travel. Muslims are not granted all of these rights by Islam. Muslim men have some of them, such as economic ac-tivity and travel, but Muslim women are oppressed as second-class citizens and, in strict Islamic en-vironments, cannot leave their homes unless they are accompanied by a male relative.

Muslims who leave Islam are marked for death under the crime of apostasy. Mohammed was unequivocal:

“[In the words of] Allah’s Apostle, ‘Whoever changed his Islamic religion, then kill him.’” (Sahih Bukhari 9:84:57)

Muslims who submit to Islam (voluntarily or otherwise) go through a one-way door. Under or-thodox Islam, there is no way out. This may not be readily apparent in the West because, in the West, many Muslims are not orthodox, preferring the freedoms of their non-Islamic countries. However, orthodoxy lurks behind the scenes and becomes visible when we hear of so-called “honor killings” for leaving Islam, as this 2015 article in The Christian Post detailed:

“Most recently, Ali Irsan of Texas was charged last week with capital murder of Iranian activist Gelareh Bagherzadeh and Coty Beavers, his son-in-law. Nesreen Irsan, Ali’s daughter, converted to Christianity with the help of Bagherzadeh, and left home and married Beavers, a Christian. Ali Irsan’s wife, Shmou Ali Alrawabdeh, and his son, Nasim, were also charged with murder.”[5]

As reported by Jessica McBride in the 2019 Heavy.com article “Nesreen Irsan & Ali Irsan Now: Their Lives Today,” Nesreen, the apostate daughter, barely escaped and is now in hiding:

“. . . authorities alleged that Ali Irsan also planned to kill Nesreen and others but didn’t pull that off before his arrest.”[6]

Islamic advocacy groups in America, such as CAIR (the Council of American-Islamic Relations), routinely dismiss Muslim honor killings as simple domestic violence having nothing to do with Islam. However, this has been disproved. Writing for the 2009 Middle East Quarterly in the article “Are Honor Killings Simply Domestic Violence?” Phyllis Chester stated:

“And, unlike most Western domestic violence, honor killings are carefully planned. The perpetrator’s family may warn the victim repeatedly over a period of years that she will be killed if she dishonors her family by refusing to veil, rebuffing an arranged marriage, or becoming too Westernized. Most important, only honor killings involve multiple family members. Fathers, mothers, brothers, male cousins, uncles, and sometimes even grandfathers commit the murder, but mothers and sisters may lobby for the killing. Some mothers collaborate in the murder in a hands-on way and may assist in the getaway. In some cases, taxi drivers, neighbors, and mosque members prevent the targeted woman from fleeing, report her whereabouts to her family, and subsequently conspire to thwart police investigations. Very old relatives or minors may be chosen to conduct the murder in order to limit jail time if caught.”[7]

Muslims in orthodox Islamic countries, communities, or families must follow a strict set of laws called “Sharī‘ah.” They cannot criticize Mohammed or Islam; they cannot draw a picture of Mo-hammed; and they cannot live as they wish, especially if they are women. It is true that men under Islam enjoy a certain amount of freedom. Some are immensely wealthy and do not seem to be in chains. Yet they are still slaves to a religious-political system that will turn on them in an instant if they violate its laws.

Muslims in the West may object to this description of their status, but they must acknowledge that they are largely protected from the repression of Sharī‘ah law by the laws and freedoms of the West. In spite of those privileges, many orthodox Muslims want to replace the US Constitution with Sharī‘ah law, which would eliminate the freedoms that non-orthodox American Muslims currently enjoy.[8]

Muslim Women Are Slaves of Slaves

Women under Sharī‘ah Islam are second-class citizens who can be forced to undergo female genital mutilation, be married off to strangers before puberty, and then be beaten by their husbands. They are “slaves of slaves.” These traditions started with Mohammed, who had sex with a nine-year-old girl when he was fifty-four:

“The Prophet wrote the (marriage contract) with Aisha while she was six years old and consummated his marriage with her while she was nine years old and she remained with him for nine years (i.e., till his death)” (Sahih Bukhari 7.62.88)

Mohammed’s “perfect example” has given an excuse to Muslim men to have sex with little girls for fourteen hundred years. The Ayatollah Khomeini married a ten-year-old girl and lowered Iran’s minimum age for girls to be married to nine.[9] The age of Khomeini’s child bride is in dispute, with Islamapologists trying to raise her marriage age. I believe the math reveals that she was nine.

In Chapter Five of the 1985 biography of the Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini titled The Spirit of Allah: Khomeini and the Islamic Revolution by Amir Taheri, the author writes that when Ruhollah Khomeini was twenty-seven, in the summer of 1930, he married Batul (nicknamed Iran and later sometimes referred to as “Khadijeh”), the daughter of one Ayatollah Saqafi, residing in Shahr-e-Rey, near Tehran, Iran.

“One of Saqafi’s daughters, Batul, who was nicknamed Iran, was, at the age of ten, the most likely bride-to-be. . . .

A small ceremony was organized in which Saqafi himself performed the marriage rites. . . . Before leaving for Qom, Ruhollah was allowed a glimpse of his wife’s face—the smiling face of a healthy child.”[10]

Although Taheri’s biography of Khomeini states that Batul was ten at the time of her marriage, he writes on the next page:

“In January 1931, Batul began her eleventh year and was already expecting her first child.”[11] At least according to Western counting, when one begins their eleventh year, it means that they just turned ten, which means that Batul was nine in 1930 when she married Khomeini. This follows the pattern of Mohammed’s marriage to Aisha.

However one might explain away the age of Aisha in seventh-century Arabia, it is very clear that in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries having sex with young girls must be classified as pedo-philia. Sit with this phrase describing Khomeini’s new bride for a moment, and then imagine if that described the wife of a modern, Western, Christian man. The words “pedophile” and “jail time” eas-ily come to mind. “. . . his wife’s face—the smiling face of a healthy child.”

Many people in the West are in the habit of excusing behavior like this because it’s coming from “a third-world, Muslim civilization, so we can’t use our Western standards of judgment.” But that viewpoint is balderdash, nonsense, and an arrogant expression of the bigotry of low expectations. We cannot and must not use silly excuses like that when it comes to protecting the victims of pedophilia, rape, or abuse. They need us to defend them instead of apologizing away the crimes of their sexually twisted abusers.

This is the reality: a nine-year-old child bride of a Muslim man has to obediently lie there while the adult and sometimes very old male comes on top of her and inserts his sexual organ into hers. This is not acceptable, civilized behavior. What is the adult Muslim male thinking? Is he regarding the spiritual, emotional, and physical well-being of that young girl with a heart of unselfish and compassionate love? No, not at all.

Ali ibn Abi Talib was the cousin and son-in-law of Mohammed. He was the fourth caliph and is regarded by Shia Muslims as the rightful immediate successor to Mohammed. Here’s what he thought about women:

“It makes no difference which woman you marry. For all women feel the same, when you mount them in the dark.”[12]

A very large number of orthodox Muslim men are hypnotically obsessed with sex, both during their life on earth and as they look forward to their promised future in “Paradise,” where they believe that they will be permanently sexually aroused without getting tired and will have endless sex with seventy-two sex slaves, as Mohammed stated:

“It was narrated from Abu Umamah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

There is no one whom Allah will admit to Paradise but Allah will marry him to seventy-two wives, two from houris and seventy from his inheritance from the people of Hell, all of whom will have desirable front passages and he will have a male member that never becomes flaccid (i.e., soft and limp).” (Sunan Ibn Majah 37:4481)

Infidel Women Are the Lowest of All

Sex with young girls and an unhealthy obsession with sexual entitlement would be bad enough, but Allah, Mohammed, and Islam also condone the rape of non-Muslim women, revealed by Allah in the Qur’an:

“And all married women (are forbidden unto you) save those (captives) whom your right hands possess.” [4:24] (M. M. Pickthall)

Rape of infidel women is theologically justified, as was illustrated by the 2015 testimony of a twelve-year-old rape victim of an orthodox ISIS Muslim:

“When it was over, he knelt to pray again, bookending the rape with acts of religious devotion.
‘I kept telling him it hurts—please stop,’ said the girl, whose body is so small an adult could circle her waist with two hands. ‘He told me that according to Islam he is allowed to rape an unbeliever. He said that by raping me, he is drawing closer to God.’”[13]

Because of this religious belief, the enormous migration levels of Muslim men into Europe have produced soaring rape statistics. Since 1975, when Sweden opened its borders to Muslim immigrants, rape has increased in that country by 1,472 percent (as of 2015).[14] In England, Muslim rape gangs, euphemistically referred to as “Asian grooming gangs,” have been gang-raping thousands of white British teenage girls for decades, while the police and authorities turn a blind eye because of political correctness and the fear of being labeled racist.[15]

It is reprehensible and deeply hypocritical that a majority of Western feminists ignore the tragic plight of women under Islam and the criminal attacks against non-Muslim women by orthodox Muslim men. Why do they ignore the many thousands of female victims? Where is the #MeToo movement?

Islam Is the Ultimate Tyranny

For the reasons explained here, as well as many other problems with Islam, I state unequivocally that Islam is the ultimate tyranny. It is far more pernicious and all-encompassing than communism because it imbues its adherents with a religious fervor and belief that their system of mass slavery must overtake the world at any cost.

Islam was initially unappealing to seventh-century Arabs. It wasn’t until Mohammed decided to use violence and a system of financial and sexual rewards given to the men who joined him in vio-lence that Islam became almost unstoppable. It attracted the worst kind of men: men who were im-pressed by violence and men who were excited by the prospect of unlimited sexual dominance over women. They became the jihadis who committed horrific crimes against humanity and continue to do so today. Those types of men are the ones who keep their Muslim populations enslaved in the twenty-first century.

Islam claims it is the fulfillment of Jewish and Christian history, but Islam does not follow the Ten Commandments, and Islam most definitely does not teach Muslims that they should follow Jesus’ example and “love their enemies.” Quite the opposite.

Yes, there are good-hearted, freedom-loving Muslim men and women who are moral, loving, and nonviolent. Of course there are. I do not state that “Muslims are the ultimate tyranny.” Individuals can be good or evil, and Muslims are themselves victims of Islam, whether they embrace it with in-doctrinated, jihadist fervor, resist it at the risk of death, or ignore as much of it as they can get away with, which is quite a lot in free, Western countries.

No, the problem is with Islam. Frankly, the West should be sympathetic toward the Muslims who feel oppressed by Sharī‘ah and should help them safely leave the tyranny of Islam.

Image: A female beggar in Afghanistan, wearing a burka. Wikimedia Commons. Public Domain.

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Endnotes:

Verses from the Qur’an are followed by numbers in brackets which denote the chapter (“Sura”) and verse. The name of the translator is in parentheses. For example: [4:56] (Maududi). Verses that are simply followed by names and numbers in parentheses (no brackets) are from the books of the “Hadith,” the teachings and traditions of Mohammed as related by various authors. For example: (Sahih Bukhari 4:55:654).

1. https://www.colonialwilliamsburg.org/learn/deep-dives/give-me-liberty-or-give-me-death/
2. https://www.meforum.org/7078/erdogan-no-moderate-islam
3. https://islamseries.org/
4. https://www.dictionary.com/browse/slave?s=t
5. https://www.christianpost.com/news/are-islamic-honor-killings-a-growing-threat-in-america.html
6. https://heavy.com/news/2019/11/nesreen-irsan-ali-now-today/
7. https://www.meforum.org/2067/are-honor-killings-simply-domestic-violence
8. https://www.danielpipes.org/blog/2009/07/replacing-the-us-constitution-with-the-koran
9. https://robertspencer.org/2019/12/muslim-cleric-allah-permitted-the-prophet-muhammad-to-marry-aisha-when-she-was-9-years-old
10. Amir Taheri, The Spirit of Allah: Khomeini and the Islamic Revolution, Chapter 5, “The City of Taghut,” page 90. Pub-lished by Adler & Adler, 1986, Bethesda, Maryland.
https://archive.org/details/spiritofallah00amir/page/90/mode/1up
11. Ibid, page 91.
12. Ibid, page 89.
13. https://robertspencer.org/2015/08/he-said-that-raping-me-is-his-prayer-to-god
14. https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/5195/sweden-rape
15. https://robertspencer.org/2018/03/uk-whistleblowers-on-muslim-rape-gangs-in-telford-were-punished-silenced-and-fired-from-their-jobs




A Model Case Against Multiculturalism

By Sidney Secular

September 13, 2022

The rise of Asians in America – especially the “northeast” Asians, that is, the Chinese, Japanese and Koreans – will not be the salvation of the Historic American Nation that many believe. All the political pundits are increasingly promoting the Model Minority myth about Asian-Americans, both immigrant and native-born. They may be hard working, self-reliant, prosperous and largely law abiding, but surprisingly they make up a growing segment of the anti-American, Open Borders Left. These Asians feel “it just isn’t mine,” the same response reported by Barack Obama when his ghostwriter wrote “Dreams of my Father” wherein he describes a trip across Europe in his youth which, though duly impressed him, left him with the unsatisfied feeling that “. . . it just wasn’t mine.” And, of course, he was right! The achievements of the Caucasian (White) Race have never been duplicated even by the Asians with their superior IQ gene!

This off-putting feeling is the factor that explains much of the social dissatisfaction and dysfunction among minorities, and especially among those who have had the benefit of attending prestigious American universities but (unbelievably!) have come to resent the experience – and the nation that provided it! – intensely. White Americans assume the positive experiences Asians have in our society will help assimilate and satisfy them and make them identify with (and like) us more – but it only seems to reinforce their antipathies. They may believe that Harvard and Princeton are beautiful but they don’t feel part of their cultures because these Ivy League schools were founded by White Protestant men – or in the current wacky woke culture, the derided and dreaded dead White males!

This sense of demographic disconnect has led to discontent and such idiotic measures as placing more paintings of minority graduates and faculty inside campus buildings. But such gestures only seem to intensify the sense of separation and antipathy from those for whom they were made. Many conservatives naively assume this disconnect would not exist without the stain of affirmative action and that Asians must not share it because they do not rely on affirmative action’s lower standards for admission to prestigious universities. Indeed, they are often the plaintiff’s in suits against academia because they are bypassed for the benefit of unqualified Blacks. The assumption is that if Asian minorities were admitted simply on merit, we could all just get over this equalitarian nonsense and they would not be burdened by a socially constructed anti-white mindset arising from so-called “inequality.” Unfortunately, as that notion itself is false, it raises equally false hopes by failing to understand the “it just isn’t mine” mindset, is itself anti-White! Despite the well documented hatred Blacks have for Asians – and pretty much everything else they know are superior to them – and the belief Asians have that Blacks –  and Whites – are inferior to them (something that Blacks at least are smart enough to understand), in the end, the Asians will go against Whites simply because this is a White culture and a White country and therefore it “isn’t theirs.”

Negative feelings against Asians by Blacks are most obviously demonstrated in the growing number of brutal Black-on-Asian assaults across the country. The fact that this has not persuaded Asians to side with Whites is sharply defined in the case of former Deputy Attorney General Bill Lann Lee who attended Yale on a scholarship and then Columbia Law School. But instead of being grateful to the “White society” that had succored him and recognized his talents, he took up arms against the Historic American Nation by working for the NAACP and then the Clinton Justice Department. Then there is the case of Michelle Wu, the current mayor of Boston. She is the daughter of Taiwanese immigrants and attended Harvard Law School where she (unfortunately) became a protege of Elizabeth Warren. Wu successfully ran for Boston City Council in 2013 and the Press started pressing the case that she was a model of a successful Asian politician. Like Deval Patrick, the Black Governor of Massachusetts from 2007 to 2015 who also went to Harvard Law School, Wu pretends that her minority status has been an obstacle she had to overcome, when in reality for both Patrick and Wu it was a free ticket to an easy election victory with the overwhelming support of weak-brained libber Whites. Wu didn’t have to do anything but be “Asian” in a weak field of non-Asian, non-Black – that is, White – opponents. However, it is true that Wu was elected in part because she was NOT Black. Most Bostonians al are genuinely frightened of Blacks (and rightly so) but not of Asians who have no history of mindless violence.

Nevertheless, despite having all the right racial and ideological trappings, within a few short months of her tenure, the 37-year-old Wu has become the most unpopular mayor in Boston’s nearly 400 year old history. Wu’s first blunder was to bring in a fellow Taiwanese American Tiffany Chu, from San Francisco to serve as Chief of Staff, showing both a deliberate ethnic bias and a clear lack of understanding the current conditions in ‘Frisco. She could have secured her popularity among liberal White Bostonians by choosing a local politician familiar with the City, but she chose to follow the Black Power route of “if it ain’t one of us, it ain’t getting’ hired.”

Further, Wu did herself no favor with her choice for Chu is an extreme leftist typical of California in general and San Francisco in particular. As a result, Chu’s first priority was to ensure “gender equity” in the matter of awarding snow plowing jobs across the city in the coming winter. This was silly to begin as it had no practical application – especially with regards to “gender.” Wu’s next belly flop was her imposing a vaccine mandate on basically everyone in the city.  COVID “vaccine passports” were required of all citizens to enter virtually all public venues. The public opposition to both the highly dangerous COVID shots and the vaccine passports was overwhelming and huge protests ensued. Many restaurants simply ignored the requirement entirely. Boston has many Irish pubs that are centers of social conviviality vice hubs of gourmet grub, and the COVID rulings didn’t go down well. Wu was puzzled by this development and withdrew the vaccine passport requirements but attributed her defeat in  this matter to –  you guessed it! –  “White racism”. She also stated that she felt the singing of patriotic songs and people chanting “USA, USA” during the demonstrations gave her the feeling she didn’t belong in the USA. Of course, that “feeling” was the result, not of her race but of her behavior! If she had watched any conservative political gatherings, she would have known that is what many conservatives of all races believe and it is not a matter of race, but of one’s personal agenda!

However, the most revealing admission by Wu was that throughout her entire life she had felt invisible or “othered” in her own country – which again is a reflection of the feeling that “It just isn’t mine.”  In an attempt to prop up her sinking popularity, Wu attended the Boston St. Patrick’s Day Breakfast, and important and popular event where the lead speaker is expected to use humor to gain acceptance by the crowd. Unfortunately, Wu would have been better served by speaking simply as she was not known as a humorist. But instead, her puns wound up punishing her. I’m not sure what the exact wording was, but she came across as being tired of problems that are disruptive to her agenda and all of them could be blamed on Whites of various types – “white” snowstorms, white “snowflakes,” “White racists” and the White dominated firefighters union. The joke she used dropped like a lead balloon because her listeners knew that she wasn’t joking! She really does despise White people! It is even more striking when one considers that  she has a White husband and, perforce, mixed race children – but perhaps that is not so strange after all. These life choices may have been made to help her political ascent in a country that “just isn’t her’s” rather than as natural emotional decisions.

This puzzling phenomenon seems to be the case with prominent anti-White, non-White radicals such as Kamala Harris, Ketanji Brown Jackson, and Ilhan Omar. This doesn’t say much for the prospects for assimilation of the minority multitudes. There are, of course, many genuinely patriotically Asians. But for every Michelle Malkin, how many Michelle Wu’s are out there? And more to the point, where have they been placed in the ruling hierarchy? It’s one thing if your local Chinese restaurant’s owner is anti-American. It’s quite another when such a person is your governor or, maybe eventually, your President.

The reality is that Asian voters consistently and nearly overwhelmingly support left-wing candidates, and there seems to be no reason for that to change, as the “it just Isn’t Mine” feeling is not one that will easily go away or maybe ever go away. The Marxist concept that the Historical American Nation must be destroyed so that it can be built back better, at least better in terms of it becoming a majority minority enterprise where the Whites can be ousted from their “privileged” positions, seems to be in the back of the minds of Blacks and the other minorities. This is part of the utopian vision that the libbers trot out despite its impractical nature, and can only result in the death of everything that America has represented that has made it special. And, perhaps even more important, the death of Western Civilization and the race – White – and the religion – Christianity –  that made of Man so much more than a two legged life form.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




The Truth About 9/11

By Cliff Kincaid

September 13, 2022

On the anniversary of 9/11, I am used to seeing the claims that Dick Cheney and other officials bombed the World Trade center in an “inside job” designed to drag us into war. This is the Alex Jones school of thought. He also claimed the children murdered at Sandy Hook were child actors. For the latter, he has been ordered to pay millions of dollars in damages to the families of the victims.

When former Trump adviser Stephen K. Bannon promotes the Alex Jones school of lunatic thought, he makes Trump supporters look stupid.

Jones became the face of the 9/11 “truth” movement, even though another Jones, former Obama official and Marxist Van Jones, was another prominent advocate of the view that America attacked itself on 9/11.

The 9/11 “truth movement” was not concerned about the real truth but political gain for the opponents of the Bush Administration. That is why a Marxist like Van Jones, and others like him from the “progressive” side of the political spectrum, were a major part of that apparatus.

This is not to say that there are not anomalies and problems in the official story. We know that a military intelligence unit, Able Danger, had identified several of the 9/11 hijackers in the U.S. a year before the 9/11 terrorist attacks were carried out.

And the FBI knew as well.

I asked former FBI special agent Coleen Rowley about the absurd “inside job” claims during an interview. She said the “inside job” nonsense is a lunatic response to those who wanted to use 9/11 for political purposes. She said it’s important to ascertain the facts about what happened. And those facts are that a Muslim terrorist group by the name of al Qaeda was on American soil plotting to attack the World Trade Center, the Pentagon, and possible the White House or the Capitol building.

Rowley is not a conservative or a neoconservative. She ran for Congress, after being forced out of the FBI for whistleblowing, as a Democrat. She later left the Democratic Party, concluding it was corrupt.

Rowley’s FBI office in Minneapolis had learned of the 9/11 plot before it happened, when agents were tipped off about an al Qaeda operative, Zacarias Moussaoui, taking flight training in the area. After the fact, the FBI would admit that, on August 15, 2001, “the flight school reported its suspicions about Moussaoui to the FBI, including that he only wanted to learn how to take off and land the airplane, that he had no background in aviation, and that he had paid in cash for the course.” But FBI headquarters failed to investigate and stop him.

If FBI headquarters had taken proper action, 9/11 could have been stopped.

Who was really behind the 9/11 “inside job” disinformation? It didn’t start with Alex Jones, but he jumped on the Marxist-inspired disinformation bandwagon. I discuss the assortment of globalists and New Agers behind this theory in my report, “The Big Con and 9/11 Truth.”

Indeed, convicted con man Lyndon LaRouche was considered the intellectual author of the 9/11 truth movement because he started questioning whether Muslims had staged the attacks right after they occurred. Larouche started out as a Marxist and, in a 1976 lecture, titled, “What Only Communists Know,” declared his desire to bring into being “a new Marxist international…”

The truth is that 9/11 was another FBI “intelligence failure” from a corrupt agency that has only gotten more corrupt over the years. Every “failure” seems to give them more power.

The FBI also failed to stop or even understand the nature of the post-9/11 anthrax attacks. Those, too, were carried out by al Qaeda, operating on American soil.

The phrases “Death to America,” “Death to Israel” and “Allah is God” were on the anthrax letters but FBI Director Robert Mueller was ordered to cover-up al Qaeda involvement. Why? The evidence is that the anthrax was stolen from a U.S. lab by an al Qaeda operative.

Remember that former FBI Director Mueller, the Russia-gate Special Counsel, blamed al Qaeda’s post-9/11 anthrax attacks on innocent American scientists. From the start of the FBI’s inquiry, the Bureau seemed determined to eliminate al Qaeda as a source of the attacks. Former government scientist Dr. Stephen Hatfill’s career was destroyed by the FBI as they sought to frame him. Eventually, the Department of Justice paid Hatfill a multi-million dollar settlement in recognition of the fact that they had persecuted an innocent man.

Mueller ran the FBI and failed to implement reforms after a Russian agent, Robert Hanssen, was caught. Incredibly, Hanssen had worked on FBI counter-intelligence against the Russians!

This is the real 9/11 Truth. Our “intelligence” agencies are filled with infiltrators and those who protect them. These corrupt agencies cannot be trusted. They must be abolished. They do not protect the American people. They exist only to enrich themselves with money and power.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

  • Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. uasurvival.org



Republicans Aren’t Going to Save America, It’s Up to Us

By Kelleigh Nelson

September 13, 2022

Voters, whatever their political views, should rise up against politicians who want to dilute the Bill of Rights to perpetuate their tenure in office. —Ted Olson, former Solicitor General

When once a Republic is corrupted, there is no possibility of remedying any of the growing evils but by removing the corruption and restoring its lost principles; every other correction is either useless or a new evil.  —Thomas Jefferson

War is when the government tells you who the bad guy is. Revolution is when you decide that for yourself. —Benjamin Franklin

“The accumulation of all powers, legislative, executive, and judiciary, in the same hands, whether of one, a few, or many, and whether hereditary, self-appointed, or elective, may justly be pronounced the very definition of tyranny.”  —James Madison, Federalist 47, 1788

Mark Twain tells us, “The only difference between reality and fiction is that fiction needs to be credible.”  Had an author written what has happened to America just over the last six years, no one would believe it.  The yarn would be just too far out to have any credence whatsoever.  But we’re living it!

In his recent speech from Independence Hall in Philadelphia, our illegitimate dementia ridden president walked to the podium holding hands with his wife.  I don’t recall any other president’s wife doing such.  Maybe she didn’t want him to veer off from his intended destination.

Jonathan Turley commented that the backdrop of Uncle Joe’s speech looked like he was yammering at us from Dante’s Inferno.  And the two Marines…when the military is supposed to be apolitical.  However, with General Mark Milley, who many consider a traitor, Chief of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, we can disabuse ourselves of their impartiality.

Joshua Charles tweeted that Biden’s speech was the single most toxic, inflammatory and hypocritical speech by an American President he was aware of.  I fully agree.

Democracy vs. Republic

Biden extolled the wonders of our Constitution and Declaration of Independence and then told us that equality and democracy are under attack.

First and foremost, we are not a democracy, we are a Representative Republic. There is a massive difference, and I would be absolutely thrilled if “democracy” was actually under attack.  Why?  Because it is mob rule, because it is never mentioned in either of our founding documents, because it is a treacherous form of government.

Our founders knew that in its pure form democracy is ultimately dangerous.  The writings and sermons from our founding era are replete with warnings of this fact:

  • Alexander Hamilton wrote, “If we incline too much to democracy we shall soon shoot into a monarchy, or some other form of a dictatorship.”
  • Thomas Jefferson lamented that “a democracy is nothing more than mob rule, where 51 percent of the people may take away the rights of the other 49.”
  • James Madison argued that democracies “have ever been spectacles of turbulence and contention; have ever been incompatible with personal security or the rights of property; and have in general been as short in their lives as they have been violent in their deaths.”
  • John Adams concluded that democracy “never lasts long. It soon wastes, exhausts and murders itself. There never was a democracy yet that did not commit suicide.”

Yet, Joseph Biden and his democrat comrades all call us a democracy, and the same goes for nearly all but a handful of republicans.

More democracy they scream!  Even calling for the abolition of some of our founders’ safety mechanisms.  They propose eliminating the Electoral College and blocking the confirmation of “unpopular” Supreme Court Justices.  We would never have had Justices Samuel Alito and Clarence Thomas.  They also want to tie representation in the U.S. Senate to state populations, rather than equal representation. And we know where that would lead.

Most of our institutions were designed to thwart the malevolent and pernicious effects of too much democracy and are purposely designed to be anti-democratic.  They are essential safeguards for individual liberty, something today’s comrades in both parties would love to do away with as their goals are collectivism, i.e., Marxism.

Psychological Projection

Our illegitimate president continued by saying, “Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans represent an extremism that threatens the very foundations of our republic.”  The Marxist approach taught by Hillary Clinton’s hero, Saul Alinsky … blame your enemy for what you yourself are doing.

Biden continued by targeting constitutional conservatives who supported Donald Trump.

Biden continued, “Let me speak as plainly as I can to the nation about the threats we face, about the power we have in our own hands to meet these threats.  Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans represent an extremism that threatens the very foundations of our republic.”

Oh yeah Joe?  You targeted your opposition just like any good totalitarian dictator would do, and you incited violence by saying any true constitutionalist is a threat to America!

Biden’s puppeteers plan a crackdown on his political opponents by the security state, i.e, the FBI, which has become, let’s face it…America’s Sturmabteilung, (Storm Troopers), also known as “Brown Shirts.”

In her latest substack article, Sidney Powell commented, “The left is raiding, scaring, silencing, intimidating and bankrupting the opposition.”  And yes, according to Steve Bannon and Harmeet Dillon it’s true, 35 to 50 FBI raids occurred on senior MAGA/Trump allies.

The speech was violent, demonstrably evil, and attacked more than half of the American electorate.  Shades of 1861 come to mind where 700,000 Americans died at the hands of their fellow citizens.

Silent Republicans

Where are the Republicans as a party?  Only a handful stand firm against the onslaught of Stalinist tactics.

Where is the outcry over Biden’s encouragement of violence against fellow Americans?

Where is the outcry about the January 6th participants languishing in prison for over 20 months?

Where is the outcry over the hundreds of thousands who have died or been disabled by the mRNA clot shots? There are now over 900 dead athletes and 1323 athlete cardiac arrests.

Where is the outcry over the sieve at the southern border?  Biden took an oath to defend this country against invasion, yet he invites it.

Where is the outcry over the horrid targeting of Trump supporters in Biden’s vile speech?

Where is the outcry over the fraudulently named Inflation Reduction Act which does not reduce spending but creates more climate change laws and restrictions?

Where is the outcry over the high prices of food, gasoline, and everyday essentials?

Where is the outcry over military prosecutors negotiating a plea deal with 9/11 architect Khalid Sheikh Mohammed?

Where is the outcry over Iran getting billions of dollars (again) before Congress can even review the new nuclear deal?

And why have we not heard one Republican criticize Biden’s lawmaking Executive Orders when that function belongs only to Congress?

There is so much more.

Why do the Republicans sit on their hands and never raise their voices?  Why?  Because most of them hated Trump just as much as the Dems did.

While this fascist regime shreds our Constitution, there is silence from the Republican Party.

They are silent because they are in bed with the left.  Have you ever seen them fight like the Democrat Party fights when they’re not in power?  The Republican Party guarantees all Democrat nominees will be voted into power, whereas the Democrat Party fights tooth and nail to keep true patriotic Americans from any seats of power.  Remember Joe Biden’s smear campaign against Clarence Thomas in his 1991 hearings to become a Justice of the Supreme Court?

And there was a long list of Republicans who told Trump to concede the election and not fight the obvious vote fraud.  They wanted him gone.  These same republicans email us for money and you can’t get rid of them no matter how many times you unsubscribe.  They keep coming back.

Biden apparently has a plan to win the 2022 electionsTrue the Vote’s Catherine Englebrecht and Gregg Phillips discussed the Chinese infiltration of U.S. election software.

The Goldwater Campaign

Having been a Goldwater girl when Barry Goldwater was running for president in 1964, I watched as “neo-conservative” elements moved to encircle and control his campaign.  One of his speechwriters, unbeknownst to him, was a member of the Students for a Democratic Society, led by militant communists.  Efforts of men within the party who did not want Goldwater elected, including the Rockefellers and George Romney (Senator Willard Mitt Romney’s father) were comfortable working with and befriending people like Saul Alinsky (Hillary Clinton met Alinsky in 1961), the Association for Community Organizations for Reform Now (ACORN) and similar community activist groups promoting a socialist agenda.

At the time, the establishment retained its control over the party leadership and purposely scuttled the campaign.  To the Victor go the Myths and Monuments by Arthur R. Thompson tells the story of a group of people from Europe who banded together to subvert America’s liberty, government and religious system.

Irving Kristol and other “former” Trotskyite communists had infiltrated the Republican Party; they were leftists brought in to dilute and divide what was left of Republican constitutionalists.  William F. Buckley and Kristol did their best to destroy true patriotic and constitutional conservatives with their subtle socialist dogma.  He supported liberal causes, from abortion, drugs, and pornography, to the Panama Canal giveaway.

John McManus’ book, William F. Buckley Jr.: Pied Piper for the Establishment, tells the entire sordid tale.  Buckley was a member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), a CIA agent and member of Yale Skull and Bones Society.

In fact, the Republican Party has done all it can to ensure that constitutionalists’ influence is negated or isolated within the party.  And of course, the average party activists or voters never see what goes on behind the scenes.

Tragedy and Hope

For nearly 60 years, we have seen a failure of the Republican Party to fight the assault on freedom.  We’ve called them weak, when in fact they are players in the same evil game.  When I look at Senator McConnell and Congressman Kevin McCarthy, I think, “Hell no, they won’t save anything except themselves.”

In 2014, I wrote a 23-part series entitled, Enemies on the Left, False Friends on the Right.  The following was mentioned in the first article of the series.

In 1966, Carroll Quigley wrote his massive book Tragedy and Hope, A History of the World in our Time. Tragedy being that so many people have to die, and Hope being the New World Order. He was the official historian for the CFR and was privileged to study the elites’ plans for the world for nearly two years. Quigley taught at the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University from 1941 to 1976, and was Bill Clinton’s mentor. On page 1247 of his book, he wrote this:

The chief problem of American political life for a long time has been how to make the two Congressional parties more national and international. The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead, the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can “throw the rascals out” at any election without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy. The policies that are vital and necessary for America are no longer subjects of significant disagreement, but are disputable only in details of procedure, priority, or method …..Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party, which will be none of these things but will still pursue, with new vigor, approximately the same basic policies.

This is what exists today in America! We have one party with one agenda! This book had its first printing in 1966. The powers that be (Milner, Rhodes, the CFR, etc.) were so horrified that Quigley had exposed so many secrets, the book was not reprinted, and Macmillan Publishing destroyed the plates. It wasn’t until 1974 that Jack Meserole received permission from Quigley, reprinted the book, and sold it for his cost. Quigley laughed at the elitists because he knew the noose was so tight around the necks of Americans that even with the truth of his book, nothing would change.

Conclusion

We have seen the hatred of both left and right for anyone who would challenge the status quo.  Too many Republican politicians do not believe in the conspiracy that people on the left will infiltrate their organization to scuttle any chance of a viable candidate having an effective level of influence.  We’ve seen it time and again.  The enemies of freedom surround those who could make a difference and ultimately destroy.

Our once great nation has come under the control of deranged totalitarians, of power-seeking sociopaths who hate America, her people, our Constitution, and especially our Judeo-Christian culture.  Our very words and thoughts are subject to censorship and labeled as hate speech, misinformation or conspiracy theories.  We are now called extremists.

Arthur Thompson, former CEO of the John Birch Society tells us, “What is taught today is that a belief in conspiracies is shallow thinking, and perhaps even paranoia.  In 1776, it was taught as fact.  When two or more people plan in secret to affect an evil purpose, it is the definition of a conspiracy, whether you like the word or not.”

New Zealand Prime Minister and young global leader Jacinda Ardern said, “government is your single source of truth. Unless you hear it from us, it’s not the truth.” She also tells us we should dismiss anything else we hear unless issued by government.

No difference than what we’re hearing from our illegitimate president and his administration, what is being foisted upon us with censorship throughout mainstream and social media.

We are in a spiritual war, a war between good and evil.

Arthur Thompson ended his book with these words, “The Conspiracy does not care what you know, only what you do about what you know.”

What will you do?

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




NIST Continues to Protect 9/11 Lies

By: Devvy

September 11, 2022

America was attacked twenty-one years ago today, thousands of innocent human beings died and the cover-up began immediately.  Those who still believe the “official” narrative of what happened are those who not only have done no research, but are too afraid of the truth to acknowledge what their own eyes saw.  The truth about 9/11, who masterminded it, the players and the money to fund it is something most people in America cannot handle.

The same applies to Pearl Harbor, Ruby Ridge, WACO, TWA Flight 800, OKC and, of course, the massive lies regarding COVID-19 and those experimental gene therapy injections passed off as vaccines which they are not.

Mine:  FDR wanted the Japanese to strike first.  Ruby Ridge should never have happened by the “rank and file” in the FBI but they had other plans.  One of their snipers shot a mother, Vicky Weaver, in the forehead holding her 18-month-old baby.  She was unarmed and a threat to no one.   Their son, Sammy, age 13 and the family dog were also murdered that day.  The sniper, Lon Horiuchi, was never charged.  Shadow government craven turncoat, former AG Bill Barr, led the charge to protect killers like Horiuchi.

No question TWA Flight 800 was brought down by a missile.  My dear friend who passed away in December 2019, Brigadier General (Ret.) Ben Partin wrote about it:  TWA-800 SHOOT DOWN, Feb. 2, 2018:  “On October 4, 1996, seven weeks after the TWA incident, I sent a fax to the chief TWA-800 investigator in New York. The fax stated as follows:

I did the initial design, development, and test of the first several continuous-rod warheads for the MOMARC missile in the 1956-7 time period. This was done at the Ballistic Research Labs at the Aberdeen Proving Grounds in Maryland. I carried several to Socorro, New Mexico for testing in a special arena nearby.

A proximity fused, continuous-rod (CR) missile warhead is the only target destruction system I know that would be consistent with all damage assessment information I have seen in the open media.

The destructive mechanism is unique to that type of warhead. You would not see blast or blast-frag damage. Neither would you see residuals from explosives. The instantaneous kill is unique to that warhead type, The CR warhead is the most difficult to perfect even with many design iterations.”

I would encourage you to have someone reassess the recovered structure who is familiar with the unique structural kill of a CR warhead.  If I can be of any help, let me know.””  Response:  CRICKETS.

Of course, the FBI and Congress had no interest in the truth being revealed.  Here’s Ben’s bio.  This is a speech Ben gave at a convention I put on in 1998 for the Wallace Institute.  It is well worth your time to watch on th0se cover-ups.

Jack Cashill has done an amazing job in uncovering the cover-up of TWA Flight 800.  Reopen the TWA Flight 800 Case.  I’ve read his books and here you will find Jack’s archives on TWA Flight 800 and the cover up that remains fixed today.

WACO.  The ATF or FBI could have picked up David Korsch at any time before they murdered 83 men, women and children.  It was a slaughter approved by sexual deviant, then AG, Janet Reno.  How the Government Covered Up the Waco Massacre:  “Only nine days before the ATF attack, David Koresh had gone target shooting with three undercover ATF agents (whom he recognized as G-men).

“Koresh “provided the ammunition and the agents handed him their guns,” noted former federal lawyer David Hardy, whose research exposed the ATF memo detailing the target practice six years after the raid. After the raid, the ATF insisted that Koresh never went outside the “compound”—and thus the agency needed to launch a full-scale attack to get him. But Koresh could easily have been arrested while target shooting. Danforth also ignored the evidence that ATF agents shot first as they assaulted the Davidians’ home.”

Those responsible for planning and executing 9/11 still walk free today.  I say that with absolute certainly as I, like so many others, have spent the equivalent of thousands of hours of research and watching documentaries by real experts not on the U.S. government payroll over the past 21 years.  Like family members who lost a son, daughter, father, uncle, cousin – and not just Americans as many were innocent people here from foreign countries in the wrong place at the wrong time.

Tens and tens of millions of Americans continue to believe every lie ever printed in the prostitute media about 9/11, the 9/11 Cover-Up Commission Report and the faked killing of Bin Laden on May 2, 2011.  How many Americans even know Bin Laden was never on the FBI’s most wanted list for 9/11?  How about yippe-kayee, Bush, Jr and Bin Laden?

“The most important thing is for us to find Osama bin Laden. It is our number one priority and we will not rest until we find him.” George W. Bush, September 13, 2001.

“I don’t know where bin Laden is. I have no idea and really don’t care. It’s not that important. It’s not our priority.” George W. Bush, March 13, 2002

Of course not.  Bin Laden was already dead but keeping him “alive” was essential for dragging America into yet another unconstitutional (undeclared) war, a cash cow for the military industrial complex.

READ:  Mainstream Media Evidence Bin Laden Died In 2001, May 22, 2016 – “Following Seymour Hersh’s claim that the raid on the Osama bin Laden compound in 2011 was “one big lie,” the following quotes from mainstream media outlets offer conclusive proof that the government and media knew that bin Laden had died in December 2001 in Tora Bora due to kidney failure.”  What too many Americans don’t know is dictators throughout history have one or more individuals who greatly resemble them they use as “doubles”.

We’ve all seen the controlled demolition of the twin towers.  Horror that can never be unseen.  Families pain and grief they still deal with today.  All the interviews with first responders who heard the explosions underground.  They had no reason to lie in those real-time interviews.

Architects and engineers by the thousands who’ve courageously come forth over the decades proving those towers were NOT brought down by fire from the two commercial air liners that hit them.  Naturally they have all – including family members – been ridiculed, called conspiracy nuts and worse.

Pilots who’ve flown the same commercial airliner, a Boeing 77 (Flight 77) that did not hit the Pentagon, all slandered to keep the official lie in place.

This is an hour and a half video everyone should watch and MAKE IT GO VIRALPilots for 9/11 Truth Explain How & Why

New Study from Pilots for 9/11 Truth: No Boeing 757 Hit the Pentagon, June 21, 2007: “Pilots for 9/11 Truth obtained black box data from the government under the Freedom of Information Act for AA Flight 77, which The 9/11 Report claims hit the Pentagon. Analysis of the data contradicts the official account in direction, approach, and altitude. The plane was too high to hit lamp posts and would have flown over the Pentagon, not impacted with its ground floor. This result confirms and strengthens the previous findings of Scholars for 9/11 Truth that no Boeing 757 hit the building.”

I believe the most comprehensive analysis of the Pentagon and Flight 77 was done by Barbara Honegger, M.S., San Francisco Tesla Society, March 9, 2014.  It is a 311 page analysis that is simply brilliant(I interviewed April Gallop on radio.  She was there; a strong and completely credible witness.  April is in that analysis.)  Where did all the dead passengers go? 

I believe I know where Flight 77 went and if I had Donald Trump’s money, I would quietly put together the right people to find the wreckage.  I’m not stupid.  I’ve debunked a number of 9/11 conspiracy theories as I seek truth not splashy click-bait headlines.  (FEMA’s Prior Knowledge of 9-11 Put to Rest)  Where I believe Flight 77 went is the only one that makes sense.

The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) came out with their white-wash report and have stuck to it ever since.  They’re lying.  Robert A. Motch has been trying for 24 years to educate who are the shadow players behind so many of these horrific disasters as well as coordinating to being down this country.  He sent me a 31-minute video that is a MUST watch.  Stand for the Truth: A Government Researcher Speaks Out | 9/11 Evidence and NIST

That 31-minute video is one of the most important you will see as the individual used to work for NIST:  “In August 2016, Peter Michael Ketcham, a former employee of the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), began looking into the reports his agency had released years earlier on the collapse of the World Trade Center. What he found shook him to the core.

“In this poignant half-hour interview, Peter Michael Ketcham tells his story of discovering that the organization where he had worked for 14 years had deliberately suppressed the truth about the most pivotal event of the 21st century.

“Through his willingness to look openly at what he failed to see in front of him for 15 years, Mr. Ketcham inspires us to believe that we can all muster the courage to confront the truth — and, in so doing, finally heal the wounds of 9/11.”

MAKE THAT VIDEO GO VIRAL.

The wound will never be fully healed until the truth and perpetrators are brought to justice.  The fact that NIST (The National Institute of Standards and Technology) has been so willing over the decades to lie to the American people who pay their salaries– the same as Dr. Death Fauci and Debra Birx – should anger the American people as it has so many of us and in countries who lost their citizens that day.

Building 7 was absolutely a controlled demolition.  On that day 21 years ago my late husband who was a retired Army Colonel, Army Corps of Engineers for 27 years (an engineer for 43 years when he retired)  – the first thing he said watching Building 7 collapse in real time:  That was a controlled demolition and then he explained to me how long it takes to wire and set charges to bring down a 47-story building that pancakes into itself near perfectly.

SEVEN is a 45-minute documentary on Building 7.  That 47-story building came down seven hours after both towers had come down.  Like the Murrah Building in OKC it HAD TO BE PREPARED IN ADVANCE.  The Murrah Building didn’t explode from a truck parked outside at the curb.  If it had, why was the debris blown from the inside out?  Because the charges were inside on the columns in the basement area.  Watch SEVEN AND  MAKE IT GO VIRAL.

Robert A. Motch has worked with and funded a huge amount of money in support of Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth.  He’s been asking people to forward his research.   Engineer Roland Angle: The official 9/11 narrative cannot be allowed to stand (audio).  It took me a long time to face what I knew to be true about 9/11, Nov. 9, 2021, actor William Hurt (who passed away March 12, 2022.)  “A day later I was back at work.  Another week later, and by sheer coincidence, there we were, filming on location in NYC. Prior to 9/11, a reservation had been made for us to stay at a hotel 12 blocks north of Ground Zero. I asked the young elevator man as we first went up to the room if he’d lost anyone close.

“Surprised and instantly in tears, he said, “My uncle. He was the window-washing machines overseer. Never missed a day.” Off my room, there was a patio. I could look down the avenue and see the site, smoldering in the night lights. In horror, I knew what it was partly made of. We all did. What I didn’t know at that time: Thermite keeps burning a long time. At night, I’d go down. They let me through the barriers because I was recognized. I’d talk to and hug the first responders.

“It never left me.  The discrepancy.  The difference between the story we were told to believe and its impossibility.  I felt alone until 2013. Then I couldn’t stand it anymore, and I started digging. Digging for truth in the rubble of the official lie, then in another heavier layer of rubble that lay in my own mind, installed there by our mass media.”

Our open border

No one should be surprised if we have another 9/11 because of the massive invasion going on at the border between the U.S. and Mexico.  42 Suspected Terrorists Have Been Apprehended at Our Southern Border Since Biden Took Office, April 20, 2022.  Border Patrol Nabs 10 Migrants on Terror Watch List As Unprecedented Surge Continues, August 21, 2022.

Think there are no terrorist cells in this country just biding their time?  Only a fool or someone in denial could believe that.  Haven’t the American people noticed so many of hundreds of thousands of illegals from nearly 100 countries – including enemy countries in the Middle East – are males, well fed and the right age to be fighters?

Prodding Today, Lights Out Tomorrow, Dec. 29, 2015 (Mine).  “I found out about something called ‘prodding’ used in intelligence circles. What it means is Muslim terrorists – like the ones allowed to flourish in this country – will make a small hit to see how prepared governments, state or federal, are and what kind of response to expect. The damage from proddings can be significant but it’s really a ‘dry run’ up to something bigger…

“I’m going to tell you a true story. Two days after 9/11, I was at my hair dresser in Sacramento, California. 9/11 was the talk. Karen pointed out one of the other hair dressers  told her a couple of Middle Eastern men rented a down stairs apartment in the building where she lived. They left the front door open here and there so when the woman walked by several times, she was able to see an empty living room with nothing but boxes and fax machines. There didn’t seem to be any other furniture.

“Those males cleaned out the apartment (they paid their rent in cash) on 9/11 and haven’t been seen since. I told Karen to tell her to call the FBI soon as she is done with her client so they could go finger print that apartment before it gets cleaned. That’s exactly how cells operate – like the two terrorists who committed the slaughter in San Bernadino with a garage full of bomb making materials. No one said anything for fear of being politically incorrect.”

Think members of Congress are completely in the dark about Building 7?  Hundreds of activists send Building 7 film to congressional reps, April 15, 2021.  Reaction from every one of them:  CRICKETS.

Go to Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth.  Take your time and be sure watch the video by a father whose son was murdered that day and what is the Bobby McIlvaine Act. [See their DVD: “The Anatomy of a Great Deception“]

We will never forget!  America doesn’t once a year but unless and until a REAL, televised investigation is presented to the American people by Congress or a grand jury is convened, all the dead will continue to be remembered once a year just like Pearl Harbor and all the others mentioned above while the guilty walk free.

All the thousands of family members of loved ones killed that day, friends, co-workers and children old enough to understand do not forget for even one day a year.  9/11 started the disastrous undeclared “wars” in Iraq and Afghanistan.  The world deserves the truth.  The families deserve the truth.  So many first responders have died since 9/11 from cancer and other related illnesses brought on by being on site.  Only We the People can make that happen.  Come January after Congress is sworn in, there has to be massive heat put on them.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

The Latest on 9/11 Legal Actions: An Interview with Mick Harrison and David Meiswinkle (Video interview)

Very important series I did on Flight 93:  Asking Questions at the Flight 93 Crash Site

Intelligence and the 9/11/2001 Events, Sept. 10, 2022

A very important report:  The Oklahoma City Bombing Case Revelations

Katzenbach Memo, Warren and 9/11 Commissions (Mine)

Total chaos which showed exactly how unprepared America was for that day because of the deliberate confusion created by training exercises:  Summary of Flights Hijacked on 9/11




Why MAGA Americans are Indeed Dangerous

By Lex Greene

September 12, 2022

According to the most distrusted and unpopular political organization in American history, democrats responsible for the Nazi-like Biden regime, “MAGA Americans are dangerous extremists” based upon their open agenda to “Make America Great Again.”

How dare these “extremists” work to “Make America Great Again.” How dare they rise up peacefully in objection to the utter destruction of the USA and confront a global Marxist assault on all things American. How dare they try to return America to that shining city on the hill, the beacon of hope for freedom and liberty for every American Citizen and every human on earth.

MAGA Americans are “America First” Americans, determined to make America a global leader for good again, so that America can help others to secure freedom, peace, and prosperity all over the world. The “extreme” agenda of these folks is indeed a grave threat…to evil.

The MAGA Priorities

  • A moral and ethical society able to elect moral and ethical leaders
  • A fundamental regard for human life
  • True justice for every Citizen, without any regard for ethnicity, color, gender, or creed
  • Peace and tranquility in which to raise our children and grandchildren
  • Equal opportunity for everyone willing to freely earn personal prosperity
  • A Constitutional Government living within its boundaries and means
  • Less taxation and regulation, and more individual freedom and liberty
  • A society where all protect the liberty of others, in order to preserve our own
  • Safe and clean neighborhoods free from violent crime and corruption
  • Secure borders and national security in an increasingly dangerous world
  • True pillars of our community to lead our government
  • Real journalism instead of the political propaganda machine we have now
  • Free, fair, transparent, secure, and honest elections
  • A secure supply chain for all necessities of life
  • Abundant domestic clean energy
  • A stable prosperous economy
  • Quality affordable healthcare
  • An end to all forms of tyrannical totalitarian government
  • Freedom, Liberty, and Justice for all

If you don’t want all of these same things, then you’re not an American at all. You should move to a land where these things don’t exist and live out the balance of your life in the squalor and tyranny you vote for here.

If you prefer socialism over freedom, no problem, just move to a socialist country. If you believe in communism, move to a communist country, like China or North Korea.

We all know that when democrats speak about “democracy,” they really mean global Marxism.

MAGA-haters are spending billions in U.S. tax dollars on a failed witch hunt against Donald J. Trump because he is clearly the most popular pro-American political figure anywhere on earth. But he isn’t even your real problem…

Over 100-million America First Patriots are your problem, which is why the tyrannical corrupt Biden regime is targeting every freedom-loving American today, labeling them “extremists, insurrectionists and even domestic terrorists.” They are a problem, but not for the reasons told by MAGA-haters.

MAGA Americans are “freedom fighters.” They are only a threat to everyone who hates freedom, liberty, justice, peace and tranquility, truth, moral and ethical government, and all other things American.

America remains the most well-armed society on earth, and we will continue to be. We have approximately 20-million military veterans in this country, well trained in the art of security. There are more well-armed and trained hunters just in the state of Wisconsin alone, than current members of the U.S. Military.

Marxist democrats are doing all they can to incite a war with America First Citizens, proving that they are not the sharpest knives in the drawer. Meanwhile, MAGA Americans are doing all they can to resolve these matters peacefully and lawfully, because that’s who they are…law-abiding conservatives.

If you paid any attention to who the MAGA Americans are, you’d know better than to incite a war with them, or even get in an argument with them. But hey, if there is anything true American patriots love as much as their freedom, it is being underestimated by their enemies.

Trump isn’t your problem, he’s just one man. In case you haven’t noticed, the more you attack Trump, the more MAGA Americans you create. Not because of support for Trump, which is real, but because MAGA Americans feel attacked every time you attack Trump. So, keep it up, YOU’RE DOING GREAT! You are better MAGA recruiters than Trump himself.

Let’s be honest here, people who can’t even tell if they are male or female and don’t believe in guns, are picking a fight they can’t survive. We don’t want this for them, but they will bring it upon themselves.

God Bless America First!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




War On Western Culture: Losing Western Identity

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 12, 2022

Part 2: America’s identity, racial separation, what’s next?

While BLM, La Raza, Muslim Brotherhood and Antifa would like to destroy every aspect of American culture, they lack any reasonable plan for creating a livable, free and rational society.

One of BLM’s leaders siphoned $10 million out of their bank account. Another one bought a $2 million house for her personal use. In reality, BLM anarchists lack any comprehension of a peaceful, civil and functioning society. How many African-Americans would opt to returning to Somalia, Sudan, Congo or Ethiopia to live in refugee camps?

If La Raza, which translates into “the race”, showed any success in Mexico, why are millions streaming out of South and Central America, along with over 15 million illegally from Mexico—into this terrible United States of America?

As to Islamic society, what American woman would prefer to live under Sharia Law? What American woman would choose female genital mutilation or being honored killed by her husband or brother?

Why are Canada and Europe being invaded by the Middle East and Africa if their societies are so racist, unfair and cruel?

Quite a few people responded to Part 1 of this series. Here are their thoughts. They may coincide with your thoughts:

“Sadly, to say as great as our Constitution has been to make America what it has been, at the same time it has been the catalyst for our own destruction. That destruction being the rights and protection(s) it intends are used by the very powers who despise us to defeat us.

“All the arguments that can be made to keep America American are disparaged, and used in courts of law to grant this or that minority group protection(s) against us the evil discriminatory white people.

“The Japanese have it right! Keep Japan Japanese.”

“Your, and my generations of America are hanging-on by a thread, and gasping for breath to remain alive; but this country will not survive.” Be well,R.T.

“America is having a hard time with the massive influx of illegal aliens who have no intention of becoming American. Quite the contrary, they want to convert America into the same sh*thole they left. With their utter disregard for our laws, which also applies to the ruling class, we are being fragmented, not united. We will be entering a war here on our soil in our towns and cities due to the a*shole in the White House.” B.M.

“An historian said, “Before a civilization dies, it loses its mind.” How do we regain our minds? We have to trash our TV’s, sports and game ‘mentality’ and return to pre-TV and books when we were a homogeneous nation in race, culture and sensible values. Thanks for your voice.” L.P.

“I heard from Andrew Wilkow, “When over ‘there’ comes here, here becomes ‘there.’”

“Years ago I read Milestones by Sayyid Qutb. He wrote of overcoming a nation without bloodshed. Then I read The Death of a Nation by Stormer and he spoke of the communist takeover. Also, Alan Bloom’s book Closing the American Mind”.

In his book, The War On The West by Douglas Murray, he said, “The CRT people argued that America was not merely a white-dominated society, or that America had a white-majority population, but a white-supremist society. They claimed that all white people benefited from allowing white-supremist rule.”

In other words, if you are white America in 2022, you’re damned one way or the other for your skin color.

In May 2020, when lifelong felon George Floyd was caught for the umpteenth time for his criminal behavior as a car jacker, woman abuser, drug dealer, shoplifter, thief, porno star and passing phony $20 bills, he died at the hands of a white police officer trying to neutralize him. At the time, fentanyl filled Floyd’s body.

BLM proceeded to burn, loot and riot to the tune of $2 billion in cities around America. Not one of them saw a courtroom. Law and order lost all credibility when faced with BLM anarchists. Additionally, wildly crazy accusations followed with unarmed black people being killed as high as 10,000 a year. When in fact, in 2020, only 10 blacks were killed by police…and all of them via criminal activity.

“But as figures compiled by the Washington Post Police Shootings database confirm, in the years before the death of Floyd, more police officers were killed by armed black Americans than unarmed black Americans were killed by police,” said Murray.

Ironically, weekend shootings in Chicago range from 40 to 60 with 10 to 15 deaths, all of them black on black killings, but not one single response by Black Lives Matter leaders, or CNN, NPR, PBS or Anderson Cooper.

Soon after Floyd’s death, the judicial system sent police officer Chauvin, along with his minority police colleagues, to prison for 20 years to life.

In recent years, black authors published books like Antiracist Baby, How to Argue with a Racist, How to be an Antiracist. In other words, feed more fuel to the fire until the pot explodes.

There’s an old saying by a Native American who said to his son, “There are two wolves competing in your mind…one is good, and the other is bad.” The young boy asked, “Which one wins?” The old chief said, “The one you feed.”

If we as a nation keep feeding black power against white power, or racism against non-racism, or black supremacy versus white supremacy—there will be a point where the pot explodes.

If we negate our laws via mayors like Chicago’s Lori Lightfoot and by AG’s ignoring criminals, giving free bail, and no jail time—we’ll receive more Eliza Fletcher killings and/or the 19-year-old kid, Ezekiel Kelly, who blasted four people to death in Memphis while he filmed it on Facebook. You might repeat that historian’s words, “Before a civilization dies, it loses its mind.”

If I were in power in America? I would create video instructional programs in schools that show every student what he or she faces if he or she chooses crime of any kind. We’re talking hard time in a cell and what it’s like in a prison yard. Let each student know what they face if they choose crime. I would pay top salaries for top law enforcement professionals across America. I’d come down on every criminal with the heavy weight of law and order. I’d put any and every criminal of any color into a cell for as long as it takes. I’d make it so nasty for criminals, that they would fear even trying to jack a car, rob a bank, steal from a convenience store, rob a train, kill someone, etc. Some have suggested public hangings for drug dealers, cop killers and murderers.

If we don’t get serious about law and order in our Western Country, as the one writer said, “When over ‘there’ comes here, then here becomes ‘there.’”

Do any of us want to replicate other third world countries in any way, shape, form or manner?

Coming Part 3: The uglier it gets; it gets even uglier

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Fight, Contend, and Do Battle

By Glynn Adams

September 11, 2022

For those who are still asleep, decades ago war was declared on Christianity, our Constitution, Christians and the citizens of this nation.  It is a war that Christians in America have not shown up for.  When apostasy rises, when false teachers emerge, and when the truth of God is attacked, it is time to fight and contend for the faith.  As a watchman of God, I challenge every Christian and Citizen to contend not only for our faith but our Constitution and rights given to us by God.  “For certain men have crept in unnoticed who long ago were marked out for this condemnation, ungodly men who turn the grace of our God into lewdness and deny the only Lord God and our Lord Jesus Christ.” (Jude 4)

The danger is real.  False teachers have crept not only in the church of the Living God but the news media and their false teachers are now spewing their lies, deception, and evil ideology across this nation 24/7.  Too many of our false pastors are turning God’s grace into unbounded license to do as they please.  In America today we are dealing with an unbelieving America, a church system that has embraced religion, having forsaken the Living God.  America is now committing more sin than Sodom and Gomorrah.  In Matthew 11:23-24, Jesus pronounced a railing against Capernaum, “And you, Capernaum, who are exalted to heaven, will be brought down to Hades; for if the mighty works which were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day.  But I say to you that it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day-of-judgment than for you (Capernaum).”  Unless we repent and change our wicked ways in America, it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day-of-judgment than for America. We have been blessed more than any nation but look at us now!!!

In the face of such danger, the pastors and church in America should be calling for a solemn assembly, fasting and praying, and repenting of our national sins.  Thanks and blessings to Coach Dave Daubenmire and our Salt and Light Brigade in calling this nation to repentance.  What a blessing to be a part of this spiritual fellowship of believers.  But today, the pastors and churches in America are ignoring evil but instead are entertaining the people with smooth words, content in their apathy, and refusing to change their wicked ways.  The message of Jude is relevant today for all of us who name the Name of Christ, “Beloved, while I was very diligent to write to you concerning our common salvation, I found it necessary to write to you, exhorting you to contend earnestly for the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints.” (Jude 3)

Why are so many of our pastors and churches so apathetic today?  Why can’t they see that Satan and his powers of darkness have determined to destroy this nation?  Our religion today has great moral indignation against poverty, abortion, political parties and politicians but we have not enthroned Jesus Christ as LORD and King in our hearts.  If we had, we would have indignation over our own sin, refusing to resist evil, our disobedience, being lukewarm, asleep, and at ease with our false religion. Oh, we have indignation over what evil is doing to us but have no spiritual responsibility to resist this evil overtaking our nation.  Why are so many in the Body of Christ content to remain silent while our nation is being captured and ruled by Satan; we have become a nation of violence, division, and murder; a dwelling place for demons and evil spirits, demonic strongholds, demonic occults and religion absolutely has no spiritual responsibility to resist this evil and to contend for the faith?. We are being destroyed and we do nothing?  Why?

 “My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge.  Because you have rejected knowledge, I also will reject you from being priest for Me:  Because you have forgotten the law of God, I also will forget your children.” (Hosea 4:6)

America is being destroyed because most have rejected the knowledge of God and His law, and as a result, we have become non-productive Christians.  This is not caused by stupidity but ignorance.  We have not been taught the right things of God, or we have been taught a lie.  This is dangerous because Satan comes to us in our ignorance and many are helpless – because of a lack of knowledge.  Our pastors are manipulating the Word of God and using it for the wrong reasons to build bigger churches.  2 Timothy 3:16-17 says, “All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction in righteousness  that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished into all good works.”  How many of us would characterize today’s sermons as instruction, reproof, conviction, correction, discipline, and training in righteousness?  We barely have a working knowledge of the New Testament and we have reduced the Old Testament to children’s stories.  We are not well-fitted or thoroughly equipped to move in the Kingdom of God.  Is there any better example of being destroyed for lack of knowledge than the Western church of today?

America is being destroyed because we have rejected the knowledge of God and as a result, we are producing non-productive and uninformed children in this generation that will make it impossible to keep our Republic that was given to us.  Most parents and grandparents certainly do not know the Constitution or what is required to maintain a Republic and neither do our children.  Parents in America have been so irresponsible because we have not even taken the time to see what our children are being taught in our public schools and universities.  Our children are being indoctrinated in an ungodly ideology, anti-American, anti-family, anti-Constitution and anti-God rhetoric for years now.  They know if they can get our children to sin, they will run from God.  They are not being taught how to be productive citizens but how to become compliant to the collective.  Because we have forgotten the law of God, God is forgetting our children.  Look at our children after years of religion, public schools and universities.  They are going the way of this Babylonian world demonic system and are living in fear, discontent, without natural affection, torment, sin, and where suicide abounds.  Wake up parents and grandparents!!!

The Body of Christ in America is to bring heaven down to our nation and the Kingdom rule of God.  We have been given authority and power to have dominion in our land and to bring in the ways of God in our nation.  Instead, we have committed two evils; we have forsaken God the fountain of living waters and have hewed for ourselves religious cisterns, broken cisterns that does not know the Word of God and how to live by it.  Our religious cisterns have produced multitudes of unconverted congregants and unsanctified believers with no hunger for the things of God.  Our current spiritual state has opened us up to the kingdom of darkness and we are being deceived more each day and we are being primed for the coming great deception.  We see our nation being destroyed by demonic forces and we are paralyzed in spiritual ignorance to the point that we just curse the darkness and post on Facebook.  We have reduced the Body of Christ, the most powerful experience ever extended to humanity to mere religious theater and entertainment to grow our churches.  Because God is no longer the enter piece of our churches and culture, we are a nation spinning out of control.

Who really knows how much time we have before the full carnage and pain arrives.  God is a God of grace and a willing God whose knowledge is available to us if we will reach out for it with all our heart! – We must get prepared for what is coming and we must get very serious about these perilous times.  We can no longer sit on the sidelines and observe the Kingdom, we must embrace the mantle placed upon each and every believer.  If we don’t change our religious ways, we are headed for a train wreck and much pain in this nation.

We are in the month of Elul on God’s calendar.  This is a month of repentance.  On September, 11, 2001, because America had not repented of our sins, the unthinkable happened.  Many flooded to church but we did not repent of our national sins.  In a few days, our religion was back to normal and most of the people did not stay in the churches.  If we do not show God some signs of repentance in this nation, I shudder to think of the potential judgment that could come upon us this month of September!!!

Also, in September we enter the fall Feasts of God.  Notice I said Feast of God; not Israel (Leviticus 23:1-44).  These are God’s feast and they are God’s “appointed times.”  They are “dress rehearsals” for the second coming of the LORD.  The spring feast which are “dress rehearsals” of Passover, the crucifixion, resurrection, and Pentecost have been fulfilled.  The fall feasts are “dress rehearsals” for the seconding coming of Jesus Christ, The Battle of Armageddon, His coronation as LORD of Lords, King of Kings, and His marriage to His bride.  These fall feasts have not been fulfilled.  By understanding and celebrating God’s feasts, we introduce ourselves to the Jewish roots of our faith and gain a heightened perspective.  These feasts not only help us to understand God’s calendar but also connects the dots between the Scriptures that you might stand in awe of what your heavenly Father wants you to see from His heart.

Basically, the fall feast this year start on God’s calendar the first day of Tishrel and on our calendar is September 26, 2022 when God’s divine appointment, Rosh Hashanah begins.  This Feast is also called the Feast of Trumpets.  This feast refers to a day of no work, time of trouble, repentance, opening of the Books, a day of awakening, and also the day of coronation of the King and…a marriage.  On this day God throws a party and all are welcomed!!!  Ten days after Rosh Hashanah is Yom Kippur – the Day of Atonement.  This is a time of fasting, afflicting our souls, repentance, and getting your life right with God and your fellow man.  We can do this now in these dress rehearsals while we have time.  One day in the future when the last trump sounds, it will be too late.

In 1 Corinthians 3:9-15, Paul explains, “for the day” – the Day of Atonement because all will be tested with fire.  He is going to test our testimony to see if we have walked responsibly before God and have been a law abiding citizen in the Kingdom of God.  We must give an account for the life we have lived and the things we have accomplished since we have experienced our Passover.  This is why this day is so important for the believer – you prepare yourself and get ready before God and His coming.  Jesus explains this in Matthew 24 and 25.

God made a provision on the cross for each believer to get right with God, to repent, to give forgiveness, and to walk in obedience.  On this Biblical feast day and a day when many dress in white for holiness, let us Christians in America use this time to put everything we do in our lives, in our churches, and in our nation on the altar before God and under the leadership of the Holy Spirit remove everything that does not line up with the Word of God and the ways of God and let it be discarded.  This includes the way we do church, the way we worship, the way we minister, the way we do everything in the Name of God.  America, we must get this right in this hour because time is running out for once righteous America.  If we do not repent and return to the ways of God, I fear what will happen to our nation!!!

I am blowing the trumpet in America now because we can no longer afford to turn a blind eye to all the evil operating in this nation, to the fact that we are a captured nation, ruled by Satan, and have become a dwelling place of demons and demonic strongholds.  We are supposed to be bringing heaven to earth but we are allowing our enemies to bring hell to America.  Our government is corrupt from top to bottom and our children are being destroyed from kindergarten to our universities while we attend church services every Sunday acting as if nothing is going wrong in America.  We hear no preaching about our national sins, no message of repentance or living holy and righteous.  Our day of testing is here and if we miss our day of visitation to repent or ignore it, judgment like we have never seen will come upon us in God’s timing!!!

Would you miss a dress rehearsal to your own wedding; dress rehearsals are very important?  Dress rehearsals teach us to watch and prepares us to be ready for the reality that is to come in the future.  In 33AD, the religious Scribes and Pharisees were having a dress rehearsal to sacrifice a lamb for Passover while at the exact same time across town, the reality of years of dress rehearsals were happening before them –   The real Lamb of God was being crucified on a cross.  They did not pay attention to their previous dress rehearsals because their erroneous religion lead them to deception and they missed their day of visitation of the real Lamb of God.  Many people in our religious churches in America will miss the second coming of Jesus Christ because while practicing their false religion, they are being deceived and are not watching or getting ready  for the reality of His coming!!!  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?  Yes, Jesus said, “Take heed no one deceives you…Watch and be ready.”

In America, we must not ignore the importance of our repentance before our Holy God.  What a waste!!!  God so loved that He provided salvation and instructions for living and maintaining a Republic but many in America are deceived, many are called but few chosen, and narrow is the gate and few who find it.  Surely we are not so foolish and deceived to think elections and politicians will deliver us from this evil.   It will be none other than those beloved who build ourselves up in the most holy faith, praying in the Holy Spirit, keeping ourselves in the love of God and looking for the mercy of our LORD Jesus Christ unto eternal life and “contending for our faith.”  These are dangerous and perilous times.   Decide now:  As Coach Dave said, “Are you “ALL IN” with Jesus Christ until the end?”

Now to Him who is able to keep us from stumbling and to present us faultless before the presence of His glory with exceeding joy, to all in Christ, God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to Pastor Mark Biltz, Dr. Michael Lake, Rabbi Jason Sobel, Rabbi Eric E. Walker, Coach Dave, and to Jude, a bondservant of Jesus Christ and brother of James for their tremendous insights into the Word and biblical truths)

© 2022 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




Grace by the Numbers

by Rolaant McKenzie

September 11, 2022

From small things like how many teaspoons of salt may go into a stew to larger efforts as whether there is enough money coming into the budget to overhaul the roof, numbers play an important role in our daily lives.

Often numbers help to resolve issues that may arise. As an example, Numbers (stylized as NUMB3RS) was an American crime drama television series (January 23, 2005-March 12, 2010) that followed FBI Special Agent Don Eppes and his brother Charlie, a gifted college mathematics professor, who helped Don solve crimes for the FBI. The patterns and insights provided by Charlie’s mathematical skills were always in some way crucial to solving a crime.

Other times, numbers can act as mnemonic devices that point to important concepts or events. The following are some numbers in the Bible that are significant to me.

The number 1 is a reminder that there is one God, and the one and only mediator between God and man is Jesus Christ (1 Timothy 2:5-6). Forgiveness of sin and salvation is found only in His name (Acts 4:12).

The number 3 is a reminder of the Holy Trinity – the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit; the perfection of God and His redemption of humanity. The Father loved lost sinners so much that He sent His one and only Son to atone fully for their sin debt on the cross and grant them the gift of eternal life (John 3:16). Those who trust in Jesus are born again and receive the indwelling presence of the Holy Spirit, who seals them unto the day of redemption (Ephesians 1:3-14, 4:30).

The number 5 describes God’s gracious dealings with fallen humanity in the first five books of the Old Testament, Genesis through Deuteronomy, and the first five books of the New Testament, Matthew through Acts. The culmination of His love is seen in the death of His Son Jesus on the cross, the perfect and complete atonement for sin, and His resurrection from the dead that ensures eternal life for all who believe on Him.

The number 7 points to completion, such as when God completed the creation of the heavens and the earth by the seventh day and rested from His work. This stands as a refutation of Darwinian evolution. “Know that the LORD Himself is God; it is He who has made us, and not we ourselves” (Psalm 100:3). Believers find their completeness in the Lord Jesus (Colossians 2:10).

The number 9 refers to the ninth hour (3 PM) when Jesus on the cross said, “It is finished,” and died having paid in full the sin debt for sinners.

But on the first day of the week, Jesus rose again from the dead as promised, as proof of the acceptance of His sacrifice by God and the truth of His teachings. Some of the earliest Christians referred to Sunday as the 8th day, a new beginning. In the writings of the Apostolic Fathers, Barnabas in his first epistle (between 70-130 AD) wrote:

“I shall make a beginning of the eighth day, that is, a beginning of another world. Wherefore, also, we keep the eighth day with joyfulness, the day also on which Jesus rose again from the dead.” (The Epistle of Barnabas, 15:8-9)

The number 153 refers to the great catch of fish in John 21 Peter and six other disciples caught in the period after the Lord Jesus rose from the dead. They worked hard all night but could not catch any fish. In the morning Jesus stood on the beach, and He told them to cast their net on the right side of the boat. So great was the number of fish in the net, that they could not haul it into the boat, but needed additional help dragging it to shore.

This account reminds me of the abundant grace shown in Jesus dying on the cross for sinners, providing for physical needs such as food, forgiveness, and restoration. God’s love, His grace, is greater than we can imagine. Peter, who denied Jesus three times, discovered there is hope and restoration for all who repent and take refuge in Him.

By faith, Abraham considered himself a sojourner on earth who looked forward to a new country in which will be the new eternal city with foundations, built by God for all who trust in Him (Hebrews 12:8-16). This city’s wall will have twelve foundation stones, on which the names of the 12 apostles of Jesus will be inscribed. It also will have twelve gates, on which will be written the names of the 12 tribes of Israel.

All believers in the Lord through the centuries trusted God’s promises and looked forward to “new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells” (2 Peter 3:13). We, too, who trust in His promises, who believe the gospel (1 Corinthians 15:1-4) will receive citizenship in this new country, in this new city, that never perishes.

Flash cards are cards containing information on both sides that are intended to be used as aids in memorization. The Lord Jesus, Creator of all things, made the numbers we all use. Like flash cards, they can act as illustrations of God’s grace — His love for humanity and the redemption He provides for all who trust in Him.

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




America’s Fight With Corruption, Part 2

By Roger Anghis

September 11, 2022

For some reason, the Democrat Party is willing to sell out the United States to China. Biden’s dealings with them, Hunter’s dealings, William Burns, and Representative Eric Swalwell has been accused of being involved with a Chinese spy Christina Fang. A Democratic congressman who sits on an influential intelligence committee is refusing to say whether he had a sexual relationship with a supporter whom US intelligence suspected was a Chinese spy.

Eric Swalwell, 40, a former presidential candidate who has represented a Californian district since 2013, was close to Fang Fang, or Christine Fang, a Chinese woman who has been accused of targeting up-and-coming local politicians as part of a Beijing spying operation lasting from 2011 until 2015, when she left the country.[1]

Biden won’t stand up to China because he doesn’t have the guts to first of all but he doesn’t see China as a threat. Democratic presidential candidate Joe Biden said Wednesday night that China was “not competition” for the U.S., prompting blowback from prominent members of both political parties.

At an event in Iowa City, Biden was explaining why he believes concerns that China could eventually surpass the U.S. as a world superpower and economic force are overstated.

“China is going to eat our lunch? Come on, man,” the former vice president said.

“I mean, you know, they’re not bad folks, folks. But guess what? They’re not competition for us,” he added.[1] A president that doesn’t consider an enemy a threat should not be president.

Two things are obvious to anyone that is paying attention, first, Biden is NOT making the decisions. Right now, he doesn’t have the mental capacity to go to the bathroom let alone be president of the United States.  Second, the policies that we are seeing are the exact same policies Obama either tried to initiate or did initiate. Susan Rice is involved in the Biden administration and I’ll guarantee you if you look in the shadows far enough the traitor Valarie Jarrett is hiding in there too as well as Obama himself.  Hillary was supposed to win in 2016 and finish Obama’s 3rd term. Didn’t happen so they’re using Biden and it is obvious the Deep State is doing all it can to finish America off.

When you look at everything that is going on in the world, the food shortages, the demands from the communist World Economic Forum and Klaus Schwab’s comment that by 2030 you’ll own nothing and be happy, the push for establishing the New Green Deal, and the demand that we comply with the vaccine mandates, the New World Order is making its big move.  It will fail miserably but it will create havoc in the process.

In America, we have rights that most of the world only wishes they had. But the Democrat Party hates that it cannot control your every move. Let’s look at some of the things they are attempting to do to remove you of your burden of freedom.

Taking Total Control Of Our Food – S. 510 “The Food Safety Modernization Act”

  1. 510, “The Food Safety Modernization Act”, is another huge power grab by the FDA and the federal government over our food supply. The bill is written so broadly and so vaguely that nobody really knows what it means. The potential for abuse of these vague new powers would be staggering.  So will the government abuse these powers?  Those who are in favor of the bill say that of course, the government will be reasonable, but those who are opposed to the bill point to all of the other abuses that are currently taking place as evidence that we simply cannot trust the feds with vague, undefined powers. If this food safety law does get passed, tens of millions of Americans will be left wondering what they are allowed to grow in their backyards, what seeds they are allowed to save, and what can and cannot be sold at farmer’s markets.[2] I have included the URL for this information as I usually do but this page has been pulled from the internet because, I suppose, it disseminates too much information the Deep State does not want you to know.

Taking Total Control Of Air Travel – The Dehumanizing Full Body Scanners And “Enhanced Pat-Downs”

Totalitarian governments throughout history have always sought to dehumanize their subjects.  Sadly, that is exactly what is happening in America today.  If you want to get on an airplane in the United States, you will now be forced to either let TSA agents gawk at your naked body or let TSA agents grope your entire body including your genitals.  I was flying back from Los Vegas and was wearing a tee shirt with an American flag on it and out of the entire plane of people, it was packed, I was the only one they pulled out to search.  Imagine that.

Taking Control Of Our Businesses – Thousands Of Ridiculous Regulations

Why would anyone in America even attempt to be an entrepreneur today?  Most small businesses are literally being strangled by hordes of red tape.

Just consider how things have changed in America.  The Federal Register is the main source of regulations for U.S. government agencies.  In 1936, the number of pages in the Federal Register was about 2,600.  Today, the Federal Register is over 80,000 pages long.  When Obama was president, he averaged 65 new regulations a day! Not a week or a month but a day.  This is why Trump required that two regulations be revoked for every new regulation proposed.[3]

Taking Control Of Our Environment – The Green

In Cleveland, Ohio if an RFID tracking chip signals that a recycle bin has not been brought out to the curb within a certain period of time, a “trash supervisor” will actually sort through the trash produced by that home for recyclables.

According to Cleveland Waste Collection Commissioner Ronnie Owens, trash bins that contain over 10 percent recyclable material will be subject to a $100 fine.

Does that sound like America to you?

Now we don’t even have the freedom to throw out trash the way we want to.

Taking Away Our Patriotism – We Are Even Losing The Freedom To Be Proud Of America

Do you ever think things will get so repressive in America that a group of high school students will be forbidden from singing the national anthem at the Lincoln Memorial?  Well, that has already happened.  Do you think that areas of our nation will ever become so anti-American that they will forbid students from riding to school with an American flag on their bikes?  Well, that has already happened.

Fortunately, there was such an uproar over what happened to 13-year-old Cody Alicea that it made national headlines and he ended up being escorted to school by hundreds of other motorcycles and bicycles – most of them displaying American flags as well.  The school reversed its policy and now Cody can ride his bike to school every day proudly displaying the American flag.

It is the corruption in our political parties that is allowing these things to happen.  We can turn it around but it will take our involvement in politics to do it. First and most important, VOTE! Support godly people that are running, and donate to the good candidates. Our freedom depends on it.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

  1. Biden’s-comments-downplaying-china-threat-u-s-fires-pols-n1001236
  2. Full-spectrum-dominance-8-examples-of-how-the-government-is-attempting-to-take-total-co
  3. Trump signs-executive-order-requiring-that-for-every-one-new-regulation-two-must-be-revoked
  4. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, 2011) pp. 36-37



Intelligence and the 9/11/2001 Events

by Servando Gonzalez

September 10, 2022

We are approaching another anniversary of an event that transformed America: the 9/11. It justified the creation of Office of Homeland Security, an aberration typical of totalitarian regimes that, under the pretext of protecting us from terrorism, curtailed many of the freedoms guaranteed by the U.S. Constitution. Moreover, it created the state of mind that justified the acceptance of losing even more freedoms allegedly to protect us from an invisible virus.

So, in this new anniversary of the event that changed America it is appropriate to study it from the rational, non-emotional perspective of intelligence.

According to the Joint Chiefs of Staff’s Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms, intelligence is the final product resulting from the collection, processing, integration, analysis, and interpretation of available information.[1] So, even though the term intelligence comprises something much more complex, we may safely accept the shorter definition that intelligence is just information after it has been properly evaluated.

In its advisory report to the U.S. Government, the 1955 task force on Intelligence Activities of the second Herbert Hoover Commission stated that: “Intelligence deals with all the things which should be known in advance of initiating a course of action.”[2] A true expert in the subject gave a similar definition more than 2000 years ago. According to Sun Tzu, “the reason why the enlightened prince and the wise general conquer the enemy whenever they move and their achievement surpass those of ordinary men is foreknowledge [intelligence].”[3]

Though the definition of intelligence is very simple and straightforward, most authors dealing with the subject confuse it. Some of them use the terms information and intelligence as synonyms, when it is obvious that they are not. Others even have used the term “raw intelligence” as a synonym for information, but, as we will see below, contrary to information (which might contain misinformation and disinformation), intelligence is a very elaborated product; there is nothing raw in it.

The evaluation of information, also known as appraisal or assessment, has to do with the analysis of a piece of information in terms of credibility, reliability, pertinence and accuracy, to change it into intelligence. The evaluation of information is accomplished at several stages within the intelligence cycle [4] with progressively different contexts.

The evaluation or appraisal of a particular item of information is indicated by a conventional letter-number system.

The evaluation of information simultaneously takes into consideration both the reliability of the source based on its previous performance and the credibility of the information itself. The process involves a check against intelligence already in hand and an educated guess as to the accuracy of the new information based on how well it dovetails with previous intelligence.

Though independent, the two aspects cannot be totally separated from each other. The authoritativeness of the source, which may not necessarily coincide with its reliability, can never be ignored, though it is sometimes overrated in the light of the credibility of the information —something that has to do with the expectations of the people involved in the evaluation process. But people, including intelligence analysts, tend to believe what they suspect or expect to be true, or what better fits their personal needs, so there is always an element of bias in any evaluation of information.

It must be emphasized that both evaluations must be entirely independent of each other, and they are indicated in accordance with the system shown above. Thus, information judged to be “probably true” received from a source considered to be “usually reliable” is designated as “B2”.

One must keep in mind that the question of what is authoritative and what is not is very relative. A highly authoritative source may produce credible information, but the intelligence officer must always ask himself the question “Why?” The higher the authoritativeness of the source, the higher the possibility that it may be biased or had been compromised and, therefore, the higher the danger of disinformation. Highly authoritative sources from totalitarian governments may not always tell the truth, to say the least, but highly authoritative sources from democratic countries may not be very reliable either. There is evidence that the CIA has been involved in recruiting scholars at the most prestigious American universities and journalists in the most influential American media. Also, there is suspicion that the KGB, the Mossad, and even the Cuban intelligence services, among others, have done a good job penetrating American universities and media.

Bias in evaluation can never be fully eliminated in an intelligence service and, more importantly, in high government circles. Moreover, creating evaluators to evaluate the evaluators can only compound it. Within the intelligence establishment, the only effective safeguard lies in the individual competence and quality of its members. Even more important is their intellectual honesty and personal courage to face pressures from above.

One must always bear in mind that no source can ever be regarded as infallible and no single bit of information can ever be regarded as totally accurate. Whatever the case, the chances for error, misinterpretation, misunderstanding and deceit are too high to blindly trust any information. Super patriots, doctrinaire partisans, court historians, bureaucratic climbers, people of provincial outlook, enemy moles —all of them are potential dangers to sound information evaluation. Perspective, perspicacity, worldliness, a soundly philosophical outlook, the knowledge and sense of history, and perhaps a bit of skepticism and a sense of humor — these are the qualities of an intelligence analyst that minimizes error in the interpretation and evaluation of information.

The 9/11, 2001, Events

All the initial information the American people received about the 9/11 events came from a single source: the American government. With the single exception of Congresswoman Cynthia MacKinney, who since the very beginning dared to question the U.S. Government’s version of the events, nobody in the two branches of the Repucratic Party questioned it. The American mainstream media as a whole accepted the Government’s version of the events and became an obedient mouth-piece parroting it over and over ad nauseam, and is still doing it.

Actually, the only dissenting source of information about 9/11 has been the Internet and books published by minor independent presses. But the U.S. Government, like all governments around the world, is made out of politicians, and politicians have never been a source of truthful information.[5] Moreover, the current U.S. Government is fully under the control of the CFR conspirators, whose openly expressed goal is to destroy the U.S. and implement a totalitarian New World Order. Consequently, I will qualify the only source of the 9/11 information, that is, CFR secret agents in the US Government, with a D: Not usually reliable. Now I will take a look at the accuracy of the information itself.

Probably the main characteristic of truthful information is that fits with past similar information that has proved to be true. Of course, there is a first time for everything, and the fact that a similar event has never happened prior to the present event is no sure indication that it cannot happen. But, in the analysis of historical events, we have the added advantage that we can add to the evaluation of the information the occurrence of similar events in which the information has proved to be true or not, after the one in question.

Consequently, the evaluation of the information itself in the case of historical events is a process involving a check against intelligence already in hand about similar events before and after the event in question. It also involves an educated guess as to the accuracy of the information related to the event based on how well it fits with this intelligence.

In the case of the 9/11 events, the evidence shows that, never before or 30 years after 9/11/2001, has a skyscraper with a steel structure collapsed due to a fire. It also shows that, never before or after 9/11/2001, a skyscraper has collapsed on its own footprint except as the result of controlled demolition.

This is why companies who do controlled demolition are paid large amounts of money to do their job.

Examples abound:

July 28, 1945: A B-25 bomber crashed against the Empire State Building in Manhattan, destroying most of the 79th floor. Flames consumed most of three floors down to the 75th. But the building, the tallest New York skyscraper at the time, did not collapse.

August 5, 1970: 1 New York Plaza, a 50-story office tower, suffered a severe fire and explosion. But it didn’t collapse.

October 26, 1986: 15-story Alexis Hihon Plaza, Montreal, Canada. After an 18 hour fire only the 11th floor partially collapsed.

May 4, 1988: The First Interstate Bank Building is a 62-story skyscraper in Los Angeles that suffered the worst high-rise fire in the city’s history. But the building didn’t collapse.

February 23, 1991: One Meridian Plaza, a 38-floor skyscraper in Philadelphia, suffered a severe fire. Philadelphia officials later described it as “the most significant fire in this century.” But the building did not collapse.

October 17, 2004: The tallest skyscraper in Caracas, Venezuela experienced a severe fire. The building did not collapse.

February 12, 2005: A violent fire started in the Windsor building in Madrid, Spain, a 32-story tower. At its peak, the fire, which burned for almost a day, completely engulfed the upper ten stories of the building. During the night the building shredded large pieces, which crashed to the ground, but the building did not collapse.

February 9, 2009: a fire destroyed the nearly completed structure of the Beijing Mandarin Oriental Hotel. But, despite the fact that the fire extended across all of the floors for a period of time and burned out of control for hours, no large portion of the 520-foot-tall building collapsed.

November, 2010: An apartment building in Shanghai caught fire and 53 people died. It burned for more than four hours. The building did not collapse.

April 2, 2112: A violent fire engulfed the still under construction Russian Federation tower, the tallest-to-be building in Moscow. After many hours, the firefighters extinguished it. The building did not collapse.

April 3, 2013: A 40-story skyscraper in Grozny, Chechnya caught fire. Flames engulfed the building for many hours, but it didn’t collapse.

February 20, 2015: A fire ripped through the 86-floor Torch tower in Dubai — one of the tallest residential buildings in the world. The building did not collapse.

January 19, 2017: The 17-store Plasco Building in Tehran collapsed after burning for several hours, but it fell to one side, not straight down on its own footprint as controlled demolitions do.

July 30, 2017: The Grenfell Tower, a 47-floor skyscraper in London caught fire. The fire burned for 12 hours, about four times longer than the WTC towers and was totally destroyed, but the building didn’t collapse.

Moreover, according to Newton’s third law, “For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction.” This means that as a hammer descending on a nail slows down, so also the crashing upper floors of the twin towers would had slowed as they hit the floors below that were structurally sound. But, surprisingly, this didn’t happen.

Even more difficult to explain is the mysterious collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, because no plane had crashed against it. But the building collapsed as the result of what looked like a typical example of a controlled demolition.

If buildings, particularly buildings with a steel structure, could normally fall on their own footprint when demolished, the companies that do controlled demolition would be superfluous —but they are not. But CFR agents in the US Government want us to believe that, exceptionally, on September 11 2001, not one, nor two, but three skyscrapers with steel structure collapsed on their own footprint as the result of fires.

Therefore, extrapolating from other verifiable information, any serious intelligence analyst would conclude that the accuracy of the information itself provided by CFR agents in the U.S. Government could be fairly qualified as a 5, that is, improbable.

Consequently, an intelligence appraisal of the 9/11 events will produce a D5: that is, source not usually reliable, accuracy of the information improbable. For the same reasons, based on the evaluation of the information about the 9/11 events provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government any intelligence service in the world can easily decode it as a sloppy, disingenuous attempt to pass disinformation disguised as true intelligence.

Moreover, the fact that the 9/11 events served as a God-given pretext to carry out policies decided way in advance is a true index that perhaps it actually was not a God-given but a CFR-given event. As some conspirators’ agents have shamelessly declared, never put a good crisis to waste —particularly an artificially created crisis.

When I watched on tv the free fall of the first tower it took me just a few minutes to reach the conclusion that the building had fallen as the result of a controlled demolition. I am not an architect or engineer, much less a specialist on controlled demolition, but the fact was so evident that it was the only logical conclusion. Now, why most members of the Repucratic party didn’t see it? Because Repucrats are Americans who love their party more than their country, which explains why they fully accepted the official explanation that started the so-called “War on Terror,” as well as the lies that justified the disastrous “mandates” allegedly imposed to protect us from the Coronavirus.

Biden’s recent speech [6] in which he called Republicans “semi-fascists”[7] is nothing but the logical continuation of Bush’s speech after 9/11 in which he stated: “You are with us of against us” [8] and later added, “Let us never tolerate outrageous conspiracy theories concerning the attacks of September the 11th.” [9] The circle of treason that began with Bush has been finally closed by Biden. From now on, for the real Communo-Fascists in this country the sky is the limit. The fight against true American patriots is now in the open.

In the meantime, disinformers of both branches of the Repucratic Party will keep talking about the danger of communism and blaming China and Russia [10] for all the evil in the world. As expected, most of the Repucratic sheeple will keep believing them while ignoring that America’s worst enemies have always been inside the gates.

So, if after Biden’s clear and to the point threatening speech —which actually means that the so-called “semi-fascists”[11] will eventually lose all citizen’s rights, particularly their right to vote— you still think that just by electing members of the Repucratic Party [12] approved by the Permanent Regime you will solve America’s problems, you are a very gullible person … or worse!

My book: Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People, censored by Amazon, is still available at the NWV store.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

[1]. Quoted in Michael Warner, “Wanted: A Definition of ‘Intelligence.’ Understanding Our Craft,” CIA’s Center for the Study of Intelligence. But the author of the article reminds that intelligence is an elusive concept, and there are many different definitions of the term. In the same fashion, the concept of information, the raw material out of which intelligence is produced, is even more elusive, to the point that there is no agreement among scientists about its true nature. The fact explains why Claude Shannon, the creator of the information theory, decided to call it “communication theory” instead. See, Claude Shannon, “A Mathematical Theory of Communication,” Bell System Technical Journal No. 27 (July and October, 1948)
[2]. Quoted in Allen Dulles, The Craft of Intelligence (New York: Signet, 1965), p. 11.
[3]. Sun Tzu, The Art of War -translated by Samuel B. Griffin- (London: Oxford University Press, 1963), p. 144.
[4]. Intelligence Cycle: The process by which information is acquired, converted into intelligence, and made available to policymakers. There are usually five steps which constitute the intelligence cycle: planning and direction, collection, processing, analysis and evaluation, and dissemination.
[5]. See, i.e, David Wise, The Politics of Lying (New York: Random House, 1973).
[6]. See “Biden Calls Trump Philosophy ‘semi-fascism,’” Politico, January 15, 2022.
[7]. Contrary to common belief, fascism began as a political movement of the left. Benito Mussolini, the Italian Fascist dictator, always saw himself as a man of the left, working to defend the working class and opposed to capitalism and free markets. Even the Nazis saw themselves as leftists. Don’t forget that the Nazi party was an offshoot of the German Workers Party, a leftist organization. See Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the new World Order, pp. 269-271.
[8]. Bush words were “Either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists.” See “Address to a Joint Session of Congess and the American people,” United States Capitol, Washington, D.C., September 20, 2001.
[9]. President Bush Speech to the United Nations, November 10, 2001.
[10]. Currently, I’d bet you can find more Communists in Berkeley than in Moscow.
[11]. A typical fascist technique consists in dehumanizing the opponents. Hitler called them “vermin,” Castro called them “gusanos” (worms), Hillary called them “deplorables,” and now Fascist leader Joe is calling us “semi-fascists.” The derogatory name changes, but the technique is the same.
[12]. Voting again and again and expecting different results is a clear symptom of insanity. As P.J. O’Rourke, used to say, “Don’t vote, it just encourages the bastards.”




What is the “Supreme Law of this Land” Today?

By Lex Greene

September 10, 2022

Speaking of the United States of America as the land in question, the long-standing legal authority of federal government rests entirely under the authorities granted to the federal government via the U.S. Constitution, further limited in nature and scope by the Bill of Rights.

In other words, no authority exists at all, beyond the authority granted the federal government in the U.S. Constitution. Yet, modern society has been conned by “legal experts” for more than a hundred years now. Most Americans errantly think that “Executive Orders” are laws, and so are “court opinions,” because that’s what they have been essentially brainwashed to believe.

If that were true, then the U.S. Constitution would no longer be The Supreme Law of the Land. Instead of a Constitutional Republic created and guaranteed by the Constitution, we would be living under a “dictatorship” by Executive Order, or an “oligarchy” of nine unelected and unaccountable politically appointed Supreme Court Justices.

ARTICLE I of the Constitution assigns all sole lawmaking authority to Congress alone, which is to say, anything that is not properly legislated by Congress, is not a “law” at all. “All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States.” (Note: Congress is prohibited from enacting any law which is “repugnant” to the Constitution or Bill of Rights.)

ARTICLE II of the Constitution assigns very limited administrative authority to the Presidency. The Executive Branch has no lawmaking authority whatsoever. The lawful authority of the Executive Branch is limited to the “faithful execution of the Constitution and Laws passed by Congress.” Therefore, Executive Orders are limited to administrative orders only, necessary to the execution of law.

ARTICLE III of the Constitution assigns the limited duties and authorities of the Judicial Branch. Like the Executive Branch, the Constitution assigns no lawmaking authority whatsoever to the Judicial Branch. Court opinions and decisions are not “law.” As we see all the time, court opinions and decisions are regularly overturned.

Unfortunately, for more than a hundred years now, British Common Law trained “legal experts” have conned the American people in order to empower themselves in direct violation of Constitutional Law. In the 1940s, American Law Schools shifted focus away from teaching Constitutional Law, instead teaching British Common Law, often referred to as “precedence and procedure.”

NOTE: It is British Common Law that allowed the US Supreme Court to rule that Citizens have no legal standing to challenge the unconstitutional acts of government in court, all the way back in 1923. Since then, even cases challenging election fraud are denied access to any federal court on the basis of “lack of standing.” If the people have no legal standing, then they have no Rights!

British Common Law is also referred to as “the Law of Commons” and it allows courts to essentially invent government policy under laws not passed by Congress, which means, “deprivation of Rights under color of law.”

Thomas Jefferson quickly saw a fatal flaw in the founding documents they created, referring to what was happening not long after the adoption of the Constitution, as “judicial tyranny.” “The original error [was in] establishing a judiciary independent of the nation, and which, from the citadel of the law, can turn its guns on those they were meant to defend, and control and fashion their proceedings to its own will.” (Jefferson Letter to John Wayles Eppes, 1807)

“Nothing in the Constitution has given them [the federal judges] a right to decide for the Executive, more than to the Executive to decide for them. . . . The opinion which gives to the judges the right to decide what laws are constitutional and what not, not only for themselves, in their own sphere of action, but for the Legislature and Executive also in their spheres, would make the Judiciary a despotic branch.”

(Jefferson Letter to Abigail Adams, September 11, 1804)

As has become all too common today, “legal experts” cannot agree on this issue any more than climatologists can agree on changes in earth’s climate. They can’t even agree that any change is taking place, much less why, or what if anything at all could be done about it.

The conservative-leaning Heritage Foundation confirms everything I am saying here today. But the Bar Association totally disagrees, due to British Common Law taught in law schools since the 1940s. Again, so-called “experts” have a critical difference of opinion.

This means that YOU will have to study and decide for yourselves, as I have.

Foundationally, the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights remain the “Supreme Law of the Land,” or they don’t. If they don’t, then the U.S. federal government has no authority at all, and no right to even exist, as that governmental body in its entirety, exists solely by the adoption of that document.

If Joe Biden or any other President can rule by the simple stroke of a pen on an Executive Order, beyond any authority granted in the Supreme Law, then we live in a pure unconstitutional dictatorship already. If courts can rule by the dictates of an unelected few, then we already live under an unconstitutional oligarchy.

As a result of this national con job, the American society can see a flood of unconstitutional problems created by the federal government today, and they can’t figure out what to do about any of it. They see that so many problems are so complicated now, that they think they need an equally complicated solution, when in fact, the opposite is true.

Complicated problems require a simple solution.

If you realize that Executive Orders are not laws at all, then how much do you need to worry about anything done by Executive Order?

If you realize that courts can’t make laws, then how much do you need to worry about court opinions, especially if they are at odds with the Supreme Law?

It all comes down to this…is the Supreme Law of this Land still the Supreme Law of this Land? If it’s not, then you don’t need to worry about losing a country you already lost.

But if the Constitution and Bill of Rights are still the Supreme Law of this Land, then we need only enforce it. Contrary to common modern false beliefs, we never did have any Rights beyond those we are willing to fight and die for. Our Founding documents tell us what our Rights are, but it is up to us to enforce them.

It’s just that simple. Stop pretending as though government officials have authority they were never assigned or granted by We the People.” They don’t!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com




Enough of the Democrat Death Cult

By Lex Greene

September 9, 2022

We are so far past enough is enough, that it’s ridiculous! What was once a somewhat pro-America political party many decades ago, has become nothing more than a totally corrupt anti-American death cult today. Unless Americans wake up to this fact and deal with it immediately, it threatens the very existence of our country!

STOP the “uniparty” crapola! Of course, the two primary political parties work in concert against our country today. They both represent wealthy self-absorbed self-serving corrupt career politicians, most of whom couldn’t care less about the American people. What did you think would become of both parties when decent people left?

Yeah, both primary parties suck, which is why our country sucks today! That’s what happens when good people take their football and go home, leaving their political team to corrupt tyrants, as if they can do anything divided!

But there is no getting around the most obvious reality today, after the utter destruction of everything since January 2021…unveiled Nazi-like threats of government force against Citizens, and the growing hate-filled lies against more than half of our fellow countrymen from the ignorant mouth of the most fraudulent and destructive occupant of the Oval Office in U.S. history, Pedo Joe.

We are way past stupid in this country right now. The most violent, bankrupt, and deadly cities in the USA are all run by democrats and have been for years. But idiots continue to re-elect them over and over again, no matter how much these cities dive into disastrous conditions year after year.

Today’s Democrat Party is nothing more than a totally destructive death cult and it needs to be eliminated, because it can never be reformed into a pro-American organization.

Face it! Any person, male or female, who will cast a ballot on the basis of some insane bogus right to kill their own children, should never be trusted with anything, especially a right to vote, that will determine the future of this nation! These mental and moral misfits cannot be trusted with any decisions!

REALITY MUST BECOME RELEVENT NOW

  • Democrats oppose even the most fundamental natural right to LIFE itself. They demand a right to kill instead.
  • Democrats are responsible for putting violent felons back on the streets to rape and murder over and over again.
  • Nearly every “mass-shooter” in history has been a socialist leaning democrat.
  • Democrats start wars all over the world, seven countries under Obama and three now under Biden.
  • Democrats support dismembering humans, even children, via insane “sex change” mutilation.
  • Democrats even support altering human DNA against your will, via fraudulent maniacal science, which they fraudulently call “vaccines.”
  • Democrats create and promote violent racism constantly.
  • Democrats destroy economies, all necessary supply chains, and all basic human rights. They also destroy civil rights and civil liberties.
  • And Democrats destroy entire cities, to seize total control of the states.

There is absolutely nothing good, decent, honorable, moral, or ethical about today’s democrats and they are beyond the ability to reform.

We all know it, yet we all allow it to continue!

There are only three reasons why they hold any political power in this country at all today…

  1. A dumbed down and government dependent electorate
  2. They buy every vote with gifts from the taxpayer’s treasury
  3. And they have perfected the art of stealing elections

If not for these three factors, the democrat party wouldn’t even exist anymore in America. It has become so entirely destructive of this country that no decent person in their right mind could ever cast a single ballot for a democrat, anywhere in the country.

Still, here we are, on the brink of extinction or a second revolutionary war, the nation being driven into total madness and destruction, by people who can’t even tell if they are male or female and hate everything America ever was, or was ever intended to be.

If we are not at “enough is enough” yet, we never will be, and that is the end of the greatest free nation ever known in human history!

No more leftist lies, no more biting our tongues, no more going along to get along. I will use my very last breath, last penny, or if need be, last round fighting for good, decency, honor, freedom, liberty, justice, and a peaceful nation worth raising our next generations in…and I don’t care what color, ethnicity, gender, or orientation you are.

You are either American or not American! Time to choose!

If you won’t, then you my friend, are part of the problem. It simply is not possible to save this country so long as today’s global Marxist democrat party is allowed to exist. I am 100% in favor of freedom of elections and political affiliations, so long as they are lawful and not corrupted. But the Democrat Party is entirely unlawful, unconstitutional, immoral, unethical, and anti-American now.

To all past democrat voters, your party is no longer American. You have an opportunity this year to wake up to the many lies you have been fed by democrat politicians, the democrat controlled media and social media, and the democrat run entertainment business. This may be your last chance.

To all so-called “independents,” those who left the game for independent status, get back in the game. We agree, there is much to be reformed and cleaned up in today’s republican party. It’s salvageable, but will never happen unless WE make it happen, together. Quitters NEVER win anything.

To those who have not voted in years, if you care about this country and the future for your children and grandchildren, now is the time to rejoin the fight for freedom, liberty, decency, and justice.

May God Bless this country and lead us out of the darkness that democrats have led this country into!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com